Owner’s Manual
2020 ODYSSEY
Event Data Recorders
This vehicle is equipped with an event data recorder (EDR).
The main purpose of an EDR is to record, in certain crash or near
crash-like situations, such as an air bag deployment or hitting a
road obstacle, data that will assist in understanding how a vehicle’s
systems performed. The EDR is designed to record data related
to vehicle dynamics and safety systems for a short period of
time, typically 30 seconds or less. The EDR in this vehicle is
designed to record such data as:
• How various systems in your vehicle were operating;
• Whether or not the driver and passenger safety belts were
buckled/fastened;
3
WARNING
California Proposition 65 Warning
Operating, servicing and maintaining a
passenger vehicle or off-highway motor
vehicle can expose you to chemicals including
engine exhaust, carbon monoxide,
phthalates, and lead, which are known to the
State of California to cause cancer and birth
defects or other reproductive harm. To
minimize exposure, avoid breathing exhaust,
do not idle the engine except as necessary,
service your vehicle in a well-ventilated area
and wear gloves or wash your hands
frequently when servicing your vehicle. For
more information go to
www.P65Warnings.ca.gov/passenger-vehicle
.
• How far (if at all) the driver was depressing the accelerator
and/or brake pedal; and,
• How fast the vehicle was traveling.
These data can help provide a better understanding of the
circumstances in which crashes and injuries occur. NOTE: EDR data
are recorded by your vehicle only if a non-trivial crash situation
occurs; no data are recorded by the EDR under normal driving
conditions and no personal data (e.g., name, gender, age, and
crash location) are recorded. However, other parties, such as law
enforcement, could combine the EDR data with the type of
personally identifying data routinely acquired during a crash
investigation.
To read data recorded by an EDR, special equipment is required,
and access to the vehicle or the EDR is needed. In addition to the
vehicle manufacturer, other parties, such as law enforcement, that
have the special equipment, can read the information if they have
access to the vehicle or the EDR.
The data belongs to the vehicle owner and may not be accessed by
anyone else except as legally required or with the permission of the
vehicle owner.
Service Diagnostic Recorders
This vehicle is equipped with service-related devices that record
information about powertrain performance. The data can be used
to verify emissions law requirements and/or help technicians
diagnose and solve service problems. It may also be combined with
data from other sources for research purposes, but it remains
confidential. Some diagnostic and maintenance information is
uploaded to Honda upon vehicle start up.
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 0 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
California Perchlorate Contamination Prevention Act
The airbags, seat belt tensioners, and CR type batteries in this
vehicle may contain perchlorate materials - special handling may
apply. See www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/perchlorate/
As you read this manual, you will find information that is preceded
by a symbol. This information is intended to help you avoid
damage to your vehicle, other property, or the environment.
Software End User License Agreement
Your vehicle comes equipped with software, which is governed by
the End User License Agreement in Owner’s Manual, and which
contains a binding arbitration clause. Please refer to the End User
License Agreement for the terms and conditions governing your
use of the installed software, as well as the applications, services,
functions, and content provided through the software. Your use of
the installed software will serve as your consent to the terms and
conditions of the End User License Agreement.
You may opt out within 30 days of your initial use of the Software
by sending a signed, written notice to HONDA at American Honda
Motor Co., Inc. Honda Automobile Customer Services Mail Stop
100-5E-8A, 1919 Torrance Blvd. Torrance, CA 90501-2746.
Privacy Notice
This vehicle may share location and usage information. To manage
this setting, visit www.hondalink.com/vehicle-data-choices.
A Few Words About Safety
Your safety, and the safety of others, is very important. And
operating this vehicle safely is an important responsibility.
NOTICE
To help you make informed decisions about safety, we have
provided operating procedures and other information on labels and
in this manual. This information alerts you to potential hazards that
could hurt you or others.
Of course, it is not practical or possible to warn you about all the
hazards associated with operating or maintaining your vehicle. You
must use your own good judgment.
You will find this important safety information in a variety of forms,
including:
● Safety Labels - on the vehicle.
● Safety Messages - preceded by a safety alert symbol
3 and
one of three signal words: DANGER, WARNING, or CAUTION.
These signal words mean:
● Safety Headings - such as Important Safety Precautions.
● Safety Section - such as Safe Driving.
● Instructions - how to use this vehicle correctly and safely.
This entire book is filled with important safety information - please
read it carefully.
3DANGER
You WILL be KILLED or SERIOUSLY HURT if
you don’t follow instructions.
3WARNING
You CAN be KILLED or SERIOUSLY HURT if
you don’t follow instructions.
3CAUTION
You CAN be HURT if you don’t follow
instructions.
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 1 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
Contents
This owner’s manual should be considered a permanent part of the
vehicle and should remain with the vehicle when it is sold.
This owner’s manual covers all models of your vehicle. You may find
descriptions of equipment and features that are not on your
particular model.
Images throughout this owner’s manual (including the front cover)
represent features and equipment that are available on some, but
not all, models. Your particular model may not have some of these
features.
This owner’s manual is for vehicles sold in the United States and
Canada.
The information and specifications included in this publication were
in effect at the time of approval for printing. Honda Motor Co., Ltd.
reserves the right, however, to discontinue or change specifications
or design at any time without notice and without incurring any
obligation.
2 Safe Driving P. 33
For Safe Driving P. 34 Seat Belts P. 38 Airbags P. 47
2 Instrument Panel P. 83
Indicators P. 84 Gauges and Displays P. 119
2 Controls P. 143
Clock P. 144 Locking and Unlocking the Doors P. 146
Security System P. 181 Opening and Closing the Windows P. 184
Adjusting the Mirrors P. 209 Adjusting the Seats P. 212
2 Features P. 263
Audio System P. 264 Audio System Basic Operation P. 271, 289
Blu-ray/DVD Rear Entertainment System
*
P. 400
CabinWatch
TM*
P. 526 CabinTalk
TM*
P. 527
2 Driving P. 529
Before Driving P. 530 Towing a Trailer P. 536
Multi-View Rear Camera P. 635 Refueling P. 637
2 Maintenance P. 641
Before Performing Maintenance P. 642 Maintenance Minder
TM
P. 645
Checking and Maintaining Wiper Blades P. 675
Remote Control and Wireless Headphone Care
*
P. 691
2 Handling the Unexpected P. 703
Tools P. 704 If a Tire Goes Flat P. 705
Indicator, Coming On/Blinking P. 722 Fuses P. 728
When You Cannot Open the Tailgate P. 737
2 Information P. 743
Specifications P. 744 Identification Numbers P. 746
Warranty Coverages P. 751 Authorized Manuals P. 753
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 2 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
Contents
Child Safety P. 62 Exhaust Gas Hazard P. 80 Safety Labels P. 81
Opening and Closing the Tailgate P. 161 Opening and Closing the Sliding Doors P. 172
Moonroof
*
P. 187 Operating the Switches Around the Steering Wheel P. 188
Interior Lights/Interior Convenience Items P. 228 Climate Control System P. 251, 256
Audio Error Messages P. 371 General Information on the Audio System P. 376
Customized Features P. 448 HomeLink® Universal Transceiver
*
P. 473 Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink® P. 476, 501
When Driving P. 542 Braking P. 607 Parking Your Vehicle P. 624
Fuel Economy and CO
2
Emissions P. 640
Maintenance Under the Hood P. 651 Replacing Light Bulbs P. 664
Checking and Maintaining Tires P. 679 Battery P. 688 Remote Transmitter Care P. 690
Climate Control System Maintenance P. 693 Cleaning P. 694 Accessories and Modifications P. 700
Engine Does Not Start P. 714 Jump Starting P. 717 Overheating P. 719
Emergency Towing P. 735 When You Cannot Unlock the Fuel Fill Door P. 736
When You Cannot Close the Power Sliding Doors
*
P. 739 Refueling P. 740
Devices that Emit Radio Waves P. 747 Reporting Safety Defects P. 748 Emissions Testing P. 749
Customer Service Information P. 754
Quick Reference Guide
P. 4
Safe Driving
P. 33
Instrument Panel
P. 83
Controls
P. 143
Features
P. 263
Driving
P. 529
Maintenance
P. 641
Handling the Unexpected
P. 703
Information
P. 743
Index
P. 755
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 3 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
4
Quick Reference Guide
Quick Reference Guide
Visual Index
❙ (Vehicle Stability Assist® (VSA®) System OFF) Button (P597)
❙ Road Departure Mitigation (RDM) Button
*
(P585)
❙ Power Sliding Door Switch
*
(P175, 176)
❙ Climate Control System (P251)
❙ Driving Position Memory System Buttons
*
(P206)
❙ Accessory Power Socket (P236)
❙ Power Tailgate Button
*
(P165)
❙ Parking Sensor System Switch
*
(P627)
❙ Collision Mitigation Braking System
TM
(CMBS
TM
) OFF Button
*
(P618)
❙ Heated Windshield Button
*
(P204)
❙
Electric Parking Brake Switch
(P607)
❙
Automatic Brake Hold Button
(P611)
❙ Shift Button
Automatic Transmission
(P550)
❙ ECON Button (P564)
❙ SNOW Button (P565)
❙ Auto Idle Stop OFF Button (P559)
❙ Hazard Warning Button
❙ AC Power Outlet
*
(P238)
❙ System Indicators (P84)
❙ Gauges (P119)
❙ Driver Information Interface (P120)
❙ Audio System (P264)
❙ Navigation System
*
() See Navigation System Manual
❙ Rear Defogger (P203)
❙ Heated Mirror Button
*
(P203)
❙ Seat Heater Switches
*
(P245)
❙ Seat Heater and Seat Ventilation
Switches
*
(P246)
❙ Center Pocket
*
(P233)
❙
Blu-ray/DVD Rear Entertainment System
*
(P400)
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 4 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
5
Quick Reference Guide
❙ Navigation System Voice Control Buttons
*
() See Navigation System Manual
❙ Audio Remote Control Buttons (P268)
❙ Steering Wheel Adjustments (P208)
❙ Brightness Control (P205)
❙ ENTER Button (P122)
❙ / Button (P122)
3
4
❙ Headlights/Turn Signals (P191)
❙ LaneWatch
TM*
(P605)
❙ Fog Lights
*
(P195)
❙ Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink® System
Buttons
(P476, 501)
❙ Paddle Shifter (Shift down) (P557)
❙ Heated Steering Wheel Button
*
(P244)
❙ Paddle Shifter (Shift up) (P557)
❙ Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) Buttons
*
(P572)
❙ Interval Button
*
(P578)
❙ Cruise Control Buttons
*
(P566)
❙ ENGINE START/STOP Button (P188)
❙ MAIN Button
*
(P572, 590)
❙ Wipers/Washers (P200)
❙ Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS) Button
*
(P590)
❙ CRUISE Button
*
(P566)
❙ (home) Button (P122, 269)
❙ Horn (Press an area around .)
* Not available on all models
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 5 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
Visual Index
6
Quick Reference Guide
❙ Door Mirror Controls (P210)
❙ Master Door Lock Switch (P158)
❙ Hood Release Handle (P652)
❙ Power Window Switches (P184)
❙ Rearview Mirror (P209)
❙ Driver Side Fuse Box (P730)
❙ Glove Box (P230)
❙ Driver’s Front Airbag (P50)
❙ Passenger’s Knee Airbag
(P54)
❙ Driver’s Knee Airbag (P54)
❙ Auxiliary Input Jack (P266)
❙ USB Port (P265)
❙ Passenger’s Front Airbag
(P50)
❙ HomeLink® Buttons
*
(P474)
❙ Wireless Charger
*
(P239)
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 6 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
7
Quick Reference Guide
❙ Seat Belts (P38)
❙ Seat Belt to Secure a Child Seat (P74)
❙ Seat Belt (Installing a Child Seat) (P72)
❙ Side Curtain Airbags (P58)
❙ Front Seat (P212)
❙ Second Row Multi-Functional Center Seat
*
(P215, 217)
❙ Grab Handle
❙ Sun Visors
❙ Vanity Mirrors
❙ Side Airbags (P56)
❙ Second Row Seat (P215)
❙ HDMI
TM
Port
*
(P403)
❙ USB Port
*
(P265)
❙ LATCH to Secure a Child Seat (P67)
❙ Coat Hooks (P241)
❙ Integrated Sunshades
*
(P247)
❙ Map Lights (P229)
❙ Sunglasses Holder (P243)
❙ Moonroof Switch
*
(P187)
❙ Map Lights (P229)
❙ Grab Handle
❙ Seat Belt with Detachable Anchor (P43)
* Not available on all models
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 7 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
Visual Index
8
Quick Reference Guide
❙ Accessory Power Socket
*
(P236)
❙ Third Row Seat (P220)
❙ Folding the One-Motion Third Row Stowing Magic Seat® (P221)
❙ Integrated Sunshades
*
(P247)
❙ HondaVAC
TM*
(P248)
❙ Map Lights (P229)
❙ LATCH to Secure a Child Seat (P67)
❙ Accessory Power Socket (P236)
❙ Seat Belt (Installing a Child Seat) (P72)
❙ Seat Belt to Secure a Child Seat (P74)
❙ Seat Belt with Detachable Anchor (P43)
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 8 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
9
Quick Reference Guide
❙ Maintenance Under the Hood (P651)
❙ Windshield Wipers (P200, 675)
❙ Power Door Mirrors (P210)
❙ Fog Lights
*
(P195, 667)
❙ How to Refuel (P638)
❙ Multi-View Rear Camera (P635)
❙ Opening/Closing the Tailgate (P161)
❙ Back-Up Lights (P673)
❙ Opening/Closing the Sliding Doors (P172)
❙ Taillights (P673)
❙ Tailgate Outer Handle (P166)
❙ Brake Lights (P671)
❙ Rear Side Marker/Taillights (P671)
❙ Rear Turn Signal Lights (P671)
❙ High-Mount Brake Light (P674)
❙ Headlights (P192, 664)
❙ Front Side Marker Lights (P192, 670)
❙ Front Turn Signal/Parking Lights
*
(P191, 669)
❙ Tires (P679, 705)
❙ Side Turn Signal Lights
*
(P191, 670)
❙ Daytime Running Lights/Parking Lights
*
(P196, 668)
❙ Front Turn Signal Lights
*
(P191, 669)
❙ Rear License Plate Light (P674)
❙ Door Lock/Unlock Control (P149)
* Not available on all models
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 9 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
10
Quick Reference Guide
Auto Idle Stop Function
To improve fuel economy, the engine stops and then restarts as detailed below. When Auto Idle Stop is on, the Auto Idle Stop indicator
(green) comes on. (P 558)
At Automatic transmission Engine status
Deceleration
Stop
Start-up
Stop the vehicle and depress the brake pedal.
On
Keep the brake pedal
depressed.
With the automatic brake hold system activated,
you can release the brake pedal when the
indicator comes on.
U.S. Canada
Off
Release the brake pedal. With the automatic brake hold system activated,
depress the accelerator pedal.
Restarting
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 10 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
11
Quick Reference Guide
Eco Assist® System (P 564)
Ambient Meter
The color of the ambient meter changes to
green to indicate that the vehicle is being
driven in a fuel efficient manner.
ECON Button (P 564)
Helps maximize fuel economy.
ECON Mode Indicator (P 94)
Comes on when the ECON button is pressed.
The message is displayed for a few seconds when the
ECON button is pressed.
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 11 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
12
Quick Reference Guide
Safe Driving (P33)
Airbags (P47)
● Your vehicle is fitted with airbags to help protect you and
your passengers during a moderate-to-severe collision.
Child Safety (P62)
● All children 12 and younger should be seated in the rear seat.
● Smaller children should be properly restrained in a forward-facing child seat.
● Infants must be properly restrained in a rear-facing child seat.
Exhaust Gas Hazard (P80)
● Your vehicle emits dangerous exhaust gases that contain carbon
monoxide. Do not run the engine in confined spaces where
carbon monoxide gas can accumulate.
Before Driving Checklist (P37)
● Before driving, check that the front seats, head
restraints, steering wheel, and mirrors have been
properly adjusted.
Seat Belts (P38)
● Fasten your seat belt and sit upright well
back in the seat.
● Check that your passengers are wearing
their seat belts correctly.
Fasten your lap belt as
low as possible.
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 12 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
13
Quick Reference Guide
Instrument Panel (P83)
System Indicators
Malfunction Indicator
Lamp
Charging System
Indicator
Anti-lock Brake System
(ABS) Indicator
Vehicle Stability Assist®
(VSA®) System
Indicator
VSA® OFF Indicator
Low Tire Pressure/TPMS
Indicator
Immobilizer System Indicator/
Security System Alarm Indicator
Lights Indicators
Lights On Indicator
High Beam Indicator
Fog Light Indicator
*
Lane Keeping Assist
System (LKAS)
Indicator (Green/
Amber)
*
Seat Belt Reminder
Indicator
System Indicators
Econ Mode Indicator
System Message
Indicator
Parking Brake and
Brake System Indicator
(Red)
Supplemental Restraint
System Indicator
Driver Information Interface
CRUISE MAIN
Indicator
*
Tachometer
M (Sequential mode) Indicator/
Sequential Mode Gear Selection
Indicator
Speedometer
Fuel GaugeGear Position Indicator/
Transmission System
Indicator
Auto Idle Stop System
Indicator (Amber)/
Auto Idle Stop
Indicator (Green)
Gauges (P119)/Driver Information Interface (P120)/System
Indicators
(P84)
Automatic Brake Hold
Indicator
Adaptive Cruise
Control (ACC)
Indicator (Green/
Amber)
*
Turn Signal and Hazard
Warning Indicators
Electric Power Steering
(EPS) System Indicator
Blind spot information
System Indicator
*
CRUISE CONTROL
Indicator
*
Temperature Gauge
Parking Brake and
Brake System Indicator
(Amber)
U.S.
Canada
U.S.
Canada
System Indicators
U.S.
Canada
Low Fuel Indicator
Automatic Brake Hold
System Indicator
Auto High-Beam
Indicator
*
Snow Mode Indicator
Normal Mode
Indicator
Road Departure
Mitigation (RDM)
Indicator
*
Collision Mitigation
Braking System
TM
(CMBS
TM
) Indicator
*
* Not available on all models
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 13 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
14
Quick Reference Guide
Controls (P143)
Clock (P144)
a Press and hold the MENU/CLOCK
button for two seconds.
b Select Adjust Clock, then press .
c Rotate to adjust the hours.
d Press to switch to minute
adjustment.
e Rotate to adjust the minutes.
f Press to switch to Set.
g Press to complete clock adjustment.
Models with color audio system
To adjust time
To adjust date
a Select , then select Settings.
b Select System, then Date & Time.
c Select Set Date & Time.
d Select Automatic Date & Time, then
select OFF.
Models with Display Audio
Set Date
Blu-Ray
Save
Month
Day
Year
XX
Cancel
Phone Navigati.. FM
12:34
e Select Set Date or Set Time.
f Adjust the dates, hours and minutes by
selecting / .
g Select Save to set the time.
The navigation system receives signals from
GPS satellites, updating the clock
automatically.
ENGINE START/STOP
Button
(P188)
Press the button to change the vehicle’s
power mode.
3
4
Models with navigation system
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 14 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
15
Quick Reference Guide
Turn Signals (P191)
Lights (P192)
Turn Signal Control Lever
Right
Left
Light Control Switches
Low Beam
High Beam
Flashing
Wipers and Washers
(P200)
*1:Models with automatic intermittent
wipers
*2:Models without automatic intermittent
wipers
AUTO should always be turned OFF before
the following situation in order to prevent
severe damage to the wiper system:
● Cleaning the windshield
● Driving through a car wash
● No rain present
Wiper/Washer Control Lever
Adjustment Ring
(-: Low sensitivity
*1
(- : Lower speed, fewer sweeps
*2
(+: High sensitivity
*1
(+ : Higher speed, more sweeps
*2
MIST
OFF
AUTO
*1
: Wiper speed varies automatically
INT
*2
: Low speed with intermittent
LO: Low speed wipe
HI: High speed wipe
Pull toward
you to spray
washer fluid.
Models with automatic intermittent wipers
Steering Wheel (P208)
To adjust, push the adjustment lever down,
adjust to the desired position, then pull up
the lever back in place.
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 15 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
16
Quick Reference Guide
Unlocking the Front
Doors from the Inside
(P157)
Pull either front door inner handle to unlock
and open it at the same time.
Power Sliding Door
*
(P174)
When the main switch is ON, the power
sliding door opens and closes automatically
when you press OPEN or CLOSE side of the
/ switch.
Tailgate (P161)
Raise and lower your foot (in a kicking
motion) under the center of the rear
bumper to open or close the tailgate with
the remote on you.
Models with Hands Free Access
● With all the doors unlocked, press the
tailgate outer handle and lift open the
tailgate.
● Press the tailgate outer handle to unlock
and open the tailgate when you carry the
remote.
● Press the power tailgate button on the
instrument panel or the remote to open
and close the power tailgate.
● Press the tailgate inner button to close
the power tailgate.
Models without smart entry system
Models with smart entry system
Models with the power tailgate
Tailgate
Outer
Handle
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 16 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
17
Quick Reference Guide
Power Door Mirrors
(P210)
● With the power mode in ON, move the
selector switch to L or R.
● Push the appropriate edge of the
adjustment switch to adjust the mirror.
● Press the folding button
*
to fold the door
mirrors in and out.
● Place the selector switch in the L or R
position to use the reverse tilt door mirror
feature.
Selector Switch
Adjustment Switch
Folding
Button
*
Models with driving position memory system
Power Windows (P184)
● With the power mode in ON, open and
close the power windows.
● If the power window lock button is in the
off position, each passenger’s window
can be opened and closed with its own
switch.
● If the power window lock button is in the
on position (indicator is on), each
passenger’s window switch is disabled.
Power Window
Lock Button
Window Switch
Indicator
* Not available on all models
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 17 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
18
Quick Reference Guide
Climate Control System (P251)
● Press the AUTO button to activate the climate control system.
● Press the button to turn the system on or off.
● Press the button to defrost the windshield.
Dual-zone climate control system
Air flows from floor and
windshield defroster vents.
Air flows from floor vents.
Air flows from floor and
dashboard vents.
Air flows from dashboard
vents.
A/C (Air Conditioning) Button
MODE Control Button
SYNC (Synchronized) Button
AUTO Button
(On/Off) Button
Temperature Control Switch
(Windshield Defroster) Button
(Recirculation) Button
REAR SETTINGS Button
REAR Button
Fan Control Switch
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 18 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
19
Quick Reference Guide
Tri-zone climate control system
Fan Control Button
(Windshield Defroster)
Button
A/C (Air
Conditioning)
Icon
(Recirculation) Button
Passenger’s
Side
Temperature
Control
Switch
AUTO Button
Driver’s Side
Temperature
Control
Switch
Mode Control Icon
(Air flows from
dashboard vents)
SYNC
(Synchronized) Button
(On/Off) Button
FRONT
CLIMATE
Button
REAR
CLIMATE
Button
Fan Control
Icon
Mode Control
Icon (Air flows
from floor
vents)
Mode Control
Icon (Air flows
from floor and
windshield
defroster vents)
Mode Control Icon (Air
flows from floor and
dashboard vents)
Rear Climate Control Panel
*
● Press the AUTO button to activate the
rear climate control system.
● Press the button to turn the system
on or off.
Rear Passenger
Compartment
Temperature
Control Buttons
(Fan Control)
Button
Air flows
from the
rear floor
vents.
Airflow is
divided
between the
rear floor
vents and
rear ceiling
vents.
Air flows
from the
rear ceiling
vents.
(On/Off)
Button
AUTO Button
* Not available on all models
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 19 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
20
Quick Reference Guide
Features (P263)
Audio System (P264)
MENU/CLOCK Button
Selector Knob
(Day/Night) Button
(Back) Button
(Sound) Button
VOL / (Volume/Power)
Knob
Preset Buttons (1-6)
(Phone) Button
RADIO Button
/
(Seek/Skip) Buttons
MEDIA Button
Audio/Information Screen
(P 271)
Models with color audio system
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 20 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
21
Quick Reference Guide
VOL/ AUDIO (Volume/Power) Knob
(Home) Icon
(Back) Icon
(Day/Night) Icon
Audio/Information Screen
(P 289)
For navigation system operation () See the Navigation System Manual
Models with Display Audio
(Eject) Button
Disc Slot
Models with Blu-ray
TM
or CD player
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 21 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
22
Quick Reference Guide
Audio Remote Controls
(P268)
●
(+ / (- Bar
Press to adjust the volume up/down.
● SOURCE Button
Press to change the audio mode:
FM1/FM2/AM/USB/iPod/
Bluetooth® Audio/AUX
● / Buttons
Radio: Press to change the preset station.
Press and hold to select the next or
previous strong station.
USB device/Bluetooth® Audio:
Press to skip to the beginning of
the next song or return to the
beginning of the current song.
Press and hold to change a folder.
Models with color audio system
(+ / (- Bar
SOURCE
Button
/ Buttons
● (+ / (- Bar
Press to adjust the volume up/down.
● / / / /ENTER Buttons
Press or to select Now Playing on
the home screen of the driver
information interface, and then press the
ENTER button.
Press or to cycle through the audio
mode as follows:
Android Auto/Apple CarPlay/SiriusXM®
*
/
Rear Entertainment
*
/AUX Input/AM/
Bluetooth® Audio/Social Playlist/FM/My
Honda Music/USB/iPod/CD
*
Models with Display Audio
ENTER Button
/ / / Buttons
3
4
(+ / (- Bar
3
4
3
4
3
4
Radio: Press / to change the
preset station.
CD
*
/USB device/My Honda Music/
Bluetooth® Audio:
Press / to skip to the
beginning of the next song or
return to the beginning of the
current song.
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 22 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
23
Quick Reference Guide
Driving (P 529)
Gear Position Indicator
Shift
Button
Indicator
Automatic Transmission (P 550)
● Always depress the brake pedal before selecting
(P or changing the gear position from (P.
● Select
(P and depress the brake pedal when starting the engine.
● Gear selection
Gear Position Indicator
The gear position indicator and
the shift button indicator
indicate the current gear
selection.
* Not available on all models
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 23 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
24
Quick Reference Guide
Park
Press the
(P button.
Used when parking or before turn off or start the engine.
Transmission is locked.
Reverse
Pull back the
(R button.
Used when reversing.
Neutral
Press the
(N button.
Transmission is not locked.
Drive/S Position
Each time you press the button, the mode switches
between Drive and S Position mode.
●
Normal driving (gears change between1st and 10th
automatically)
●
Temporarily driving in the sequential mode
●
Automatically changing gears between 1st and 8th
(8th gear is used only at high speed)
●
Driving in the sequential mode
D/S
Drive
S Position
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 24 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
25
Quick Reference Guide
M (sequential
mode)
Indicator
Gear Position Indicator
Shift Down (-
Paddle Shifter
Shift Up
(+
Paddle Shifter
Paddle Shifters (P 557)
● Paddle shifters allow you to shift gears much like a manual
transmission (1st through 10th). This is useful for engine braking.
● D-paddle shift mode: The
transmission will shift back to
automatic mode once the
system detects that the vehicle
is cruising.
● Sequential mode gear
selection: Holds the selected
gear, and the M (sequential
mode) indicator comes on.
● The sequential mode gear
selection is shown in the
instrument panel.
Sequential Mode Gear
Selection Indicator
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 25 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
26
Quick Reference Guide
VSA® On and Off (P597)
● The Vehicle Stability Assist® (VSA®) system
helps stabilize the vehicle during
cornering, and helps maintain traction
while accelerating on loose or slippery
road surfaces.
● VSA® comes on automatically every time
you start the engine.
● To partially disable or fully restore VSA®
function, press and hold the button until
you hear a beep.
Cruise Control
*
(P 566)
● Cruise control allows you to maintain a
set speed without keeping your foot on
the accelerator pedal.
● To use cruise control, press the CRUISE
button, then press the –/SET button once
you have achieved the desired speed
(above 25 mph or 40 km/h).
CMBS
TM
On and Off
*
(P 618)
● When a possible collision is likely
unavoidable, the CMBS
TM
can help you to
reduce the vehicle speed and the severity
of the collision.
● The CMBS
TM
is turned on every time you
start the engine.
● To turn the CMBS
TM
on or off, press and
hold the button until you hear a beep.
Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) with Tire
Fill Assist
(P 599, 726)
● The TPMS monitors tire pressure.
● TPMS is turned on automatically every time you start the engine.
● TPMS fill assist provides audible and visual guidance during tire pressure adjustment.
Refueling (P 637)
Fuel recommendation: Unleaded gasoline, pump octane number 87 or higher
Fuel tank capacity: 19.5 US gal (73.8 L)
a Unlock the driver’s
door.
2 Locking/Unlocking
the Doors from the
Inside (P 156)
b Press firmly and then
release the area
indicated by the
arrow to release the
fuel filler door.
c After refueling, wait
for about five
seconds before
removing the filler
nozzle.
Wait for five seconds
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 26 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
27
Quick Reference Guide
Honda Sensing®
*
Honda Sensing® is a driver support system
which employs the use of two distinctly
different kinds of sensors, a radar sensor
located in the front grille and a front sensor
camera mounted to the interior side of the
windshield, behind the rear view mirror.
Front Sensor
Camera
The camera is located
behind the rearview
mirror.
Radar Sensor
The radar sensor is
in the front grille.
Adaptive Cruise Control
(ACC)
(P571)
Helps maintain a constant vehicle speed and
a set following interval behind a vehicle
detected ahead of yours, without you
having to keep your foot on the brake or
the accelerator.
Road Departure
Mitigation (RDM) System
(P 583)
Alerts and helps to assist you when the
system detects a possibility of your vehicle
unintentionally crossing over detected lane
markings.
Lane Keeping Assist
System (LKAS)
(P 588)
Provides steering input to help keep the
vehicle in the middle of a detected lane and
provides tactile and visual alerts if the
vehicle is detected drifting out of its lane.
Collision Mitigation
Braking System
TM
(CMBS
TM
) (P 615)
Can assist you when there is a possibility of
your vehicle colliding with a vehicle or a
pedestrian detected in front of yours. The
CMBS
TM
is designed to alert you when a
potential collision is determined, as well as
to reduce your vehicle speed to help
minimize collision severity when a collision is
deemed unavoidable.
* Not available on all models
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 27 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
28
Quick Reference Guide
Maintenance (P641)
Under the Hood (P651)
● Check engine oil, engine coolant, and windshield washer fluid.
Add when necessary.
● Check brake fluid.
● Check the battery condition monthly.
a Pull the hood release handle under the corner of the
dashboard.
b Locate the hood latch lever, pull it up, and then raise the hood.
Once you have raised the hood slightly, you can release the
lever.
c When finished, close the hood and make sure it is firmly locked
in place.
Lights (P664)
● Inspect all lights regularly.
Wiper Blades (P675)
● Replace blades if they leave
streaks across the windshield.
Tires (P679)
● Inspect tires and wheels
regularly.
● Check tire pressures
regularly.
● Install snow tires for winter
driving.
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 28 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
Quick Reference Guide
29
Handling the Unexpected (P703)
Flat Tire (P705)
● Park in a safe location and replace the
flat tire with the compact spare tire under
the floor between the front seats and the
second row seats.
Indicators Come On
(P 722)
● Identify the indicator and consult the
owner’s manual.
Engine Won’t Start (P714)
● If the battery is dead, jump start using a
booster battery.
Blown Fuse (P728)
● Check for a blown fuse if an electrical
device does not operate.
Overheating (P719)
● Park in a safe location. If you do not see
steam under the hood, open the hood,
and let the engine cool down.
Emergency Towing (P735)
● Call a professional towing service if you
need to tow your vehicle.
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 29 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
30
Quick Reference Guide
What to Do If
The power mode does not
change from VEHICLE OFF
(LOCK) to ACCESSORY.
Why?
●
The steering wheel may be locked.
●
Move the steering wheel left and right after
pressing the ENGINE START/STOP button.
Why does the brake pedal
pulsate slightly when
applying the brakes?
This can occur when the ABS activates and does not indicate a
problem. Apply firm, steady pressure on the brake pedal. Never
pump the brake pedal.
2 Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) (P613)
The rear door cannot be
opened from inside the
vehicle. Why?
Check if the childproof lock is in the
lock position. If so, open the rear
door with the outside door handle.
To cancel this function, slide the lever
up to the unlock position.
Canadian models
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 30 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
31
Quick Reference Guide
Why do the doors lock
after I unlocked the doors?
If you do not open the doors within 30 seconds, the doors are
relocked automatically for security.
Why does the beeper
sound when I open the
driver’s door?
The beeper sounds when:
• The power mode is in ACCESSORY.
• The exterior lights are left on.
• The Auto Idle Stop is in operation.
Why does a beeper sound
when I walk away from the
vehicle after I close the
door?
The buzzer sounds if you move outside the walk away auto
door lock operating range before the door completely closes.
2 Locking the doors and tailgate (Walk away auto lock) (P150)
Why does the beeper
sound when I start driving?
The beeper sounds when the driver and/or front passenger are
not wearing their seat belts.
Why do I hear a screeching
sound when I apply the
brake pedal?
The brake pads may need to be replaced. Have your vehicle
inspected by a dealer.
Models with smart entry system
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 31 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
32
Quick Reference Guide
Pulling the electric parking
brake switch does not
release the parking brake.
Why?
Pull the electric parking brake switch with the brake pedal
depressed.
Depressing the accelerator
pedal does not release the
parking brake
automatically. Why?
●
Fasten the driver’s seat belt.
●
Check if the transmission is in (P or (N. If so, select any other
position.
Why does the gear position
automatically change to
(P
when I open the driver’s
door to check for parking
space lines when
reversing?
●
Fasten the driver’s seat belt.
●
Close the driver’s door and manually change the gear
position.
2 When opening the driver’s door (P553)
I’m seeing an amber
indicator of a tire with an
exclamation point. What is
that?
The Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) needs attention.
Check tire pressure.
2 Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) with Tire Fill Assist (P599, 726)
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 32 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
33
Safe Driving
You can find many safety recommendations throughout this chapter, and throughout this manual.
For Safe Driving
Important Safety Precautions.............. 34
Your Vehicle’s Safety Features............ 36
Safety CheckList................................. 37
Seat Belts
About Your Seat Belts........................ 38
Fastening a Seat Belt.......................... 41
Seat Belt Inspection............................ 46
Airbags
Airbag System Components............... 47
Types of Airbags ................................ 50
Front Airbags (SRS) ............................ 50
Front Knee Airbags ............................ 54
Side Airbags....................................... 56
Side Curtain Airbags .......................... 58
Airbag System Indicators.................... 59
Airbag Care ....................................... 61
Child Safety
Protecting Child Passengers ............... 62
Safety of Infants and Small Children... 64
Safety of Larger Children ................... 78
Exhaust Gas Hazard
Carbon Monoxide Gas....................... 80
Safety Labels
Label Locations .................................. 81
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 33 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
34
Safe Driving
For Safe Driving
The following pages explain your vehicle’s safety features and how to use them
properly. The safety precautions below are ones that we consider to be among the
most important.
Important Safety Precautions
■ Always wear your seat belt
A seat belt is your best protection in all types of collisions. Airbags are designed to
supplement seat belts, not replace them. So even though your vehicle is equipped
with airbags, make sure you and your passengers always wear your seat belts, and
wear them properly.
■ Restrain all children
Children ages 12 and under should ride properly restrained in a back seat, not the
front seat. Infants and small children should be restrained in a child seat. Larger
children should use a booster seat and a lap/shoulder seat belt until they can use the
belt properly without a booster seat.
■ Be aware of airbag hazards
While airbags can save lives, they can cause serious or fatal injuries to occupants
who sit too close to them, or are not properly restrained. Infants, young children,
and short adults are at the greatest risk. Be sure to follow all instructions and
warnings in this manual.
■ Don’t drink and drive
Alcohol and driving don’t mix. Even one drink can reduce your ability to respond to
changing conditions, and your reaction time gets worse with every additional drink.
So don’t drink and drive, and don’t let your friends drink and drive, either.
1Important Safety Precautions
Some states, provinces and territories prohibit the use
of cell phones other than hands-free devices by the
driver while driving.
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 34 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
35
uuFor Safe DrivinguImportant Safety Precautions
Safe Driving
■ Pay appropriate attention to the task of driving safely
Engaging in cell phone conversation or other activities that keep you from paying
close attention to the road, other vehicles, and pedestrians could lead to a crash.
Remember, situations can change quickly, and only you can decide when it is safe to
divert some attention away from driving.
■ Control your speed
Excessive speed is a major factor in crash injuries and deaths. Generally, the higher
the speed, the greater the risk, but serious injuries can also occur at lower speeds.
Never drive faster than is safe for current conditions, regardless of the maximum
speed posted.
■ Keep your vehicle in safe condition
Having a tire blowout or a mechanical failure can be extremely hazardous.
To reduce the possibility of such problems, check your tire pressures and condition
frequently, and perform all regularly scheduled maintenance.
■ Do not leave children unattended in the vehicle
Children, pets and people needing assistance left unattended in the vehicle may be
injured if they activate one or more of the vehicle controls. They may also cause the
vehicle to move, resulting in a crash in which they and/or another person(s) can be
injured or killed. Also, depending on the ambient temperature, the temperature of
the interior may reach extreme levels, which can result in harm or death.
Even if the climate control system is on, never leave them in the vehicle unattended
as the climate control system can shut off at any time.
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 35 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
36
uuFor Safe DrivinguYour Vehicle’s Safety Features
Safe Driving
Your Vehicle’s Safety Features
The following checklist will help you take an active role in protecting yourself and
your passengers.
1Your Vehicle’s Safety Features
Your vehicle is equipped with many features that
work together to help protect you and your
passengers during a crash.
Some features do not require any action on your part.
These include a strong steel framework that forms a
safety cage around the passenger compartment,
front and rear crush zones, a collapsible steering
column, and tensioners that tighten the front seat
belts in a sufficient crash.
However, you and your passengers cannot take full
advantage of these features unless you remain seated
in the correct position and always wear your seat
belts. In fact, some safety features can contribute to
injuries if they are not used properly.
6
7
8
9
10
11
Safety Cage
Crush Zones
Seats and Seat-Backs
Head Restraints
Collapsible Steering Column
Seat Belts
Front Airbags
Side Curtain Airbags
Seat Belt Tensioners
Side Airbags
Door Locks
6
7
9
10
11
9 10
7
Knee Airbags
12
12
11
8
8
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 36 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
37
uuFor Safe DrivinguSafety CheckList
Safe Driving
Safety CheckList
For the safety of you and your passengers, make a habit of checking these items
each time before you drive.
• After everyone has entered the vehicle, be sure all doors and the tailgate are
closed and locked. Locking the doors and the tailgate helps prevent an occupant
from being ejected and an outsider from unexpectedly opening a door or the
tailgate.
2 Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the Inside P. 156
• Adjust your seat to a position suitable for driving. Be sure the front seats are
adjusted as far to the rear as possible while allowing the driver to control the
vehicle. Sitting too close to a front airbag can result in serious or fatal injury in a
crash.
2 Adjusting the Seats P. 212
• Adjust head restraints to the proper position. Head restraints are most effective
when the center of the head restraint aligns with the center of your head. Taller
persons should adjust their head restraint to the highest position.
2 Adjusting the Front and Second Row Outer and Third Row Outer Head
Restraints Positions P. 224
• Always wear your seat belt, and make sure you wear it properly. Confirm that any
passengers are properly belted as well.
2 Fastening a Seat Belt P. 41
• Protect children by using seat belts or child seats according to a child’s age, height
and weight.
2 Child Safety P. 62
1Safety CheckList
If the door and/or tailgate open message appears on
the driver information interface, a door and/or the
tailgate is not completely closed. Close all doors and
the tailgate tightly until the message disappears.
2 Driver Information Interface Warning and
Information Messages P. 102
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 37 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
38
Safe Driving
Seat Belts
About Your Seat Belts
Seat belts are the single most effective safety device because they keep you
connected to the vehicle so that you can take advantage of many built-in safety
features. They also help keep you from being thrown against the inside of the
vehicle, against any passengers, or out of the vehicle. When worn properly, seat
belts also keep your body properly positioned in a crash so that you can take full
advantage of the additional protection provided by the airbags.
In addition, seat belts help protect you in almost every type of crash, including:
- frontal impacts
- side impacts
- rear impacts
- rollovers
■ Lap/shoulder seat belts
All seven or eight seating positions are equipped with lap/shoulder seat belts with
emergency locking retractors. In normal driving the retractor lets you move freely
while keeping some tension on the belt.
During a collision or sudden stop the retractor locks to restrain your body. The front,
second, and third row passenger’s seat belts also have a lockable retractor for use
with child seats.
2 Installing a Child Seat with a Lap/Shoulder Seat Belt P. 72
1About Your Seat Belts
Seat belts cannot completely protect you in every
crash. But in most cases, seat belts can reduce your
risk of serious injury.
Most states and all Canadian provinces and territories
require you to wear seat belts.
If you extend the seat belt too quickly, it will lock in
place. If this happens, slightly retract the seat belt,
then extend it slowly.
3
WARNING
Not wearing a seat belt properly increases
the chance of serious injury or death in a
crash, even though your vehicle has
airbags.
Be sure you and your passengers always
wear seat belts and wear them properly.
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 38 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
Continued
39
uuSeat BeltsuAbout Your Seat Belts
Safe Driving
■ Proper use of seat belts
Follow these guidelines for proper use:
• All occupants should sit upright, well back in the seat, and remain in that position
for the duration of the trip. Slouching and leaning reduce the effectiveness of the
belt and can increase the chance of serious injury in a crash.
• Never place the shoulder part of a lap/shoulder seat belt under your arm or
behind your back. This could cause very serious injuries in a crash.
• Two people should never use the same seat belt. If they do, they could be very
seriously injured in a crash.
• Do not put any accessories on the seat belts. Devices intended to improve comfort
or reposition the shoulder part of a seat belt can reduce the protective capability
and increase the chance of serious injury in a crash.
The seat belt system includes an indicator on
the instrument panel to remind the driver or a
front passenger or both to fasten their seat
belts.
If you set the power mode to ON and a seat
belt is not fastened, a beeper will sound and
the indicator will blink. After a few seconds,
the beeper will stop and the indicator will
come on and remain illuminated until the seat
belt is fastened.
The beeper will periodically sound and the
indicator will blink while the vehicle is moving
until the seat belt is fastened.
■
Seat Belt Reminder
1About Your Seat Belts
If a rear seat passenger moves around and extends
the seat belt, the lockable retractor may activate. If
this happens, release the retractor by unfastening the
seat belt and allow the belt to retract completely.
Then refasten the belt.
1Seat Belt Reminder
The indicator will also come on if a front passenger
does not fasten their seat belt within 6 seconds after
the power mode is set to ON.
When no one is sitting in the front passenger’s seat,
the indicator will not come on and the beeper will not
sound. The indicator also may not come on and the
beeper may not sound when the occupant is not
heavy enough to trigger the weight sensor. Such
occupants (e.g., infants and smaller children) should
be moved to the rear seat as a deploying front airbag
likely will injure or kill them.
2 Protecting Child Passengers P. 62
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 39 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
uuSeat BeltsuAbout Your Seat Belts
40
Safe Driving
The front seats are equipped with automatic seat belt tensioners to enhance safety.
The tensioners automatically tighten the front seat belts during a moderate-to-
severe frontal collision, sometimes even if the collision is not severe enough to
inflate the front airbags or the knee airbags.
■
Automatic Seat Belt Tensioners
1Automatic Seat Belt Tensioners
The seat belt tensioners can only operate once.
If a tensioner is activated, the SRS indicator will come
on. Have a dealer replace the tensioner and
thoroughly inspect the seat belt system as it may not
offer protection in a subsequent crash.
During a moderate-to-severe side impact, the
tensioner on that side of the vehicle also activates.
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 40 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
41
uuSeat BeltsuFastening a Seat Belt
Continued
Safe Driving
Fastening a Seat Belt
After adjusting a front seat to the proper position, and while sitting upright and well
back in the seat:
2 Adjusting the Seats P. 212
1. Pull the seat belt out slowly.
2. Insert the latch plate into the buckle, then
tug on the belt to make sure the buckle is
secure.
u Make sure that the belt is not twisted or
caught on anything.
1Fastening a Seat Belt
No one should sit in a seat with an inoperative seat
belt or one that does not appear to be working
correctly. Using a seat belt that is not working
properly may not protect the occupant in a crash.
Have a dealer check the belt as soon as possible.
Never insert any foreign objects into the buckle or
retractor mechanism.
Pull out slowly.
Correct
Seated
Posture.
Latch
Plate
Buckle
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 41 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
uuSeat BeltsuFastening a Seat Belt
42
Safe Driving
3. Position the lap part of the belt as low as
possible across your hips, then pull up on
the shoulder part of the belt so the lap part
fits snugly. This lets your strong pelvic
bones take the force of a crash and reduces
the chance of internal injuries.
4. If necessary, pull up on the belt again to
remove any slack, then check that the belt
rests across the center of your chest and
over your shoulder. This spreads the forces
of a crash over the strongest bones in your
upper body.
The front seats have adjustable shoulder anchors to accommodate taller and shorter
occupants.
1. Move the anchor up and down while
pulling the release outward.
2. Position the anchor so that the belt rests
across the center of your chest and over
your shoulder.
1Fastening a Seat Belt
To release the belt, push the red PRESS button and
then guide the belt by hand until it has retracted
completely.
When exiting the vehicle, be sure the belt is properly
stowed so that it will not get caught in the closing
door.
3
WARNING
Improperly positioning the seat belts can
cause serious injury or death in a crash.
Make sure all seat belts are properly
positioned before driving.
Lap belt
as low as
possible
■
Adjusting the Shoulder Anchor
1Adjusting the Shoulder Anchor
The shoulder anchor height can be adjusted to four
levels. If the belt contacts your neck, lower the height
one level at a time.
After an adjustment, make sure that the shoulder
anchor position is secure.
Pull
outward
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 42 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
Continued
43
uuSeat BeltsuFastening a Seat Belt
Safe Driving
1. Pull out the seat belt’s small latch plate and
the latch plate from each holding slot in the
ceiling.
2. Line up the triangle marks on the small
latch plate and anchor buckle.
Make sure the seat belt is not twisted.
Attach the belt to the anchor buckle.
■
Seat Belt with Detachable Anchor
1Seat Belt with Detachable Anchor
3
WARNING
Using the seat belt with the detachable
anchor unlatched increases the chance of
serious injury or death in a crash.
Before using the seat belt, make sure the
detachable anchor is correctly latched.
Small Latch Plate
Latch Plate
Small Latch Plate
Anchor Buckle
Second row seat
*
Small
Latch
Plate
Anchor
Buckle
Third row seat
* Not available on all models
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 43 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
uuSeat BeltsuFastening a Seat Belt
44
Safe Driving
3. Insert the latch plate into the buckle.
Properly fasten the seat belt the same way
you fasten the lap/shoulder seat belt.
1Seat Belt with Detachable Anchor
To unlatch the detachable anchor, insert the latch
plate into the slot on the side of the anchor buckle.
Pivot down the anchor buckle forward.
Insert the latch plate into the slot on the back of the
anchor buckle.
Latch
Plate
Small
Latch
Plate
Slot
Second row center seat
*
Latch Plate
Small Latch
Plate
Slot
Buckle
Latch Plate
Second row seat
*
Buckle
Latch Plate
Third row seat
* Not available on all models
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 44 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
45
uuSeat BeltsuFastening a Seat Belt
Safe Driving
If you are pregnant, the best way to protect yourself and your unborn child when
driving or riding in a vehicle is to always wear a seat belt and keep the lap part of the
belt as low as possible across the hips.
■
Advice for Pregnant Women
1Advice for Pregnant Women
Each time you have a checkup, ask your doctor if it is
okay for you to drive.
To reduce the risk of injuries to both you and your
unborn child that can be caused by an inflating front
airbag:
• When driving, sit upright and adjust the seat as far
back as possible while allowing full control of the
vehicle.
• When sitting in the front passenger’s seat, adjust
the seat as far back as possible.
Wear the shoulder belt
across the chest avoiding
the abdomen.
Wear the lap part of the
belt as low as possible
across the hips.
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 45 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
46
uuSeat BeltsuSeat Belt Inspection
Safe Driving
Seat Belt Inspection
Regularly check the condition of your seat belts as follows:
• Pull each belt out fully, and look for frays, cuts, burns, and wear.
• Check that the latch plates and buckles work smoothly and the belts retract
easily.
u If a belt does not retract easily, cleaning the belt may correct the problem. Only
use a mild soap and warm water. Do not use bleach or cleaning solvents. Make
sure the belt is completely dry before allowing it to retract.
Any belt that is not in good condition or working properly will not provide proper
protection and should be replaced as soon as possible.
A belt that has been worn during a crash may not provide the same level of
protection in a subsequent crash. Have your seat belts inspected by a dealer after
any collision.
1Seat Belt Inspection
3
WARNING
Not checking or maintaining seat belts can
result in serious injury or death if the seat
belts do not work properly when needed.
Check your seat belts regularly and have
any problem corrected as soon as possible.
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 46 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
47
Continued
Safe Driving
Airbags
Airbag System Components
6
7
8
9
12
11
10
6
9
9
9
9
9
13
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 47 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
48
uuAirbagsuAirbag System Components
Safe Driving
The front, driver’s and passenger’s knee,
front side, and side curtain airbags are
deployed according to the direction and
severity of impact. Both side curtain airbags
are deployed in a rollover. The airbag
system includes:
a Two SRS (Supplemental Restraint System)
front airbags. The driver’s airbag is stored
in the center of the steering wheel; the
front passenger’s airbag is stored in the
dashboard. Both are marked SRS
AIRBAG.
b Two front knee airbags. The driver’s knee
airbag is stored under the steering
column. The front passenger’s knee
airbag is stored under the glove box.
Both are marked SRS AIRBAG.
c Two side airbags, one for the driver and
one for a front passenger. The airbags are
stored in the outer edges of the seat-
backs. Both are marked SIDE AIRBAG.
d Two side curtain airbags, one for each
side of the vehicle. The airbags are stored
in the ceiling, above the side windows.
The front and rear pillars are marked
SIDE CURTAIN AIRBAG.
e An electronic control unit that, when the
vehicle is on, continually monitors
information about the various impact
sensors, seat and buckle sensors, rollover
sensor, airbag activators, seat belt
tensioners, and other vehicle
information. During a crash event the
unit can record such information.
f Automatic front seat belt tensioners. In
addition, the driver’s and front
passenger’s seat belt buckles incorporate
sensors that detect whether or not they
are fastened.
g A driver’s seat position sensor. This
sensor determines the optimal force at
which the airbag will deploy in a crash.
h Weight sensors in the front passenger’s
seat. The front passenger’s airbag will be
turned off if the weight on the seat is
approximately 65 lbs (29 kg) or less (the
weight of an infant or small child).
i Impact sensors that can detect a
moderate-to-severe front or side impact.
j An indicator on the dashboard that alerts
you that the front passenger’s front
airbag has been turned off.
k An indicator on the instrument panel that
alerts you to a possible problem with your
airbag system or seat belt tensioners.
l Safing Sensor
m A rollover sensor that can detect if your
vehicle is about to roll over and signal the
control unit to deploy both side curtain
airbags.
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 48 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
49
uuAirbagsuAirbag System Components
Safe Driving
Airbags can pose serious hazards. To do their job, airbags must inflate with
tremendous force. So, while airbags help save lives, they can cause burns, bruises,
and other minor injuries, sometimes even fatal ones if occupants are not wearing
their seat belts properly and sitting correctly.
What you should do: Always wear your seat belt properly, and sit upright and as
far back from the steering wheel as possible while allowing full control of the
vehicle. A front passenger should move their seat as far back from the dashboard as
possible.
Remember, however, that no safety system can prevent all injuries or deaths that
can occur in a severe crash, even when seat belts are properly worn and the airbags
deploy.
Do not place hard or sharp objects between yourself and a front airbag.
Carrying hard or sharp objects on your lap, or driving with a pipe or other sharp
object in your mouth, can result in injuries if your front airbag inflates.
Do not attach or place objects on the front airbag and front knee airbag
covers. Objects on the covers marked SRS AIRBAG could interfere with the proper
operation of the airbags or be propelled inside the vehicle and hurt someone if the
airbags inflate.
■
Important facts about your airbags
1Important facts about your airbags
Do not attempt to deactivate your airbags. Together,
airbags and seat belts provide the best protection.
When driving, keep hands and arms out of the
deployment path of the front airbag by holding each
side of the steering wheel. Do not cross an arm over
the airbag cover.
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 49 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
50
uuAirbagsuTypes of Airbags
Safe Driving
Types of Airbags
Your vehicle is equipped with four types of airbags:
• Front airbags: Airbags in front of the driver’s and front passenger’s seats.
• Front knee airbags: Airbags under the steering column and glove box.
• Side airbags: Airbags in the driver’s and front passenger’s seat-backs.
• Side curtain airbags: Airbags above the side windows.
Each is discussed in the following pages.
Front Airbags (SRS)
The front SRS airbags inflate in a moderate-to-severe frontal collision to help protect
the head and chest of the driver and/or front passenger.
SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) indicates that the airbags are designed to
supplement seat belts, not replace them. Seat belts are the occupant’s primary
restraint system.
The front airbags are housed in the center of the steering wheel for the driver, and
in the dashboard for the front passenger. Both airbags are marked SRS AIRBAG.
■
Housing Locations
1Types of Airbags
The airbags can inflate whenever the power mode is
in ON.
After an airbag inflates in a crash, you may see a
small amount of smoke. This is from the combustion
process of the inflator material and is not harmful.
People with respiratory problems may experience
some temporary discomfort. If this occurs, get out of
the vehicle as soon as it is safe to do so.
1Front Airbags (SRS)
During a frontal crash severe enough to cause one or
both front airbags to deploy, the airbags can inflate
at different rates, depending on the severity of the
crash, whether or not the seat belts are latched, and/
or other factors. Frontal airbags are designed to
supplement the seat belts to help reduce the
likelihood of head and chest injuries in frontal
crashes.
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 50 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
Continued
51
uuAirbagsuFront Airbags (SRS)
Safe Driving
Front airbags are designed to inflate during moderate-to-severe frontal collisions.
When the vehicle decelerates suddenly, the sensors send information to the control
unit which signals one or both front airbags to inflate.
A frontal collision can be either head-on or angled between two vehicles, or when a
vehicle crashes into a stationary object, such as a concrete wall.
While your seat belt restrains your torso, the
front airbag provides supplemental protection
for your head and chest.
The front airbags deflate immediately so that
they won’t interfere with the driver’s visibility
or the ability to steer or operate other
controls.
The total time for inflation and deflation is so fast that most occupants are not
aware that the airbags deployed until they see them lying in front of them.
■
Operation
■
How the Front Airbags Work
1How the Front Airbags Work
Although the driver’s and front passenger’s airbags
normally inflate within a split second of each other, it
is possible for only one airbag to deploy. This can
happen if the severity of a collision is at the margin,
or threshold, that determines whether or not the
airbags will deploy. In such cases, the seat belt will
provide sufficient protection, and the supplemental
protection offered by the airbag would be minimal.
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 51 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
52
uuAirbagsuFront Airbags (SRS)
Safe Driving
■ When front airbags should not deploy
Minor frontal crashes: Front airbags were designed to supplement seat belts and
help save lives, not to prevent minor scrapes, or even broken bones that might occur
during a less than moderate-to-severe frontal crash.
Side impacts: Front airbags can provide protection when a sudden deceleration
causes a driver or front passenger to move towards the front of the vehicle. Side
airbags and side curtain airbags have been specifically designed to help reduce the
severity of injuries that can occur during a moderate-to-severe side impact which
can cause the driver or passenger to move towards the side of the vehicle.
Rear impacts: Head restraints and seat belts are your best protection during a rear
impact. Front airbags cannot provide any significant protection and are not designed
to deploy in such collisions.
Rollovers: In a rollover, your best form of protection is a seat belt or, if your vehicle
is equipped with a rollover sensor, both a seat belt and a side curtain airbag. Front
airbags, however, are not designed to deploy in a rollover as they would provide
little if any protection.
■ When front airbags deploy with little or no visible damage
Because the airbag system senses sudden deceleration, a strong impact to the
vehicle framework or suspension might cause one or more of the airbags to deploy.
Examples include running into a curb, the edge of a hole, or other low fixed object
that causes a sudden deceleration in the vehicle chassis. Since the impact is
underneath the vehicle, damage may not be readily apparent.
■ When front airbags may not deploy, even though exterior damage
appears severe
Since crushable body parts absorb crash energy during an impact, the amount of
visible damage does not always indicate proper airbag operation. In fact, some
collisions can result in severe damage but no airbag deployment because the airbags
would not have been needed or would not have provided protection even if they
had deployed.
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 52 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
53
uuAirbagsuFront Airbags (SRS)
Safe Driving
The airbags have advanced features to help reduce the likelihood of airbag related
injuries to smaller occupants.
The driver’s advanced airbag system includes a
seat position sensor.
Based on information from this sensor and the
severity of the impact, the advanced airbag
system determines the optimal deployment of
the driver’s airbag.
The front passenger’s advanced airbag system
has weight sensors.
We advise against allowing a child age 12 or
under to ride in the front passenger’s seat.
However, if you do allow a child age 12 or
under to ride in the front passenger’s
seat, note that the system will automatically
turn off the front passenger’s airbag if the
sensors detect that the child is approximately
65 lbs (29 kg) or less.
■
Advanced Airbags
1Advanced Airbags
If there is a problem with the driver’s seat position
sensor, the SRS indicator will come on, and in the
event of a crash, the airbag will deploy (regardless of
the driver’s seating position) with a force
corresponding to the severity of the impact.
For the advanced airbags to work properly:
• Do not spill any liquid on or under the seats.
• Do not put any object under the passenger’s seat.
• Make sure any objects are positioned properly on
the floor. Improperly positioned objects can
interfere with the advanced airbag sensors.
• All occupants should sit upright and wear their seat
belts properly.
• Do not cover the passenger’s side dashboard with
a cloth, towel, cover, etc.
2 Passenger Front Airbag Off Indicator
P. 60
Make sure the floor mat behind the front passenger’s
seat is hooked to the floor mat anchor. An improperly
placed mat can interfere with the advanced airbag
sensors.
2 Floor Mats P. 695
Driver’s
Seat
Position
Sensor
Passenger’s
Seat Weight
Sensors
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 53 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
54
uuAirbagsuFront Knee Airbags
Safe Driving
Front Knee Airbags
Front knee SRS airbags inflate in a moderate to severe frontal collision to help keep
the driver and front passenger in the proper position and to help maximize the
benefit provided by the vehicle’s other safety features.
SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) indicates that the airbag is designed to
supplement seat belts, not replace them. Seat belts are the occupant’s primary
restraint system.
The driver’s knee airbag is housed under the
steering column. The front passenger’s knee
airbag is stored under the glove box.
Both are marked SRS AIRBAG.
When the driver’s front airbag inflates, the
driver’s knee airbag also inflates. When front
passenger’s airbag inflates, the front
passenger’s knee airbag also inflates.
Even if the collision is not severe enough to
deploy the front airbag, the knee airbag may
inflate alone.
■
Housing Locations
1Front Knee Airbags
Do not attach accessories on or near the driver’s and
front passenger’s knee airbag. They can interfere
with the proper operation of the airbag, or hurt
someone if an airbag inflates.
Housing
Location
■
Operation
When
inflated
Knee
Airbag
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 54 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
55
uuAirbagsuFront Knee Airbags
Safe Driving
■ When a knee airbag deploys with little or no visible damage
Because the airbag system senses sudden deceleration, a strong impact to the
vehicle framework or suspension might cause one or more of the airbags to deploy.
Examples include running into a curb, the edge of a hole, or other low fixed object
that causes a sudden deceleration in the vehicle chassis. Since the impact is
underneath the vehicle, damage may not be readily apparent.
■ When a knee airbag may not deploy, even though exterior damage
appears severe
Since crushable body parts absorb crash energy during an impact, the amount of
visible damage does not always indicate proper airbag operation. In fact, some
collisions can result in severe damage but no airbag deployment because the airbags
would not have been needed or would not have provided protection even if they
had deployed.
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 55 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
56
uuAirbagsuSide Airbags
Safe Driving
Side Airbags
The side airbags help protect the torso and pelvis of the driver or a front passenger
during a moderate-to-severe side impact.
The side airbags are housed in the outside
edge of the driver’s and passenger’s seat-
backs.
Both are marked SIDE AIRBAG.
When the sensors detect a moderate-to-
severe side impact, the control unit signals the
side airbag on the impact side to immediately
inflate.
■
Housing Locations
1Side Airbags
Make sure you and your front seat passenger always
sit upright. Leaning into the path of a side airbag can
prevent the airbag from deploying properly and
increases your risk of serious injury.
Do not attach accessories on or near the side airbags.
They can interfere with the proper operation of the
airbags, or hurt someone if an airbag inflates.
Do not cover or replace the front seat-back covers
without consulting a dealer.
Improperly replacing or covering front seat-back
covers can prevent your side airbags from properly
deploying during a side impact.
Housing
Location
■
Operation
When
inflated
Side
Airbag
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 56 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
57
uuAirbagsuSide Airbags
Safe Driving
■ When a side airbag deploys with little or no visible damage
Because the airbag systems senses sudden acceleration, a strong impact to the side
of the vehicle’s framework can cause a side airbag to deploy. In such cases, there
may be little or no damage, but the side impact sensors detected a severe enough
impact to deploy the airbag.
■ When a side airbag may not deploy, even though visible damage appears
severe
It is possible for a side airbag to not deploy during an impact that results in
apparently severe damage. This can occur when the point of impact was toward the
far front or rear of the vehicle, or when the vehicle’s crushable body parts absorbed
most of the crash energy. In either case, the side airbag would not have been
needed nor provided protection even if it had deployed.
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 57 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
58
uuAirbagsuSide Curtain Airbags
Safe Driving
Side Curtain Airbags
The side curtain airbags help protect the heads of the driver and passengers in the
outer seating positions during a moderate-to-severe side impact. The side curtain
airbags equipped in this vehicle are also designed to help reduce the likelihood of
partial and complete ejection of vehicle occupants through side windows in crashes,
particularly rollover crashes.
The side curtain airbags are located in the
ceiling above the side windows on both sides
of the vehicle.
The side curtain airbag is designed to deploy
in a rollover or a moderate-to-severe side
impact.
■
Housing Locations
1Side Curtain Airbags
If the SRS control unit senses that your vehicle is
about to rollover, it immediately deploys both side
curtain airbags and activates both front seat belt
tensioners.
If the impact is on the passenger’s side, the
passenger’s side curtain airbag deploys even if there
are no occupants on that side of the vehicle.
To get the best protection from the side curtain
airbags, occupants should wear their seat belts
properly and sit upright and well back in their seats.
Do not attach any objects to the side windows or roof
pillars as they can interfere with the proper operation
of the side curtain airbags.
Side Curtain Airbag Storage
■
Operation
Deployed Side Curtain Airbag
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 58 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
Continued
59
uuAirbagsuAirbag System Indicators
Safe Driving
■ When side curtain airbags deploy in a frontal collision
One or both side curtain airbags may also inflate in a moderate-to-severe angled
frontal collision.
Airbag System Indicators
If a problem occurs in the airbag system, the SRS indicator will come on and a
message appears on the driver information interface.
■ When the power mode is set to ON.
The indicator comes on for a few seconds,
then goes off. This tells you the system is
working properly.
If the indicator comes on at any other time, or does not come on at all, have the
system checked by a dealer as soon as possible. If you don’t, your airbags and seat
belt tensioners may not work properly when they are needed.
■
Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Indicator
1Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) Indicator
3
WARNING
Ignoring the SRS indicator can result in
serious injury or death if the airbag systems
or tensioners do not work properly.
Have your vehicle checked by a dealer as
soon as possible if the SRS indicator alerts
you to a possible problem.
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 59 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
uuAirbagsuAirbag System Indicators
60
Safe Driving
■ When the passenger front airbag off
indicator comes on
The indicator comes on to alert you that the
passenger’s front airbag has been turned off.
This occurs when the weight sensors detect
about 65 lbs (29 kg) or less, the weight of an
infant or small child, on the seat.
Children age 12 or under should always ride properly restrained in a back seat.
2 Child Safety P. 62
If the front passenger’s seat is empty, the indicator will come on and, in the event of
a crash, the front passenger’s airbag will not deploy. The front passenger’s knee
airbag will not deploy either.
■
Passenger Front Airbag Off Indicator
1Passenger Front Airbag Off Indicator
To ensure the passenger is detected properly, confirm
that:
• There is no child seat or other object pressing
against the rear of the seat-back.
• There is no rear passenger pushing or pulling on
the back of the front passenger’s seat.
• The front seat or seat-back is not forced back
against an object on the seat or floor behind it.
• There is no object placed under or beside the front
passenger’s seat.
• The occupant is sitting in an upright position and
the seat back is not excessively reclined.
• The occupant is not leaning against the door or
center console.
• The occupant’s feet are placed on the floor in front
of them.
• There are no objects hanging from the front
passenger’s seat.
• Only small, lightweight objects are in the seat-back
pocket.
The passenger front airbag off indicator may come
on and go off periodically if the total weight on the
seat is near the airbag cutoff threshold.
Have your vehicle checked by a dealer as soon as
possible if:
• All of the above conditions are met, and the
indicator comes on with an adult seated in the
front passenger seat.
• The seat is empty and the indicator is off.
Do not allow an adult passenger to ride in the front
seat when the indicator is on.
U.S.
Canada
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 60 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
61
uuAirbagsuAirbag Care
Safe Driving
Airbag Care
You do not need to, and should not, perform any maintenance on or replace any
airbag system components yourself. However, you should have your vehicle
inspected by a dealer in the following situations:
■ When the airbags have deployed
If an airbag has inflated, the control unit and other related parts must be replaced.
Similarly, once an automatic seat belt tensioner has been activated, it must be
replaced.
■ When the vehicle has been in a moderate-to-severe collision
Even if the airbags did not inflate, have your dealer inspect the following: the driver’s
seat position sensor, weight sensors in the passenger’s seat, front seat belt
tensioners, and each seat belt that was worn during the crash.
■ Do not remove or modify a front seat without consulting a dealer
This would likely disable or affect the proper operation of the driver’s seat position
sensor or the weight sensors in the passenger’s seat. If it is necessary to remove or
modify a front seat to accommodate a person with disabilities, contact a Honda
dealer, or for U.S. vehicles, American Honda Automobile Customer Service at 1-800-
999-1009 and for Canadian vehicles, Honda Canada Customer Relations at 1-888-
9-HONDA-9.
1Airbag Care
We recommend against the use of salvaged airbag
system components, including the airbag, tensioners,
sensors, and control unit.
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 61 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
62
Safe Driving
Child Safety
Protecting Child Passengers
Each year, many children are injured or killed in vehicle crashes because they are
either unrestrained or not properly restrained. In fact, vehicle crashes are the
number one cause of death of children ages 12 and under.
To reduce the number of child deaths and injuries, every state, Canadian province
and territory requires that infants and children be properly restrained when they ride
in a vehicle.
Children should sit properly restrained in a rear seat. This is because:
• An inflating front or side airbag can injure
or kill a child sitting in the front seat.
• A child in the front seat is more likely to
interfere with the driver’s ability to safely
control the vehicle.
• Statistics show that children of all sizes and
ages are safer when they are properly
restrained in a rear seat.
1Protecting Child Passengers
The National Highway Traffic Safety Administration
and Transport Canada recommend that all children
ages 12 and under be properly restrained in a rear
seat. Some states or provinces/territories have laws
restricting where children may ride.
3
WARNING
Children who are unrestrained or
improperly restrained can be seriously
injured or killed in a crash.
Any child too small for a seat belt should be
properly restrained in a child seat. A larger
child should be properly restrained with a
seat belt, using a booster seat if necessary.
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 62 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
63
uuChild SafetyuProtecting Child Passengers
Safe Driving
• Any child who is too small to wear a seat belt correctly must be restrained in an
approved child seat that is properly secured to the vehicle using either the seat
belt or the lower anchors of the LATCH system.
• Never hold a child on your lap because it is impossible to protect them in the
event of a collision.
• Never put a seat belt over yourself and a child. During a crash, the belt would
likely press deep into the child and cause serious or fatal injuries.
• Never let two children use the same seat belt. Both children could be very
seriously injured in a crash.
• Do not allow children to operate the doors, windows or seat adjustments.
• Do not leave children in the vehicle unattended, especially in hot weather when
the inside of the vehicle can get hot enough to kill them. They could also activate
vehicle controls causing it to move unexpectedly.
1Protecting Child Passengers
To deactivate a lockable retractor, release the buckle
and allow the seat belt to wind up all the way.
To remind you of the passenger’s front airbag
hazards and child safety, your vehicle has warning
labels on the dashboard (U.S. models) and on the
front visors. Please read and follow the instructions
on these labels.
2 Safety Labels P. 81
3
WARNING
Allowing a child to play with a seat belt or
wrap one around their neck can result in
serious injury or death.
Instruct children not to play with any seat
belt and make sure any unused seat belt a
child can reach is buckled, fully retracted,
and locked.
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 63 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
64
uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children
Safe Driving
Safety of Infants and Small Children
An infant must be properly restrained in a rear-facing, reclining child seat until the
infant reaches the seat manufacturer’s weight or height limit for the seat, and the
infant is at least one year old.
■ Positioning a rear-facing child seat
Child seats must be placed and secured in a
rear seating position.
When properly installed, a rear-facing child seat may prevent the driver or a front
passenger from moving their seat all the way back, or from locking their seat-back
in the desired position. Make sure that there is no contact between the child seat
and the seat in front of it.
It can also interfere with proper operation of the passenger’s advanced front airbag
system.
2 Airbags P. 47
If this occurs, we recommend that you install the child seat directly behind the front
passenger’s seat, move the seat as far forward as needed, and leave it unoccupied.
Or, you may wish to get a smaller rear-facing child seat.
■
Protecting Infants
1Protecting Infants
Rear-facing child seats should never be installed in a
forward facing position.
Always refer to the child seat manufacturer’s
instructions before installation.
Do not allow a front seat to rest against a child seat
installed in a rear seating position: The weight sensor
in the front seat may not correctly detect the actual
weight of the occupant.
3
WARNING
Placing a rear-facing child seat in the front
seat can result in serious injury or death
during a crash.
Always place a rear-facing child seat in the
rear seat, not the front.
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 64 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
Continued
65
uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children
Safe Driving
If a child is at least one year old and has exceeded the weight and height limitations
of a rearward facing child seat, the child should be properly restrained in a firmly
secured forward facing child seat until they exceed the weight and height limitations
for the forward facing child seat.
■ Forward-facing child seat placement
We strongly recommend placing a forward-
facing child seat in a rear seating position.
Placing a forward-facing child seat in the front seat can be hazardous, even with
advanced front airbags that automatically turn the passenger’s front airbag off. A
rear seat is the safest place for a child.
■
Protecting Smaller Children
1Protecting Smaller Children
Educate yourself about the laws and regulations
regarding child seat use where you are driving, and
follow the child seat manufacturer’s instructions.
Many experts recommend use of a rear-facing seat
for a child up to two years old if the child’s height and
weight are appropriate for a rear-facing seat.
3
WARNING
Placing a forward-facing child seat in the
front seat can result in serious injury or
death if the front airbag inflates.
If you must place a forward-facing child
seat in front, move the vehicle seat as far
back as possible, and properly restrain the
child.
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 65 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children
66
Safe Driving
Most child seats are LATCH-compatible (Lower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren).
Some have a rigid-type connector while others have a flexible-type connector. Both
are equally easy to use. Some existing and previously owned child seats can only be
installed using the seat belt. Whichever type you choose, follow the child seat
manufacturer’s use and care instructions including recommended expiration dates
as well as the instructions in this manual. Proper installation is key to maximizing
your child’s safety.
In seating positions and vehicles not equipped with LATCH, a LATCH-compatible
child seat can be installed using the seat belt and a top tether for added security.
This is because all child seats are required to be designed so that they can be secured
with a lap belt or the lap part of a lap/shoulder belt. In addition, the child seat
manufacturer may advise that a seat belt be used to attach a LATCH-compatible seat
once a child reaches a specified weight. Please read the child seat owner’s manual
for proper installation instructions.
■ Important consideration when selecting a child seat
Make sure the child seat meets the following three requirements:
• The child seat is the correct type and size for the child.
• The child seat is the correct type for the seating position.
• The child seat is compliant with Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213 or
Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 213.
■
Selecting a Child Seat
1Selecting a Child Seat
Installation of a LATCH-compatible child seat is
simple.
LATCH-compatible child seats have been developed
to simplify the installation process and reduce the
likelihood of injuries caused by incorrect installation.
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 66 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
Continued
67
uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children
Safe Driving
A LATCH-compatible child seat can be installed in each of the second and third row
seats except for the third row center. A child seat is attached to the lower anchors
with either the rigid or flexible type of connectors.
1. Locate the lower anchors under the marks.
■
Installing a LATCH-Compatible Child Seat
1Installing a LATCH-Compatible Child Seat
For your child’s safety, when using a child seat
installed using the LATCH system, make sure that the
child seat is properly secured to the vehicle.
A child seat that is not properly secured will not
adequately protect a child in a crash and may cause
injury to the child or other vehicle occupants.
3
WARNING
Never attach two child seats to the same
anchor. In a collision, one anchor may not
be strong enough to hold two child seat
attachments and may break, causing
serious injury or death.
Marks
Second row seat
Marks
Third row seat
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 67 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children
68
Safe Driving
2. Place the child seat on the vehicle seat, then
attach the child seat to the lower anchors
according to the instructions that came
with the child seat.
u When installing the child seat, make sure
that the lower anchors are not
obstructed by the seat belt or any other
object.
To install a LATCH-compatible child seat in
the second row center seat, remove the
covers on each lower end of the seat-back
by pulling on the handles.
1Installing a LATCH-Compatible Child Seat
Installing a LATCH-compatible child seat in the
third row center seat
Each outer third row seat is equipped with a pair of
lower anchors which are used to secure a LATCH-
compatible child seat. The third row center seat,
however, is not equipped with anchors of any kind.
The inner and outer anchors are spaced apart at a
standard distance of 11 inches (280 mm). The
distance between the two inner anchors is 16.0
inches (406.2 mm).
LATCH-compatible restraint systems that are fitted
with rigid-type attachments cannot be installed in the
third row center seat. However, a system fitted with
flexible-type attachments can be installed in the third
row center seat, provided that the manufacturer’s
instructions for that system permit the use of the
inner anchors with the stated spacing.
Before seating a child, make sure that the system is
properly attached to both the lower anchors and
tether anchors.
3
WARNING
Do not use the lower inner anchors of the
outer third row seats to secure a LATCH-
compatible child seat to the third row
center seat, unless the manufacturer’s
instructions for that system permit the use
of inner anchors with the stated spacing.
Rigid Type
Lower Anchors
Flexible
Type
Lower Anchors
Handle
Marks
Cover
Second row center seat
*
* Not available on all models
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 68 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
69
uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children
Continued
Safe Driving
3. Put the head restraint to its upper-most
position, then route the tether strap
outside/between the head restraint legs,
and secure the tether strap hook onto the
anchor.
4. Tighten the tether strap as instructed by the
child seat manufacturer.
Anchor
Tether Strap
Hook
Anchor
Tether Strap
Hook
Other Top Tether Type
Second row outer position
Straight Top Tether Type
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 69 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
70
uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children
Safe Driving
5. Make sure the child seat is firmly secured by
rocking it forward and back and side to
side; little movement should be felt.
Anchor
Tether Strap Hook
Second row center seat
*
Straight Top Tether Type
Other Top Tether Type
Anchor
Tether Strap Hook
* Not available on all models
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 70 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
71
uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children
Continued
Safe Driving
6. Make sure any unused seat belt that a child
can reach is buckled, the lockable retractor
is activated, and the belt is fully retracted
and locked.
2 Protecting Child Passengers P. 62
Anchor
Tether Strap Hook
Third row outer position
Straight Top Tether Type
Other Top Tether Type
Anchor
Tether Strap Hook
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 71 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children
72
Safe Driving
A child seat can be installed with a lap/shoulder belt in any rear seat or, if absolutely
necessary, the front passenger seat.
1. Place the child seat on the vehicle seat.
2. Route the seat belt through the child seat
according to the seat manufacturer’s
instructions, and insert the latch plate into
the buckle.
u Insert the latch plate fully until it clicks.
3. Slowly pull the shoulder part of the belt all
the way out until it stops. This activates the
lockable retractor.
4. Let the seat belt retract a few inches and
check that the retractor has switched
modes by pulling on the webbing. It should
not pull out again until it is reset by
removing the latch plate from the buckle.
u If you are able to pull the shoulder belt
out, the lockable retractor is not
activated. Slowly pull the seat belt all the
way out, and repeat steps 3 – 4.
■
Installing a Child Seat with a Lap/Shoulder Seat Belt
1Installing a Child Seat with a Lap/Shoulder Seat Belt
A child seat that is not properly secured will not
adequately protect a child in a crash and may cause
injury to the child or other vehicle occupants.
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 72 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
Continued
73
uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children
Safe Driving
5. Grab the shoulder part of the seat belt near
the buckle, and pull up to remove any slack
from the lap part of the belt.
u When doing this, place your weight on
the child seat and push it into the vehicle
seat.
6. Make sure the child seat is firmly secured by
rocking it forward and back and side to
side; less than one inch of movement
should occur near the seat belt.
7. Make sure any unused seat belt that a child
can reach is buckled, the lockable retractor
is activated, and the belt is fully retracted
and locked.
1Installing a Child Seat with a Lap/Shoulder Seat Belt
To deactivate a lockable retractor, release the buckle
and allow the seat belt to wind up all the way.
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 73 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children
74
Safe Driving
A tether anchorage point is provided behind
each second and third row seating position. If
you have a child restraint system that comes
with a tether but can be installed with a seat
belt, the tether may be used for additional
security.
1. Locate the appropriate tether anchorage
point.
■
Adding Security with a Tether
1Adding Security with a Tether
Always use a tether for forward facing child seats
when using the seat belt or lower anchors.
Second row seat
Third row seat
Tether Anchorage Points
Tether Anchorage Points
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 74 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
75
uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children
Continued
Safe Driving
2. Put the head restraint to its upper-most
position, then route the tether strap
outside/through the head restraint legs.
Make sure the strap is not twisted.
Second row outer position
Tether Strap
Hook
Anchor
Straight Top Tether Type
Other Top Tether Type
Tether Strap
Hook
Anchor
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 75 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
76
uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children
Safe Driving
3. Secure the tether strap hook to the anchor.
Second row center seat
*
Anchor
Tether
Strap
Hook
Straight Top Tether Type
Other Top Tether Type
Anchor
Tether
Strap
Hook
* Not available on all models
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 76 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
77
uuChild SafetyuSafety of Infants and Small Children
Safe Driving
4. Tighten the tether strap as instructed by the
child seat manufacturer.
Third row seat
Tether Strap Hook
Anchor
Anchor
Straight Top Tether Type
Other Top Tether Type
Tether Strap Hook
Anchor
Anchor
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 77 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
78
uuChild SafetyuSafety of Larger Children
Safe Driving
Safety of Larger Children
The following pages give instructions on how to check proper seat belt fit, what kind
of booster seat to use if one is needed, and important precautions for a child who
must sit in front.
When a child is too big for a child seat, secure the child in a rear seat using the lap/
shoulder seat belt. Have the child sit upright and all the way back, then answer the
following questions.
■ Checklist
• Do the child’s knees bend comfortably over
the edge of the seat?
• Does the shoulder belt cross between the
child’s neck and arm?
• Is the lap part of the seat belt as low as
possible, touching the child’s thighs?
• Will the child be able to stay seated like this
for the whole trip?
If you answer yes to all these questions, the child is ready to wear the lap/shoulder
seat belt correctly. If you answer no to any question, the child needs to ride on a
booster seat until the seat belt fits properly without a booster seat.
■
Protecting Larger Children
■
Checking Seat Belt Fit
1Safety of Larger Children
3
WARNING
Allowing a child age 12 or under to sit in
front can result in injury or death if the
passenger’s front airbag inflates.
If a larger child must ride in front, move the
vehicle seat as far to the rear as possible,
have the child sit up properly and wear the
seat belt properly, using a booster seat if
needed.
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 78 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
79
uuChild SafetyuSafety of Larger Children
Safe Driving
If a lap/shoulder seat belt cannot be used
properly, position the child in a booster seat in
the rear seat. For the child’s safety, check that
the child meets the booster seat
manufacturer’s recommendations.
Your vehicle has a rear seat where children can be properly restrained. If you ever
have to carry a group of children, and a child must ride in front:
• Make sure you read and fully understand the instructions and safety information
in this manual.
• Move the front passenger seat as far back as possible.
• Have the child sit upright and well back in the seat.
• Check that the seat belt is properly positioned so that the child is secure in the
seat.
■ Monitoring child passengers
We strongly recommend that you keep an eye on child passengers. Even older, more
mature children sometimes need to be reminded to fasten their seat belts and sit up
properly.
■
Booster Seats
1Booster Seats
When installing a booster seat, make sure to read the
instructions that came with it, and install the seat
accordingly.
There are high- and low-type booster seats. Choose a
booster seat that allows the child to wear the seat
belt correctly.
Some U.S. states and Canadian provinces and
territories require children to use a booster seat until
they reach a given age or weight (e.g. 6 years or 60
lbs). Be sure to check current laws in the state or
province, or territory where you intend to drive.
■
Protecting Larger Children-Final Checks
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 79 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
80
Safe Driving
Exhaust Gas Hazard
Carbon Monoxide Gas
The engine exhaust from this vehicle contains carbon monoxide, a colorless,
odorless, and highly toxic gas. As long as you properly maintain your vehicle, carbon
monoxide gas will not get into the interior.
■ Have the exhaust system inspected for leaks whenever
• The exhaust system is making an unusual noise.
• The exhaust system may have been damaged.
• The vehicle is raised for an oil change.
When you operate a vehicle with the tailgate open, airflow can pull exhaust gas into
the interior and create a hazardous condition. If you must drive with the tailgate
open, open all the windows and set the climate control system as shown below.
1. Select the fresh air mode.
2. Select the mode.
3. Set the fan speed to high.
4. Set the temperature control to a comfortable setting.
Adjust the climate control system in the same manner if you sit in your parked
vehicle with the engine running.
1Carbon Monoxide Gas
An enclosed area such as a garage can quickly fill up
with carbon monoxide gas.
Do not run the engine with the garage door closed.
Even when the garage door is open, drive out of the
garage immediately after starting the engine.
3
WARNING
Carbon monoxide gas is toxic.
Breathing it can cause unconsciousness and
even kill you.
Avoid any enclosed areas or activities that
expose you to carbon monoxide.
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 80 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
81
Safe Driving
Safety Labels
Label Locations
These labels are in the locations shown. They warn you of potential hazards that can cause serious injury or death. Read these labels
carefully.
If a label comes off or becomes hard to read (except for the U.S. dashboard label which may be removed by the owner), contact a dealer
for a replacement.
Sun Visor
U.S. models
Canadian models
Radiator Cap
U.S. models
Dashboard
U.S. models only
Canadian models
Air Conditioner System
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 81 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
82
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 82 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
83
Instrument Panel
This chapter describes the buttons, indicators, and gauges that are used while driving.
Indicators ............................................ 84
Driver Information Interface Warning and
Information Messages.................... 102
Gauges and Displays
Gauges............................................ 119
Driver Information Interface ............. 120
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 83 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
84
Instrument Panel
Indicators
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message
Parking Brake
and Brake
System Indicator
(Red)
• Comes on for a few seconds when
you set the power mode to ON,
then goes off if the parking brake
has been released.
• Comes on when the parking brake
is applied, and goes off when it is
released.
• Comes on when the brake fluid
level is low.
• Comes on if there is a problem
with the brake system.
• The beeper sounds and the
indicator comes on if you drive
with the parking brake not fully
released.
• Comes on for about 15 seconds
when you push the electric
parking brake switch with the
power mode in OFF.
• Stays on for about 15 seconds
when you set the power mode to
OFF while the electric parking
brake is set.
• Comes on while driving - Make sure
the parking brake is released. Check the
brake fluid level.
2 What to do when the indicator
comes on while driving P. 724
• Comes on along with the ABS
indicator - Have your vehicle checked
by a dealer.
2 If the Brake System Indicator (Red)
Comes On or Blinks P. 724
• Blinks and the brake system
indicator (amber) comes on at the
same time - There is a problem with the
electric parking brake system. The
parking brake may not be set.
Avoid using the parking brake and have
your vehicle checked by a dealer
immediately.
2 If the Brake System Indicator (Red)
Comes On or Blinks at the Same
Time When the Brake System
Indicator (Amber) Comes On P. 725
U.S.
Canada
(Red)
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 84 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
85
uuIndicatorsu
Continued
Instrument Panel
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message
Parking Brake
and Brake
System Indicator
(Amber)
• Comes on for a few seconds when
you set the power mode to ON,
then goes off.
• Comes on if there is a problem
with a system related to braking
other than the conventional brake
system.
• Comes on if there is a problem
with the electric parking brake
system.
• Stays on constantly - Have your
vehicle checked by a dealer.
• Comes on while driving - Avoid using
the parking brake and have your vehicle
checked by a dealer immediately.
• Comes on if there is a problem
with the automatic brake hold
system.
2 Automatic Brake Hold P. 611
U.S.
Canada
(Amber)
U.S.
Canada
U.S.
Canada
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 85 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
86
uuIndicatorsu
Instrument Panel
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message
Automatic Brake
Hold System
Indicator
• Comes on when the automatic
brake hold system is on.
2 Automatic Brake Hold P. 611
Automatic Brake
Hold Indicator
• Comes on when the automatic
brake hold is activated.
2 Automatic Brake Hold P. 611
—
Malfunction
Indicator Lamp
• Comes on when you set the
power mode to ON, and goes off
when the engine starts, or after
several seconds if the engine did
not start. If “readiness codes”
have not been set, it blinks five
times before it goes off.
• Comes on if there is a problem
with the emissions control system.
• Blinks when a misfire in the
engine’s cylinders is detected.
• Readiness codes are part of the on board
diagnostics for the emissions control
systems.
2 Testing of Readiness Codes P. 749
• Comes on while driving - Have your
vehicle checked by a dealer.
• Blinks while driving - Stop in a safe
place where there are no flammable
objects. Stop the engine for 10 minutes
or more, and wait for it to cool down.
Then, take your vehicle to a dealer.
2 If the Malfunction Indicator Lamp
Comes On or Blinks P. 723
U.S.
Canada
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 86 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
87
uuIndicatorsu
Continued
Instrument Panel
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message
Charging System
Indicator
• Comes on when you set the power
mode to ON, and goes off when
the engine starts.
• Comes on when the battery is not
charging.
• Comes on while driving - Turn off the
climate control system and rear defogger
in order to reduce electricity
consumption.
2 If the Charging System Indicator
Comes On P. 722
Gear Position
Indicator
• Indicates the current gear
selection.
2 Shifting P. 550
—
M (sequential
mode) Indicator/
Sequential Mode
Gear Selection
Indicator
• Comes on when the manual
sequential shift mode is applied.
2 Sequential Mode P. 556
—
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 87 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
88
uuIndicatorsu
Instrument Panel
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message
Transmission
System Indicator
• All the gear positions may light for
several seconds, and go off.
• When all the gear positions light,
immediately stop your vehicle in a safe
place.
• Indicators go off if there is no problem.
However, even if they go off, take your
vehicle to a dealer for inspection.
• The indicated current gear
selection blinks if there is a
problem with the transmission
system.
• Avoid sudden start and acceleration, and
stop in a safe place immediately.
Have your vehicle checked by a dealer.
• The current gear position or all the
gear positions blink if there is a
problem with the transmission
system and the vehicle will no
longer move.
• Immediately stop in a safe place.
2 Emergency Towing P. 735
• Have your vehicle checked by a dealer.
• The current gear position or all the
gear positions blink if you cannot
select
(P due to a transmission
system failure.
• The engine can be activated as a
temporary measure.
2 If the Transmission System
Indicator Blinks along with the
Warning Message P. 727
• Set the parking brake when parking.
• Have your vehicle checked by a dealer
immediately.
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 88 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
89
uuIndicatorsu
Continued
Instrument Panel
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message
Seat Belt
Reminder
Indicator
• Comes on and the beeper sounds
if you are not wearing a seat belt
when you set the power mode to
ON.
• If the front passenger is not
wearing a seat belt, the indicator
comes on a few seconds later.
• Blinks while driving if either you
and/or the front passenger has not
fastened a seat belt. The beeper
sounds and the indicator blinks at
regular intervals.
• The beeper stops and the indicator goes
off when you and the front passenger
fasten their seat belts.
• Stays on after you and/or the front
passenger has fastened the seat
belt(s) - A detection error may have
occurred in the sensor. Have your vehicle
checked by a dealer.
2 Seat Belt Reminder P. 39
Low Fuel
Indicator
• Comes on when the fuel reserve is
running low (approximately 2.9
U.S. gal/11.0 Liter left).
• Blinks if there is a problem with
the fuel gauge.
• Comes on - Refuel your vehicle as soon
as possible.
• Blinks - Have your vehicle checked by a
dealer.
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 89 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
90
uuIndicatorsu
Instrument Panel
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message
Anti-lock Brake
System (ABS)
Indicator
• Comes on for a few seconds when
you set the power mode to ON,
then goes off.
• If it comes on at any other time,
there is a problem with the ABS.
• Stays on constantly - Have your
vehicle checked by a dealer. With this
indicator on, your vehicle still has normal
braking ability but no anti-lock function.
2 Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) P. 613
Supplemental
Restraint System
Indicator
• Comes on for a few seconds when
you set the power mode to ON,
then goes off.
• Comes on if a problem with any of
the following is detected:
- Supplemental restraint system
- Knee airbag system
- Side airbag system
- Side curtain airbag system
- Seat belt tensioner
• Stays on constantly or does not come
on at all - Have your vehicle checked by
a dealer.
Auto High-Beam
Indicator
*
• Comes on for a few seconds when
you set the power mode to ON,
then goes off.
• Comes on when all the operating
conditions of the Auto high-beam
are met.
2 Auto High-Beam
*
P. 197
—
* Not available on all models
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 90 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
91
uuIndicatorsu
Continued
Instrument Panel
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message
Vehicle Stability
Assist® (VSA®)
System Indicator
• Comes on for a few seconds when
you set the power mode to ON,
then goes off.
• Blinks when VSA® is active.
• Comes on if there is a problem
with the VSA®, hill start assist, or
brake lighting system.
• Stays on constantly - Have your
vehicle checked by a dealer.
2 Vehicle Stability Assist® (VSA®), aka
Electronic Stability Control (ESC),
System P. 596
2 Hill start assist system P. 547
Vehicle Stability
Assist® (VSA®)
OFF Indicator
• Comes on for a few seconds when
you set the power mode to ON,
then goes off.
• Comes on when you partially
disable VSA®.
2 VSA® On and Off P. 597
—
Electric Power
Steering (EPS)
System Indicator
• Comes on when you set the
power mode to ON, and goes off
when the engine starts.
• Comes on if there is a problem
with the EPS system.
• Stays on constantly - Have your
vehicle checked by a dealer.
2 If the Electric Power Steering (EPS)
System Indicator Comes On P. 726
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 91 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
92
uuIndicatorsu
Instrument Panel
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message
Low Tire
Pressure/TPMS
Indicator
• Comes on for a few seconds when
you set the power mode to ON,
then goes off.
• Comes on if the tire pressure of
any of the tires becomes
significantly low.
• Comes on while driving - Stop in a
safe place, check tire pressures, and
inflate the tire(s) if necessary.
• Blinks for about one minute, and
then stays on if there is a problem
with the TPMS with Tire Fill Assist,
or when a compact spare tire is
temporarily installed.
• Blinks and remains on - Have your
vehicle checked by a dealer. If the vehicle
is fitted with a compact spare, get your
regular tire repaired or replaced and put
back on your vehicle as soon as you can.
Turn Signal and
Hazard Warning
Indicators
• Blinks when you operate the turn
signal lever.
• Blink along with all turn signals
when you press the hazard
warning button.
• Does not blink or blinks rapidly
2 Replacing Light Bulbs P. 669, 671
—
High Beam
Indicator
• Comes on when the high beam
headlights are on.
— —
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 92 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
93
uuIndicatorsu
Continued
Instrument Panel
*1:Canadian models only: Apply and hold the brake pedal before selecting the ON mode.
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message
Lights On
Indicator
• Comes on whenever the light
switch is on, or in AUTO
*
when
the exterior lights are on.
• If you set the power mode to
ACCESSORY or VEHICLE OFF while the
exterior lights are on, a chime sounds
when the driver’s door is opened.
—
Fog Light
Indicator
*
• Comes on when the fog lights are
on.
2 Fog Lights
*
P. 195
—
Immobilizer
System Indicator
• Comes on briefly when you set the
power mode to ON, then goes off.
• Comes on if the immobilizer
system cannot recognize the key
information.
• Blinks - You cannot start the engine. Set
the power mode to VEHICLE OFF
*1
, then
select the ON mode again.
• Repeatedly blinks - The system may be
malfunctioning. Have your vehicle
checked by a dealer.
• Do not attempt to alter this system or
add other devices to it. Electrical
problems can occur.
Security System
Alarm Indicator
• Comes on briefly when you set the
power mode to ON, then goes off.
• Blinks when the security system
alarm has been set.
2 Security System Alarm P. 181
—
Indicator
Indicator
* Not available on all models
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 93 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
94
uuIndicatorsu
Instrument Panel
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message
System Message
Indicator
• Comes on along with a beep
when a problem is detected. A
system message on the driver
information interface appears at
the same time.
• While the indicator is on, press the
(home) button, select Warnings, then
press the ENTER button to see the
message again.
• Refer to the Indicators information in this
chapter when a system message appears
on the driver information interface. Take
the appropriate action for the message.
• The driver information interface does not
return to the normal screen unless the
warning is canceled, or the ENTER
button is pressed repeatedly.
—
Econ Mode
Indicator
• Comes on when you press the
ECON button.
2 ECON Button P. 564
Snow Mode
Indicator
• Comes on when you press the
SNOW button and snow mode is
selected.
2 Intelligent Traction Management
P. 565
Normal Mode
Indicator
• Comes on for a few seconds when
Snow mode is selected, and the
vehicle is powered off, then
restarted.
2 Intelligent Traction Management
P. 565
—
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 94 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
95
uuIndicatorsu
Continued
Instrument Panel
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message
Auto Idle Stop
Indicator (Green)
• Comes on when Auto Idle Stop is
in operation. The engine
automatically shuts off.
2 Auto Idle Stop P. 558
—
Auto Idle Stop
System Indicator
(Amber)
• Comes on when Auto Idle Stop
system has been turned off by the
Auto Idle Stop OFF Button.
2 Auto Idle Stop System ON/OFF
P. 559
• Comes on for a few seconds when
you set the power mode to ON,
then goes off.
• Blinks if there is a problem with
the Auto Idle Stop system.
• Blinks - Have your vehicle checked by a
dealer.
CRUISE MAIN
Indicator
*
• Comes on when you press the
CRUISE button.
2 Cruise Control
*
P. 566
—
CRUISE
CONTROL
Indicator
*
• Comes on if you have set a speed
for cruise control.
2 Cruise Control
*
P. 566
—
* Not available on all models
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 95 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
96
uuIndicatorsu
Instrument Panel
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message
Lane Keeping
Assist System
(LKAS) Indicator
(Amber)
*
• Comes on for a few seconds when
you set the power mode to ON,
then goes off.
• Comes on if there is a problem
with the LKAS.
• Stays on constantly - Have your
vehicle checked by a dealer.
Lane Keeping
Assist System
(LKAS) Indicator
(Green)
*
• Comes on when you press the
MAIN button.
2 Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)
*
P. 588
—
• Comes on when the LKAS is in
operation, or the LKAS button is
pressed, but the temperature
inside the front sensor camera is
too high. The LKAS cancels
automatically. The beeper sounds
simultaneously.
• Use the climate control system to cool
down the camera.
• Goes off - The camera has cooled down
and the system is working normally.
2 Front Sensor Camera
*
P. 569
• Comes on when the area around
the camera is blocked by dirt,
mud, etc. Stop your vehicle in a
safe place, and wipe it off with a
soft cloth.
• May come on when driving in bad
weather (rain, snow, fog, etc.)
• Have your vehicle checked by a dealer if
the indicator and message come back on
after you cleaned the area around the
camera.
* Not available on all models
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 96 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
97
uuIndicatorsu
Continued
Instrument Panel
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message
Road Departure
Mitigation
(RDM) Indicator
*
• Comes on for a few seconds when
you change the power mode to
ON, then goes off.
• Comes on if there is a problem
with the RDM system.
• Stays on constantly - Have your
vehicle checked by a dealer.
• Comes on when the RDM system
shuts itself off.
• Stays on - The temperature inside the
camera is too high.
Use the climate control system to cool
down the camera.
The system activates when the
temperature inside the camera cools
down.
2 Front Sensor Camera
*
P. 569
• Stays on - The area around the camera
is blocked by dirt, mud, etc. Stop your
vehicle in a safe place, and wipe it off
with a soft cloth.
• Have your vehicle checked by a dealer if
the indicator and message come back on
after you cleaned the area around the
camera.
2 Front Sensor Camera
*
P. 569
* Not available on all models
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 97 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
98
uuIndicatorsu
Instrument Panel
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message
Adaptive Cruise
Control (ACC)
Indicator
(Amber)
*
• Comes on for a few seconds when
you set the power mode to ON,
then goes off.
• Comes on if there is a problem
with ACC.
• Comes on while driving - Have your
vehicle checked by a dealer.
• Comes on if anything covers the
radar sensor cover and prevents
the sensor from detecting a
vehicle in front.
• May come on when driving in bad
weather (rain, snow, fog, etc.)
• ACC has been automatically
canceled.
• When the radar sensor gets dirty, stop
your vehicle in a safe place, and wipe off
dirt using a soft cloth. Indicator may take
some time to go off after the radar
sensor is cleaned.
• Have your vehicle checked by a dealer if
the indicator does not go off even after
you clean the sensor cover.
Adaptive Cruise
Control (ACC)
Indicator
(Green)
*
• Comes on when you press the
MAIN button.
2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC)
*
P. 571
—
• Comes on when ACC is in
operation, but the temperature
inside the front sensor camera is
too high. ACC cancels
automatically. The beeper sounds
simultaneously.
• Use the climate control system to cool
down the camera.
• Goes off - The camera has been cooled
down. Pressing the MAIN button can
resume the system.
2 Front Sensor Camera
*
P. 569
2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC)
*
P. 571
* Not available on all models
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 98 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
99
uuIndicatorsu
Continued
Instrument Panel
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message
Adaptive Cruise
Control (ACC)
Indicator
(Green)
*
• Comes on when the area around
the camera is blocked by dirt,
mud, etc. Stop your vehicle in a
safe place, and wipe it off with a
soft cloth.
• May come on when driving in bad
weather (rain, snow, fog, etc.)
• Have your vehicle checked by a dealer if
the indicator and message come back on
after you cleaned the area around the
camera.
Collision
Mitigation
Braking
System
TM
(CMBS
TM
)
Indicator
*
• Comes on for a few seconds when
you change the power mode to
ON, then goes off.
• Comes on when you deactivate
the CMBS
TM
. A driver information
interface message appears for five
seconds.
• Comes on if there is a problem
with the CMBS
TM
.
• Stays on constantly without the
CMBS
TM
off - Have your vehicle checked
by a dealer.
2 Collision Mitigation Braking
System
TM
(CMBS
TM
)
*
P. 615
* Not available on all models
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 99 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
100
uuIndicatorsu
Instrument Panel
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message
Collision
Mitigation
Braking
System
TM
(CMBS
TM
)
Indicator
*
• Comes on when the CMBS
TM
system shuts itself off.
• Stays on - The area around the camera
is blocked by dirt, mud, etc. Stop your
vehicle in a safe place, and wipe it off
with a soft cloth.
2 Front Sensor Camera
*
P. 569
• When the radar sensor gets dirty, stop
your vehicle in a safe place, and wipe off
dirt using a soft cloth. Indicator may take
some time to go off after the radar
sensor is cleaned.
• Have your vehicle checked by a dealer if
the indicator does not go off even after
you clean the sensor cover.
2 Collision Mitigation Braking
System
TM
(CMBS
TM
)
*
P. 615
• Stays on - The temperature inside the
camera is too high. Use the climate
control system to cool down the camera.
The system activates when the
temperature inside the camera cools
down.
2 Front Sensor Camera
*
P. 569
* Not available on all models
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 100 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
101
uuIndicatorsu
Instrument Panel
Indicator Name On/Blinking Explanation Message
Blind spot
information
System Indicator
• Stays on while the blind spot
information system is turned off.
—
• Comes on when mud, snow, or ice
accumulates in the vicinity of
sensor.
• Comes on while driving - Remove the
obstacle in the vicinity of the sensor.
2 Blind spot information System
*
P. 603
• Comes on if there is a problem
with the system.
• Comes on while driving - Have your
vehicle checked by a dealer.
Models with Blind spot information System
* Not available on all models
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 101 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
102
uuIndicatorsuDriver Information Interface Warning and Information Messages
Instrument Panel
Driver Information Interface Warning and Information Messages
The following messages appear only on the driver information interface. Press the (home) button, select Warnings, then press the
ENTER button to see the message again with the system message indicator on.
Message Condition Explanation
• Appears if any door or the tailgate is not completely
closed.
• Goes off when all doors and the tailgate are closed.
• Appears when the hood is opened. • Close the hood.
• Appears when the engine oil pressure is low. • Appears while driving - Immediately stop in a safe
place.
2 If the Low Oil Pressure Symbol Appears P. 722
• Appears if there is a problem with the shutter grille,
and the radiator coolant temperature is too high.
• Power output will be reduced, so you may not be able
to accelerate or maintain your current speed. Have your
vehicle checked by a dealer.
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 102 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
103
uuIndicatorsuDriver Information Interface Warning and Information Messages
Continued
Instrument Panel
Message Condition Explanation
• Appears when the washer fluid is low. • Refill the washer fluid.
2 Refilling Window Washer Fluid P. 663
• Appears while you are customizing the settings and
the transmission is in other than
(P.
2 Vehicle Customization P. 134
• Appears when the temperature of the transmission
is starting to get too hot.
• The performance of the vehicle may be reduced.
• Until the message disappears, reduce your speed and
allow the system to cool down.
• Appears if the battery charge becomes low. • Charge the battery.
• Appears when the fuel fill door is opened. • Close the fuel fill door.
Canadian models
Models with color audio system
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 103 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
104
uuIndicatorsuDriver Information Interface Warning and Information Messages
Instrument Panel
Message Condition Explanation
• Appears when there is a problem with the sensor on
the battery.
• Have your vehicle checked by a dealer.
2 Checking the Battery P. 688
• Appears along with the charging system indicator
when the battery is not charging.
• Turn off the climate control system and rear defogger
to reduce electricity consumption.
2 If the Charging System Indicator Comes On P. 722
• Appears when the scheduled maintenance is due
soon.
• Consequently, Maintenance Due Now and
Maintenance Past Due follow.
2 Maintenance Minder Messages on the Driver
Information Interface P. 647
• Appears if there is a problem with the power sliding
door system.
• Turn off the main switch and manually operate the
power sliding doors.
• Have your vehicle checked by a dealer.
2 Opening/Closing the Power Sliding Doors
*
P. 174
U.S.
Canada
Models with power sliding doors
* Not available on all models
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 104 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
105
uuIndicatorsuDriver Information Interface Warning and Information Messages
Continued
Instrument Panel
Message Condition Explanation
• Appears when the engine coolant temperature gets
abnormally high.
2 Overheating P. 719
• Appears when there is a problem with the power
tailgate system.
• Manually open or close the power tailgate.
• Have your vehicle checked by a dealer.
• Appears when the starter system has a problem. • As a temporary measure, press and hold the ENGINE
START/STOP button for up to 15 seconds while
pressing the brake pedal and manually start the engine.
• Have your vehicle checked by a dealer.
U.S.
Canada
Models with power tailgate
U.S.
Canada
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 105 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
106
uuIndicatorsuDriver Information Interface Warning and Information Messages
Instrument Panel
Message Condition Explanation
• Appears when you set the power mode to
ACCESSORY or ON.
2 Starting the Engine P. 542
• Appears when the engine does not restart
automatically due to the following reason:
• The hood is open.
• There is a problem in the system that disables Auto
Idle Stop.
• Follow the normal procedure to start the engine.
2 Starting the Engine P. 542
• Close the hood.
• Appears when the steering wheel is locked. • Move the steering wheel left and right while pressing
the ENGINE START/STOP button.
• Appears when the power mode is in ACCESSORY.
—
• Appears after the driver’s door is opened when the
power mode is in ACCESSORY.
• Change the power mode to VEHICLE OFF.
2 ENGINE START/STOP Button P. 188
Canadian models
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 106 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
107
uuIndicatorsuDriver Information Interface Warning and Information Messages
Continued
Instrument Panel
Message Condition Explanation
• Appears when you close the door with the power
mode in ON without the remote inside the vehicle.
• Disappears when you bring the remote back inside the
vehicle and close the door.
2 Remote Reminder P. 190
• Appears when the remote battery becomes weak. • Replace the battery as soon as possible.
2 Replacing the Button Battery P. 690
• Appears if the remote battery is too weak to start the
engine or the key is not within operating range to
start the engine.
A beeper sounds six times.
• Bring the remote in front of the ENGINE START/STOP
button to be touched with.
2 If the Remote Battery is Weak P. 715
• Appears if you press the ENGINE START/STOP
button while the vehicle is moving.
2 Emergency Engine Stop P. 716
• Appears after the driver’s door is opened when the
power mode is in ACCESSORY.
• Press and hold the ENGINE START/STOP button with
your foot off the brake pedal to change the power
mode to VEHICLE OFF.
• Appears when you attempt to change to another
gear position with the transmission in (P and the
engine OFF.
• To select another gear position while in (P, the engine
must be ON.
• Appears when you set the power mode to OFF while
driving.
• Immediately stop in a safe place, set the parking brake,
then restart the engine. If the message disappears,
continue driving.
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 107 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
108
uuIndicatorsuDriver Information Interface Warning and Information Messages
Instrument Panel
Message Condition Explanation
• Appears when the vehicle is stopped with the
driver’s seat belt unfastened and there is a chance
that the vehicle may roll unintentionally.
• Press the (P button before release the brake pedal
when idling, parking or exiting the vehicle.
2 Shift Operation P. 552
• Appears when the engine stops without the
transmission in (P, and does not restart
automatically.
• Appears if you open the hood while Auto Idle Stop
activates.
• If you want to set the power mode to ON, change the
gear position to (P.
• If you want to start the engine, follow the normal
procedure.
2 Starting the Engine P. 542
• Appears when you change to (N, then release the
(N button.
2 If you want to keep the transmission in (N
position [car wash mode] P. 554
• Appears when car wash mode is not available due to
hot transmission.
• When transmission is too hot, car wash mode may not
be available. Let the engine idle and cool down
transmission.
2 If you want to keep the transmission in (N
position [car wash mode] P. 554
• Appears when you try to change the gear position
without depressing the brake pedal.
• Depress the brake pedal, then select a shift button.
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 108 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
109
uuIndicatorsuDriver Information Interface Warning and Information Messages
Continued
Instrument Panel
Message Condition Explanation
• Appears when you try to change the gear position
without releasing your foot off the accelerator pedal.
• Release your foot off the accelerator pedal, then select
a shift button.
• Appears when the (P button is pressed while the
vehicle is moving.
• Appears if you change the gear position to (R while
the vehicle is moving forward, or to
(D while the
vehicle is reversing.
• Make sure that the vehicle comes to a stop before
operating the select button.
• Appears when you set the power mode to ON
without fastening the driver’s seat belt.
• Appears when you change the gear position after
(P has been automatically selected with the driver’s
door open, the driver’s seat belt unfastened, then
the brake pedal is released.
• Fasten the seat belt properly before you start to drive.
2 Shift Operation P. 552
• Appears when depressing the accelerator pedal
while the gear position is in (N.
• Remove your foot from the accelerator pedal. When
driving, depress the brake pedal and change the gear
position.
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 109 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
110
uuIndicatorsuDriver Information Interface Warning and Information Messages
Instrument Panel
Message Condition Explanation
• Appears when you press and hold (N button for
more than two seconds.
• Disappears when you set the gear position to other
than (N.
2 If you want to keep the transmission in (N
position [car wash mode] P. 554
• Appears if there is a problem with the cooling
system.
• Drive slowly to prevent overheating and have your
vehicle checked by a dealer as soon as possible.
• Appears if there is a problem with the headlights.
• Appears while driving - The headlights may not be
on. When conditions allow you to drive safety, have
your vehicle checked by a dealer as soon as possible.
• Appears if there is a problem with the parking sensor
system.
• Check if the area around the sensor(s) is covered with
mud, ice, snow, etc. If the indicator(s) stays on or the
beeper does not stop even after you clean the area,
have the system checked by a dealer.
• Appears if there are obstacles around the sensors.
• Check for obstacles near your vehicle to make sure it is
safe to park.
Models with LED headlights
Models with parking sensor system
Models with parking sensor system
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 110 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
111
uuIndicatorsuDriver Information Interface Warning and Information Messages
Continued
Instrument Panel
Message Condition Explanation
• Appears if the automatic brake hold is automatically
canceled while it is in operation.
• Immediately depress the brake pedal.
• Appears when the automatic brake hold system is
turned off.
2 Automatic Brake Hold P. 611
• Appears when the automatic brake hold button is
pressed without wearing the driver’s seat belt.
• Fasten the driver’s seat belt.
2 Automatic Brake Hold P. 611
• Appears when the automatic brake hold button is
pressed without depressing the brake pedal while
the automatic brake hold is in operation.
• Press the automatic brake hold button with the brake
pedal depressed.
2 Automatic Brake Hold P. 611
• Appears when the parking brake is applied
automatically while it is in operation.
2 Automatic Brake Hold P. 611
2 Parking Brake P. 607
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 111 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
112
uuIndicatorsuDriver Information Interface Warning and Information Messages
Instrument Panel
Message Condition Explanation
• Appears when you pull the electric parking brake
switch without depressing the brake pedal.
• Depress the brake pedal to release the parking brake.
2 Parking Brake P. 607
• Appears as soon as a problem is detected in the
smart entry system.
• Appears constantly - Have your vehicle checked by a
dealer.
• Appears as soon as a problem is detected in the push
button starting system.
• Appears constantly - Have your vehicle checked by a
dealer.
• Appears if there is a problem with the Auto high-
beam.
• Manually operate the headlight switch.
• If you are driving with the high-beam headlights when
this happens, the headlights are changed to low beams.
• Appears when the Auto high-beam is in operation,
or the headlight switch is turned in AUTO, but the
temperature inside the camera is too high. The Auto
high-beam cancels automatically.
• Use the climate control system to cool down the
camera.
• Goes off - The camera has been cooled down. Turning
the headlight switch to AUTO can resume the system.
2 Front Sensor Camera
*
P. 569
• Appears when the area around the camera is
blocked by dirt, mud, etc. Stop your vehicle in a safe
place, and wipe it off with a soft cloth.
• May appear when driving in bad weather (rain,
snow, fog, etc.)
• Have your vehicle checked by a dealer if the message
comes back on after you cleaned the area around the
camera.
Models with smart entry system
Models with Auto high-beam
Models with Auto high-beam
Models with Auto high-beam
* Not available on all models
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 112 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
113
uuIndicatorsuDriver Information Interface Warning and Information Messages
Continued
Instrument Panel
Message Condition Explanation
• Appears if there is a problem with the fuel pump
system.
• Set the power mode to OFF for a while, then set the
power mode to ON. The message disappears if there is
no problem. If the message appears again, take your
vehicle to a dealer.
• Appears if there is a problem with the engine
management system.
• Set the power mode to OFF for a while, then set the
power mode to ON. The message disappears if there is
no problem. If the message appears again, take your
vehicle to a dealer.
• Appears if there is a problem with the ignition
system.
• Set the power mode to OFF for a while, then set the
power mode to ON. The message disappears if there is
no problem. If the message appears again, take your
vehicle to a dealer.
• Appears if there is a problem with the seat heaters
*
. • Turn off the seat heaters
*
until the message disappears.
If the message appears again, take your vehicle to a
dealer.
• Appears if there is a problem with the climate
control system.
• Turn off the climate control system until the message
disappears. If the message appears again, take your
vehicle to a dealer.
* Not available on all models
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 113 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
114
uuIndicatorsuDriver Information Interface Warning and Information Messages
Instrument Panel
Message Condition Explanation
• Appears when you unlock and open the driver’s
door while the engine is running by remote engine
start.
2 Remote Engine Start with Vehicle Feedback
*
P. 544
Message Condition Explanation
• Flashes when the system senses a likely collision with
a vehicle in front of you.
• Take the appropriate means to prevent a collision (apply
the brakes, change lanes, etc.)
2 Collision Mitigation Braking System
TM
(CMBS
TM
)
*
P. 615
2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC)
*
P. 571
• Appears when ACC has been automatically
canceled.
• You can resume the set speed after the condition that
caused ACC to cancel improves. Press the RES/+
button.
2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC)
*
P. 571
• Appears when pressing the –/SET button while the
vehicle is moving and the brake pedal is depressed.
• ACC cannot be set.
2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC)
*
P. 571
• Appears if the VSA® or traction control function
operates while ACC is in operation.
• ACC has been automatically canceled.
2 Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC)
*
P. 571
Models with remote engine starter
Models with ACC
* Not available on all models
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 114 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
115
uuIndicatorsuDriver Information Interface Warning and Information Messages
Continued
Instrument Panel
Message Condition Explanation
• Appears when the vehicle is driving out of a detected
lane. The steering wheel vibrates rapidly.
• Keep the vehicle within the lane you are driving.
2 Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)
*
P. 588
• Appears when the vehicle is driving out of a detected
lane.
- The steering wheel vibrates rapidly when the
vehicle is drifting out of a detected lane.
- The steering wheel vibrates rapidly when the
vehicle is drifting out of a detected line. The system
also steers the vehicle to help you remain within
your driving lane.
• Keep the vehicle within the lane you are driving.
2 Road Departure Mitigation (RDM) System
*
P. 583
• You can change the setting for the road departure
mitigation system. Normal, Wide, and Warning Only
can be selected.
2 Customized Features P. 448
• Blinks when you fail to steer the vehicle. The beeper
sounds simultaneously.
• Operate the steering wheel to resume the LKAS.
Models with LKAS
Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)
Road Departure Mitigation (RDM) System
When you selected Warning Only
When you selected Normal or Wide
* Not available on all models
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 115 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
116
uuIndicatorsuDriver Information Interface Warning and Information Messages
Instrument Panel
Message Condition Explanation
• Appears when the LKAS is in operation, or the LKAS
button is pressed, but there is a problem with a
system related to the LKAS. The LKAS cancels
automatically. The beeper sounds simultaneously if
selected by customization.
• If any other system indicators come on, such as the
VSA®, ABS and brake system, take appropriate action.
2 Indicators P. 84
• Appears when the LKAS is in operation, or the LKAS
button is pressed, but the temperature inside the
LKAS camera is too high. The LKAS cancels
automatically. The beeper sounds simultaneously if
selected by customization.
• Use the climate control system to cool down the
camera.
• Goes off - The camera has been cooled down. Pressing
the LKAS button can resume the system.
2 Front Sensor Camera
*
P. 569
• Appears when the area around the camera is
blocked by dirt, mud, etc. Stop your vehicle in a safe
place, and wipe it off with a soft cloth.
• May appear when driving in bad weather (rain,
snow, fog, etc.)
• Have your vehicle checked by a dealer if the indicator
and message come back on after you cleaned the area
around the camera.
Models with LKAS
* Not available on all models
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 116 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
117
uuIndicatorsuDriver Information Interface Warning and Information Messages
Continued
Instrument Panel
Message Condition Explanation
• Appears when Auto Engine Idle Stop Guidance
Screens ON has been selected from the
customization menu.
2 Vehicle Customization P. 134
• Appears when Auto Idle Stop Display ON has
been selected from the customization menu.
2 Customized Features P. 448
2 Auto Idle Stop P. 558
• Appears when Auto Idle Stop does not activate for
some reason.
• Appears when the engine restarts automatically.
• Appears when the battery temperature is around
14°F (−10°C) or lower.
• Appears when Auto Idle Stop does not activate
because the climate control system is in use, and the
difference between the set temperature and actual
interior temperature becomes significant.
• Appears when Auto Idle Stop does not activate
because the engine coolant temperature is too low
or high.
• Appears when Auto Idle Stop does not activate
because the battery charge level is low.
• Appears when the battery is low performance.
Models with color audio system
Models with Display Audio
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 117 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
118
uuIndicatorsuDriver Information Interface Warning and Information Messages
Instrument Panel
Message Condition Explanation
• Appears when Auto Idle Stop does not activate
because the pressure to the brake pedal is not
enough.
• Depress the brake pedal firmly.
• Appears when Auto Engine Idle Stop Guidance
Screens ON has been selected from the
customization menu.
• Appears when Auto Idle Stop Display ON has
been selected from the customization menu.
• Appears when the system is under the following
conditions while Auto Idle Stop activates:
• The climate control system is in use, and the
difference between the set temperature and
actual interior temperature becomes significant.
• The humidity in the interior is high.
• The battery charge level is low.
• The engine restarts automatically in a few seconds.
2 Auto Idle Stop P. 558
Models with color audio system
Models with Display Audio
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 118 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
119
Instrument Panel
Gauges and Displays
Gauges
Gauges include the fuel gauge, temperature gauge, and related indicators. They are
displayed when the power mode is set to ON.
Displays the amount of fuel left in the fuel tank.
Displays the temperature of the engine coolant.
■
Fuel Gauge
■
Temperature Gauge
1Fuel Gauge
NOTICE
You should refuel when the reading approaches .
Running out of fuel can cause the engine to misfire,
damaging the catalytic converter.
The actual amount of remaining fuel may differ from
the fuel gauge reading.
E
1Temperature Gauge
NOTICE
Driving with the temperature gauge pointer in the
upper zone can cause serious engine damage. Pull
safely to the side of the road and allow engine
temperature to return to normal.
2 Overheating P. 719
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 119 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
120
uuGauges and DisplaysuDriver Information Interface
Instrument Panel
Driver Information Interface
The driver information interface displays the speedometer, tachometer, odometer,
trip computer, outside temperature, and other gauges. It also displays important
messages such as warnings and other helpful information.
Displays your driving speed in mph or km/h.
Shows the number of engine revolutions per minute.
■
Speedometer
■
Tachometer
1Speedometer
You can set the speedometer and the displayed
measurements to read in either mph and km/h.
2 Units P. 129
1Tachometer
You can turn on or off the tachometer display.
2 Show Tachometer P. 133
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 120 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
Continued
121
uuGauges and DisplaysuDriver Information Interface
Instrument Panel
Shows the total number of miles or kilometers
that your vehicle has accumulated.
Shows the outside temperature in Fahrenheit
(U.S.) or Celsius (Canada).
Adjusting the outside temperature
display
Adjust the temperature reading by up to ±5°F
or ±3°C if the temperature reading seems
incorrect.
Use the audio/information screen to correct
the temperature.
2 Customized Features P. 448
■
Odometer
Odometer
■
Outside Temperature
*
1Outside Temperature
*
The temperature sensor is in the front bumper.
Road heat and exhaust from another vehicle can
affect the temperature reading when your vehicle
speed is less than 19 mph (30 km/h).
It may take several minutes for the display to be
updated after the temperature reading has stabilized.
Outside Temperature
* Not available on all models
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 121 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
uuGauges and DisplaysuDriver Information Interface
122
Instrument Panel
Press the (home) button, then press the / button to scroll to the content
you want to see. Press ENTER to see detailed information.
*1: Models with color audio system
*2: Models with Display Audio
■
Accessing Content
1Accessing Content
To go back to the previous screen, press the
*1
/
*2
(back) button.
You can edit, add, or delete the meter contents using
the driver information interface.
2 Arrange Apps P. 132
2 Show/Hide Apps P. 131
3
4
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 122 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
123
uuGauges and DisplaysuDriver Information Interface
Continued
Instrument Panel
(Home) Button
/ Button
3
4
*
* *
Press or .
3
4
P. 127
P. 131
P. 124
P. 129
P. 126
P. 129
P. 132
P. 128
P. 130
P. 130
Models with color audio system
Models with Display Audio
(Home) Button
/ Button
3
4
* Not available on all models
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 123 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
124
uuGauges and DisplaysuDriver Information Interface
Instrument Panel
Press the ENTER button to switch between trip computer A and trip computer B.
■
Trip Computer
ENTER Button
ENTER
Trip Computer A
Trip Computer B
Distance
Range
Average Fuel
Economy
Instant Fuel
Economy
Models with color audio system
Models with Display Audio
ENTER Button
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 124 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
Continued
125
uuGauges and DisplaysuDriver Information Interface
Instrument Panel
■ Distance
Shows the total number of miles or kilometers driven since the last reset. Meters A
and B can be used to measure two separate trips.
Resetting distance
To reset the Distance, display it and then press and hold the ENTER button until the
Distance is reset to 0.0.
■ Average fuel economy (Avg. Fuel)
Shows the estimated average fuel economy of each Distance in mpg or l/100 km.
The display is updated at set intervals. When a Distance is reset, the average fuel
economy is also reset.
■ Instant fuel economy
Shows the instant fuel economy as a bar graph in mpg or l/100 km.
■ Range
Shows the estimated distance you can travel on the remaining fuel. This estimated
distance is based on the vehicle’s current fuel economy.
1Distance
Switch between Distance A and Distance B by
pressing the ENTER button.
1Average fuel economy (Avg. Fuel)
You can change when the average fuel economy is
reset.
2 Vehicle Customization P. 134
2 Customized Features P. 448
Models with color audio system
Models with Display Audio
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 125 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
uuGauges and DisplaysuDriver Information Interface
126
Instrument Panel
■ Compass
Shows the compass screen.
■ Turn-by-Turn Directions
When driving guidance is provided by the
navigation system* or Android Auto, turn-by-
turn directions to your destination appear.
2 Refer to the Navigation System Manual
2 Android Auto P. 367
■
Navigation
*
1Navigation
*
You can select whether to have the turn-by-turn
display come on or not during route guidance.
2 Customized Features P. 448
When the compass or turn-by-turn directions are
displayed, you can control some navigation system
functions on the driver information interface by
pressing the ENTER button.
2 Refer to the Navigation System Manual
Models with navigation system
Compass
Turn-By-Turn Driving Directions
* Not available on all models
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 126 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
Continued
127
uuGauges and DisplaysuDriver Information Interface
Instrument Panel
2 Driver Information Interface Warning and
Information Messages P. 102
■
Warnings
1Warnings
The Warnings app is dynamic and will only appear
when there are active warnings. If there are no
Warnings, this app will not be shown.
(Example)
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 127 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
128
uuGauges and DisplaysuDriver Information Interface
Instrument Panel
Shows the current condition of the tire
pressure and the remaining oil life.
■ Tire Pressure
Shows the tire pressure of each tire.
2 Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)
with Tire Fill Assist P. 599
■ Oil Life
Shows the remaining oil life and Maintenance
Minder
TM
.
2 Maintenance Minder
TM
P. 645
■
Maintenance
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 128 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
129
uuGauges and DisplaysuDriver Information Interface
Continued
Instrument Panel
Shows the current phone information.
2 Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink® P. 501
Enables you to set the speedometer and the
displayed measurements to read in either mph
or km/h.
Press and hold the ENTER button. Each time
you do this, the unit will change from mph to
km/h or vice versa. After this, a confirmation
screen will appear for a few seconds.
■
Phone
*
■
Units
* Not available on all models
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 129 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
Continued
131
uuGauges and DisplaysuDriver Information Interface
Instrument Panel
You can show or hide the meter contents.
Select the content you wish to show or hide,
then press ENTER.
u Repeat it if you want to show or hide
more than one app.
■
Show/Hide Apps
1Show/Hide Apps
You cannot hide apps with the icon on the right
side.
Selecting Default All in Vehicle Customization
does not restore these settings to their original state.
You can also add the Android Auto, Apple
CarPlay, Sirius XM
*
, My Honda Music, USB, AM,
FM, Bluetooth Audio, Social Playlist, AUX Input,
CD
*
and Rear Entertainment
*
apps.
Models with Display Audio
Shown
Press ENTER
Hidden
* Not available on all models
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 131 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
uuGauges and DisplaysuDriver Information Interface
132
Instrument Panel
Change the settings to your liking.
■ Arrange Apps
You can change the order of the apps on the home screen.
1. Press the / button to select Arrange
Apps, then press ENTER.
2. Press the / button to select the icon
you want to move, then press ENTER.
3. Press the / button repeatedly to move
the icon to your desired position, then press
ENTER.
■
Settings
1Arrange Apps
Selecting Default All in Vehicle Customization
does not restore these settings to their original state.
3
4
3
4
3
4
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 132 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
Continued
133
uuGauges and DisplaysuDriver Information Interface
Instrument Panel
■ Show Tachometer
You can show or hide the tachometer.
Press the / button to select Show
Tachometer, then press ENTER.
u The tachometer appears when the check
box is checked.
1Show Tachometer
Selecting Default All in Vehicle Customization
does not restore these settings to their original state.
3
4
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 133 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
uuGauges and DisplaysuDriver Information Interface
134
Instrument Panel
■ Vehicle Customization
Use the driver information interface to customize certain vehicle features.
How to customize
First, make sure the vehicle is at a complete stop and that the power mode is set to
ON. Next, press the (home) button, then press the / button to select
Settings. Finally, press the ENTER button.
Models with color audio system
1Vehicle Customization
To customize other features, press the / button.
2 List of customizable options P. 137
2 Example of how to customize a setting
P. 139
Change to
(P before you attempt to change a
customized setting.
3
4
3
4
/ Button
Scroll through the menu
or items.
3
4
Button
Goes back to the previous
screen.
ENTER Button
Enters the selected
item.
Button
Goes to home
screen.
Driver Information Interface:
Goes to Settings.
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 134 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
135
uuGauges and DisplaysuDriver Information Interface
Continued
Instrument Panel
Customization flow
Press the (home) button.
ENTER
“Trip B” Reset Timing
Reverse Alert Tone
Fuel Efficiency Backlight
“Trip A” Reset Timing
Language Selection
Adjust Alarm Volume
Meter Setup
ENTER
Settings
Arrange Apps
Show Tachometer
3
4
3
4
3
4
3
4
3
4
Vehicle Customization
ENTER
P. 132
P. 133
Interior Light Dimming Time
Headlight Auto OFF Timer
ENTER
Lighting Setup
3
4
ENTER
Auto Engine Idle Stop Guidance Screens
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 135 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
136
uuGauges and DisplaysuDriver Information Interface
Instrument Panel
Default All
ENTER
ENTER
Auto Door Lock
Security Relock Timer
Auto Door Unlock
Key And Remote Unlock Mode
Keyless Lock Answer Back
Door Setup
Exit
3
4
3
4
3
4
3
4
3
4
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 136 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
137
uuGauges and DisplaysuDriver Information Interface
Continued
Instrument Panel
List of customizable options
*1:Default Setting
Setup Group Customizable Features Description Selectable settings
Meter Setup
Language Selection Changes the displayed language. English
*1
/Français/Español
“Trip A” Reset Timing
Changes the setting of how the distance and
average fuel economy of trip computer A is reset.
When Fully Refueled/IGN OFF/
Manually Reset
*1
“Trip B” Reset Timing
Changes the setting of how the distance and
average fuel economy of trip computer B is reset.
When Fully Refueled/IGN OFF/
Manually Reset
*1
Adjust Alarm Volume
Changes the volume setting for buzzers, warnings,
turn signals, and other alerting systems.
High/Mid
*1
/Low
Reverse Alert Tone
Causes the beeper to sound once when the gear
position is changed to (R.
ON
*1
/OFF
Fuel Efficiency
Backlight
Turns the ambient meter feature on and off. ON
*1
/OFF
Auto Engine Idle Stop
Guidance Screens
Selects whether the Auto Idle Stop guidance screens
comes on or not.
ON/OFF
*1
Lighting
Setup
Interior Light
Dimming Time
Changes the length of time the interior lights stay on
after you close the doors.
60sec/30sec
*1
/15sec
Headlight Auto OFF
Timer
Changes the length of time the exterior lights stay
on after you close the driver’s door.
60sec/30sec/15sec
*1
/0sec
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 137 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
138
uuGauges and DisplaysuDriver Information Interface
Instrument Panel
*1:Default Setting
Setup Group Customizable Features Description Selectable settings
Door Setup
Auto Door Lock
Changes the setting for when the doors
automatically lock.
With Vehicle Speed
*1
/Shift
From P/OFF
Auto Door Unlock
Changes the setting for when the doors
automatically unlock.
All Doors When Driver’s Door
Opens
*1
/All Doors When
Shifted To Park/All Doors When
Ignition Switched OFF/OFF
Key And Remote
Unlock Mode
Sets up either the driver’s door or all doors to unlock
on the first operation of the remote or built-in key.
Driver Door
*1
/All Doors
Keyless Lock Answer
Back
LOCK/UNLOCK - The exterior lights flash.
LOCK (2nd push)- The beeper sounds.
ON
*1
/OFF
Security Relock Timer
Changes the time it takes for the doors to relock and
the security system to set after you unlock the
vehicle without opening a door.
90sec/60sec/30sec
*1
Default All —
Cancels customized changes you have made or
restores them to their default setting.
Cancel/Set
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 138 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
139
uuGauges and DisplaysuDriver Information Interface
Continued
Instrument Panel
Example of how to customize a setting
Below are steps that explain how to change the reset timing for trip A from the
default setting (manual) so that it resets automatically when the vehicle is fully
refueled.
1. Press the (home) button and then the
/ button to select Settings, then
press the ENTER button.
2. Press the / button to select Vehicle
Customization, then press the ENTER
button.
3
4
3
4
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 139 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
140
uuGauges and DisplaysuDriver Information Interface
Instrument Panel
3. Press the / button to select Meter
Setup, then press the ENTER button.
u Language Selection appears first in the
display.
4. Press the / button to select “Trip A”
Reset Timing, then press the ENTER
button.
u The display switches to the
customization setup screen, where you
can select When Fully Refueled, IGN
OFF, Manually Reset, or Exit.
5. Press the / button to select When
Fully Refueled, then press the ENTER
button.
u The SETUP “When Fully Refueled”
screen appears, then the display returns
to the customization menu screen.
3
4
3
4
3
4
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 140 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
141
uuGauges and DisplaysuDriver Information Interface
Instrument Panel
6. Press the / button until Exit appears
on the display, then press the ENTER
button.
7. Repeat Step 6 until you return to the
Vehicle Customization screen, then press
the (home) or (back) button to
return to the home screen.
3
4
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 141 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
142
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 142 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
143
Controls
This chapter explains how to operate the various controls necessary for driving.
Clock .................................................. 144
Locking and Unlocking the Doors
Key Types and Functions .................. 146
Low Remote Signal Strength ............ 148
Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside.... 149
Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the Inside ...156
Childproof Door Locks ..................... 159
Auto Door Locking/Unlocking .......... 160
Opening and Closing the Tailgate... 161
Opening and Closing the Sliding Doors
.. 172
Security System
Immobilizer System .............................. 181
Security System Alarm.......................... 181
Opening and Closing the Windows..... 184
Moonroof
*
............................................. 187
Operating the Switches Around the
Steering Wheel
ENGINE START/STOP Button............. 188
Turn Signals..................................... 191
Light Switches.................................. 192
Fog Lights
*
...................................... 195
Daytime Running Lights ................... 196
Auto High-Beam
*
............................ 197
Wipers and Washers ............................ 200
Rear Defogger/Heated Door Mirror
*
Button...203
Heated Windshield Button ................... 204
Brightness Control ............................... 205
Driving Position Memory System
*
........ 206
Adjusting the Steering Wheel .............. 208
Canadian models
Adjusting the Mirrors............................209
Interior Rearview Mirror........................209
Power Door Mirrors..............................210
Adjusting the Seats
Front Seats ................................................212
Head Restraints .........................................224
Maintain a Proper Sitting Position ..............223
Interior Lights/Interior Convenience Items
.. 228
Climate Control System
Using Automatic Climate Control ..............251
Rear Climate Control System .....................254
Climate Control System..............................256
Using Automatic Climate Control ..............256
Automatic Climate Control Sensors ...........262
Dual-zone climate control system
Tri-zone climate control system
* Not available on all models
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 143 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
144
Controls
Clock
Adjusting the Clock
You can adjust the time manually in the audio/information screen, with the power
mode in ON.
1. Press and hold the MENU/CLOCK button.
2. Select Adjust Clock, then press .
3. Rotate to adjust the hours.
4. Press to switch to minute adjustment.
5. Rotate to adjust the minutes.
6. Press to switch to Set.
7. Press to complete clock adjustment.
■
Adjusting the Time
1Clock
The clock is automatically updated through the
navigation system, so the time does not need to be
adjusted.
These indications are used to show how to operate
the selector knob.
Rotate to select.
Press to enter.
To change the setting between 12h and 24h:
1. Press the MENU/CLOCK button.
2. Rotate to select Settings, then press .
3. Rotate to select Clock Format, then press .
4. Rotate to select 12h or 24h, then press .
Models with navigation system
Models with color audio system
Models with color audio system
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 144 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
145
uuClockuAdjusting the Clock
Controls
1. Select , then select Settings.
2. Select System.
3. Select Date & Time.
4. Select Set Date & Time.
5. Select Automatic Date & Time, then
select OFF.
To adjust time:
6. Select Set Time.
7. Selecting / .
u AM/PM icon can be switched to each
other either by selecting / , or by
directly touching the icon.
u When you customize the clock display to
24 hour clock, AM/PM icon is not
displayed.
2 Customized Features P. 448
8. Select Save to set the time.
To adjust date:
6. Select Set Date.
7. Selecting / .
8. Select Save to set the date.
1Clock
You can also adjust the clock by touching the clock
displayed on the upper right corner of the display or
the Clock icon on the home screen.
1. Touch the clock on the display.
The clock screen of the select face-type appears.
2. Select Settings.
3. Select Date & Time Settings.
4. Select Set Date & Time.
5. Select Automatic Date & Time, then select OFF.
6. Select Set Date or Set Time.
7. Adjusting the dates, hours and minutes by
selecting / .
8. Select Save to set the time.
You can customize the clock display to show the 12
hour clock or 24 hour clock.
2 Customized Features P. 448
Models with Display Audio
3
4
Set Time
Save
Hours
Minutes
AM
Cancel
Phone Navigati.. FM
Models with Display Audio
3
4
3
4
3
4
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 145 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
146
Controls
Locking and Unlocking the Doors
Key Types and Functions
This vehicle comes with the following keys:
Use the keys to start and stop the engine, and to lock and unlock all the doors,
tailgate, and fuel fill door. You can also use the remote transmitter or smart entry
system
*
to lock and unlock all the doors, tailgate, and fuel fill door.
1Key Types and Functions
All of the keys have an immobilizer system. The
immobilizer system helps to protect against vehicle
theft.
2 Immobilizer System P. 181
Follow the advice below to prevent damage to the
keys:
• Do not leave the keys in direct sunlight, or in
locations with high temperature or high humidity.
• Do not drop the keys or set heavy objects on them.
• Keep the keys away from liquids, dust or sand.
• Do not take the keys apart except for replacing the
battery.
If the circuits in the keys are damaged, the engine
may not start, and the remote transmitter may not
work.
If the keys do not work properly, have them
inspected by a dealer.
You can remotely start the engine using the remote
engine start.
2 Remote Engine Start with Vehicle
Feedback
*
P. 544
Models with smart entry system
Models without smart
entry system
Models with smart
entry system
Models with smart entry system, power
sliding door, and power tailgate
Models with smart entry system
and power sliding door
* Not available on all models
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 146 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
147
uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuKey Types and Functions
Controls
The built-in key can be used to lock/unlock the
doors and tailgate when the remote battery
becomes weak and the power door lock/
unlock operation is disabled.
To remove the built-in key, slide the release
knob and then pull out the key. To reinstall
the built-in key, push the built-in key into the
remote until it clicks.
Contains a number that you will need if you
purchase a replacement key.
■
Built-in Key
Release Knob
Built-in Key
■
Key Number Tag
1Key Number Tag
Keep the key number tag separate from the key in a
safe place outside of your vehicle.
If you wish to purchase an additional key, contact a
dealer.
If you lose your key and you cannot start the engine,
contact a dealer.
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 147 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
148
uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLow Remote Signal Strength
Controls
Low Remote Signal Strength
The vehicle transmits radio waves to locate the remote when locking/unlocking the
doors
*
, tailgate
*
, and fuel fill door
*
, opening the power sliding door
*
and the power
tailgate
*
, or to start the engine.
In the following cases, locking/unlocking the doors
*
, opening the power sliding
door
*
and the power tailgate
*
, or starting the engine may be inhibited or operation
may be unstable:
• Strong radio waves are being transmitted by nearby equipment.
• You are carrying the remote together with telecommunications equipment,
laptop computers, cell phones, or wireless devices.
• A metallic object is touching or covering the remote.
1Low Remote Signal Strength
Communication between the remote and the vehicle
consumes the remote’s battery.
Battery life is about two years, but this varies
depending on regularity of use.
The battery is consumed whenever the remote is
receiving strong radio waves. Avoid placing it near
electrical appliances such as televisions and personal
computers.
* Not available on all models
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 148 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
149
uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLocking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside
Continued
Controls
Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside
When you carry the remote, you can lock/
unlock the doors, fuel fill door, and open the
tailgate.
You can lock/unlock the doors, fuel fill door,
and tailgate within a radius of about 32 inches
(80 cm) of the outside door handle or tailgate
outer handle.
■ Locking the doors and tailgate
Press the door lock button on the front door
or the tailgate.
u Some exterior lights flash; the beeper
sounds; all the doors and tailgate lock;
and the security system sets.
■
Using the Smart Entry with Push Button Start System
*
1Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside
If the interior light switch is in the door activated
position, the interior lights come on when you unlock
the doors and tailgate.
No doors opened: The lights fade out after 30 seconds.
Doors and tailgate relocked: The lights go off immediately.
2 Interior Lights P. 228
1Using the Smart Entry with Push Button Start System
*
You can lock or unlock doors using the smart entry
system only when the power mode in VEHICLE OFF.
• Do not leave the remote in the vehicle when you
get out. Carry it with you.
• Even if you are not carrying the remote, you can
lock/unlock the doors and the tailgate while
someone else with the remote is within range.
• The door may be unlocked if the door handle is
covered with water in heavy rain or in a car wash if
the remote is within range.
• If you grip a door handle wearing gloves, the door
sensor may be slow to respond or may not respond
by unlocking the doors.
• After locking the door, you have up to 2 seconds
during which you can pull the door handle to
confirm whether the door is locked. If you need to
unlock the door immediately after locking it, wait
at least 2 seconds before gripping the handle,
otherwise the door will not unlock.
• The door might not open if you pull it immediately
after gripping the door handle. Grip the handle
again and confirm that the door is unlocked before
pulling the handle.
•
Even within the 32 inches (80 cm) radius, you may not
be able to lock/unlock the doors and the tailgate with
the remote if it is above or below the outside handle.
• The remote may not operate if it is too close to the
door and door glass.
Door Lock
Button
Lock Button
* Not available on all models
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 149 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLocking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside
150
Controls
■ Locking the doors and tailgate (Walk
away auto lock)
When you walk away from the vehicle while
carrying the remote, the doors will
automatically lock.
The auto lock function activates when all
doors and tailgate are closed, and the remote
is within about 5 feet (1.5 m) radius of the
outside door handle.
Exit vehicle while carrying the remote and
close door(s).
1. While within about 5 feet (1.5 m) radius of
the vehicle.
u The beeper sounds; the auto lock
function will be activated.
2. Carry the remote beyond about 5 feet (1.5
m) from the vehicle and remain outside this
range for 2 or more seconds.
u Some exterior lights flash; the beeper
sounds; all doors and tailgate will then
lock.
1Locking the doors and tailgate (Walk away auto lock)
The auto lock function is set to OFF as the factory
default setting. The auto lock function can be set to
ON using the audio/information screen.
If you set the auto lock function to ON using the
audio/information screen, only the remote
transmitter that was used to unlock the driver’s door
prior to the setting change can activate auto lock.
2 Customized Features P. 448
After the auto lock function has been activated,
when you stay within the locking/unlocking
operation range, the indicator on the remote will
continue to flash until the doors are locked.
When you stay beside the vehicle within the
operation range, the doors will automatically lock
approximately 30 seconds after the auto lock
function activating beeper sounds.
When you open a door after the auto lock function
activating beeper sounds, the auto lock function will
be canceled.
When all doors and tailgate have been closed and the
remote is inside the vehicle, or if the remote is not
detected within about 5 feet (1.5 m) of the vehicle,
auto lock function will not be activated.
The activation range of
the auto lock function is
about 5 feet (1.5 m)
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 150 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
Continued
151
uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLocking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside
Controls
To temporarily deactivate the function:
1. Set the power mode to OFF.
2. Open the driver’s door.
3. Using the master door lock switch, operate
the lock as follows:
LockUnlockLockUnlock.
u The beeper sounds and the function is
deactivated.
To restore the function:
• Set the power mode to ON.
• Lock the vehicle without using the auto lock
function.
• With the smart entry remote on you, move
out of the auto lock function operation
range.
• Open any door.
1Locking the doors and tailgate (Walk away auto lock)
The auto lock function does not operate when any of
the following conditions are met.
• The remote is inside the vehicle.
• A door or the hood is not closed.
• The power mode is set to any mode other than
OFF.
• The remote is not located within a radius of about
5 feet (1.5 m) from the vehicle when you get out of
the vehicle and close the doors.
Auto lock function operation stop beeper
After the auto lock function has been activated, the
auto lock operation stop beeper sounds for
approximately two seconds in the following cases.
• The remote is put inside the vehicle through a
window.
• You are located too close to the vehicle.
• The remote is put inside the tailgate.
If the warning beeper sounds, check that you are
carrying the remote. Then, open/close a door and
confirm the auto lock activation beeper sounds once.
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 151 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLocking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside
152
Controls
■ Unlocking the doors and tailgate
Grab the driver’s door handle:
u The driver’s door and fuel fill door
unlocks.
u Some exterior lights flash twice and the
beeper sounds twice.
Grab the front passenger’s door or rear door
handle:
u All doors and the tailgate unlock.
u Some exterior lights flash twice and the
beeper sounds twice.
Press the tailgate outer handle:
u The tailgate unlocks.
u Some exterior lights flash twice and the
beeper sounds twice.
2 Using the Tailgate Outer Handle P. 170
1Using the Smart Entry with Push Button Start System
*
If you do not open a door or the tailgate within 30
seconds of unlocking the vehicle with the smart entry
system, the doors and tailgate will automatically
relock.
The light flash, beep and unlock settings can be
customized.
2 Customized Features P. 448
You can also unlock and open with the power
tailgate.
2 Using the Tailgate Outer Handle P. 166
Models with power tailgate
Tailgate
Outer
Handle
* Not available on all models
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 152 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
Continued
153
uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLocking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside
Controls
■ Locking the doors and tailgate
Press the lock button.
Once:
u Some exterior lights flash, all the doors,
tailgate, and fuel fill door lock, and the
security system sets.
Twice (within five seconds after the first
push):
u A beeper sounds and verifies the security
system is set.
■
Using the Remote Transmitter
1Using the Remote Transmitter
If you do not open a door or the tailgate within 30
seconds of unlocking the vehicle with the remote
transmitter, the doors and tailgate will automatically
relock.
You can change the relock timer setting.
2 Vehicle Customization P. 134
2 Customized Features P. 448
The remote transmitter uses low-power signals, so
the operating range may vary depending on the
surroundings.
You can lock or unlock doors using the remote
transmitter only when the power mode is in VEHICLE
OFF.
The remote will not lock the vehicle when a door is
open.
Models with color audio system
Models with Display Audio
Unlock
Button
LED
Lock
Button
Unlock
Button
Lock
Button
LED
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 153 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLocking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside
154
Controls
■ Unlocking the doors and tailgate
Press the unlock button.
Once:
u Some exterior lights flash twice, and the driver’s door and fuel fill door unlocks.
Twice:
u The remaining doors and the tailgate unlock.
If the lock or unlock button of the remote does not work, use the key instead.
Fully insert the key and turn it.
■
Locking/Unlocking the Doors Using a Key
1Using the Remote Transmitter
If the distance at which the remote transmitter works
varies, the battery is probably low.
If the LED does not come on when you press a
button, the battery is dead.
2 Replacing the Button Battery P. 690
You can customize the door unlock mode setting.
2 Vehicle Customization P. 134
2 Customized Features P. 448
Models with color audio system
Models with Display Audio
1Locking/Unlocking the Doors Using a Key
When you lock the driver’s door with a key, all of the
other doors, tailgate, and fuel fill door lock at the
same time. When unlocking, the driver’s door
unlocks first. Turn the key a second time within a few
seconds to unlock the remaining doors and the
tailgate.
You can customize the door unlock mode setting.
2 Vehicle Customization P. 134
2 Customized Features P. 448
Models with color audio system
Models with Display Audio
Lock
Unlock
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 154 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
155
uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLocking/Unlocking the Doors from the Outside
Controls
If you do not have the key on you, or if for some reason you cannot lock a door using
the key, you can lock the door without it.
■ Locking the front doors
Push the lock tab forward
a or push the
master door lock switch in the lock direction
b, and close the door.
■ Locking the rear doors
Slide the lock tab downward and close the
door.
■ Lockout prevention system
The doors and tailgate cannot be locked when the remote is inside the vehicle.
■
Locking a Door Without Using a Key
1Locking a Door Without Using a Key
When you lock the driver’s door, all the other doors,
tailgate, and fuel fill door lock at the same time.
When you lock the front passenger’s door with the
master door lock switch, all the other doors and the
tailgate lock at the same time.
Before locking a door, make sure that the key is not
inside the vehicle.
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 155 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
156
uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLocking/Unlocking the Doors from the Inside
Controls
Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the Inside
■ Locking a door
Push the lock tab forward.
■ Unlocking a door
Pull the lock tab rearward.
■ Locking a door
Slide the lock tab downward.
■ Unlocking a door
Slide the lock tab upward.
■
Using the Lock Tab
1Using the Lock Tab
When you lock the door using the lock tab on the
driver’s door, all of the other doors, tailgate, and fuel
fill door lock at the same time.
When you unlock the door using the lock tab on the
driver’s door, only the driver’s door will unlock.
To unlock
Lock Tab
To lock
Front
Front
To unlock
Lock Tab
To lock
Rear
Rear
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 156 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
Continued
157
uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLocking/Unlocking the Doors from the Inside
Controls
Pull the front door inner handle.
u The door unlocks and opens in one
motion.
Unlocking and opening the front door from the inner handle unlocks all the other
doors.
To avoid unlocking all the doors at once, use the lock tab on the driver’s door to
unlock, then lock again before opening the door.
u This setting works for one time only. If you do not want all the doors to be
unlocked all the time, customize the Auto Door Unlock setting to OFF using
the driver information interface
*
or audio/information screen
*
.
■
Unlocking Using the Front Door Inner Handle
1Unlocking Using the Front Door Inner Handle
The front door inner handles are designed to allow
front seat occupants to open the door in one motion.
However this feature requires that front seat
occupants never pull a front door inner handle while
the vehicle is in motion.
Children should always ride in a rear seat where
childproof door locks are provided.
2 Childproof Door Locks P. 159
Inner Handle
* Not available on all models
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 157 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuLocking/Unlocking the Doors from the Inside
158
Controls
Press the master door lock switch in as shown
to lock or unlock all doors, tailgate, and fuel
fill door.
■
Using the Master Door Lock Switch
1Using the Master Door Lock Switch
When you lock/unlock either front door using the
master door lock switch, all the other doors and the
tailgate lock/unlock at the same time.
To unlock
Master Door
Lock Switch
To lock
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 158 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
159
uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuChildproof Door Locks
Controls
Childproof Door Locks
The childproof door locks prevent the rear doors from being opened from the inside
regardless of the position of the lock tab.
Slide the lever in the rear door to the lock
position, and close the door.
■ When opening the sliding door
Open the door using the outside door handle.
■
Setting the Childproof Door Locks
1Childproof Door Locks
To open the door from the inside when the
childproof door lock is on, put the lock tab in the
unlock position, lower the rear window, put your
hand out of the window, and pull the outside door
handle.
The door pillar switches become disabled.
2 Power Sliding Door Switches P. 176
You can open and close the power sliding door, using
the power sliding door switches near the steering
wheel, or the remote.
Unlock
Lock
Models with power sliding doors
Lock
Unlock
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 159 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
160
uuLocking and Unlocking the DoorsuAuto Door Locking/Unlocking
Controls
Auto Door Locking/Unlocking
Your vehicle locks and unlocks all doors and the tailgate automatically when a
certain condition is met.
■ Drive lock mode
All doors and the tailgate lock when the vehicle’s speed reaches about 10 mph (15
km/h).
■ Driver’s door open mode
All doors and the tailgate unlock when the driver’s door is opened.
■
Auto Door Locking
■
Auto Door Unlocking
1Auto Door Locking/Unlocking
You can turn off or change to another auto door
locking/unlocking setting using the driver
information interface
*
or audio/information screen
*
.
2 Vehicle Customization P. 134
2 Customized Features P. 448
Models with color audio system
Models with Display Audio
* Not available on all models
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 160 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
161
Continued
Controls
Opening and Closing the Tailgate
Precautions for Opening/Closing the Tailgate
Always make sure individuals and objects are clear of the tailgate before opening or
closing it.
• Open the tailgate all the way.
u If it is not fully opened, the tailgate may begin to close under its own weight.
• Be careful when it is windy. The wind may cause the tailgate to close.
Keep the tailgate closed while driving to:
u Avoid possible damage.
u Prevent exhaust gas from leaking into the vehicle.
2 Carbon Monoxide Gas P. 80
1Precautions for Opening/Closing the Tailgate
Be careful not to hit your head on the tailgate or to
put your hands between the tailgate and the cargo
area when closing the tailgate.
When you are storing or picking up luggage from the
cargo area, or by using a forward and back kicking
motion under the center of the rear bumper for
hands free access
*
, while the engine is idling, do not
stand in front of the exhaust pipe. You may get
burned.
Do not allow any passenger in the cargo space. They
may get hurt during hard braking, a sudden
acceleration, or a crash.
3
WARNING
Anyone caught in the path of a tailgate
that is being opened or closed can be
seriously injured.
Make sure that all people are clear of the
tailgate before opening or closing it.
Models without power tailgate
All models
* Not available on all models
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 161 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
uuOpening and Closing the TailgateuPrecautions for Opening/Closing the Tailgate
162
Controls
The power tailgate can be operated by pressing the power tailgate button on the
remote transmitter, pressing the power tailgate button in the driver side control
panel, pressing the button on the tailgate, or by raising and lowering your foot
under the center of the rear bumper for hands free access (if equipped).
The power tailgate can be opened/closed when the transmission is in
(P.
1Precautions for Opening/Closing the Tailgate
NOTICE
Do not push or pull on the power tailgate when it is
being automatically opened or closed.
Forcibly opening or closing the power tailgate while
in operation can deform the tailgate frame.
When operating the power tailgate, make sure there
is enough space around your vehicle. People near the
tailgate may be seriously hurt if the tailgate hits or
closes on their heads. Be especially cautious if
children are around.
The power tailgate may not open or close under the
following conditions:
• You start the engine while the tailgate is
automatically opening or closing.
• The vehicle is parked on a steep hill.
• The vehicle is swayed in a strong wind.
• The tailgate or the roof is covered with snow or ice.
3
WARNING
Closing a power tailgate while anyone is in
the path of the tailgate can cause serious
injury.
Make sure everyone is clear before closing
the power tailgate.
Models with power tailgate
Models with power tailgate
Models with power tailgate
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 162 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
163
uuOpening and Closing the TailgateuOpening/Closing the Power Tailgate
*
Continued
Controls
Opening/Closing the Power Tailgate
*
Use a forward and back kicking motion under
the center of the rear bumper to open or close
the power tailgate while carrying the smart
entry remote.
u Some exterior lights flash twice and a
beeper sounds once, then the tailgate
begins to move.
■
Using the Hands Free Access
*
1Using the Hands Free Access
*
During rain or in other instances when the vehicle
becomes wet, the sensor may not properly detect
your foot motion.
When performing work on or around the rear section
of the vehicle, you may inadvertently open or close
the tailgate.
To prevent this from happening, select Customized
Features on the audio/information screen display and
then select OFF for the feature.
2 Customized Features P. 448
If you hold your foot under the bumper for too long,
the power tailgate does not open or close.
This function will not operate if you don't have the
smart entry remote on you. Please make sure you
have the smart entry remote on you.
The duration of the kicking motion should be
approximately one second.
* Not available on all models
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 163 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
uuOpening and Closing the TailgateuOpening/Closing the Power Tailgate
*
164
Controls
Press the power tailgate button for more than
one second to operate when the power mode
is in VEHICLE OFF.
u Some exterior lights flash and the beeper
sounds.
If you press the button again while the power
tailgate is moving, it will stop.
Press the button for more than one second,
and the power tailgate will reverse direction.
■ Customizing when to open the tailgate
Anytime: The power tailgate unlocks and opens at the same time. This is the
default setting.
When Unlocked: The tailgate opens when all doors are unlocked.
2 Customized Features P. 448
■
Using the Remote Transmitter
1Opening/Closing the Power Tailgate
*
If you close the power tailgate when all the doors are
locked, the power tailgate locks automatically.
If you replace the battery or the power tailgate fuse
while the tailgate is open, the power tailgate may be
disabled. The power tailgate resumes once you
manually close the tailgate.
Installing aftermarket components other than Honda
genuine accessories on the power tailgate may
prevent it from fully opening or closing.
Make sure the power tailgate is fully open before you
get your luggage in and out.
Make sure the power tailgate is fully closed before
you start the vehicle.
The beeper sounds when you start driving while the
power tailgate is still open, or closing.
Power
Tailgate
Button
* Not available on all models
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 164 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
Continued
165
uuOpening and Closing the TailgateuOpening/Closing the Power Tailgate
*
Controls
To open or close the power tailgate, press the
power tailgate button for about one second.
u Some exterior lights flash and the beeper
sounds.
If you press the button again while the power
tailgate is moving, it will stop.
Press the button for about one second, and
the power tailgate will reverse direction.
■
Using the Power Tailgate Button
1Opening/Closing the Power Tailgate
*
If the power tailgate meets resistance while opening
or closing, the auto reverse feature reverses the
direction. The beeper sounds three times.
The auto reverse function stops sensing when the
tailgate is almost closed to make sure that it fully
closes.
Do not touch the sensors located on both sides of the
tailgate. The power tailgate does not close if you
touch either sensor when you are trying to close the
tailgate.
Be careful not to scratch the sensors with a sharp
object. If scratched, they can be damaged, and the
power tailgate closing feature malfunctions.
Power Tailgate Button
* Not available on all models
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 165 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
uuOpening and Closing the TailgateuOpening/Closing the Power Tailgate
*
166
Controls
If you press the outer handle of the tailgate for
no longer than one second, the tailgate opens
automatically.
u The beeper sounds.
u If you want to open the tailgate
manually, press the button for more than
one second.
2 Opening/Closing the Tailgate P. 170
If you are carrying the smart entry remote, you
do not have to unlock the tailgate before
opening it.
To close the tailgate, press the outer handle
again while the tailgate opening.
If you press the outer handle again while the
power tailgate is moving, it will stop.
Press the outer handle, and the power tailgate
will reverse direction.
■
Using the Tailgate Outer Handle
1Using the Tailgate Outer Handle
Do not leave the remote in the cargo area before
closing the tailgate.
Even if you are not carrying the remote, you can lock/
unlock the tailgate while someone else with the
remote is within range.
You can change the setting to open the power
tailgate by the tailgate outer handle.
2 Customized Features P. 448
Outer Handle
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 166 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
167
uuOpening and Closing the TailgateuOpening/Closing the Power Tailgate
*
Continued
Controls
Press the button on the tailgate to close the
power tailgate.
u The beeper sounds.
If you press the button again while the power
tailgate is moving, it will stop.
Press and release the button again, and the
power tailgate will reverse direction.
■
Using the Tailgate Inner Button
Tailgate Inner Button
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 167 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
uuOpening and Closing the TailgateuOpening/Closing the Power Tailgate
*
168
Controls
The extent to which the power tailgate
automatically opens can be programmed.
To program:
1. Open the tailgate to the desired position.
u If you want to reprogram the power
tailgate to open all the way, manually
raise the tailgate to its upper most
position and follow the next step.
2. Press and hold the tailgate inner button
until you hear short two beeps following
one long beep.
■
Programming Tailgate Position
1Programming Tailgate Position
If the tailgate is only slightly opened, the position
cannot be programmed, even if you push the inner
button.
Tailgate Inner Button
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 168 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
169
uuOpening and Closing the TailgateuOpening/Closing the Power Tailgate
*
Controls
If you manually close the power tailgate, it latches automatically.
Automatically lowers the power tailgate when there is a possibility that the fully
opened power tailgate can fall down by its own weight (for example, by snow on
the tailgate). The beeper sounds while the power tailgate lowers.
■
Auto-Closer
■
Power Tailgate Fall Detection
1Auto-Closer
The auto-closer feature does not activate if you press
the tailgate outer handle while the power tailgate is
closing.
Do not put any force on the tailgate while the power
tailgate is latching.
Keep your hands away from the tailgate when you
manually close the tailgate and let it latch
automatically. It is dangerous to put your hands
around the tailgate as it starts to latch itself.
1Power Tailgate Fall Detection
If you try to manually close the power tailgate
immediately after it fully opens, the power tailgate
fall detection may activate.
Once the power tailgate fall detection activates, wait
until the power tailgate fully closes. Keep away from
the power tailgate when it is in motion.
If the power tailgate fall detection constantly
activates, consult at a dealer.
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 169 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
170
uuOpening and Closing the TailgateuOpening/Closing the Tailgate
Controls
Opening/Closing the Tailgate
When all the doors are unlocked or press the
tailgate unlock button on the remote
transmitter, the tailgate is unlocked.
Press the outer handle of the tailgate and lift
open the tailgate.
If you are carrying the remote, you do not
have to unlock the tailgate before opening it.
To close the tailgate, grab the inner handle,
pull the tailgate down, and push it closed
from outside.
■
Using the Tailgate Outer Handle
1Using the Tailgate Outer Handle
Do not leave the remote in the cargo area before
closing the tailgate.
Even if you are not carrying the remote, you can lock/
unlock the tailgate while someone else with the
remote is within range.
Models with smart entry system
Outer Handle
Models with smart entry system
Inner Handle
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 170 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
171
uuOpening and Closing the TailgateuOpening/Closing the Tailgate
Controls
Press the tailgate unlock button to unlock the
tailgate.
■
Using the Remote Transmitter
Tailgate
Unlock
Button
Tailgate
Unlock
Button
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 171 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
172
Controls
Opening and Closing the Sliding Doors
Precautions for Opening/Closing the Sliding Doors
Always make sure individuals and objects are clear of the sliding doors.
■ Opening the sliding doors
Open the door all the way until it stops.
u If it is not fully opened, the door may close again by its own weight.
1Precautions for Opening/Closing the Sliding Doors
Do not leave the sliding door open while parking on
a slope. The door may slide close by its weight.
When opening or closing the sliding doors, do not
grab the door or place your hand on the vehicle body.
Use the handle.
Do not put your foot and hand on the sliding door rail
and on the rollers.
If a small child is in the vehicle, use the childproof
door locks to prevent the child in the rear seat from
accidentally opening the sliding doors.
2 Childproof Door Locks P. 159
Do not put any items that stick out from the pocket
in the door pockets. It may prevent the doors from
properly opening or closing, and damage the vehicle.
3
WARNING
Closing a sliding door while any part of a
passenger is in the door’s path can cause
serious injury.
Make sure all passengers are clear of the
doorway before closing a sliding door.
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 172 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
173
uuOpening and Closing the Sliding DoorsuOpening/Closing a Sliding Door
Controls
Opening/Closing a Sliding Door
■ From outside
To open: Pull the door handle rearward and
slide the door.
To close: Pull the door handle forward and
slide the door.
■ From inside
To open: Grab the inner handle and pull it
rearward. Slide the door.
To close: Grab the inner handle and pull it
forward. Slide the door.
1Opening/Closing a Sliding Door
Once a door is fully opened, the door position is
locked.
Do not step on the lower arm of the sliding door or
the cover that stores the wiring for the sliding door.
The lower arm or the wiring will likely be damaged,
causing the sliding door to malfunction.
If you try to open the sliding door with the window
open more than 5 inch (13 cm), the door stops
halfway. Close the door, close the window, and then
open the door again.
While the fuel fill door is open, the beeper sounds
and you cannot operate the driver side sliding door.
Operate the driver side sliding door after the fuel fill
door is closed.
Cover
Lower Arm
Door Handle
Inner Handle
Close
Open
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 173 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
174
uuOpening and Closing the Sliding DoorsuOpening/Closing the Power Sliding Doors
*
Controls
Opening/Closing the Power Sliding Doors
*
The power sliding doors can be operated by pressing the power sliding door button
on the remote, pressing the power sliding door switches on the dashboard or door
pillars, or using the door handle.
The power sliding doors can be operated when:
• The sliding door main switch is in the ON position.
• The power sliding door is unlocked.
• The fuel fill door is closed (on the driver side sliding door only).
• The power mode is in VEHICLE OFF or the remote engine start mode is active with
use of the remote.
• The transmission is in
(P, the brake pedal is depressed, or the parking brake is
applied (with the power mode in ON) when using the power sliding door switches
on the dashboard.
1Opening/Closing the Power Sliding Doors
*
If the transmission is in a position other than (P, and
release the brake pedal and the parking brake:
While opening – The sliding door stops and is left
ajar.
While closing – The beeper sounds until the door
closes.
Check that passengers, especially children, do not
have their hands on the sliding doors or on the door
pillars before its operation. If someone is caught in
the opening or closing sliding door, it can cause
serious injury.
Before replacing a rear tire, turn the power sliding
door main switch to OFF.
Operate the power sliding doors only when the
vehicle is at a complete stop. Make sure you apply the
brake when rear passengers are boarding or exiting.
* Not available on all models
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 174 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
Continued
175
uuOpening and Closing the Sliding DoorsuOpening/Closing the Power Sliding Doors
*
Controls
Automatic operation: Select the ON
position of the sliding door main switch.
Manual operation: Select the OFF position
of the sliding door main switch.
2 Opening/Closing a Sliding Door P. 173
■
Switching between manual and automatic operations
1Opening/Closing the Power Sliding Doors
*
Do not turn the main switch off while the power
sliding door is in operation on a slope. The power
sliding door’s fail-safe mode activates and the beeper
sounds continuously.
When the fail-safe mode is active, turn the main
switch on and close the door automatically.
The following can deactivate the fail-safe mode and
the sliding door may close by its own weight:
• Using the door handle
• Turning the main switch from ON to OFF
If you replace the battery or the power sliding door
fuse while the door is open, the power sliding door
may be disabled. The power sliding door resumes
once you manually close the door.
OFF
ON
* Not available on all models
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 175 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
uuOpening and Closing the Sliding DoorsuOpening/Closing the Power Sliding Doors
*
176
Controls
The power sliding door opens when you press
the OPEN side of the / switch, and
closes when you press the CLOSE side of the
/ switch.
While the power sliding door is in operation, if
you press the switch that corresponds to that
power sliding door, the beeper sounds and
the operation stops.
To resume the power sliding door operation,
press the same switch again.
■
Power Sliding Door Switches
1Opening/Closing the Power Sliding Doors
*
Auto Reverse
Do not touch the pinch sensor located at the front
edge of the power sliding door. Do not damage the
sensor. The power sliding door may not operate
properly.
If the power sliding door senses resistance when
closing automatically, it will stop closing and reverse
direction. The beeper sounds.
Before the power sliding door operation, make sure
there are no people or obstacles near the door. The
auto reverse function should be activated in case of
emergency only. If someone is caught in the opening
or closing sliding door, it can cause serious injury. Pay
special attention to children.
Closing a power sliding door on someone’s hand or
fingers can cause serious injury. Some parts of the
door edge do not sense resistance when the door is
near closing.
Pinch
Sensor
* Not available on all models
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 176 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
Continued
177
uuOpening and Closing the Sliding DoorsuOpening/Closing the Power Sliding Doors
*
Controls
Press the power sliding door button for more
than one second to operate.
While the power sliding door is in operation, if
you press the button that corresponds to that
power sliding door, the beeper sounds and
the operation stops.
If you press the same button again, the sliding
door reverses its direction.
■ Customizing when to open the sliding doors
Anytime: The power sliding door unlocks and opens at the same time. This is the
default setting.
When Unlocked: The door opens when all doors are unlocked.
2 Customized Features P. 448
■
Remote Transmitter
1Remote Transmitter
When you press the power sliding door button to
open the door, the front door on the same side
unlocks.
Driver’s Side Power Sliding Door
Button
Passenger’s Side Power Sliding
Door Button
1Customizing when to open the sliding doors
In When Unlocked, trying to operate the power
sliding door without unlocking the door triggers the
beeper to sound.
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 177 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
uuOpening and Closing the Sliding DoorsuOpening/Closing the Power Sliding Doors
*
178
Controls
■ Outer handles
Pull up on the outer handle towards you. The
sliding door starts opening or closing.
When the power sliding door is locked, pulling
the outer handle unlocks all the doors and
tailgate while the remote is in your possession.
The power sliding door handle you pull
operates the door automatically.
While a power sliding door is in operation, if
you pull its handle, the beeper sounds and the
operation stops.
Pull the same handle again, the power sliding
door reverses direction.
■
Door Handles
1Opening/Closing the Power Sliding Doors
*
The beeper will sound and the power sliding door will
not open if you pull the inner or outer handle under
the following conditions:
• The power mode is in ON.
• The transmission is not in (P.
• The brake pedal is released.
• The parking brake is released.
If you leave the power sliding door half open on a
steep hill with the engine off, the door starts to slide
down toward the hill bottom after 30 minutes. While
the door slides down, the beeper sounds.
Outer Handle
* Not available on all models
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 178 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
179
uuOpening and Closing the Sliding DoorsuOpening/Closing the Power Sliding Doors
*
Controls
■ Inner handles
Pull it rearward to automatically open the
sliding door, and pull it forward to
automatically close the door.
While a power sliding door is in operation, if
you pull its handle, the beeper sounds and the
operation stops.
To resume the power sliding door operation,
pull the same handle in the same direction
again.
Inner Handle
Close
Open
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 179 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
180
uuOpening and Closing the Sliding DoorsuAuto-Closer
*
Controls
Auto-Closer
*
If you manually close the power sliding door, it latches automatically.
The auto-closer feature activates with or without the main switch ON.
1Auto-Closer
*
Keep your hands away from the power sliding door.
The manually closed door latches automatically when
it is half-shut.
The auto-closer feature does not activate if you keep
pulling the inner or outer handle while the sliding
door is closing.
Do not put any force on the power sliding door while
the door is latching.
* Not available on all models
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 180 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
181
Continued
Controls
Security System
Immobilizer System
The immobilizer system prevents a key that has not been pre-registered from
starting the engine. Each key contains electronic transmitters that use electronic
signals to verify the key.
Pay attention to the following when pressing the ENGINE START/STOP button:
• Do not allow objects that emit strong radio waves near the ENGINE START/
STOP button.
• Make sure the key is not covered by or touching a metal object.
• Do not bring a key from another vehicle’s immobilizer system near the ENGINE
START/STOP button.
• Do not put the key near magnetic items. Electronic devices, such as televisions
and audio systems emit strong magnetic fields. Note that even a key chain can
become magnetic.
Security System Alarm
The security system alarm activates when the tailgate, hood, or doors are forcibly
opened.
The alarm does not activate if the tailgate or doors are opened with the key, remote
transmitter or smart entry system
*
.
However, the alarm activates if a door is opened with the key, then the hood is
opened before the power mode is set to ON.
■ When the security system alarm activates
The horn sounds intermittently, and some exterior lights flash.
1Immobilizer System
NOTICE
Leaving the key in the vehicle can result in theft or
accidental movement of the vehicle.
Always take the key with you whenever you leave the
vehicle unattended.
Do not alter the system or add other devices to it.
Doing so may damage the system and make your
vehicle inoperable.
Canadian models only: Apply and hold the brake
pedal before turning the vehicle on the first time after
the battery has been disconnected.
1Security System Alarm
The security alarm continues for a maximum of two
minutes until the security system deactivates.
* Not available on all models
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 181 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
uuSecurity SystemuSecurity System Alarm
182
Controls
■ To deactivate the security system alarm
Unlock the vehicle using remote transmitter or smart entry system
*
, or set the power
mode to ON. The system, along with the horn and flashing lights, is deactivated.
■ Setting the security system alarm
The security system alarm automatically sets when the following conditions have
been met:
• The power mode is set to VEHICLE OFF.
• The hood is closed.
• All doors and the tailgate are locked with the key, remote transmitter or smart
entry system
*
.
■ When the security system alarm sets
The security system alarm indicator in the instrument panel blinks. When the
blinking interval changes after about 15 seconds, the security system alarm is set.
■ To cancel the security system alarm
The security system alarm is canceled when the vehicle is unlocked using the remote
transmitter, or smart entry system
*
, or when the power mode is set to ON. The
security system alarm indicator goes off at the same time.
1Security System Alarm
Do not set the security system alarm when someone
is in the vehicle or a window is open. The system can
accidentally activate when:
• Unlocking the door with the lock tab.
• Opening the hood with the hood release.
• Opening the tailgate with the power tailgate
button on the dashboard.
If the battery goes dead after you have set the
security system alarm, the security alarm may activate
once the battery is recharged or replaced.
If this occurs, deactivate the security system alarm by
unlocking a door using the remote transmitter or
smart entry system
*
.
Do not alter the system or add other devices to it.
Doing so may damage the system and make your
vehicle inoperable.
Models with power tailgate
* Not available on all models
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 182 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
183
uuSecurity SystemuSecurity System Alarm
Controls
■ The panic button on the remote
transmitter
If you press the panic button for
approximately one second, the following will
occur for about 30 seconds:
• The horn sounds.
• Some exterior lights flash.
■ Canceling panic mode
Press any button on the remote transmitter, or
set the power mode to ON.
■
Panic Mode
Panic
Button
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 183 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
184
Controls
Opening and Closing the Windows
Opening/Closing the Power Windows
The power windows can be opened and closed when the power mode is in ON,
using the switches on the doors. The driver side switches can be used to open and
close all of the windows.
The power window lock button on the driver side must be switched off (not pushed
in, indicator off) to open and close the windows from anywhere other than the
driver’s seat.
When the power window lock button is pushed in, the indicator comes on and you
can only operate the driver’s window. Turn the power window lock button on if a
child is in the vehicle.
■ Automatic operation
To open: Push the switch down firmly.
To close: Pull the switch up firmly.
The window opens or closes completely. To
stop the window at any time, push or pull the
switch briefly.
■ Manual operation
To open: Push the switch down lightly, and
hold it until the desired position is reached.
To close: Pull the switch up lightly, and hold it
until the desired position is reached.
■
Opening/Closing Windows with Auto-Open/Close Function
1Opening/Closing the Power Windows
The power windows can be operated for up to 10
minutes after you set the power mode to VEHICLE
OFF.
Opening either front door cancels this function.
Auto Reverse
If a power window senses resistance when closing
automatically, it will stop closing and reverse
direction.
The driver’s window auto reverse function is disabled
when you continuously pull up the switch.
The auto reverse function stops sensing when the
window is almost closed to ensure that it fully closes.
3
WARNING
Closing a power window on someone’s
hands or fingers can cause serious injury.
Make sure your passengers are away from
the windows before closing them.
ON
OFF
Power Window
Lock Button
IndicatorDriver’s
Window
Switch
Front
Passenger’s
Window
Switch
Rear Passenger’s
Window Switch
*
* Not available on all models
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 184 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
Continued
185
uuOpening and Closing the WindowsuOpening/Closing the Power Windows
Controls
To open: Push the switch down.
To close: Pull the switch up.
Release the switch when the window reaches
the desired position.
To open: Press the unlock button, and then
within 10 seconds, press it again and hold it. If
the windows stop midway, repeat the
procedure.
■
Opening/Closing Windows without Auto-Open/Close
Function
*
Close
Open
Second row seat
■
Opening the Windows with the Remote
1Opening the Windows with the Remote
If you open the windows with the remote, the
moonroof will open automatically along with them.
Models with moonroof
Unlock
Button
* Not available on all models
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 185 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
uuOpening and Closing the WindowsuOpening/Closing the Power Windows
186
Controls
To open: Unlock the driver’s door with the
key. Within 10 seconds of returning the key to
the central position, turn the key in the unlock
direction and hold it there.
To close: Lock the driver’s door with the key.
Within 10 seconds of returning the key to the
central position, turn the key in the lock
direction and hold it there.
Release the key to stop the windows at the
desired position. If you want further
adjustment, repeat the same operation.
■
Opening/Closing the Windows with the Key
1Opening/Closing the Windows with the Key
If you open/close the windows with the key, the
moonroof will open/close automatically along with
them.
Models with moonroof
Close
Open
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 186 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
187
Controls
Moonroof
*
Opening/Closing the Moonroof
You can only operate the moonroof when the power mode is in ON. Use the switch
in the front of the ceiling to open and close the moonroof.
■ Automatic operation
To open: Pull the switch back firmly.
To close: Push the switch forward firmly.
The moonroof will automatically open or close
all the way. To stop the moonroof midway,
touch the switch briefly.
■ Manual operation
To open: Pull the switch back lightly, and
hold it until the desired position is reached.
To close: Push the switch forward lightly, and
hold it until the desired position is reached.
■ Tilting the moonroof up
To tilt: Push on the center of the moonroof
switch.
To close: Push the switch forward firmly,
then release.
■
Using the Moonroof Switch
1Opening/Closing the Moonroof
NOTICE
Opening the moonroof in below freezing
temperature or when it is covered with snow or ice
can damage the moonroof panel or motor.
The moonroof can be operated for up to 10 minutes
after you set the power mode to VEHICLE OFF.
Opening either front door cancels this function.
When resistance is detected, the auto reverse
function causes the moonroof to change directions,
then stop. Auto reverse stops sensing when the
moonroof is almost closed to ensure that it fully
closes. Make sure that all objects, including fingers,
are clear of the moonroof.
You can use the remote transmitter or the key to
operate the moonroof.
2 Opening the Windows with the Remote
P. 185
2 Opening/Closing the Windows with the
Key P. 186
3
WARNING
Opening or closing the moonroof on
someone’s hands or fingers can cause
serious injury.
Make sure all hands and fingers are clear of
the moonroof before opening or closing it.
Open
Close
Tilt
* Not available on all models
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 187 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
188
Controls
Operating the Switches Around the Steering Wheel
ENGINE START/STOP Button
*1:Canadian models
■
Changing the Power Mode
1ENGINE START/STOP Button
ENGINE START/STOP Button Operating Range
You can start the engine when the remote is inside
the vehicle.
The engine may also run if the remote is close to the
door or window, even if it is outside the vehicle.
ON mode:
The ENGINE START/STOP button is red when the
engine is running.
If the battery of the remote is getting low, the engine
may not start when you press the ENGINE START/
STOP button. If the engine does not start, refer to
the following link.
2 If the Remote Battery is Weak P. 715
Operating Range
VEHICLE OFF (LOCK)
The button is off.
The steering wheel is locked
*1
.
The power to all electrical components is turned off.
ACCESSORY
The button blinks (in red).
Operate the audio system and other accessories
in this position.
ON
The button blinks (in red).
All electrical components can be used.
Press the button.
Without pressing the brake pedal
Change to
(P.
U.S. models
Press the button without the
gear position in
(P.
Change to
(P then press the
button.
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 188 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
Continued
189
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluENGINE START/STOP Button
Controls
If you leave the vehicle for 30 to 60 minutes with the transmission in (P and the
power mode in ACCESSORY, the vehicle automatically goes into the mode similar to
VEHICLE OFF (LOCK) to avoid draining the battery.
When in this mode:
The steering wheel does not lock.
You cannot lock or unlock doors with the remote transmitter or the smart entry
system.
Press the ENGINE START/STOP button to switch the mode to VEHICLE OFF (LOCK).
■
Automatic Power Off
1ENGINE START/STOP Button
If the power mode does not change from VEHICLE
OFF to ACCESSORY, press the ENGINE START/STOP
button while moving the steering wheel left and
right. The steering wheel will unlock, allowing the
mode to change.
Do not leave the power mode in ACCESSORY or ON
when you get out.
Canadian models
Canadian models
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 189 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluENGINE START/STOP Button
190
Controls
If you open the driver’s door when the power mode is set to ACCESSORY, a warning
beep sounds.
Warning buzzers may sound from inside and/
or outside the vehicle to remind you that the
remote is out of the vehicle. If the buzzer
continues even after the remote is put back
inside, place it to be within its operational
range.
■ When the power mode is in ON
If the remote is taken out of the vehicle, and
all the doors are closed, warning buzzers
sound from both inside and outside the
vehicle. A warning message on the driver
information interface notifies the driver inside
that the remote is outside of the vehicle.
■ When the power mode is in
ACCESSORY
If the remote is taken out of the vehicle, and
all the doors are closed, a warning buzzer
sounds from outside the vehicle.
■
Power Mode Reminder
■
Remote Reminder
1Remote Reminder
When the remote is within the system’s operational
range, and all the doors are closed, the warning
function cancels.
If the remote is taken out of the vehicle after the
engine has been started, you can no longer change
the ENGINE START/STOP button mode or restart
the engine. Always make sure if the remote is in your
vehicle when you operate the ENGINE START/STOP
button.
Removing the remote from the vehicle through a
window does not activate the warning buzzer.
Do not put the remote on the dashboard or in the
glove box. It may cause the warning buzzer to
activate. Under some other conditions that can
prevent the vehicle from locating the remote, the
warning buzzer may also activate even if the remote
is within the system’s operational range.
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 190 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
191
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluTurn Signals
Controls
Turn Signals
The turn signals can be used when the power
mode is in ON.
■ One-touch turn signal
When you lightly push up or down and release
the turn signal lever, the exterior turn signals
and turn signal indicator blink three times.
The feature can be used when signaling for a
lane change.
Right Turn
Left Turn
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 191 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
192
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluLight Switches
Controls
Light Switches
Rotating the light switch turns the lights on
and off, regardless of the power mode
setting.
■ High beams
Push the lever forward until you hear a click.
■ Low beams
When in high beams, pull the lever back to
return to low beams.
■ Flashing the high beams
Pull the lever back, and release it.
■ Lights off
Turn the lever to OFF either when:
• The transmission is in
(P.
• The parking brake is applied.
To turn the lights on again, turn the lever to
OFF to cancel the lights off mode. Even if you
do not cancel the lights off mode, the lights
come on automatically when:
• The transmission is taken out of
(P and the
parking brake is released.
• The vehicle starts to move.
■
Manual Operation
1Light Switches
If you leave the power mode in VEHICLE OFF with the
lights on, a chime sounds when the driver’s door is
opened.
When the lights are on, the lights on indicator in the
instrument panel will be on.
2 Lights On Indicator P. 93
Do not leave the lights on when the engine is off
because it will cause the battery to discharge.
If you sense that the level of the headlights is
abnormal, have the vehicle inspected by a dealer.
High Beams
Flashing the high beams
Low Beams
Models without default AUTO position
switch
Models with default AUTO position
switch
High Beams
Flashing the high beams
Low Beams
Turns on parking, side marker,
tail, and rear license plate lights
Turns on headlights, parking,
side marker, tail, and rear license
plate lights
Models with default AUTO position switch
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 192 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
Continued
193
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluLight Switches
Controls
Automatic lighting control can be used when
the power mode is in ON.
When you turn the light switch to AUTO, the
headlights and other exterior lights will switch
on and off automatically depending on the
ambient brightness.
When the light switch is in AUTO, the
headlights and other exterior lights will switch
on and off automatically depending on the
ambient brightness.
The headlights come on when you unlock a
door in dark areas with the headlight switch in
AUTO.
u Once you lock the door, the headlights
will go off.
■
Automatic Operation (automatic lighting control)
*
1Automatic Operation (automatic lighting control)
*
We recommend that you turn on the lights manually
when driving at night, in a dense fog, or in dark areas
such as long tunnels or parking facilities.
The light sensor is in the location shown below.
Do not cover this light sensor with anything;
otherwise, the automatic lighting system may not
work properly.
Light
Sensor
Models without
automatic
intermittent wiper
Light Sensor
Models with automatic intermittent
wiper
Models without default AUTO position
switch
Models with default AUTO position
switch
Models without default AUTO position switch
Models with default AUTO position switch
* Not available on all models
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 193 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluLight Switches
194
Controls
The headlights automatically come on when the wipers are used several times within
a certain number of intervals with the headlight switch in AUTO.
The headlights automatically go off a few minutes later if the wipers are stopped.
The headlights, all other exterior lights, and the instrument panel lights turn off 15
seconds after you set the power mode to VEHICLE OFF, take the remote with you,
and close the driver’s door.
If you set the power mode to VEHICLE OFF with the headlight switch on, but do not
open the door, the lights turn off after 10 minutes (3 minutes, if the switch is in the
AUTO
*
position).
The lights turn on again when you unlock or open the driver’s door. If you unlock
the door, but do not open it within 15 seconds, the lights go off. If you open the
driver’s door, you will hear a lights on reminder chime.
■
Headlight Integration with Wiper
*
■
Automatic Lighting Off Feature
1Automatic Operation (automatic lighting control)
*
You can adjust the auto light sensitivity as follows:
2 Customized Features P. 448
Setting The exterior lights come on
when the ambient light is at
MAX
HIGH
MID
LOW
MIN
Bright
Dark
1Headlight Integration with Wiper
*
This feature activates when AUTO mode is selected
and the headlights are off.
The instrument panel brightness does not change
when the headlights come on.
At dark ambient light levels, the automatic lighting
control feature turns on the headlights, regardless of
the number of wiper sweeps.
1Automatic Lighting Off Feature
You can change the headlight auto off timer setting.
2 Vehicle Customization P. 134
2 Customized Features P. 448
Models with color audio system
Models with Display Audio
* Not available on all models
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 194 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
195
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluFog Lights
*
Controls
Fog Lights
*
When the low beam headlights are on, turn
the fog light switch on to use the fog lights.
1Fog Lights
*
When the fog lights are on, the indicator in the
instrument panel will be on.
They go off when the headlights turn off, or when
the daytime running lights are on.
2 Fog Light Indicator
*
P. 93
Fog Light Switch
* Not available on all models
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 195 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
196
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluDaytime Running Lights
Controls
Daytime Running Lights
When the conditions listed below are met, the daytime running lights come on:
• The power mode is in ON.
• The headlight switch is off.
• The parking brake is released.
The lights remain on even if you set the parking brake. Setting the power mode to
VEHICLE OFF will turn off the daytime running lights.
The daytime running lights go off once the headlight switch is turned on, or when
the headlight switch is in AUTO
*
and it is getting dark outside.
The high beam headlights return to the original brightness once the headlight
switch is turned on.
1Daytime Running Lights
The parking lights serve as daytime running lights.
The high beam headlights come on slightly dimmer
than normal to serve as daytime running lights.
Models with fog lights
Models without fog lights
Models without fog lights
* Not available on all models
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 196 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
197
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluAuto High-Beam
*
Continued
Controls
Auto High-Beam
*
The front sensor camera detects the light sources ahead of the vehicle such as the
lights of a preceding or oncoming vehicle, or street lights. When you are driving at
night, the system automatically switches the headlights between low beam and high
beam depending on the situation.
When all of the following conditions have been met, the auto high-beam indicator
comes on and the auto high-beam is activated.
• The power mode is in ON.
• The light switch is in AUTO.
• The lever is in the low beam position.
• The headlights have been automatically
activated.
• It is dark outside the vehicle.
If the auto high-beam indicator does not come on even when all the conditions have
been met, carry out the following procedure and the indicator will come on.
• Pull the lever toward you for flashing the high beams then release it while driving.
1Auto High-Beam
*
The auto high-beam system does not always operate
in every situation. This system is just for assisting the
driver. Always observe your surroundings and switch
the headlights between high beam and low beam
manually if necessary.
If you find the timing of beam changes inconvenient
for driving, change the headlight beams manually.
The range and the distance at which the camera can
recognize varies depending on conditions
surrounding your vehicle.
Regarding the handling of the camera mounted to
the inside of the windshield, refer to the following.
2 Front Sensor Camera
*
P. 569
For the auto high-beam to work properly:
• Do not place an object that reflects light on the
dashboard.
• Keep the windshield around the camera clean.
When cleaning the windshield, be careful not to
apply the windshield cleanser to the camera lens.
• Do not attach an object, sticker or film to the area
around the camera.
• Do not touch the camera lens.
If the camera receives a strong impact, or repairing of
the area near the camera is required, consult a dealer.
■
How to Use the Auto High-Beam
Front Sensor Camera
Light Switch
Auto High-
Beam
Indicator
* Not available on all models
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 197 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluAuto High-Beam
*
198
Controls
■ Automatic switching between high-beam and low-beam
When auto-high beam is active, the headlights switch between high beam and low
beam based on the following conditions.
■ Manual switching between high-beam and low-beam
If you want to manually switch the headlights between high beam and low beam,
follow either of the procedures below. Note that when you do this, the auto high-
beam indicator will turn off and the auto high-beam will be deactivated.
Using the lever:
Pull the lever toward you for flashing the high beams then release it within about
one second while driving.
u To reactivate the auto high-beam, pull the lever toward you for flashing the
high beams then release it while driving. The auto high-beam indicator will
come on.
Using the light switch:
Turn the light switch to .
u To reactivate the auto high-beam, turn the light switch to AUTO when the
lever is in the low beam position, the auto high-beam indicator will come on.
1How to Use the Auto High-Beam
In the following cases, the auto high-beam system
may not switch the headlights properly or the
switching timing may be changed. In case of the
automatic switching operation does not fit for your
driving habits, please switch the headlights manually.
• The brightness of the lights from the preceding or
oncoming vehicle is intense or poor.
• Visibility is poor due to the weather (rain, snow,
fog, windshield frost, etc.).
• Surrounding light sources, such as street lights,
electric billboards and traffic lights are illuminating
the road ahead.
• The brightness level of the road ahead constantly
changes.
• The road is bumpy or has many curves.
• A vehicle suddenly appears in front of you, or a
vehicle in front of you is not in the preceding or
oncoming direction.
• Your vehicle is tilted with a heavy load in the rear.
• A traffic sign, mirror, or other reflective object
ahead is reflecting strong light toward the vehicle.
• The oncoming vehicle frequently disappears under
roadside trees or behind median barriers.
• The preceding or oncoming vehicle is a motorcycle,
bicycle, mobility scooter, or other small vehicle.
The auto high-beam system keeps the headlight low
beam when:
• Windshield wipers are operating.
• The camera has been detected a dense fog.
Switching to high beam:
All of the following conditions must
be met before the high beams turn
on.
• Your vehicle speed is 45 mph (72
km/h) or more.
• There are no preceding or
oncoming vehicle with headlights
or taillights turned on.
• There are few street lights on the
road ahead.
Switching to low beam:
One of the following conditions
must be met before the low beams
turn on.
• Your vehicle speed is 30 mph (48
km/h) or less.
• There is a preceding or oncoming
vehicle with headlights or
taillights turned on.
• There are many street lights on
the road ahead.
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 198 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
199
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluAuto High-Beam
*
Controls
You can turn the auto high-beam system off. If you want to turn the system off or
on, set the power mode to ON, then carry out the following procedures while the
vehicle is stationary.
To turn the system off:
With the light switch is in AUTO, pull the lever
toward you and hold it for at least 40 seconds.
After the auto high-beam indicator light blinks
twice, release the lever.
To turn the system on:
With the light switch is in AUTO, pull the lever
toward you and hold it for at least 30 seconds.
After the auto high-beam indicator light blinks
once, release the lever.
■
How to Turn Off the Auto High-Beam
1How to Use the Auto High-Beam
If the Some Driver Assist Systems Cannot
Operate: Camera Temperature Too High message
appears:
• Use the climate control system to cool down the
interior and, if necessary, also use defroster mode
with the airflow directed toward the camera.
• Start driving the vehicle to lower the windshield
temperature, which cools down the area around
the camera.
If the Some Driver Assist Systems Cannot
Operate: Clean Front Windshield message
appears:
• Park your vehicle in a safe place, and clean the
windshield. If the message does not disappear after
you have cleaned the windshield and driven for a
while, have your vehicle checked by a dealer.
1How to Turn Off the Auto High-Beam
If you turn the auto high-beam system off, the system
does not operate until you turn the system on.
Park in a safe place before turning the system off or
on.
AUTO Position
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 199 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
200
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluWipers and Washers
Controls
Wipers and Washers
The windshield wipers and washers can be
used when the power mode is in ON.
■ MIST
The wipers run at high speed until you release
the lever.
■ Wiper switch (OFF, INT
*1
/AUTO
*2
, LO,
HI)
Move the lever up or down to change the
wiper settings.
■ Adjusting wiper operation
*
Turn the adjustment ring to adjust wiper
operation.
■ Washer
Sprays while you pull the lever toward you.
When you release the lever for more than one
second, the spray stops, the wipers sweep two
or three more times to clear the windshield,
then stop.
*1: Models with manual intermittent operation
*2: Models with automatic intermittent operation
■
Windshield Wiper/Washer
1Wipers and Washers
NOTICE
Do not use the wipers when the windshield is dry.
The windshield will get scratched, or the rubber
blades will get damaged.
NOTICE
In cold weather, the blades may freeze to the
windshield.
Operating the wipers in this condition may damage
the wipers. Use the defroster or heated windshield
*
to warm the windshield, then turn the wipers on.
If the vehicle speeds up while the wipers are
operating intermittently, the length of the wipe
interval shortens.
When the vehicle speeds up, the wiper operation’s
shortest delay setting ( ) and the LO setting become
the same.
Turn the washers off if no washer fluid comes out.
The pump may get damaged.
Models with intermittent time adjustment ring
Intermittent Time
Adjustment Ring
MIST
INT
*1
/AUTO
*2
OFF
LO: Low speed wipe
HI: High speed wipe
Pull to
use
washer.
Lower speed, fewer sweeps
Higher speed, more sweeps
* Not available on all models
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 200 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
Continued
201
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluWipers and Washers
Controls
When you push the lever down to AUTO, the
windshield wipers sweep once, and go into
the automatic mode.
The wipers operate intermittently, at low
speed, or at high speed and stops in
accordance with the amount of rainfall the
rainfall sensor detects.
■ AUTO sensitivity adjustment
When the wiper function is set to AUTO, you
can adjust the sensitivity of the rainfall sensor
(using the adjustment ring) so that wipers will
operate in accordance with your preference.
Sensor sensitivity
■
Automatic Intermittent Wipers
*
1Wipers and Washers
If the wiper stops operating due to any obstacle such
as the build-up of snow, park the vehicle in a safe
place.
Rotate the wiper switch to OFF, and set the power
mode to ACCESSORY or VEHICLE OFF, then remove
the obstacle.
The wiper motor may stop motor operation
temporarily to prevent an overload. Wiper operation
will return to normal within a few minutes, once the
circuit has returned to normal.
1Automatic Intermittent Wipers
*
The rainfall sensor is in the location shown below.
AUTO should always be turned OFF before the
following situation in order to prevent severe damage
to the wiper system:
• Cleaning the windshield
• Driving through a car wash
• No rain present
Rainfall Sensor
Adjustment Ring
Low Sensitivity
High Sensitivity
* Not available on all models
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 201 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
202
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluWipers and Washers
Controls
The rear wiper and washer can be used when
the power mode is in ON.
■ Wiper switch (OFF, INT, ON)
Change the wiper switch setting according to
the amount of rain.
■ Washer ( )
Sprays while you rotate the switch to this
position.
Hold it to activate the wiper and to spray the
washer. Once released, it stops operating
after a few more sweeps.
■ Operating in reverse
When you put the transmission into (R with the windshield wiper activated, the rear
wiper operates automatically as follows even if its switch is off.
■
Rear Wiper/Washer
ON: Continuous wipe
Washer
OFF
INT: Intermittent
Front Wiper Position Rear Wiper Operation
INT (Intermittent) Intermittent
LO (Low speed wipe)
HI (High speed wipe)
Continuous
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 202 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
203
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluRear Defogger/Heated Door Mirror
*
Button
Controls
Rear Defogger/Heated Door Mirror
*
Button
Press the rear defogger and heated door
mirror
*
button to defog the rear window and
mirrors
*
when the power mode is in ON.
The rear defogger and heated door mirrors
*
automatically switch off after 10-30 minutes
depending on the outside temperature.
However, if the outside temperature is 32°F
(0°C) or below, they do not automatically
switch off.
1Rear Defogger/Heated Door Mirror
*
Button
This system consumes a lot of power, so turn it off
when the window has been defogged.
Also, do not use the system for a long time while the
engine is idling. This may weaken the battery, making
it difficult to start the engine.
When the outside temperature is below 41°F (5°C),
the heated door mirror may activate automatically for
10 minutes when you set the power mode to ON.
Models with heated door mirror button
Models with tri-zone climate control
system
Models with dual-zone climate control
system
* Not available on all models
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 203 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
204
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluHeated Windshield Button
Controls
Heated Windshield Button
Press the heated windshield button to deice
the windshield when the power mode is in
ON.
Canadian models
1Heated Windshield Button
This system consumes a lot of power, so turn it off
when the window has been deiced. Also, do not use
the system for a long period when the engine is
idling. This may weaken the battery, making it
difficult to start the engine.
When the outside temperate is below 39°F (4°C), the
heated windshield may automatically activate. The
system deactivates itself once the outside temperate
reaches 43°F (6°C).
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 204 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
205
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluBrightness Control
Controls
Brightness Control
When the power mode is in ON, you can use
the brightness control knob to adjust
instrument panel brightness.
Brighten: Turn the knob to the right.
Dim: Turn the knob to the left.
You will hear a beeper when the brightness
reaches minimum or maximum. Several
seconds after you have adjusted the
brightness, you will be returned to the
previous screen.
■ Brightness level indicator
The brightness level is shown on the driver
information interface while you are adjusting
it.
1Brightness Control
The brightness of the instrument panel will be
reduced when the following conditions:
• The power mode is in ON.
• The parking lights are turned on.
• The light switch is in any position other than off
and it is dark outside.
To cancel the reduced instrument panel brightness
when the exterior lights are on, turn the knob to the
right until the brightness display is up to max, the
beeper sounds.
The brightness can be set differently for when the
exterior lights are on, and when they are off.
Models without automatic lighting control
Models with automatic lighting control
Control Knob
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 205 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
206
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluDriving Position Memory System
*
Controls
Driving Position Memory System
*
You can store two driver’s seat positions (except for power lumbar) and outside
mirror positions with the driving position memory system.
When you unlock and open the driver’s door with a remote, the seat and outside
mirrors adjust automatically to one of the two preset positions.
When you enter the vehicle, the driver information interface briefly shows you which
remote transmitter you used to unlock the vehicle.
• DRIVER 1 transmitter is linked to memory button 1.
• DRIVER 2 transmitter is linked to memory button 2.
The driver’s seat moves rearward depending
on the set seating position once you
• Stop the vehicle.
• Put the transmission in
(P.
• Set the power mode to VEHICLE OFF.
• Then open the driver’s door.
Once the power mode is in the ACCESSORY
position, the driver’s seat moves to the
DRIVER 1 or 2 preset position.
1Driving Position Memory System
*
Using the audio/information screen, you can disable
the automatic seat and door mirrors adjustment
function.
2 Customized Features P. 448
The driver’s seat easy exit feature:
• Will move rearward to allow you to more easily exit
the vehicle.
• Can be turned on or off.
2 Customized Features P. 448
System Operation
The system will not operate if:
• The vehicle speed is above 2 mph (3 km/h).
• Either memory position button is pressed while the
seat is in motion.
• The seat position is adjusted while in operation.
• The memory 1 or 2 position is set fully to the rear.
DRIVER 1
DRIVER 2
* Not available on all models
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 206 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
207
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluDriving Position Memory System
*
Controls
1. Set the power mode to ON. Adjust the
driver’s seat and the door mirrors to the
desired position.
2. Press the SET button.
u You will hear the beeper, and the
memory button indicator light will blink.
3. Press and hold memory button
(1 or (2
within five seconds of pressing the SET
button.
u Once the seat and the outside mirrors
position has been memorized, the
indicator light on the button you pressed
stays on.
1. Change to
(P.
2. Apply the parking brake.
3. Press a memory button ((1 or (2).
u You will hear the beeper, and the
indicator light will blink.
The seat and the door mirrors will
automatically move to the memorized
position. When it has finished moving, you
will hear the beeper, and the indicator light
stays on.
■
Storing a Position in Memory
1Storing a Position in Memory
After you press the SET button, the storing operation
will be canceled when:
• You do not press the memory button within five
seconds.
• You readjust the seat and door mirrors position
before the double-beep.
• You set the power mode to any position except
ON.
Memory
Button 1
Memory
Button 2
SET Button
■
Recalling the Stored Position
1Recalling the Stored Position
The seat and the door mirrors will stop moving if you:
• Press the SET button or memory button (1 or (2.
• Adjust the seat position or door mirrors.
• Put the transmission into a position other than (P.
Memory
Button 1
Memory
Button 2
SET Button
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 207 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
208
uuOperating the Switches Around the Steering WheeluAdjusting the Steering Wheel
Controls
Adjusting the Steering Wheel
The steering wheel height and distance from your body can be adjusted so that you
can comfortably grip the steering wheel in an appropriate driving posture.
1. Push the steering wheel adjustment lever
down.
u The steering wheel adjustment lever is
under the steering column.
2. Move the steering wheel up or down, and
in or out.
u Make sure you can see the instrument
panel gauges and indicators.
3. Pull the steering wheel adjustment lever up
to lock the steering wheel in position.
u After adjusting the position, make sure
you have securely locked the steering
wheel in place by trying to move it up,
down, in, and out.
1Adjusting the Steering Wheel
3
WARNING
Adjusting the steering wheel position while
driving may cause you to lose control of the
vehicle and be seriously injured in a crash.
Adjust the steering wheel only when the
vehicle is stopped.
To adjust
To lock
Lever
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 208 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
209
Controls
Adjusting the Mirrors
Interior Rearview Mirror
Adjust the angle of the rearview mirror when you are sitting in the correct driving
position.
Flip the tab to switch the position.
The night position will help to reduce the glare
from headlights behind you when driving
after dark.
When you are driving after dark, the
automatic dimming rearview mirror reduces
the glare from headlights behind you. Press
the auto button to turn this function on and
off. When activated, the auto indicator comes
on.
■
Rearview Mirror with Day and Night Positions
*
1Adjusting the Mirrors
Keep the inside and outside mirrors clean and
adjusted for best visibility.
Adjust the mirrors before you start driving.
2 Front Seats P. 212
Tab
Daytime
Position
Night Position
■
Automatic Dimming Rearview Mirror
*
1Automatic Dimming Rearview Mirror
*
The auto dimming function cancels when the
transmission is in
(R.
Sensor
Auto Button
* Not available on all models
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 209 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
210
uuAdjusting the MirrorsuPower Door Mirrors
Controls
Power Door Mirrors
You can adjust the door mirrors when the
power mode is in ON.
■ Mirror position adjustment
L/R selector switch: Select the left or right
mirror. After adjusting the mirror, return the
switch to the center position.
Mirror position adjustment switch: Press
the switch left, right, up, or down to move the
mirror.
■ Folding door mirrors
*
Press the folding button to fold in and out the
door mirrors.
Selector
Switch
Adjustment
Switch
Folding
Button
*
* Not available on all models
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 210 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
211
uuAdjusting the MirrorsuPower Door Mirrors
Controls
If activated, either side door mirror
automatically tilts downward when you put
the transmission into (R; this improves close-
in visibility on the selected side of the vehicle
when backing up. The mirror automatically
returns to its original position when you take
the transmission out of
(R.
To activate this feature, set the power mode
to ON and slide the selector switch to the left
or right side.
■
Reverse Tilt Door Mirror
*
Selector Switch
* Not available on all models
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 211 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
212
Controls
Adjusting the Seats
Front Seats
Adjust the driver’s seat as far back as possible
while allowing you to maintain full control of
the vehicle. You should be able to sit upright,
well back in the seat and be able to
adequately press the pedals without leaning
forward, and grip the steering wheel
comfortably. The passenger’s seat should be
adjusted in a similar manner, so that it is as far
back from the front airbag in the dashboard
as possible.
1Adjusting the Seats
The National Highway Traffic Safety Administration
and Transport Canada recommend that drivers allow
at least 10 inches (25 cm) between the center of the
steering wheel and the chest.
Always make seat adjustments before driving.
3
WARNING
Sitting too close to a front airbag can result
in serious injury or death if the front
airbags inflate.
Always sit as far back from the front
airbags as possible while maintaining
control of the vehicle.
Move back.
Allow sufficient
space.
■
Adjusting the Seat Positions
Horizontal
Position
Adjustment
Height
Adjustment
(Driver’s seat
only)
Seat-back
Angle
Adjustment
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 212 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
213
uuAdjusting the SeatsuFront Seats
Continued
Controls
■ Lumbar Support Adjustment Switch
*
Press the top: To move the lumbar support
up.
Press the bottom: To move the lumbar
support down.
Press the front: To increase the entire
lumbar support.
Press the rear: To decrease the entire lumbar
support.
Lumbar
Support
Adjustment
Switch
* Not available on all models
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 213 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
uuAdjusting the SeatsuFront Seats
214
Controls
Adjust the driver’s seat-back to a comfortable,
upright position, leaving ample space
between your chest and the airbag cover in
the center of the steering wheel.
The front seat passenger should also adjust
their seat-back to a comfortable, upright
position.
Reclining a seat-back so that the shoulder part of the belt no longer rests against the
occupant’s chest reduces the protective capability of the belt. It also increases the
chance of sliding under the belt in a crash and being seriously injured. The farther a
seat-back is reclined, the greater the risk of injury.
■
Adjusting the Seat-Backs
1Adjusting the Seat-Backs
Do not put a cushion, or other object, between the
seat-back and your back.
Doing so may interfere with proper seat belt or airbag
operation.
If you cannot get far enough away from the steering
wheel and still reach the controls, we recommend
that you investigate whether some type of adaptive
equipment may help.
3
WARNING
Reclining the seat-back too far can result in
serious injury or death in a crash.
Adjust the seat-back to an upright position,
and sit well back in the seat.
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 214 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
215
uuAdjusting the SeatsuSecond Row Seats
Continued
Controls
Second Row Seats
■
Adjusting the Seat Positions
1Second Row Seats
3
WARNING
An unsecured seat or seat-back can move
out of position or collapse without warning
if there is sudden acceleration or stop or in
a crash.
A seat or seat-back that suddenly moves or
collapses can result in severe injury or
death.
Always make sure all seats and seat-backs
are securely locked into position before
driving.
1Adjusting the Seat Positions
Once the desired seat position and seat-back angles
are made, rock the seat-back and forth to make sure
they are locked into position.
Second row center
seat
*
Second row outer
seat
Seat-back Angle
Adjustment
Pull up the strap to
change the angle.
Seat-back
Angle
Adjustment
Pull up the
lever to change
the angle.
Second row
outer seat
Horizontal Position
Adjustment
Pull up the bar to
move the seat, then
release the bar.
* Not available on all models
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 215 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
216
uuAdjusting the SeatsuSecond Row Seats
Controls
1. Pulling forward on the walk-in lever or
pulling the release strap tilts the second row
outer seat’s seat-back forward.
u The whole seat slides forward.
2. When re-positioning the seat, push it firmly
to the rear to ensure the horizontal
adjusters and the seat-back lock completely
into place.
■
Third Row Seat Access
Lever
Strap
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 216 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
Continued
217
uuAdjusting the SeatsuSecond Row Seats
Controls
Your vehicle’s multi-functional second row center seat is removable.
1. Store the center seat belt first. Insert a key
into the slot on the side of the anchor
buckle.
2. Retract the seat belt into the holder on the
ceiling.
2 Seat Belt with Detachable Anchor P. 43
3. Fold the seat-back down.
4. Pull the lock release strap under the seat
cushion, and lift the rear of the seat.
u To lift the seat, grab the handle under
the rear side of the seat cushion.
5. Pull the seat-back slightly, then pivot it
upward.
u This unhooks the front of the seat from
the floor.
■
Removing the Second Row Center Seat
*
1Removing the Second Row Center Seat
*
Do not remove the seat while driving.
The multi-functional center seat can be used as the
beverage holder when folded down.
2 Beverage Holders P. 234
To reinstall the seat, hook the front of the seat to the
floor first. After confirming both the front hooks are
fully inserted into the front strikers, begin to lower
the seat, then allow it to drop and lock to the rear
floor strikers. Raise the seat-back to an upright
position, then rock the seat-back and forth to
confirm both the rear latches are securely locked into
position.
Lock
Release
Strap
Handle
* Not available on all models
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 217 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
uuAdjusting the SeatsuSecond Row Seats
218
Controls
Your vehicle’s second row outer seats are removable.
1. Remove the head restraint.
2. Move the seat to its rearmost position.
3. Pull the seat-back angle adjustment lever,
then fold the seat-back down.
4. Pull the lock release lever, tilt the seat-back
forward and lift the rear of the seat.
u To lift the seat, grab the handle under
the rear side of the seat.
5. Pivot the rear of the seat upward to unhook
the front of the seat from the floor.
■
Removing a Second Row Outer Seat
1Removing a Second Row Outer Seat
Do not remove the seat while driving.
Reinstalling a Second Row Outer Seat
With the seat-back folded forward, insert the front
seat hooks into the front floor strikers.
After confirming both front hooks are fully inserted
into the front strikers, begin to lower the seat, then
allow it to drop and lock to the rear floor strikers.
Install the head restraints, then raise the seat-back to
an upright position, then rock the seat-back and
forth to confirm both the inner and outer latches are
securely locked into position.
Handle
Seat-back Angle
Adjustment Lever
Lock Release Lever
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 218 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
219
uuAdjusting the SeatsuSecond Row Seats
Controls
Your vehicle’s second row outer seats are slidable.
1. Remove the second row center seat.
2 Removing the Second Row Center
Seat
*
P. 217
2. Pull up the handle at the side of the second
row outer seat, then slide the seat.
■
Sliding the Second Row Magic Slide
TM
Seats
*
1Sliding the Second Row Magic Slide
TM
Seats
*
When the second row outer seats are in slide (center)
position, passengers have easier access to the third
row seats.
* Not available on all models
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 219 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
220
uuAdjusting the SeatsuThird Row Seats
Controls
Third Row Seats
■
Adjusting the Seat Positions
1Adjusting the Seat Positions
Once a seat is adjusted correctly, rock it back and
forth to make sure it is locked in position.
Seat-back Angle
Adjustment
Pull up the strap to
change the angle.
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 220 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
Continued
221
uuAdjusting the SeatsuThird Row Seats
Controls
1. Store the center seat belt first. Insert a key
into the slot on the side of the anchor
buckle.
2. Retract the seat belt into the holder on the
ceiling.
2 Seat Belt with Detachable Anchor P. 43
3. Lower the head restraints to their lowest
position.
4. The right and left halves can be tucked
away separately. Pull either strap to release
the front leg lock of the third row seat.
5. Continue pulling the strap to tuck the seat
and strap away into the cargo area.
■
Tucking away the One-Motion Third Row Stowing Magic
Seat®
1Tucking away the One-Motion Third Row Stowing Magic Seat®
Remove any items from the cargo area before you
tuck away the third row seat.
The instruction label is attached at the back of the
third row seat-back.
When you tuck away one side of the third row seats
and use the non-recessed part of the cargo area,
make sure to secure the cargo. Loose items can fly
forward and cause injury if you have to brake hard.
Straps
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 221 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
uuAdjusting the SeatsuThird Row Seats
222
Controls
■ When returning the seat to the upright position:
1. Grab the handle from outside.
Pull up the folded seat, begin to pivot it
forward, then allow it to drop into position.
2. The front leg latches when it contacts the
floor striker.
Pull the strap to put the seat-back(s)
upright. Rock the seat-back and forth to
confirm the seat is securely locked in
position. There should be no movement.
1When returning the seat to the upright position:
Make sure the seat is securely latched before driving
by rocking the seat-back and forth.
Handles
Straps
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 222 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
223
uuAdjusting the SeatsuMaintain a Proper Sitting Position
Controls
Maintain a Proper Sitting Position
After all occupants have adjusted their seats and head restraints, and put on their
seat belts, it is very important that they continue to sit upright, well back in their
seats, with their feet on the floor, until the vehicle is safely parked and the engine is
off.
Sitting improperly can increase the chance of injury during a crash. For example, if
an occupant slouches, lies down, turns sideways, sits forward, leans forward or
sideways, or puts one or both feet up, the chance of injury during a crash is greatly
increased.
In addition, an occupant who is out of position in the front seat can be seriously or
fatally injured in a crash by striking interior parts of the vehicle or being struck by an
inflating front airbag.
1Maintain a Proper Sitting Position
3
WARNING
Sitting improperly or out of position can
result in serious injury or death in a crash.
Always sit upright, well back in the seat,
with your feet on the floor.
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 223 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
224
uuAdjusting the SeatsuHead Restraints
Controls
Head Restraints
Your vehicle is equipped with head restraints in all seating positions.
Head restraints are most effective for
protection against whiplash and other rear-
impact crash injuries when the center of the
back of the occupant’s head rests against the
center of the restraint. The tops of the
occupant’s ears should be level with the
center height of the restraint.
■
Adjusting the Front and Second Row Outer and Third Row
Outer Head Restraints Positions
1Head Restraints
In order for the head restraint system to work
properly:
• Do not hang any items on the head restraints, or
from the restraint legs.
• Do not place any objects between an occupant and
the seat-back.
• Install each restraint in its proper location.
3
WARNING
Improperly positioning head restraints
reduces their effectiveness and increases
the likelihood of serious injury in a crash.
Make sure head restraints are in place and
positioned properly before driving.
Position head in the center
of the head restraint.
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 224 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
225
uuAdjusting the SeatsuHead Restraints
Continued
Controls
To raise the head restraint: Pull it upward.
To lower the head restraint: Push it down
while pressing the release button.
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 225 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
uuAdjusting the SeatsuHead Restraints
226
Controls
A passenger sitting in the second row/third
row center seating position should adjust the
height of their head restraint to an
appropriate position before the vehicle begins
moving.
To raise the head restraint:
Pull it upward.
To lower the head restraint:
Push it down while pressing the release
button.
Head restraints can be removed for cleaning or repair.
To remove a head restraint:
Pull the restraint up as far as it will go. Then push the release button, and pull the
restraint up and out.
To reinstall a head restraint:
Insert the legs back in place, then adjust the head restraint to an appropriate height
while pressing the release button. Pull up on the restraint to make sure it is locked
in position.
■
Changing the Second Row
*
/Third Row Center Seat Head
Restraint Positions
■
Removing and Reinstalling the Head Restraints
1Removing and Reinstalling the Head Restraints
To remove the third row seat outer head restraints,
fold down the seat-back first.
2 Third Row Seats P. 220
3
WARNING
Failure to reinstall, or correctly reinstall, the
head restraints can result in severe injury
during a crash.
Always replace the head restraints before
driving.
* Not available on all models
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 226 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
227
uuAdjusting the SeatsuArmrest
Controls
Armrest
Pull down the armrest.
Pull the armrest all the way down, then pull it
up to the desired angle.
Pull down the center backrest to use as an
armrest.
■
Using the Front and Second Row Outer
*
Seat Armrest
Front seat with adjustable armrest
■
Using the Second Row Seat Armrest
*
* Not available on all models
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 227 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
228
Controls
Interior Lights/Interior Convenience Items
Interior Lights
■ ON
The interior lights come on regardless of
whether the doors or the tailgate are open or
closed.
■ Door activated
The interior lights come on in the following
situations:
Front:
• When any of the doors or the tailgate are
opened.
• You unlock the driver’s door.
• When the power mode is set to VEHICLE
OFF.
Cargo area:
When the tailgate is open.
■ OFF
The interior lights remain off regardless of
whether the doors or the tailgate are open or
closed.
■
Interior Light Switches
1Interior Light Switches
In the door activated position, the interior lights fade
out and go off about 30 seconds after the doors are
closed.
The lights go off after 30 seconds in the following
situations:
• When you unlock the driver’s door but do not open
it.
• When you set the power mode to VEHICLE OFF but
do not open a door.
You can change the interior light dimming time.
2 Vehicle Customization P. 134
2 Customized Features P. 448
The interior lights go off immediately in the following
situations:
• When you lock the driver’s door.
• When you set the power mode to ON.
• When you close the driver’s door in ACCESSORY
mode.
If you leave any of the doors open in VEHICLE OFF
mode, the interior lights go off after about 15
minutes.
If you leave the tailgate open in VEHICLE OFF mode,
the cargo area light goes off after about 30 minutes.
To avoid draining the battery, do not leave the
interior light on for an extended length of time when
the engine is off.
Models with color audio system
Models with Display Audio
Door
Activated
Position
Off
On
Front
Door Activated Position
Off
On
Cargo Area
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 228 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
229
uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience ItemsuInterior Lights
Controls
■ Front
The map lights can be turned on and off by
pressing the lenses.
■ Second and third row
The map lights can be turned on and off by
pressing the lenses when the front interior
light switch is in the door activated position.
■
Map Lights
1Interior Light Switches
To avoid draining the battery, do not leave the
interior light on for an extended length of time when
the engine is off.
1Map Lights
When the front interior light switch is in the door
activated position and any door is open, the map
light will not go off when you press the lens.
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 229 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
230
uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience ItemsuInterior Convenience Items
Controls
Interior Convenience Items
Pull the handle to open the glove box. You
can lock the glove box with the built-in key.
■
Glove Box
1Glove Box
3
WARNING
An open glove box can cause serious injury
to your passenger in a crash, even if the
passenger is wearing the seat belt.
Always keep the glove box closed while
driving.
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 230 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
231
uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience ItemsuInterior Convenience Items
Continued
Controls
To open the console box, pull the handle and
slide the box forward.
You can create more storage space by
removing the divider.
■
Console Box
*
Handle
Divider
* Not available on all models
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 231 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
232
uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience ItemsuInterior Convenience Items
Controls
To open the console compartment, press the
knob to unlock the lid, and then slide it
rearward.
■
Console Compartment with Lid
*
Knob
* Not available on all models
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 232 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
233
uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience ItemsuInterior Convenience Items
Continued
Controls
Pull the handle to open the center pocket.
■
Center Pocket
*
Handle
* Not available on all models
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 233 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience ItemsuInterior Convenience Items
234
Controls
■ Center console beverage holders
■ Front door beverage holders
■ Second row seat beverage holders
*
To use the beverage holder, fold the backrest.
2 Using the Second Row Seat Armrest
*
P. 227
■
Beverage Holders
1Beverage Holders
NOTICE
Spilled liquids can damage the upholstery, carpeting,
and electrical components in the interior.
Be careful when you are using the beverage holders.
Hot liquid can scald you.
* Not available on all models
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 234 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
235
uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience ItemsuInterior Convenience Items
Continued
Controls
■ Rear door beverage holders
■ Third row seat beverage holders
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 235 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience ItemsuInterior Convenience Items
236
Controls
The accessory power sockets can be used when the power mode is in ACCESSORY
or ON.
■ Accessory power socket (console panel)
Open the cover to use it.
■
Accessory Power Sockets
1Accessory Power Sockets
NOTICE
Do not insert an automotive type cigarette lighter
element. This can overheat the power socket.
The accessory power socket is designed to supply
power for 12 volt DC accessories that are rated 180
watts (15 amps) or less.
To prevent battery drain, use the power socket only
when the engine is running.
Models without center pocket
Models with center pocket
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 236 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
237
uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience ItemsuInterior Convenience Items
Continued
Controls
■ Accessory power socket (third row
seat)
*
Open the cover to use it.
■ Accessory power socket (cargo area)
Open the cover to use it.
* Not available on all models
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 237 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience ItemsuInterior Convenience Items
238
Controls
The AC power outlet can be used when the engine is running.
Open the cover to use it. Plug in the appliance
slightly, turn it 90° clockwise, then push it all
the way.
■
AC Power Outlet
*
1AC Power Outlet
*
NOTICE
Do not use the AC power outlet for electric
appliances that require high initial peak wattage,
such as cathode-ray tube type televisions,
refrigerators, electric pumps, etc. It is not suitable for
devices that process precise data, such as medical
equipment, and that require an extremely stable
power supply, such as microcomputer-controlled
electric blankets, touch sensor lamps, etc.
The AC power outlet is designed to supply power for
up to 115 volt appliances that are rated 150 watts or
less.
Continued use of any electric appliance/device
exceeding these ratings may result in damage to the
appliance/device.
* Not available on all models
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 238 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
Continued
239
uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience ItemsuInterior Convenience Items
Controls
To use the wireless charger, the power mode must be in ACCESSORY or ON.
Charge a compatible device on the area indicated by the and marks as
follows:
1. Place the device you want to charge on the
charging area.
u The system will automatically start
charging the device, and the green
indicator light will come on.
u Make sure that the device is compatible
with the system and placed with the
chargeable side in the center of the
charging area.
2. When charging is completed, the green
indicator light will go off.
u If the device is not located on the charge
area correctly, the green indicator light
will blink.
■
Wireless Charger
*
1Wireless Charger
*
Using the audio/information screen, you can disable
the wireless charger function.
2 Customized Features P. 448
This system consumes a lot of power. Do not use the system
for a long time when the engine is not running. This may
weaken the battery, making it difficult to start the engine.
When using the wireless charger, check the user’s manual
that came with the compatible device you want to charge.
3
CAUTION
Metal objects between the charge pad
and the device to be charged will get
hot and can burn you.
• Always remove foreign objects from
the charge pad before charging the
device.
• Be sure the surface is clear of dust and
other debris before charging.
• Do not spill liquids (i. e. water, drinks,
etc.) on the charger and the device.
• Do not use oil, grease, alcohol,
benzine or thinner for cleaning the
charge pad.
• Do not cover the system with towels,
clothing, or other objects while
charging etc.
• Avoid spraying aerosols which may
come in contact with the charge pad
surface.
Green
Indicator
Charging Area
* Not available on all models
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 239 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience ItemsuInterior Convenience Items
240
Controls
■ When charging does not start
Perform one of the solutions in the following table.
Indicator Cause Solution
Slow Blink
There is an obstacle(s) between
the charging area and the
device.
Remove the
obstacle(s).
The device is not within the
charging area.
Move the device to the
center of the charging
area where and
are located.
Fast Blink The wireless charger is faulty.
Turn the vehicle off
and back on. If the
indicator still blinks,
contact a dealer.
1Wireless Charger
*
NOTICE
Do not place any magnetic recording media or
precision machines within the charging area while
charging.
The data on your cards such as credit cards can be
lost because of the magnetic effect. Also precision
machines such as watches can go wrong.
“Qi” and marks are the registered trademarks
owned by Wireless Power Consortium (WPC).
mark is the registered trademark owned by
Power Matters Alliance (PMA).
In the following cases, charging may stop or not start:
• The device is already fully charged.
• The temperature of the device is extremely high
while charging.
• You are at a place that emits strong
electromagnetic waves or noises, such as a TV
station, electric power plant, or gas station.
A device may not charge if the size or shape of its chargeable
side is not appropriate for use with the charging area.
Not all devices are compatible with the system.
During the charging phase, it is normal for the
charging area and device to heat up.
Charging may be briefly interrupted when:
• All the doors and the tailgate are closed
- to avoid interference with the proper functioning
of the smart entry system.
• The position of the device is altered.
Do not charge more than one device at a time on a
charging area.
* Not available on all models
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 240 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
Continued
241
uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience ItemsuInterior Convenience Items
Controls
There are coat hooks under the grab handles
in the second row, and under the window
frames in the third row. Pull it down to use it.
■
Coat Hooks
1Coat Hooks
The coat hooks are not designed for large or heavy
items.
Second row
Third row
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 241 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience ItemsuInterior Convenience Items
242
Controls
Use the cargo hooks to secure luggage in the
cargo area.
■
Cargo Hooks
■
Grocery Bag Hook
1Grocery Bag Hook
The hook is designed to hold light items. Heavy
objects may damage the hook.
Hook
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 242 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
Continued
243
uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience ItemsuInterior Convenience Items
Controls
To open the sunglasses holder, push and
release the indent. To close, push it again until
it latches.
You can store eyeglasses and other small
items in this holder.
■ Conversation mirror
The sunglasses holder comes with a mirror.
Open the sunglasses holder fully, then push it
back to the first detent. You can use the
mirror to view the rear seats.
■
Sunglasses Holder
1Sunglasses Holder
Keep the holder closed while driving except when
accessing stored items.
Push
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 243 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience ItemsuInterior Convenience Items
244
Controls
The power mode must be in ON to use the
heated steering wheel.
Press the button on the right side of the
steering wheel.
When a comfortable temperature is reached,
press the button again to turn it off.
The heated steering wheel is turned off every
time you start the engine, even if you turned it
on the last time you drove the vehicle.
■
Heated Steering Wheel
*
1Heated Steering Wheel
*
Do not use the heated steering wheel continuously
when the engine is off. Under such conditions, the
battery may be weakened, making the engine
difficult to start.
* Not available on all models
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 244 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
Continued
245
uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience ItemsuInterior Convenience Items
Controls
The power mode must be in ON to use the
seat heaters.
Press the seat heater button:
Once - The HI setting (three indicators on)
Twice - The MID setting (two indicators on)
Three times - The LO setting (one indicator on)
Four times - The OFF setting (no indicators on)
When the power mode is turned on after it is
turned off, the previously selected setting of
seat heaters is maintained.
■
Front Seat Heaters
*
1Front Seat Heaters
*
Do not use the seat heaters even in LO when the
engine is off. Under such conditions, the battery may
be weakened, making the engine difficult to start.
After a certain period of time, the strength setting for
the seat heaters will automatically be reduced by one
level at a time until the seat heater shuts off. The
elapsed time varies according to the interior
environment.
3
WARNING
Heat induced burns are possible when
using seat heaters.
Persons with a diminished ability to sense
temperature (e.g., persons with diabetes,
lower-limb nerve damage, or paralysis) or
with sensitive skin should not use seat
heaters.
* Not available on all models
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 245 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience ItemsuInterior Convenience Items
246
Controls
The power mode must be in ON to use the
seat heaters and ventilation.
Press the seat heater or the seat ventilation
button:
Once - The HI setting (three indicators on)
Twice - The MID setting (two indicators on)
Three times - The LO setting (one indicator on)
Four times - The OFF setting (no indicators on)
When the power mode is turned on after it is
turned off, the previously selected setting of
seat heaters and ventilations is maintained.
■
Front Seat Heaters and Seat Ventilation
*
1Front Seat Heaters and Seat Ventilation
*
Do not use the seat heaters and the seat ventilation
even in LO when the engine is OFF. Under such
conditions, the battery may be weakened, making
the engine difficult to start.
After a certain period of time, the strength setting for
the seat heaters will automatically be reduced by one
level at a time until the seat heater shuts off. The
elapsed time varies according to the interior
environment.
3
WARNING
Heat induced burns are possible when
using seat heaters.
Persons with a diminished ability to sense
temperature (e.g., persons with diabetes,
lower-limb nerve damage, or paralysis) or
with sensitive skin should not use seat
heaters.
* Not available on all models
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 246 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
Continued
247
uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience ItemsuInterior Convenience Items
Controls
■ Second row sunshades
Pull the tab and roll up the sunshade all the
way. Use the hooks to hang it.
■ Third row sunshades
Pull the tab and roll up the sunshade all the
way. Attach the tab to the anchor.
■
Integrated Sunshades
*
1Integrated Sunshades
*
Use the sunshades only when the windows are fully
closed. If a window is open while a shade is being
used, the shade can blow off and unhook, hitting
and hurting anyone sitting near the window.
Second row
Hooks
Tab
Third row
Anchor
Tab
* Not available on all models
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 247 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience ItemsuInterior Convenience Items
248
Controls
An in-car vacuum system used for cleaning the inside of your vehicle. The vacuum
can be operated with the engine running or for up to eight minutes without the
engine running.
■
HondaVAC
TM
*
1HondaVAC
TM
*
NOTICE
The vacuum is intended for dry use only.
Water and other liquids can damage the vacuum.
3
WARNING
• Engine exhaust contains toxic carbon
monoxide that builds up rapidly in
enclosed areas.
Breathing it can cause unconsciousness
and even kill you.
If running the engine to power the
vacuum, park the vehicle outdoors and
lower all windows to ensure adequate
ventilation.
• Do not vacuum flammable liquids or in an
area with flammable vapors.
A fire or explosion could result, causing
death or serious injury.
Open the
upper lid and
pull out the
hose.
Install a desired attachment.
(Power)
Button
PWR SAVE
Indicator
* Not available on all models
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 248 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
Continued
249
uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience ItemsuInterior Convenience Items
Controls
■ To operate:
1. Set the parking brake.
2. Set the power mode to ACCESSORY.
2. Start the engine.
3. Press the button to turn on the system.
1To operate:
The vacuum automatically shuts off and the PWR
SAVE indicator comes on if the system detects that
running the vacuum is over discharging the battery.
After seven minutes of operation:
The beeper sounds intermittently.
When eight minutes elapse:
The beeper sounds once and the PWR SAVE
indicator comes on. The vacuum automatically shuts
off.
To continue vacuuming, start the engine.
Operate the engine only when there is sufficient
ventilation.
Without engine running
With engine running
Without engine running
With engine running
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 249 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
uuInterior Lights/Interior Convenience ItemsuInterior Convenience Items
250
Controls
■ To empty the canister or change the debris bag
1. Remove the lower vacuum lid.
2. Push the lever in.
3. Pull the canister down, then slide out from the track.
4. Push the three lid tabs outward and remove
the canister lid.
u The debris bag and canister can be
accessed.
To reinstall the empty canister:
After sliding the canister into the track, push the lever in to lift the canister up.
Release the lever to lock the canister in position.
u The orange unlocked decal should not be visible.
1To empty the canister or change the debris bag
Both the debris bag and the filter are replaceable.
Contact a dealer for component replacement
information.
The vacuum can be used with or without the bag.
If you find the vacuum performance poor or there is
no suction:
• Check if the canister is locked in position.
• Check if the hose is attached to the vacuum.
• Empty the canister or change the bag.
• Clean or replace the filter.
• Check the hose for clogs or damage.
Lower Vacuum Lid
Lever
Canister
Canister Lid
Three Lid Tabs
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 250 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
251
Continued
Controls
Climate Control System
Using Automatic Climate Control
The automatic climate control system maintains the interior temperature you select.
The system also selects the proper mix of heated or cooled air that raises or lowers
the interior temperature to your preference as quickly as possible.
Use the system when the engine is running.
1. Press the AUTO button.
2. Adjust the interior temperature using the temperature control switch.
3. Press the button to cancel.
■ Switching between the recirculation and fresh air modes
Press the button and switch the mode depending on environmental
conditions.
Recirculation Mode (indicator on): Recirculates air from the vehicle’s interior through
the system.
Fresh Air Mode (indicator off): Maintains outside ventilation. Keep the system in
fresh air mode in normal situations.
Dual-zone climate control system
1Using Automatic Climate Control
During idle-stops, air-conditioning is suspended, and
only the blower remains active. If you do not want
air-conditioning suspended, press Auto Idle Stop OFF
button to cancel idle-stop.
If any buttons are pressed while using the climate
control system in auto, the function of the button
that was pressed will take priority.
The AUTO indicator will go off, but functions
unrelated to the button that was pressed will be
controlled automatically.
To prevent cold air from blowing in from outside, the
fan may not start immediately when the AUTO
button is pressed.
If the interior is very warm, you can cool it down
more rapidly by partially opening the windows,
turning the system on auto, and setting the
temperature to low. Change the fresh air mode to
recirculation mode until the temperature cools down.
When you set the temperature to the lower or upper
limit, Lo or Hi is displayed.
Pressing the button switches the climate
control system between on and off. When turned on,
the system returns to your last selection.
While ECON mode is active, the climate control
system may have reduced cooling performance.
Dashboard
vents
Dashboard
and floor
vents
Floor ventsFloor and
defroster
vents
AUTO Button
Temperature
Control Switch
A/C (Air Conditioning) Button
Fan Control
Switch
(Recirculation)
Button
(On/Off)
Button
SYNC
(Synchronized)
Button
(Windshield Defroster) Button
MODE Button
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 251 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
uuClimate Control SystemuUsing Automatic Climate Control
252
Controls
Pressing the button turns the air
conditioner system on and automatically
switches the system to fresh air mode.
■ To rapidly defrost the windows
1. Press the button.
2. Press the button.
■
Defrosting the Windshield and Windows
1Defrosting the Windshield and Windows
For your safety, make sure you have a clear view
through all the windows before driving.
Do not set the temperature near the upper or lower
limit.
When cold air hits the windshield, the outside of the
windshield may fog up.
If the side windows fog up, adjust the vents so that
the air hits the side windows.
If you press the button during Auto Idle Stop, the
engine restarts automatically.
1To rapidly defrost the windows
After defrosting the windows, switch over to fresh air
mode.
If you keep the system in recirculation mode, the
windows may fog up from humidity. This impedes
visibility.
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 252 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
253
uuClimate Control SystemuUsing Automatic Climate Control
Controls
You can set the temperature synchronously for the front compartment and the rear
passenger compartment in synchronization mode.
1. Press the SYNC button.
u The system switches to synchronization mode.
2. Adjust the temperature using the temperature control switch.
Press the SYNC button to return to dual mode.
■
Synchronization Mode
1Synchronization Mode
When the system is not in synchronization mode, the
temperature for the front compartment and rear
passenger compartment can be set separately.
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 253 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
254
uuClimate Control SystemuRear Climate Control System
Controls
Rear Climate Control System
Use the system when the engine is running.
1. Press the REAR button.
2. Press the REAR SETTINGS button.
u The system switches to the rear control mode for 10 seconds. The REAR
indicator appears on the display.
3. Press the AUTO button.
u The rear system changes to AUTO mode.
u The system automatically adjusts the fan speed and airflow levels to maintain
the set rear temperature. Change the temperature if necessary.
u To turn off the rear climate control system, press the REAR button.
■
Using the Rear Climate Control System
Dual-zone climate control system
REAR SETTINGS
Button
REAR (On/Off)
Button
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 254 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
255
uuClimate Control SystemuAutomatic Climate Control Sensors
Controls
Automatic Climate Control Sensors
The automatic climate control system is
equipped with sensors. Do not cover or spill
any liquid on them.
Dual-zone climate control system
Sensor
Sensor
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 255 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
256
Controls
Climate Control System
Using Automatic Climate Control
The automatic climate control system maintains the interior temperature you select.
The system also selects the proper mix of heated or cooled air that raises or lowers
the interior temperature to your preference as quickly as possible.
Tri-zone climate control system
1Using Automatic Climate Control
Press the FRONT CLIMATE button to display A/C,
MODE, fan control information on the audio/
information screen for several seconds. Select icon to
turn on or off A/C, change the vent mode, or change
the fan speed.
During idle-stops, air-conditioning is suspended, and
only the blower remains active. If you do not want
air-conditioning suspended, press Auto Idle Stop OFF
button to cancel idle-stop.
If any buttons are pressed while using the climate
control system in auto, the function of the button
that was pressed will take priority.
The AUTO indicator will go off, but functions
unrelated to the button that were pressed will be
controlled automatically.
To prevent cold air from blowing in from outside, the
fan may not start immediately when the AUTO
button is pressed.
If the interior is very warm, you can cool it down
more rapidly by partially opening the windows,
turning the system on AUTO, and setting the
temperature to low. Change the fresh mode to
recirculation mode until the temperature cools down.
When you set the temperature to the lower or upper
limit, Lo or Hi is displayed.
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 256 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
Continued
257
uuClimate Control SystemuUsing Automatic Climate Control
Controls
Use the system when the engine is running.
1. Press the AUTO button.
2. Adjust the interior temperature using the driver’s side or passenger’s side control
switch.
3. Press the button to cancel.
1Using Automatic Climate Control
Pressing the button switches the climate control
system between on and off. When turned on, the
system returns to your last selection.
While ECON mode is active, the climate control
system may have reduced cooling performance.
Mode Control Icon
(Air flows from
dashboard vents)
Mode Control Icon
(Air flows from
floor vents)
Mode Control Icon
(Air flows from
floor and
windshield
defroster vents)
Fan Control Icon
Mode Control Icon (Air flows from
floor and dashboard vents)
A/C (Air Conditioning)
Icon
(On/Off) Button
(Recirculation) Button
SYNC (Synchronized) Button
FRONT
CLIMATE
Button
Driver’s Side
Temperature
Control switch
Fan Control Button
Passenger’s
Side
Temperature
Control
switch
AUTO Button
(Windshield Defroster)
Button
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 257 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
uuClimate Control SystemuUsing Automatic Climate Control
258
Controls
■ Switching between the recirculation and fresh air modes
Press the button and switch the mode depending on environmental
conditions.
Recirculation Mode (indicator on): Recirculates air from the vehicle’s interior through
the system.
Fresh Air Mode (indicator off): Maintains outside ventilation. Keep the system in
fresh air mode in normal situations.
Pressing the button turns the air
conditioner system on and automatically
switches the system to fresh air mode.
■ To rapidly defrost the windows
1. Press the button.
2. Press the button.
■
Defrosting the Windshield and Windows
1Defrosting the Windshield and Windows
For your safety, make sure you have a clear view
through all the windows before driving.
Do not set the temperature near the upper or lower
limit.
When cold air hits the windshield, the outside of the
windshield may fog up.
If the side windows fog up, adjust the vents so that
the air hits the side windows.
If you press the button during Auto Idle Stop, the
engine restarts automatically.
1To rapidly defrost the windows
After defrosting the windows, switch over to fresh air
mode.
If you keep the system in recirculation mode, the
windows may fog up from humidity. This impedes
visibility.
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 258 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
259
uuClimate Control SystemuUsing Automatic Climate Control
Controls
You can set the temperature synchronously for the driver side, the passenger side
and the rear passenger compartment in synchronization mode.
1. Press the SYNC button.
u The system switches to synchronization mode.
2. Adjust the temperature using the driver’s side temperature control switch.
Press the SYNC button to return to tri-zone mode.
■
Synchronization Mode
1Synchronization Mode
When the system is not in synchronization mode, the
temperature for the driver side, passenger side, and
rear passenger compartment can be set separately.
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 259 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
260
uuClimate Control SystemuRear Climate Control System
Controls
Rear Climate Control System
Use the system when the engine is running.
1. Press the REAR CLIMATE button.
2. Press the REAR CLIMATE button to display AUTO, MODE, temperature control,
and fan control information on the audio/information screen for several seconds.
3. Select the AUTO icon.
u The rear system changes to AUTO mode.
u The system automatically adjusts the fan speed and airflow levels to maintain
the set rear temperature. Change the temperature if necessary.
u To turn off the rear climate control system, select the ON/OFF icon.
■
Using the Rear Climate Control System From the Front Panel
Tri-zone climate control system
1Rear Climate Control System
LOCK appears on the rear control panel while the
rear lock is on.
If the rear lock is on while in SYNC mode, the rear
control panel is disabled. LOCK SYNC appears on the
rear control panel.
1Using the Rear Climate Control System From the Front Panel
Select the LOCK icon to turn the rear lock mode on
and off.
While the rear lock mode is on, the rear control panel
is disabled.
uThe color of LOCK icon on the audio/information
screen changes from grey to blue.
LOCK Icon
REAR CLIMATE
Button
Rear AUTO Icon
Rear Fan Control
Icon
Mode Control Icon
(Rear floor vents)
Mode Control Icon
(Rear ceiling vents and
floor vents)
Mode Control Icon
(Rear ceiling vents)
ON/OFF Icon
Rear
Temperature
Control Icon
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 260 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
261
uuClimate Control SystemuRear Climate Control System
Controls
Use the system when the engine is running.
1. Press the AUTO button.
2. Adjust the interior temperature using the rear temperature control bar.
3. To turn off the rear climate control system, press button.
■
Using the Rear Climate Control System From the Rear Panel
1Using the Rear Climate Control System From the Rear Panel
When the rear lock mode is off, the temperature of
the rear passenger compartment can be controlled
independently.
Rear ceiling
vents
Rear floor
vents
Rear ceiling vents
and floor vents
(Rear Fan
Control) Bar
Rear Temperature
Control Bar
(On/Off) Button
Rear MODE Button
Rear AUTO Button
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 261 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
262
uuClimate Control SystemuAutomatic Climate Control Sensors
Controls
Automatic Climate Control Sensors
The automatic climate control system is
equipped with sensors. Do not cover or spill
any liquid on them.
Tri-zone climate control system
Sensor
Sensor
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 262 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
263
Features
This chapter describes how to operate technology features.
Audio System
About Your Audio System................ 264
USB Ports......................................... 265
Auxiliary Input Jack .......................... 266
Audio System Theft Protection ......... 267
Audio Remote Controls.................... 268
Audio System Basic Operation ........ 271
Audio/Information Screen ................ 272
Adjusting the Sound ........................ 276
Display Setup ................................... 277
Playing AM/FM Radio ....................... 278
Playing an iPod ................................ 280
Playing a USB Flash Drive ................. 283
Playing Bluetooth® Audio................. 286
Models with color audio system
Audio System Basic Operation ........ 289
Audio/Information Screen ................ 290
System Updates ............................... 304
File Manager.................................... 310
Adjusting the Sound ........................ 316
Display Setup ................................... 317
Voice Control Operation .................. 319
Playing AM/FM Radio....................... 322
Playing SiriusXM® Radio
*
................. 326
Playing a CD
*
.................................. 336
Playing an iPod ................................ 339
Playing a USB Flash Drive ................. 342
Playing My Honda Music.................. 345
Playing Bluetooth® Audio................. 349
Models with Display Audio
Playing Social Playlist........................ 351
HondaLink® ..................................... 353
Wi-Fi Connection............................. 358
Near Field Communication (NFC)
*
... 360
Siri Eyes Free.................................... 363
Apple CarPlay .................................. 364
Android Auto .................................. 367
Audio Error Messages ...................... 371
General Information on the Audio System
.. 376
Blu-ray/DVD Rear Entertainment System
*
... 400
Customized Features........................ 448
HomeLink® Universal Transceiver
*
.. 473
Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink®..... 476, 501
CabinWatch
TM*
.................................. 526
CabinTalk
TM*
...................................... 527
* Not available on all models
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 263 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
264
Features
Audio System
About Your Audio System
The audio system features AM/FM radio and SiriusXM® Radio
*
service. It can also
play audio CDs
*
, WMA/MP3/AAC files
*
, USB flash drives, and iPod, iPhone, iPad
*
and Bluetooth® devices.
You can operate the audio system from the buttons
*
and knobs on the panel, the
remote controls on the steering wheel, or the icons on the touchscreen interface
*
.
1About Your Audio System
iPod, iPad, iPhone and iTunes are trademarks of
Apple Inc.
State or local laws may prohibit the operation of
handheld electronic devices while operating a
vehicle.
Video CDs, DVDs
*1
, Blu-ray Discs
*1
, and 3-inch (8-cm)
mini CDs are not supported.
*1: Models with CD player
SiriusXM® Radio
*
is available on a subscription basis
only. For more information on SiriusXM® Radio
*
,
contact a dealer.
2 General Information on the Audio System
P. 376
SiriusXM® Radio
*
is available in the United States and
Canada, except Hawaii, Alaska, and Puerto Rico.
SiriusXM®
*
is a registered trademark of SiriusXM
Radio
*
, Inc.
After you set the power mode to VEHICLE OFF, you
can use the audio system for up to 30 minutes per
driving cycle, or until opening the driver’s door.
However, whether you can continue using the audio
system depends on the battery condition. Repeatedly
using this feature may drain the battery.
Models with Blu-ray
TM
or CD player
Models with Display Audio
Remote Controls
iPod
USB Flash Drive
*1: Models with color audio system
*2: Models with Display Audio
*1
*2
* Not available on all models
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 264 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
265
uuAudio SystemuUSB Ports
Continued
Features
USB Ports
Install the iPod USB connector or the USB flash drive to the USB port.
■ In the console compartment
The USB port (1.0A) on the right side is for
playing audio files on a USB flash drive,
connecting a cell phone, and charging
devices.
The USB port (2.5A) on the left side is only for
charging devices.
The USB port (2.5A) on the right side is for
charging devices, playing audio files and
connecting compatible phones with Apple
CarPlay or Android Auto.
u To prevent any potential issues, be sure
to use an Apple MFi Certified Lightning
Connector for Apple CarPlay, and for
Android Auto, the USB cables should be
certified by USB-IF to be compliant with
USB 2.0 Standard.
The USB port (2.5A) on the left side is only for
charging devices.
1USB Ports
• Do not leave the iPod or USB flash drive in the
vehicle. Direct sunlight and high temperatures may
damage it.
• We recommend using an extension cable with the
USB port.
• Do not connect the iPod or USB flash drive using a
hub.
• Do not use a device such as a card reader or hard
disk drive, as the device or your files may be
damaged.
• We recommend keeping your data backed up
before using the device in your vehicle.
• Displayed messages may vary depending on the
device model and software version.
If the audio system does not recognize the iPod, try
reconnecting it a few times or reboot the device. To
reboot, follow the manufacturer’s instructions
provided with the iPod or visit www.apple.com/ipod.
The USB port can supply up to 1.0A/2.5A of power. It
does not output 1.0A/2.5A unless the device
requests.
For amperage details, read the operating manual of
the device that needs to be charged.
Set the power mode to ACCESSORY or ON first.
Under certain conditions, a device connected to the
port may generate noise in the radio you are listening
to.
USB charge
Models
with color
audio
system
Models
with
Display
Audio
Models with color audio system
Models with Display Audio
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 265 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
uuAudio SystemuAuxiliary Input Jack
266
Features
■ On the back of the console
compartment
*
The USB ports (2.5A) are only for charging
devices.
Auxiliary Input Jack
Use the jack to connect standard audio
devices.
1. Open the AUX cover.
2. Connect a standard audio device to the
input jack using a 1/8 inch (3.5 mm) stereo
miniplug.
u The audio system automatically switches
to the AUX mode.
1Auxiliary Input Jack
You can return to AUX mode by pressing the MEDIA
button.
You can return to AUX mode by selecting the audio
source icon on the audio/information screen.
You cannot use the auxiliary input jack if you replace
the audio system.
Models with color audio system
Models with Display Audio
* Not available on all models
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 266 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
267
uuAudio SystemuAudio System Theft Protection
Features
Audio System Theft Protection
The audio system is disabled when it is disconnected from the power source, such as
when the battery is disconnected or goes dead. In certain conditions, the system
may display a code entry screen. If this occurs, reactivate the audio system.
■ Reactivating the audio system
1. Set the power mode to ON.
2. Turn on the audio system.
3. Press and hold the audio system power knob for more than two seconds.
u The audio system is reactivated when the audio control unit establishes a
connection with the vehicle control unit. If the control unit fails to recognize
the audio unit, you must go to a dealer and have the audio unit checked.
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 267 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
268
uuAudio SystemuAudio Remote Controls
Features
Audio Remote Controls
Allow you to operate the audio system while driving.
SOURCE Button
Cycles through the audio modes as follows:
FM1FM2AMUSB/iPodBluetooth®
AudioAUX
(+/(- (Volume) Bar
Press
(+: To increase the volume.
Press (-: To decrease the volume.
/ Buttons
• When listening to the radio
Press : To select the next preset radio station.
Press : To select the previous preset radio station.
Press and hold : To select the next strong station.
Press and hold : To select the previous strong station.
• When listening to an iPod, USB flash drive, or Bluetooth® Audio
Press : To skip to the next song.
Press : To go back to the beginning of the current or previous song.
• When listening to a USB flash drive, or Bluetooth® Audio
Press and hold : To skip to the next folder.
Press and hold : To go back to the previous folder.
1Audio Remote Controls
Some modes appear only when an appropriate
device or medium is used.
Depending on the Bluetooth® device you connect,
some functions may not be operated.
Models with color audio system
/
Buttons
SOURCE Button
(+/(-
Bar
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 268 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
Continued
269
uuAudio SystemuAudio Remote Controls
Features
Allow you to operate the audio system while driving. The information is shown on
the driver information interface.
(+/(- (Volume) Bar
Press (+: To increase the volume.
Press
(-: To decrease the volume.
1Audio Remote Controls
Some modes appear only when an appropriate
device or medium is used.
Depending on the Bluetooth® device you connect,
some functions may not be operated.
Press the (back) button to go back to the
previous screen or cancel a command.
Press the (home) button to go back to the home
screen of the driver information interface.
You can show or hide the audio mode icons, or
change the order of the icons.
2 Show/Hide Apps P. 131
2 Arrange Apps P. 132
Models with Display Audio
ENTER Button
(+/(-
Bar
// /
Buttons
3
4
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 269 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
270
uuAudio SystemuAudio Remote Controls
Features
/ / / /ENTER Buttons
• When selecting the audio mode
Press or to select Now Playing on the home screen of the driver
information interface, and then press the ENTER button.
Press or : To cycles through the audio modes as follows:
Android Auto/Apple CarPlaySiriusXM®
*
Rear Entertainment
*
AUX
InputAMBluetooth® AudioSocial PlaylistFMMy Honda MusicUSB/
iPodCD
*
• When listening to the radio
Press : To select the next preset radio station.
Press : To select the previous preset radio station.
• When listening to a CD
*
, iPod, USB flash drive, My Honda Music, or Bluetooth®
Audio
Press : To skip to the next song.
Press : To go back to the beginning of the current or previous song.
3
4
3
4
3
4
* Not available on all models
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 270 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
271
Features
Audio System Basic Operation
To use the audio system, the power mode must be in ACCESSORY or ON.
Use the selector knob or MENU/CLOCK
button to access some audio functions.
Selector knob: Rotate left or right to scroll
through the available choices. Press to set
your selection.
MENU/CLOCK button: Press to select any
mode.
The available modes include the wallpaper,
display, clock, language setup, and play
modes. Play modes can be also selected from
scan, random, repeat, and so on.
(Back) button: Press to go back to the previous display.
(Sound) button: Press to select the sound setting mode.
(Day/Night) button: Press to change the audio/information screen brightness.
Press , then adjust the brightness using .
u Each time you press , the mode switches between the daytime mode,
nighttime mode and off mode.
Models with color audio system
1Audio System Basic Operation
These indications are used to show how to operate
the selector knob.
Rotate to select.
Press to enter.
Menu Items
2 Adjusting the Clock P. 144
2 Wallpaper Setup P. 274
2 Display Setup P. 277
2 Scan P. 279, 285
2 Play Mode P. 282, 285
2 RDS Settings P. 279
2 Bluetooth P. 286
One of the operating systems used in this unit is
eCos.
For software license terms and condition, visit their
website (eCos license URL:
http://ecos.sourceware.org/license-overview.html)
For source code disclosure and other details
regarding eCos, visit:
http://www.hondaopensource2.com
Press the SOURCE,
(+, (-, or button on
the steering wheel to change any audio setting.
2 Audio Remote Controls P. 268
(Back)
Button
Selector
Knob
MENU/
CLOCK
Button
(Day/Night)
Button
(Sound)
Button
Menu Display
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 271 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
272
uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen
Features
Audio/Information Screen
Displays the audio status and wallpaper. From this screen, you can go to various
setup options.
■
Switching the Display
Audio/Information Screen
Audio
Clock/Wallpaper
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 272 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
273
uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen
Continued
Features
■ Audio
Shows the current audio information.
■ Clock/Wallpaper
Shows a clock screen or an image you import.
■ Change display
1. Press the MENU/CLOCK button.
2. Rotate to select Settings, then press .
3. Rotate to select Display Change, then press .
4. Rotate to select Wallpaper, then press .
u If you want to return to the audio/information screen, select Audio.
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 273 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen
274
Features
You can change, store, and delete the wallpaper on the audio/information screen.
■ Import wallpaper
You can import up to three images, one at a
time, for wallpaper from a USB flash drive.
1. Connect the USB flash drive to the USB
port.
2 USB Ports P. 265
2. Press the MENU/CLOCK button.
3. Rotate to select Settings, then press
.
4. Rotate to select Wallpaper, then press
.
5. Rotate to select Import, then press .
u The picture name is displayed on the list.
6. Rotate to select a desired picture, then
press .
u The selected picture is displayed.
7. Press to save the picture.
8. Press to select OK.
9. Rotate to select a location to save the
picture, then press .
u The display will return to the wallpaper
setting screen.
■
Wallpaper Setup
1Wallpaper Setup
• When importing wallpaper files, the image must be
in the USB flash drive’s root directory. Images in a
folder cannot be imported.
• The file name must be fewer than 64 characters.
• The file format of the image that can be imported
is BMP (bmp) or JPEG (jpg).
• The individual file size limit is 2 MB.
• The maximum image size is 1,920 x 936 pixels. If
the image size is less than 480 × 234 pixels, the
image is displayed in the middle of the screen with
the extra area appearing in black.
• Up to 255 files can be selected.
• If the USB flash drive does not have any pictures,
the No compatible images were found. See
Owner’s Manual. message appears.
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 274 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
275
uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen
Features
■ Select wallpaper
1. Press the MENU/CLOCK button.
2. Rotate to select Settings, then press .
3. Rotate to select Wallpaper, then press .
4. Rotate to select Select, then press .
u The screen changes to the wallpaper list.
5. Rotate to select a desired wallpaper, then press .
■ To view wallpaper once it is set
1. Press the MENU/CLOCK button.
2. Rotate to select Settings, then press .
3. Rotate to select Display Change, then press .
4. Rotate to select Wallpaper, then press .
■ Delete wallpaper
1. Press the MENU/CLOCK button.
2. Rotate to select Settings, then press .
3. Rotate to select Wallpaper, then press .
4. Rotate to select Delete, then press .
u The screen changes to the wallpaper list.
5. Rotate to select a wallpaper that you want to delete, then press .
6. Rotate to select Yes, then press .
u The display will return to the wallpaper setting screen.
1Wallpaper Setup
To go back to the previous screen, press the
(back) button.
When the file size is large, it takes a while to be
previewed.
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 275 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
276
uuAudio System Basic OperationuAdjusting the Sound
Features
Adjusting the Sound
Press the (sound) button, and rotate
to scroll through the following choices:
Rotate to adjust the sound setting, then
press .
1Adjusting the Sound
The SVC has four modes: Off, Low, Mid, and High.
SVC adjusts the volume level based on the vehicle
speed. As you go faster, audio volume increases. As
you slow down, audio volume decreases.
Selector Knob
(Sound) Button
TRE is selectable.
BAS
TRE
FAD
BAL
SVC
Bass
Treble
Fader
Balance
Speed-sensitive
Volume Compensation
SUBW
Subwoofer
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 276 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
277
uuAudio System Basic OperationuDisplay Setup
Features
Display Setup
You can change the brightness or color theme of the audio/information screen.
1. Press the MENU/CLOCK button.
2. Rotate to select Settings, then press
.
3. Rotate to select Display Adjustment,
then press .
4. Rotate to select Brightness, then press
.
5. Rotate to adjust the setting, then press
.
1. Press the MENU/CLOCK button.
2. Rotate to select Settings, then press
.
3. Rotate to select Color Theme, then
press .
4. Rotate to select the setting you want,
then press .
■
Changing the Screen Brightness
1Changing the Screen Brightness
You can change the Contrast and Black Level
settings in the same manner.
■
Changing the Screen’s Color Theme
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 277 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
278
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying AM/FM Radio
Features
Playing AM/FM Radio
RADIO Button
Press to select a band.
(Back) Button
Press to go back to the previous
display or cancel a setting.
/ (Seek/Skip) Buttons
Press or to search up and down the
selected band for a station with a strong
signal.
VOL/ (Volume/Power) Knob
Press to turn the audio system
on and off.
Turn to adjust the volume.
Preset Buttons (1-6)
To store a station:
1. Tune to the selected station.
2. Pick a preset button and hold it until you hear a beep.
To listen to a stored station, select a band, then press the preset button.
Selector Knob
Turn to tune the radio frequency.
Press and then turn to select an
item. After that, press again to
make your selection.
MENU/CLOCK Button
Press to display the menu items.
Audio/Information Screen
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 278 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
279
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying AM/FM Radio
Features
Provides text data information related to your selected RDS capable FM station.
■ To find an RDS station from Station List
1. Press while listening to an FM station.
2. Rotate to select the station, then press .
■ Update List
Updates your available station list at any time.
1. Press while listening to an FM station.
2. Rotate to select Update List, then press .
■ Radio text
Displays the radio text information of the selected RDS station.
1. Press the MENU/CLOCK button.
2. Rotate to select Settings, then press .
3. Rotate to select RDS Settings, then press .
4. Rotate to select Radio Text, then press .
■ Scan
Samples each of the strongest stations on the selected band for 10 seconds.
1. Press the MENU/CLOCK button.
2. Rotate to select Scan, then press .
To turn off scan, press .
■
Radio Data System (RDS)
1Playing AM/FM Radio
The ST indicator appears on the display indicating
stereo FM broadcasts.
Stereo reproduction in AM is not available.
You can store 6 AM stations and 12 FM stations into
reset button memory. FM1 and FM2 let you store 6
stations each.
Switching the Audio Mode
Press the SOURCE button on the steering wheel.
2 Audio Remote Controls P. 268
1Radio Data System (RDS)
When you select an RDS-capable FM station, the RDS
automatically turns on, and the frequency display
changes to the station name. However, when the
signals of that station become weak, the display
changes from the station name to the frequency.
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 279 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
280
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying an iPod
Features
Playing an iPod
Connect the iPod using your USB connector to the USB port, then press the MEDIA
button.
2 USB Ports P. 265
USB Indicator
Appears when an iPod is connected.
MEDIA Button
Press to select iPod (if connected).
(Back) Button
Press to go back to the previous
display or cancel a setting.
/ (Seek/Skip) Buttons
Press or to change songs.
Press and hold to move rapidly within a song.
VOL/ (Volume/Power) Knob
Press to turn the audio system on and off.
Turn to adjust the volume.
Selector Knob
Turn to change songs.
Press and turn to select an item,
then press to set your selection.
MENU/CLOCK Button
Press to display the menu items.
Audio/Information Screen
Album Art
Play Mode Buttons
Press to select a play mode.
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 280 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
Continued
281
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying an iPod
Features
1. Press to display the iPod music list.
2. Rotate to select a category.
3. Press to display a list of items in the
category.
4. Rotate to select an item, then press .
u Press and rotate repeatedly until a
desired item you want to listen to is
displayed.
■
How to Select a Song from the iPod Music List with the
Selector Knob
1Playing an iPod
Available operating functions vary on models or
versions. Some functions may not be available on the
vehicle’s audio system.
If there is a problem, you may see an error message
on the audio/information screen.
2 iPod/USB Flash Drive P. 373
Item
Selection
Category
Selection
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 281 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying an iPod
282
Features
You can select repeat and shuffle modes when playing a song.
Available mode icons appear above the play
mode buttons.
Press the button corresponding to the mode
you want to select.
■ To turn off a play mode
Press the selected button.
■
How to Select a Play Mode
1How to Select a Play Mode
Play Mode Menu Items
Shuffle Albums: Plays all available albums in
a selected category (playlists, artists, albums, songs,
genres, or composers) in random order.
Shuffle: Plays all available songs in a selected
category (playlists, artists, albums, songs, genres, or
composers) in random order.
Repeat One Track: Repeats the current song.
You can also select a play mode by pressing the
MENU/CLOCK button.
Rotate to select Play Mode, then press .
Rotate to select a mode, then press .
To turn it off, rotate to select Normal Play, then
press .
Play Mode Buttons
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 282 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
283
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying a USB Flash Drive
Continued
Features
Playing a USB Flash Drive
Your audio system reads and plays audio files on a USB flash drive in either MP3,
WMA or AAC
*1
format.
Connect your USB flash drive to the USB port, then press the MEDIA button.
2 USB Ports P. 265
*1:Only AAC format files recorded with iTunes are playable on this unit.
USB Indicator
Appears when a USB flash drive
is connected.
MEDIA Button
Press to select USB flash drive
(if connected).
(Back) Button
Press to go back to the previous
display.
/ (Seek/Skip) Buttons
Press or to change tracks.
Press and hold to move rapidly within a track.
VOL/ (Volume/Power) Knob
Press to turn the audio system on and off.
Turn to adjust the volume.
Selector Knob
Turn to change folders.
Press and turn to select an item,
then press to set your selection.
MENU/CLOCK Button
Press to display the menu items.
Audio/Information Screen
Play Mode Buttons (1-6)
Press to select a play mode.
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 283 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying a USB Flash Drive
284
Features
1. Press to display a folder list.
2. Rotate to select a folder.
3. Press to display a list of tracks in that
folder.
4. Rotate to select a track, then press .
■
How to Select a File from a Folder with the Selector Knob
1Playing a USB Flash Drive
Use the recommended USB flash drives.
2 General Information on the Audio System
P. 376
Files in WMA format protected by digital rights
management (DRM) are not played.
The audio system displays Unplayable File, and then
skips to the next file.
If there is a problem, you may see an error message
on the audio/information screen.
2 iPod/USB Flash Drive P. 373
Track
Selection
Folder
Selection
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 284 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
285
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying a USB Flash Drive
Features
You can select repeat, random, and scan modes when playing a file.
Available mode icons appear above the play
mode buttons.
Press the button corresponding to the mode
you want to select.
■ To turn off a play mode
Press the selected button.
■
How to Select a Play Mode
1How to Select a Play Mode
Play Mode Menu Items
Repeat
Repeat One Folder: Repeats all files in the
current folder.
Repeat One Track: Repeats the current file.
Random
Random in Folder: Plays all files in the
current folder in random order.
Random All: Plays all files in random order.
Scan
Scan Folders: Provides 10-second sampling
of the first file in each of the main folders.
Scan Tracks: Provides 10-second sampling of
all files in the current folder.
You can also select a play mode by pressing the
MENU/CLOCK button.
Rotate to select Play Mode, then press .
Rotate to select a mode, then press .
To turn it off, rotate to select Normal Play, then
press .
Play Mode Buttons
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 285 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
286
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying Bluetooth® Audio
Features
Playing Bluetooth® Audio
Your audio system allows you to listen to music from your Bluetooth-compatible
phone.
This function is available when the phone is paired and connected to the vehicle’s
Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink® (HFL) system.
2 Phone Setup P. 482
1Playing Bluetooth® Audio
Not all Bluetooth-enabled phones with streaming
audio capabilities are compatible with the system.
For a list of compatible phones:
• U.S.: Visit automobiles.honda.com/handsfreelink/,
or call 1-888-528-7876.
• Canada: For more information on smartphone
compatibility, call 1-888-528-7876.
In some states, it may be illegal to perform some data
device functions while driving.
Only one phone can be used with HFL at a time.
When there are more than two paired phones in the
vehicle, the first paired phone the system finds is
automatically connected.
If more than one phone is paired to the HFL system,
there may be a delay before the system begins to
play.
In some cases, the name of the artist, album, or track
may not appear correctly.
Some functions may not be available on some
devices.
MEDIA
Button
Press to select
the Bluetooth
Audio mode
(if
connected).
VOL/
(Volume/
Power) Knob
Press to turn
the audio
system on and
off.
Turn to adjust
the volume.
MENU/CLOCK
Button
Press to display
the menu items.
Audio/Information Screen
Bluetooth Indicator
Appears when your phone is connected to HFL.
/ (Seek/Skip) Buttons
Press or to change files.
Play Button (Preset 1)
Press to resume playing a file.
Pause Button (Preset 2)
Press to pause playing a file.
Selector Knob
Turn to change
groups.
Press to display
a music search
list. Turn to
select an item,
then press to
set your
selection.
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 286 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
Continued
287
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying Bluetooth® Audio
Features
1. Make sure that your phone is paired and
connected to HFL.
2. Press the MEDIA button until the
Bluetooth® Audio mode is selected.
If the phone is not recognized, another HFL-
compatible phone, which is not compatible
for Bluetooth® Audio, may already be
connected.
■ To pause or resume a file
Press the play or pause button to select a mode.
■
To Play Bluetooth® Audio Files
1To Play Bluetooth® Audio Files
To play the audio files, you may need to operate your
phone. If so, follow the phone maker’s operating
instructions.
The pause function may not be available on some
phones.
If any audio device is connected to the auxiliary input
jack or USB port, you may need to press the MEDIA
button repeatedly to select the Bluetooth® Audio
system.
Switching to another mode pauses the music playing
from your phone.
Play Button
Pause Button
MEDIA Button
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 287 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying Bluetooth® Audio
288
Features
1. Press to display the music search list.
2. Rotate to select a category.
3. Press to display a list of items in the
category.
4. Rotate to select an item, then press .
u Press and rotate repeatedly until a
desired item you want to listen to is
displayed.
■
How to Select a Song from the Music Search List with the
Selector Knob
1How to Select a Song from the Music Search List with the Selector
Knob
Depending on the Bluetooth® device you connect,
some or all of the categories may not be displayed.
Item
Selection
Category
Selection
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 288 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
289
Features
Audio System Basic Operation
To use the audio system function, the power mode must be in ACCESSORY or ON.
: Select to go to the home screen.
2 Switching the Display P. 290
: Select to go back to the previous display
when it is displayed.
: Select to change the audio/information
screen brightness.
Select once and select or to make
an adjustment.
u Each time you select , the mode
switches among the daytime mode,
nighttime mode and off mode.
Models with Display Audio
(Day/Night) Icon
(Home) Icon
(Back) Icon
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 289 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
290
uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen
Features
Audio/Information Screen
Displays the audio status and wallpaper. From this display, you can go to various
setup options.
■ Using the audio/information screen
Select to go to the home screen.
Select the following icons on the home screen or after selecting All Apps.
■
Switching the Display
1Audio/Information Screen
Touchscreen Operation
• Use simple gestures - including touching, swiping,
and scrolling - to operate certain audio functions.
• Some items may be grayed out during driving to
reduce the potential for distraction.
• You can select them when the vehicle is stopped or
use voice commands.
• Wearing gloves may limit or prevent touchscreen
response.
You can change the touchscreen sensitivity setting.
2 Customized Features P. 448
Home Screen
Models without
navigation system
Models with
navigation system
(Home) Icon
All Apps
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 290 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
291
uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen
Continued
Features
■ Phone
Displays the HFL information.
2 Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink® P. 501
■ Trip Computer
Displays the trip computer information.
• Current Drive tab: Displays the current trip information.
• Trip A/Trip B tab: Displays information for the current and three previous drives.
The information is stored every time you reset Trip A/B.
To reset Trip A/B, select Reset.
To change the setting of how to reset Trip A/B, select Settings, then select Trip
A Reset Method or Trip B Reset Method.
■ Clock
Displays the clock.
■ System Updates
Updates the software version of the audio system.
2 System Updates P. 304
■ FM/AM/Sirius XM
*
/CD
*
/USB/Bluetooth Audio/AUX Input/My Honda
Music/Social Playlist
Displays the each audio information.
■ Settings
Enters the customizing menu screen.
2 Customized Features P. 454
* Not available on all models
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 291 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
292
uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen
Features
■ Navigation
*
Displays the navigation screen.
2 Refer to the Navigation System Manual
■ HondaLink
Displays the HondaLink® screen.
2 HondaLink® P. 353
■ Apple CarPlay/Android Auto
Displays the Apple CarPlay or Android Auto.
2 Apple CarPlay P. 364
2 Android Auto P. 367
■ Messages
Displays the text message screen.
2 Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink® P. 501
■ CabinTalk
*
Displays the CabinTalk screen.
2 CabinTalk
TM*
P. 527
■ CabinWatch
*
Displays the CabinWatch screen.
2 CabinWatch
TM*
P. 526
■ Rear Entertainment
*
Displays the rear audio screen.
2 Blu-ray/DVD Rear Entertainment System
*
P. 400
* Not available on all models
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 292 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
293
uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen
Continued
Features
■ AT&T Hotspot
*
Displays the AT&T Hotspot screen.
■ NFC Manager
*
Displays the Near Field Communication (NFC) manager screen.
2 Near Field Communication (NFC)
*
P. 360
■ File Manager
Displays the file manager screen.
2 File Manager P. 310
* Not available on all models
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 293 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen
294
Features
You can change, store, and delete the wallpaper on the audio/information screen.
■ Import wallpaper
1. Connect the USB flash drive to the front
USB port.
2 USB Ports P. 265
2. Select Clock.
3. Select Settings.
4. Select Clock Faces.
5. Select Add More.
u The File Manager screen is displayed.
6. Import a desired picture.
2 How to Transfer a File P. 310
u The display will return to the Clock Faces
screen.
■
Wallpaper Setup
1Wallpaper Setup
The wallpaper you set up on Clock Faces cannot be
displayed on the driver information interface.
• The file name must be fewer than 255 characters.
• The file format of the image that can be imported
is BMP, GIF, JPEG, PNG, or WebP.
• If the USB flash drive does not have any pictures,
the No Data message appears.
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 294 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
295
uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen
Continued
Features
■ Select wallpaper
1. Select Clock.
2. Select Settings.
3. Select Clock Faces.
4. Select a desired wallpaper.
u The preview is displayed on the screen.
5. Select Save.
u The display will return to the clock screen.
■ To view wallpaper once it is set
1. Select .
2. Select Clock.
■ Delete wallpaper
1. Select Clock.
2. Select Settings.
3. Select Clock Faces.
4. Select Delete Photos.
u The File Manager screen is displayed.
5. Delete a picture.
2 How to Delete a File P. 313
u The display will return to the Clock Faces screen.
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 295 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen
296
Features
■ To change to a next screen
Selecting or , or swiping the screen left or right changes to the next screen.
■
Home Screen
1Home Screen
The home screen has 5 pages. You cannot add any
more pages.
Select to go directly back to the first page of the
home screen from any page.
Swipe
Icon
>
Icon
<
Current page position
<
>
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 296 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
Continued
297
uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen
Features
■ To add app icons on the home screen
App icons can be added on the home screen.
1. Select .
2. Select All Apps.
3. Check the box of the app you want to add.
u The app icon will be added on the home
screen.
1To add app icons on the home screen
Pre-installed apps may not start up normally. If this
occurs, you need to reset the system.
2 Defaulting All the Settings P. 472
If you perform Factory Data Reset, it may reset all
the settings to their factory default.
2 Defaulting All the Settings P. 472
In case those apps still do not startup normally even
after Factory Data Reset, contact your dealer.
There is a possibility that a browser is shut down in
the situation of the use. In that situation, the screen
will return to before the browser startup.
Check Box
All Apps
Icon
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 297 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen
298
Features
■ To move icons on the home screen
You can change location on the home screen.
1. Select and hold an icon.
u The screen switches to the customization
screen.
2. Drag and drop the icon to where you want
it to be.
3. Select Done.
u The screen will return to the home
screen.
1To move icons on the home screen
Select Tips to show tips. To hide them, select it again.
Select and hold.
Drag and drop.
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 298 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
Continued
299
uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen
Features
■ To remove icons on the home screen
You can delete the icons on the home screen.
1. Select and hold an icon.
u The screen switches to the customization
screen.
2. Drag and drop the icon you want to remove
to the Hide icon.
u The icon is removed from the home
screen.
3. Select Done.
u The screen will return to the home
screen.
1To remove icons on the home screen
Apps will not be deleted by deleting the icon on the
home screen.
Select Tips to show tips. To hide them, select it again.
Select and hold.
Drag and drop to
Hide icon.
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 299 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen
300
Features
■ To preset icons on the home screen
You can store up to three icons on the upper left of the home screen.
1. Select and hold an icon.
u The screen switches to the customization
screen.
2. Drag and drop the icon you want to store to
the upper left of the home screen.
u The icon is preset.
3. Select Done.
u The screen will return to the home
screen.
1To preset icons on the home screen
Select Tips to show tips. To hide them, select it again.
Select and hold.
Drag and
drop to preset
icon.
Preset
Icons
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 300 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
301
uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen
Continued
Features
1. Select the system status icon.
u The status area appears.
2. Select an item to see the details.
3. Select or the system status icon to close
the area.
■
Status Area
System
Status Icon
Status Area
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 301 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen
302
Features
Some of the audio system’s apps can be updated wirelessly when connected via Wi-
Fi, or Bluetooth® in conjunction with the HondaLink® app installed on a compatible
iOS or Android device. If an update is available, a notification is displayed at the top
of the screen with the respective app’s update icon.
■ To update an app:
1. A notification appears and notifies you of a
update message on the header area.
2. Select the system status icon, and then
select the software update notification
from the list.
■
Updating Apps
1Updating Apps
The wireless updates are for the apps on the audio
system only.
To update compatible apps on your iPhone or
Android phone, please visit the App Store or Google
Play Store, respectively.
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 302 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
303
uuAudio System Basic OperationuAudio/Information Screen
Features
3. Select Download.
4. Select OK.
u A notification appears on the screen if
the update is successful. Select OK.
u Restart the engine for the update to be
applied.
Later
Download
HondaLink Update
HondaLink service update is available.
Would you like to download it?
12:34
Phone Navigation
FM
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 303 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
304
uuAudio System Basic OperationuSystem Updates
Features
System Updates
The audio system’s firmware can be updated with a Wi-Fi connection or with a USB
device.
■ Wireless connection mode setup
1. Select .
2. Select System Updates.
3. Select Settings.
4. Select Connection Setup.
5. Select Change Mode.
6. Select Network, then Save.
u The display returns to the network list.
7. Select an access point from the network list,
then Connect.
u If the audio system requires a password,
enter a password.
■
How to Update Wirelessly
1Wireless connection mode setup
If your vehicle has a telematics control unit (TCU), you
do not need the wireless connection mode setup.
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 304 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
305
uuAudio System Basic OperationuSystem Updates
Continued
Features
■ How to update
When the audio system update is available, the notification is shown on the audio/
information screen. Use the following procedure to update the system.
1. Select .
2. Select System Updates.
3. Select via Wireless.
4. Select Download Now.
u A notification appears on the screen.
Notification
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 305 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
uuAudio System Basic OperationuSystem Updates
306
Features
5. Select Install Now or Install while
Vehicle OFF.
u A notification appears on the screen if
the update is successful.
1How to update
If Install while Vehicle OFF is selected and the user
turns the vehicle back on after the update has been
completed, for 3 to 5 minutes the system will rebuild
the applications, during which time the Honda logo
will be displayed.
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 306 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
307
uuAudio System Basic OperationuSystem Updates
Continued
Features
■ Automatic download settings
Use the following procedure to change to the automatic download setting.
1. Select .
2. Select System Updates.
3. Select Settings.
4. Select Auto Download.
5. Select the access point, then Allow.
■ View an update result
Use the following procedure to confirm the update result.
1. Select .
2. Select System Updates.
3. Select Settings.
4. Select Update Result.
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 307 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
uuAudio System Basic OperationuSystem Updates
308
Features
■ Download the update files from the server
1. Select .
2. Select System Updates.
3. Select via USB.
u A notification appears on the screen.
4. Connect a USB device into the front USB
port.
u The inventory data is copied into the USB
device.
2 USB Ports P. 265
5. Remove the USB device from the USB port.
6. Connect the USB device into your
computer, and then download the update
files.
u Follow the link to download the required
software update files. Refer to
https://usb.honda.com for instructions.
■
How to Update with a USB Device
1How to Update with a USB Device
A USB device with a minimum of 8 GB of free space
or more is recommended.
Be sure to delete any previous inventory or update
files from the USB before starting the USB update
process.
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 308 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
309
uuAudio System Basic OperationuSystem Updates
Features
■ Update the audio system
1. Select .
2. Select System Updates.
3. Select via USB.
u A notification appears on the screen.
4. Connect the USB device with the update
files into the USB port.
u A notification appears on the screen.
2 USB Ports P. 265
5. Select Install Now or Install while
Vehicle OFF.
u A notification appears on the screen if
the update is successful.
1Update the audio system
If Install while Vehicle OFF is selected and the user
turns the vehicle back on after the update has been
completed, for 3 to 5 minutes the system will rebuild
the applications, during which time the Honda logo
will be displayed.
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 309 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
310
uuAudio System Basic OperationuFile Manager
Features
File Manager
Allows you to transfer image or audio files to the audio system with a USB device.
1. Connect a USB device into the USB port.
2 USB Ports P. 265
2. Select , then select All Apps.
3. Select File Manager.
4. Select Transfer Content.
To transfer a selected file:
5. Select Select Files to Transfer.
■
How to Transfer a File
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 310 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
Continued
311
uuAudio System Basic OperationuFile Manager
Features
6. Select the file or folder you want to
transfer.
7. Select OK.
8. Select Transfer.
u A confirmation message appears on the
screen. Select Continue.
u A notification appears on the screen if
the transfer is successful. Then, the
display will return to the File Manager
screen.
1How to Transfer a File
To switch the view method, select List or Thumbnail
on the upper right of the screen.
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 311 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
uuAudio System Basic OperationuFile Manager
312
Features
To transfer all files:
5. Select Transfer All Content.
6. Select Transfer.
u A confirmation message appears on the
screen. Select Continue.
u A notification appears on the screen if
the transfer is successful. Then, the
display will return to the File Manager
screen.
1How to Transfer a File
To switch the view method, select List or Thumbnail
on the upper right of the screen.
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 312 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
313
uuAudio System Basic OperationuFile Manager
Continued
Features
1. Select , then select All Apps.
2. Select File Manager.
3. Select Delete Content.
To delete a selected file:
4. Select Select Files to Delete.
■
How to Delete a File
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 313 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
uuAudio System Basic OperationuFile Manager
314
Features
5. Select the file or folder you want to delete.
6. Select OK.
7. Select Delete.
u A notification appears on the screen if
the deletion is successful. Then, the
display will return to the File Manager
screen.
1How to Transfer a File
To switch the view method, select List or Thumbnail
on the upper right of the screen.
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 314 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
315
uuAudio System Basic OperationuFile Manager
Features
To delete all files:
4. Select Delete All Content.
5. Select Delete.
u A notification appears on the screen if
the transfer is successful. Then, the
display will return to the File Manager
screen.
1How to Transfer a File
To switch the view method, select List or Thumbnail
on the upper right of the screen.
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 315 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
316
uuAudio System Basic OperationuAdjusting the Sound
Features
Adjusting the Sound
1. Select .
2. Select an audio source icon.
3. Select Sound.
Select an item from the following choices:
• Bass / Treble: Treble, Midrange, Bass
• Center / Subwoofer Volume: Center
*
,
Subwoofer
• Balance / Fader: Balance, Fader
• Audio Zones
*
: Driver Only, Front Only,
Rear Only, Full Vehicle
• Speed Volume Compensation: Speed
Volume Compensation (SVC)
• DTS Neural Surround
*
: DTS Neural
Surround
TM
1Adjusting the Sound
The SVC has four modes: off, low, mid, and high.
SVC adjusts the volume level based on the vehicle
speed. As you go faster, audio volume increases. As
you slow down, audio volume decreases.
You can also adjust the sound the following
procedure.
1. Select .
2. Select Settings.
3. Select Sound.
To reset each setting for Bass / Treble, Center /
Subwoofer Volume and Balance / Fader, select
Reset.
* Not available on all models
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 316 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
317
uuAudio System Basic OperationuDisplay Setup
Continued
Features
Display Setup
You can change the brightness of the audio/information screen.
1. Select .
2. Select Settings.
3. Select Display.
4. Select Day Mode or Night Mode.
5. Select the setting you want.
6. Select Save.
■
Changing the Screen Brightness
1Changing the Screen Brightness
You can change the Contrast and Black Level
settings in the same manner.
To reset the settings, select Reset.
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 317 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
318
uuAudio System Basic OperationuDisplay Setup
Features
Select the current source icon, then select an icon on the source list to switch the
audio source.
Certain manual functions are disabled or inoperable while the vehicle is in motion.
You cannot select a grayed-out option until the vehicle is stopped.
■
Selecting an Audio Source
■
Limitations for Manual Operation
Select the source icon
Source Select Screen
Source List Icons
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 318 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
319
uuAudio System Basic OperationuVoice Control Operation
Continued
Features
Voice Control Operation
Your vehicle has a voice control system that allows hands-free operation.
The voice control system uses the (talk) and (back) buttons on the steering
wheel and a microphone near the map lights on the ceiling.
To achieve optimum voice recognition when using the voice control system:
• Make sure the correct screen is displayed for the voice command that you are
using.
The system recognizes only certain commands. Available voice commands.
2 Voice Portal Screen P. 320
• Close the windows and moonroof
*
.
• Adjust the dashboard and side vents so air does not blow onto the microphone
on the ceiling.
• Speak clearly in a clear, natural speaking voice without pausing between words.
• Reduce any background noise if possible. The system may misinterpret your
command if more than one person is speaking at the same time.
■
Voice Recognition
1Voice Control Operation
When you press the button, a helpful prompt asks
what you would like to do. Press and release the
button again to bypass this prompt and give a
command.
1Voice Recognition
The voice control system can only be used from the
driver’s seat because the microphone unit removes
noises from the front passenger’s side.
* Not available on all models
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 319 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
320
uuAudio System Basic OperationuVoice Control Operation
Features
When the (talk) button is pressed,
available voice commands appear on the
screen.
For a complete list of commands, say “Voice
Help” after the beep.
The system only recognizes the commands
on the following pages, at certain screens.
Free form voice commands are not
recognized.
*1: Models with navigation system
■
Voice Portal Screen
■ Phone
This can be only used when the phone is
connected. When the system recognizes the
Phone command, the screen will change
the dedicated screen for the voice
recognition of the phone.
• Call <Your Contact Name>
• Call <Phone Number>
• Call <Category>
Phone commands are not available if using
Apple CarPlay.
■ Audio
When the system recognizes the Audio
command, the screen will change the
dedicated screen for the voice recognition
of the audio.
• FM
• AM
• USB
• Sirius XM
*
• My Honda Music
■ Navigation
*1
The screen changes the navigation screen.
2 Refer to the Navigation System Manual
■ Voice Help
Readout voice guidance for Help on current
screen.
* Not available on all models
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 320 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
321
uuAudio System Basic OperationuVoice Control Operation
Features
The system accepts these commands on the
dedicated screen for the voice recognition
of the phone.
• Call <Your Contact Name>
• Call <Phone Number>
• Call <Category>
■
Phone Commands
The system accepts these commands on the
dedicated screen for the voice recognition
of the audio.
■ FM Commands
• Tune to <87.7-107.9> FM
■ AM Commands
• Tune to <530-1710> AM
■ Sirius XM Commands
*
• Channel <1-999>
• Channel <station name>
■ USB/My Honda Music Commands
• Play Artist
• Play Album
• Play Genre
• Play Playlist
• Play Music
• Play Song
■
Audio Commands
* Not available on all models
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 321 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
322
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying AM/FM Radio
Features
Playing AM/FM Radio
(Back) Icon
Select to go back to the previous
display.
Seek Icons
Select or to search up and down
the selected band for a station with a
strong signal.
VOL/ AUDIO (Volume/Power)
Knob
Push to turn the audio system on
and off.
Turn to adjust the volume.
Tune Icon
Select to use the on-screen keyboard for
entering the radio frequency directly.
Audio/Information Screen
Scan Icon
Select to scan each station with a strong
signal.
Preset Icons
Tune the radio frequency for preset memory.
Select and hold the preset icon to store that
station. Select to display preset 5 onwards.
>
Settings Icon
Select whether to tune to
HD Radio
TM*
automatically.
* Not available on all models
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 322 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
Continued
323
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying AM/FM Radio
Features
To store a station:
1. Tune to the selected station.
2. Select and hold the preset number for the station you want to store.
Lists the strongest stations on the selected band.
1. Select Station List to display a list.
2. Select the station.
■ Manual update
Updates your available station list at any time.
1. Select Station List to display a list.
2. Select Refresh.
■
Preset Memory
■
Station List
1Preset Memory
The ST indicator appears on the display indicating
stereo FM broadcasts.
Stereo reproduction in AM is not available.
Switching the Audio Mode
Press the or button on the steering wheel or
select the audio source icon on the screen.
2 Audio Remote Controls P. 268
You can store 12 AM/FM stations into preset
memory.
HD Radio Technology manufactured under license
from iBiquity Digital Corporation. U.S. and Foreign
Patents. HD Radio
TM
and the HD, HD Radio, and
“Arc” logos are proprietary trademarks of iBiquity
Digital Corp.
3
4
Models with HD Radio
TM
feature
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 323 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying AM/FM Radio
324
Features
Samples each of the strongest stations on the selected band for 10 seconds. To turn
off scan, select Stop or .
Provides text data information related to your selected RDS-capable FM station.
■ To find an RDS station from Station List
1. Select Station List to display a list while listening to an FM station.
2. Select the station.
■ Manual update
Updates your available station list at any time.
1. Select Station List to display a list while listening to an FM station.
2. Select Refresh.
■ Scan
Samples each of the strongest stations on the selected band for 10 seconds. To turn
off scan, select Stop or .
■
Scan
■
Radio Data System (RDS)
1Radio Data System (RDS)
When you select an RDS-capable FM station, the RDS
automatically turns on, and the frequency display
changes to the station name. However, when the
signals of that station become weak, the display
changes from the station name to the frequency.
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 324 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
325
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying AM/FM Radio
Features
Displays the subchannel list when an HD Radio
TM
station is selected while listening to
an FM station.
1. Select HD Radio Channels.
2. Select the channel number.
■
HD Subchannel
Models with HD Radio
TM
feature
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 325 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
326
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying SiriusXM® Radio
*
Features
Playing SiriusXM® Radio
*
(Back) Icon
Select to go back to the previous
display.
Channel Icons
Select or to the previous or next channel.
Select and hold to rapidly skip 10 channels at a time.
VOL/ AUDIO (Volume/Power)
Knob
Push to turn the audio system on
and off.
Turn to adjust the volume.
Category Icons
Select or to display and select a
SiriusXM® Radio category.
Audio/Information Screen
Preset Icons
Tune the radio frequency for
preset memory. Select and hold
the preset icon to store that
station. Select to display
preset 5 onwards.
>
Album Art
Station Art
* Not available on all models
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 326 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
Continued
327
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying SiriusXM® Radio
*
Features
1. Select Settings.
2. Select Tune Mode.
3. Select All Channels or Within Category.
■
To Change the Tune Mode
1Playing SiriusXM® Radio
*
In the channel mode, all available channels are
selectable. In the category mode, you can select a
channel within a category (Jazz, Rock, Classical, etc.).
There may be instances when SiriusXM® Radio does
not broadcast all the data fields (artist name, title).
This does not indicate a problem with your audio
system.
SiriusXM® Radio stations load in ascending order,
which can take about a minute. Once they have
loaded you will be able to scroll up or down to make
your selections.
Switching the Audio Mode
Press the or button on the steering wheel or
select the audio source icon on the screen.
2 Audio Remote Controls P. 268
Tune Start:
When you change to a preset channel, a song being
played on that channel restarts from the beginning
with this function. This can be turned on or off by the
following procedure.
1. Select Settings.
2. Select Tune Start.
3. Select ON or OFF.
To change a category, select Category icons, or
select More and then select Category List.
3
4
* Not available on all models
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 327 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying SiriusXM® Radio
*
328
Features
To store a channel:
1. Tune to the selected channel.
2. Select and hold the preset number for the station you want to store.
■ Multi-channel preset (for music channels only)
You can store up to 10 of your preferred music channels per preset.
1. Tune a station.
2. Select and hold the preset number you
want to add a music channel.
3. Select Add to TuneMix or Create
TuneMix.
u A message appears if there are no
available presets.
■
Preset Memory
1Preset Memory
You can store 12 SiriusXM® channels into the preset
memory.
1Multi-channel preset (for music channels only)
TuneMix:
The multi-channel preset function can be turned on
or off by the following procedure.
1. Select Settings.
2. Select TuneMix.
3. Select ON or OFF.
When you want to replace the channel, select
Replace Preset.
If you want to delete a channel, select Edit TuneMix,
and then select the channel you want to delete.
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 328 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
Continued
329
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying SiriusXM® Radio
*
Features
Suggested channel listing received from SiriusXM® can be displayed and selected.
1. Select Channel List.
2. Select the featured channel list title you want to listen to.
u The selected channel list of the title is displayed.
3. Select the channel.
■
Listening to Featured Channels
1Listening to Featured Channels
Up to three featured channels by SiriusXM® can be
displayed.
Featured channel lists are at the top of the channel
list.
To switch the sorting method, select Number, Name
or Category on the upper right of the screen.
Select Keypad to use the on-screen keyboard for
entering the channel number directly.
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 329 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying SiriusXM® Radio
*
330
Features
The system can record up to the last 60 minutes broadcast of your currently tuned
channel as well as the last 30 minutes broadcast of preset channels, starting from
the moment you turn the vehicle on. If you tuned to preset channel, the system
records up to 60 minutes of a broadcast instead of up to 30 minutes. You can
rewind and replay the last 30 or 60 minutes of a broadcast.
Move the position you want to replay by selecting or .
To play or pause on playback mode, select the play/pause icon.
■ Returning to real-time broadcast
Select and hold .
■
Replay Function
1Replay Function
The system starts storing broadcast in memory when
the power mode is turned ON. You can go back to
the program from that point.
You can no longer replay any program once the
power mode is turned off as it erases memory.
You can check how long the program has been
stored in memory from the audio/information screen.
After 30 or 60 minutes of recording the system will
automatically start deleting the oldest data.
(A): Shows how much time the replayed segment is
behind the real-time broadcast
(B): Replayed segment
(C): Length stored in memory
(D): Play/Pause icon
Audio/Information Screen
(C) (B)
(A)
(D)
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 330 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
Continued
331
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying SiriusXM® Radio
*
Features
While listening to other channel, you can receive sports alerts such as scores from
your favorite teams.
■ To set up a favorite team
1. Select Settings.
2. Select Sports Notifications Setup.
3. Select Favorite Teams.
4. Select + Add Favorite Team.
5. Select a team.
■ To set up an alert message
1. Select Settings.
2. Select Sports Notifications Setup.
3. Select Notifications.
4. Select Game Notifications or SportsFlash Game Play Notifications.
5. Select Notifications.
6. Select On.
7. Select a favorite team.
■
Live Sports Alert
1Live Sports Alert
The sports alert function at SiriusXM® mode only.
1To set up a favorite team
Sports alerts cut in only when SiriusXM® mode is on.
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 331 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying SiriusXM® Radio
*
332
Features
You can receive traffic and weather information.
1. Select Settings.
2. Select Traffic & Weather Setup.
3. Select Selected City.
4. Select the region.
u When you do not want to receive the information, select Reset Location.
■
Traffic and Weather Information
1Traffic and Weather Information
The traffic and weather information function at
SiriusXM® mode only.
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 332 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
Continued
333
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying SiriusXM® Radio
*
Features
You can view a channel schedule or receive a alert when your favorite program is
about to start.
■ To view a channel schedule
1. Select More.
2. Select Channel Schedule.
■ To set up an alert message
1. Select More.
2. Select Channel Schedule.
3. Select a program.
4. Select Set Program Alert.
5. Select Just Once or Every Time.
■
Channel Schedule
1Channel Schedule
Select Keypad to use the on-screen keyboard for
entering the channel number directly.
1To set up an alert message
The alert function at SiriusXM® mode only.
Selecting Just Once disables the alert feature next
time you turn the power mode to ON.
If you want to delete the alert, select Remove Alert.
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 333 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
334
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying SiriusXM® Radio
*
Features
You can change settings for the alert function.
■ To enable the alert function
1. Select Settings.
2. Select Manage Program Alerts.
3. Select Notifications.
4. Select ON or OFF.
■ To remove an alert
1. Select Settings.
2. Select Manage Program Alerts.
3. Select Alerts Set.
4. Select on the alert you want to delete.
u A confirmation message appears on the
screen. Select Delete.
■
Manage Program Alert
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 334 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
335
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying SiriusXM® Radio
*
Features
Sample each channel on the selected mode for 10 seconds.
1. Select More.
2. Select Scan.
You can change a scan mode by the following procedure.
1. Select Settings.
2. Select Scan Mode.
3. Select Channel or Preset.
To turn off scan, select Stop.
■
Scan
1Scan
The “Scan Songs in Presets” function is based on
TuneScan
TM
technology of SiriusXM®.
The “Featured Channels” function is based on
Featured Favorites
TM
technology of SiriusXM®.
TuneScan
TM
and Featured Favorites
TM
are registered
trademarks of SiriusXM® Radio, Inc.
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 335 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
336
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying a CD
*
Features
Playing a CD
*
Your audio system supports audio CDs, CD-Rs, and CD-RWs in either MP3, WMA,
or AAC
*1
format. With the CD loaded, select the CD mode.
*1:Only AAC format files recorded with iTunes are playable on this unit.
(Back) Icon
Select to go back to the previous
display.
Track Icons
Select or to change tracks (files in MP3, WMA, or AAC).
Select and hold to move rapidly within a track.
VOL/ AUDIO (Volume/Power)
Knob
Push to turn the audio system on
and off.
Turn to adjust the volume.
(Eject) Button
Press to eject a CD.
Audio/Information Screen
Disc Slot
Insert a CD about halfway into
the CD slot.
Play/Pause Icon
* Not available on all models
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 336 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
Continued
337
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying a CD
*
Features
If there is a folder(s) on a CD:
1. Select Browse.
2. Select Current Playlist, or Folders then a
folder.
3. Select a track.
If there is no folder on a CD:
1. Select Track List.
2. Select a track.
■
How to Select a File from the Music Search List
1Playing a CD
*
NOTICE
Do not use CDs with adhesive labels. The label can
cause the CD to jam in the unit.
WMA files protected by digital rights management
(DRM) cannot be played.
The audio system displays Selected file cannot be
played on this system, then skips to the next file.
Text data appears on the display under the following
circumstances:
• When you select a new folder, file, or track.
• When you change the audio mode to CD.
• When you insert a CD.
If you eject the CD but do not remove it from the slot,
the system reloads the CD automatically after several
seconds.
Browse Screen
Track List Screen
* Not available on all models
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 337 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying a CD
*
338
Features
You can select scan, repeat, and random modes when playing a track or file.
■ Scan
Select Scan.
u If there is a folder(s) on a CD, you can
select Current folder or First Track in
All Folders.
To turn off scan, select Stop.
■ Random/Repeat
Cycles through the modes as follows:
Random
(off) (highlighted)
Repeat
(off)
■
How to Select a Play Mode
1How to Select a Play Mode
Play Mode Menu Items
Scan
Select Scan Mode, and then select the following:
First Track in All Folders (MP3/WMA/AAC):
Provides 10-second sampling of the first file in each
of the main folders.
Current folder: Provides 10-second sampling of all
tracks on the CD (all files in the current folder in MP3,
WMA, or AAC).
Random/Repeat
Random in Folder (MP3/WMA/AAC): Plays all
files in the current folder in random order.
Random All Tracks: Plays all tracks/files in
random order.
Repeat Folder (MP3/WMA/AAC): Repeats all
files in the current folder.
Repeat Track: Repeats the current track/file.
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 338 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
339
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying an iPod
Continued
Features
Playing an iPod
Connect the iPod using your USB connector to the USB port, then select the USB
mode.
2 USB Ports P. 265
(Back) Icon
Select to go back to the previous
display.
Track Icons
Select or to change songs.
Select and hold to move rapidly
within a song.
VOL/ AUDIO (Volume/Power)
Knob
Push to turn the audio system on
and off.
Turn to adjust the volume.
Cover Art
Audio/Information Screen
Play/Pause Icon
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 339 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying an iPod
340
Features
1. Select Browse.
2. Select the items on that menu.
■
How to Select a Song from the Music Search List
1Playing an iPod
Available operating functions vary on models or
versions. Some functions may not be available on the
vehicle’s audio system.
If there is a problem, you may see an error message
on the audio/information screen.
2 iPod/USB Flash Drive P. 373
If you operate the music app on your iPhone/iPod
while the phone is connected to the audio system,
you may no longer be able to operate the same app
on the audio/information screen.
Reconnect the device if necessary.
If an iPhone is connected via Apple CarPlay, the iPod/
USB source will be unavailable and audio files on the
phone will be playable only within Apple CarPlay.
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 340 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
341
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying an iPod
Features
You can select shuffle and repeat modes when playing a file.
Select or .
■ To turn off a play mode
Select the mode you want to turn off.
■
How to Select a Play Mode
1How to Select a Play Mode
Play Mode Menu Items
Shuffle All Songs: Plays all available files in a
selected list (playlists, artists, albums, songs,
podcasts, genres, composers, or audiobooks) in
random order.
Repeat Song: Repeats the current track.
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 341 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
342
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying a USB Flash Drive
Features
Playing a USB Flash Drive
Your audio system reads and plays audio files on a USB flash drive in either MP3,
WMA, or AAC
*1
format.
Connect your USB flash drive to the USB port, then select the USB mode.
2 USB Ports P. 265
*1:Only AAC format files recorded with iTunes are playable on this unit.
AAA
AAAAA
CCCCC
BBBBB
BBBBB
Browse
Track
Phone Navigati.. FM
Sound
0:08 -0:12
AAAAAA
AAAAA
CCC
CCCCC
BBB
B
BB
BBBBB
BBBBB
BBBBB
B
r
o
w
se
T
rac
k
Phone
Navigati..
FM
Sound
0
:
0
8
-0:12
1
(Back) Icon
Select to go back to the previous
display.
Track Icons
Select or to change files.
Select and hold to move rapidly
within a track.
VOL/ AUDIO (Volume/Power)
Knob
Push to turn the audio system on
and off.
Turn to adjust the volume.
Audio/Information Screen
Play/Pause Icon
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 342 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
Continued
343
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying a USB Flash Drive
Features
1. Select Browse.
2. Select the items on that menu.
■
How to Select a File from the Music Search List
1Playing a USB Flash Drive
Use the recommended USB flash drives.
2 General Information on the Audio System
P. 376
WMA files protected by digital rights management
(DRM) cannot be played.
The audio system displays The selected file cannot
be played on this system, then skips to the next
file.
If there is a problem, you may see an error message
on the audio/information screen.
2 iPod/USB Flash Drive P. 373
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 343 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying a USB Flash Drive
344
Features
You can select repeat and random modes when playing a file.
■ Random/Repeat
Select or .
■ To turn off a play mode
Select the mode you want to turn off.
■
How to Select a Play Mode
1How to Select a Play Mode
Play Mode Menu Items
Random/Repeat
Random in Category: Plays all files in the
current category in random order.
Repeat Track: Repeats the current file.
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 344 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
345
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying My Honda Music
Continued
Features
Playing My Honda Music
My Honda Music plays audio files that have been imported form a USB flash drive.
Your audio system supports audio files in either MP3, WMA, or AAC
*1
format.
2 File Manager P. 310
*1:Only AAC format files recorded with iTunes are playable on this unit.
(Back) Icon
Select to go back to the previous
display.
Track Icons
Select or to change files.
Select and hold to move rapidly
within a track.
VOL/ AUDIO (Volume/Power)
Knob
Push to turn the audio system on
and off.
Turn to adjust the volume.
Audio/Information Screen
Play/Pause Icon
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 345 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying My Honda Music
346
Features
1. Connect a USB device into the USB port.
2 USB Ports P. 265
2. Select More.
3. Select Import Files to My Honda Music.
u The File Manager screen is displayed.
4. Transfer an audio file to your audio system.
2 How to Transfer a File P. 310
■ How to delete an audio file
1. Select More.
2. Select Delete Files from My Honda Music.
u The File Manager screen is displayed.
3. Delete an audio file.
2 How to Delete a File P. 313
■
How to Transfer an Audio File
1How to Transfer an Audio File
If there is no audio file in your audio system, the
system will automatically proceed to step 3 after
connecting a USB device.
Use the recommended USB flash drives.
2 General Information on the Audio System
P. 376
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 346 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
Continued
347
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying My Honda Music
Features
1. Select Browse.
2. Select the items on that menu.
■
How to Select a File from the Music Search List
1Playing My Honda Music
WMA files protected by digital rights management
(DRM) cannot be played.
The audio system displays The selected file cannot
be played on this system, then skips to the next
file.
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 347 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying My Honda Music
348
Features
You can select repeat and random modes when playing a file.
■ Random/Repeat
Select or .
■ To turn off a play mode
Select the mode you want to turn off.
■
How to Select a Play Mode
1How to Select a Play Mode
Play Mode Menu Items
Random/Repeat
Random in Category: Plays all files in the
current category in random order.
Random All Tracks: Plays all files in random order.
Repeat Track: Repeats the current file.
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 348 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
349
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying Bluetooth® Audio
Continued
Features
Playing Bluetooth® Audio
Your audio system allows you to listen to music from your Bluetooth-compatible
phone.
This function is available when the phone is paired and connected to the vehicle’s
Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink® (HFL) system.
2 Phone Setup P. 506
*1:Depending on the Bluetooth® device you connect, this function may not be
displayed.
1Playing Bluetooth® Audio
Not all Bluetooth-enabled phones with streaming
audio capabilities are compatible.
To check if your phone is compatible, visit
http://www.handsfreelink.com/Honda/.
It may be illegal to perform some data device
functions while driving.
Only one phone can be used with HFL at a time.
When there are more than two paired phones in the
vehicle, the first paired phone the system finds is
automatically connected.
The connected phone for Bluetooth® Audio can be
different.
If more than one phone is paired to the HFL system,
there may be a delay before the system begins to
play.
In some cases, the name of the artist, album, or track
may not appear correctly.
Some functions may not be available on some
devices.
If a phone is currently connected via Apple CarPlay or
Android Auto, Bluetooth® Audio from that phone
will be unavailable. However, you can have a second
previously paired phone stream Bluetooth® Audio by
selecting from the Bluetooth® device list.
2 Phone Setup P. 506
Audio/Information
Screen
(Back) Icon
Select to go back to
the previous display.
VOL/ AUDIO
(Volume/Power)
Knob
Push to turn the
audio system on
and off.
Turn to adjust
the volume.
Repeat Icon
*1
Select to repeat the current
file.
Random Icon
*1
Select to play all files in
the current category in
random order.
Play/Pause Icon
Bluetooth Indicator
Appears when your
phone is connected
to HFL.
Track Icons
Select or to change tracks.
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 349 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying Bluetooth® Audio
350
Features
1. Make sure that your phone is paired and
connected to the system.
2 Phone Setup P. 506
2. Select the Bluetooth® Audio mode.
If the phone is not recognized, another HFL-
compatible phone, which is not compatible
for Bluetooth® Audio, may already be
connected.
■ To pause or resume a file
Select the play/pause icon.
1. Select Browse.
2. Select a search category (e.g., Albums).
3. Select an item.
u The selection begins playing.
■
To Play Bluetooth® Audio Files
1To Play Bluetooth® Audio Files
To play the audio files, you may need to operate your
phone. If so, follow the phone maker’s operating
instructions.
Switching to another mode pauses the music playing
from your phone.
You can change the connected phone by selecting
Change Device.
2 Phone Setup P. 506
■
Searching for Music
1Searching for Music
Depending on the Bluetooth® device you connect,
some or all of the lists may not be displayed.
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 350 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
351
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying Social Playlist
Continued
Features
Playing Social Playlist
The Honda CabinControl
TM
smartphone app allows users to share audio files from
their devices to Social Playlist.
Unfortunately, the driver cannot select the audio files from the audio/information
screen. The driver can play in order of their choice only if they individually select each
song in the queue. The driver cannot rearrange the order of the playlist.
2 Wi-Fi Connection P. 358
1Playing Social Playlist
For more information, check the Honda
CabinControl smartphone app instruction manual.
(Back) Icon
Select to go back to
the previous display.
Track Icons
Select or to change files.
VOL/ AUDIO
(Volume/Power)
Knob
Push to turn the
audio system on
and off.
Turn to adjust
the volume.
Audio/Information
Screen
Play/Pause Icon
Repeat Icon
Select to repeat the current
file.
Random Icon
Select to play all files in
random order.
Remove Icon
Select to remove
the file from the
playlist.
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 351 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
352
uuAudio System Basic OperationuPlaying Social Playlist
Features
1. Select .
2. Select Social Playlist.
3. Select Queue.
To play a file on the playlist:
u Select the file.
To remove a file from the playlist:
u Select on the file.
To clear the playlist:
u Select Clear, and then select Request
Songs to reload a playlist.
To check the connected device:
u Select Device List.
■
How to Edit the Playlist
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 352 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
353
uuAudio System Basic OperationuHondaLink®
Continued
Features
HondaLink®
HondaLink® connects you to the latest information from Honda. You can connect
your phone wirelessly through Wi-Fi or Bluetooth®.
2 Wi-Fi Connection P. 358
2 Phone Setup P. 506
Use the following procedure to connect to HondaLink® service.
■ To enable the HondaLink® service
You need to allow the consent of the location service to enable the HondaLink®
service.
Disable: Does not allow this consent.
Enable Once: Allows only one time. (Shows
again next time.)
Always Enable: Allows anytime. (Never
show again.)
■
To Connect to HondaLink® Service
1HondaLink®
The HondaLink® connect app is compatible with most
iPhone and Android phones.
Some cell phone carriers charge for tethering and
smartphone data use. Check your phone’s data
subscription package.
When Apple CarPlay or Android Auto is connected to
the audio system, HondaLink® can be accessed even
without a Wi-Fi connection.
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 353 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
354
uuAudio System Basic OperationuHondaLink®
Features
■ To link with HondaLink®
You may see the connection guide screen
after launching HondaLink® when there is no
connection available.
■ Vehicle
Displays instruction messages when the vehicle needs service.
■ Help & Support
Displays tips for vehicle usage, and get support via road side or customer service
center.
■
HondaLink® Menu
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 354 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
355
uuAudio System Basic OperationuHondaLink®
Continued
Features
■ Messages from Honda
Displays helpful and important information from Honda.
You can check the messages that are received quickly in the shortcut operation.
1. A notification appears and notifies you of a
new message on the header area.
2. A notification is continuously displayed in
the header area until the new message is
read.
■
Vehicle Information and Message from Honda Tips
Notification
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 355 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
356
uuAudio System Basic OperationuHondaLink®
Features
3. Select the system status icon to see the
messages.
4. Select a new message to open.
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 356 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
357
uuAudio System Basic OperationuHondaLink®
Features
Connect to the HondaLink® operator when trying to find a destination or for
roadside assistance.
1. Press the LINK button.
u Connection to the operator begins.
2. Talk to the operator.
u To disconnect, select Hang Up on the
audio/information screen or press the
button on the steering wheel.
■
Operator Assistance
*
1Operator Assistance
*
Remain attentive to road conditions and driving
during operator assistance.
If you want to add or renew a subscription, call the
Operator Assistance.
1. Select .
2. Select Settings.
3. Select System.
4. Select Subscription.
5. Select HondaLink Subscription Status.
LINK
Button
Audio/information screen
when connected to the
HondaLink® operator.
* Not available on all models
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 357 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
358
uuAudio System Basic OperationuWi-Fi Connection
Features
Wi-Fi Connection
You can connect the audio system to the Internet using Wi-Fi and browse websites
or use online services on the audio/information screen. If your phone has cell
hotspot capabilities, the system can be tethered to the phone. Use the following
steps to setup.
1. Select .
2. Select Settings.
3. Select Connections.
4. Select Wi-Fi.
5. Select Change Mode.
6. Select Network or HotSpot, then Save.
u To change the Wi-Fi settings, select
Network Options or HotSpot
Options.
u Select the access point you want to
connect to the system.
7. Select Connect.
u Enter a password for the access point,
and select OK.
u When the connection is successful, the
icon is displayed on the list.
8. Select to go back to the home screen.
■
Wi-Fi mode (setting for the first time)
1Wi-Fi Connection
Wi-Fi and Wi-Fi Direct a registered trademark of Wi-Fi
Alliance®.
1Wi-Fi mode (setting for the first time)
You cannot go through the setting procedure while a
vehicle is moving. Park in a safe place to setup the
Wi-Fi connection.
Some cell phone carriers charge for tethering and
smartphone data use. Check your phone’s data
subscription package.
Check your phone manual to find out if the phone
has Wi-Fi connectivity.
You can confirm whether Wi-Fi connection is on or
off with the icon on the Wi-Fi network list.
Transmission speed and others will not be displayed
on this screen.
In case of Wi-Fi connection with your phone, make
sure your phone’s Wi-Fi setting is in access point
(tethering) mode.
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 358 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
359
uuAudio System Basic OperationuWi-Fi Connection
Features
Make sure your phone’s Wi-Fi setting is in access point (tethering) mode.
■
Wi-Fi mode (after the initial setting has been made)
1Wi-Fi mode (after the initial setting has been made)
You may need to go through an initial setup for Wi-Fi
connection again after you boot your phone.
iPhone users
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 359 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
360
uuAudio System Basic OperationuNear Field Communication (NFC)
*
Features
Near Field Communication (NFC)
*
Near Field Communication (NFC) allows you to connect your phone to the audio
system easily via Bluetooth®.
NFC enables two devices to communicate in close proximity, within about 2 inch (40
mm).
The following features are available:
• Bluetooth® setup
• Image transfer for wallpaper
1. Select .
2. Select Settings.
3. Select Connections.
4. Select NFC, then ON.
■
NFC Setup
1Near Field Communication (NFC)
*
The N-Mark is a trademark or registered trademark of
NFC Forum, Inc. in the United States and in other
countries.
Android phone only
* Not available on all models
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 360 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
361
uuAudio System Basic OperationuNear Field Communication (NFC)
*
Continued
Features
1. Select then select NFC Manager. Or
touch the NFC logo near the glove box with
the NFC tag of your phone.
u The NFC Manager screen is displayed.
2. Select Connect Device to Vehicle
Bluetooth.
3. Touch the NFC logo near the glove box with
the NFC tag of your phone.
4. A notification appears on the screen if
pairing is successful.
■
Bluetooth® Setup
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 361 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
362
uuAudio System Basic OperationuNear Field Communication (NFC)
*
Features
1. Select .
2. Select NFC Manager.
3. Select Transfer Image.
4. Open the photo you want to transfer on
your phone, then select Next.
u A notification appears on the screen.
5. Touch the NFC logo near the glove box with
the NFC tag of your phone.
u A notification appears on the screen.
6. Select the photo on your phone.
7. A confirmation message appears on the
screen. Select OK.
■
Image Transfer for the Wallpaper
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 362 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
363
uuAudio System Basic OperationuSiri Eyes Free
Features
Siri Eyes Free
You can talk to Siri using the (Talk) button on the steering wheel when your
iPhone is paired to the Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink® (HFL) system.
2 Phone Setup P. 506
■
Using Siri Eyes Free
1Siri Eyes Free
Siri is a trademark of Apple Inc.
Check Apple Inc. website for features available for
Siri.
While driving we recommend only using Siri through
the button on the steering wheel (Siri Eyes Free).
1Using Siri Eyes Free
Some commands work only on specific phone
features or apps.
(Talk) Button
Press and hold until the display
changes as shown.
(Back) Button
Press to deactivate Siri.
While in Siri Eyes Free:
The display remains the same.
No feedback or commands
appears.
Appears when Siri is
activated in Siri Eyes Free
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 363 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
364
uuAudio System Basic OperationuApple CarPlay
Features
Apple CarPlay
If you connect an Apple CarPlay-compatible iPhone to the system via the front USB
port, you can use the audio/information screen, instead of the iPhone display, to
make a phone call, listen to music, view maps (navigation), and access messages.
2 USB Ports P. 265
■ Phone
Access the contact list, make phone calls, or listen to voice mail.
■ Messages
Check and reply to text messages, or have messages read to you.
■ Music
Play music stored on your iPhone.
■
Apple CarPlay Menu
1Apple CarPlay
Only iPhone 5 or newer versions with iOS 8.4 or later
are compatible with Apple CarPlay.
Park in a safe place before connecting your iPhone to
Apple CarPlay and when launching any compatible
apps.
To use Apple CarPlay, connect the USB cable to the
USB port located in the console compartment. The
USB ports located on the back of the console
compartment will not enable Apple CarPlay
operation.
2 USB Ports P. 265
While connected to Apple CarPlay, calls are only
made through Apple CarPlay. If you want to make a
call with HandsFreeLink, turn Apple CarPlay OFF or
detach the USB cable from your iPhone.
2 Setting Up Apple CarPlay P. 365
When your iPhone is connected to Apple CarPlay, it is
not possible to use the Bluetooth® Audio or
Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink®. However, other
previously paired phones can stream audio via
Bluetooth® while Apple CarPlay is connected.
2 Phone Setup P. 506
For details on countries and regions where Apple
CarPlay is available, as well as information pertaining
to function, refer to the Apple homepage.
Home screen
Apple CarPlay icon
Apple CarPlay menu screen
Go back to the Apple
CarPlay menu screen
Select the Honda icon
to go back to the
home screen
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 364 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
Continued
365
uuAudio System Basic OperationuApple CarPlay
Features
■ Maps
Display Apple Maps and use the navigation function just as you would on your
iPhone.
Only one navigation system (pre-installed navigation or Apple CarPlay) can give
directions at a time. When you are using one system, directions to any prior
destination set on the other system will be canceled, and the system you are
currently using will direct you to your destination.
After you have connected your iPhone to the system via the front USB port, use the
following procedure to set up Apple CarPlay. Use of Apple CarPlay will result in the
transmission of certain user and vehicle information (such as vehicle location, speed,
and status) to your iPhone to enhance the Apple CarPlay experience. You will need
to consent to the sharing of this information on the audio/information screen.
■ Enabling Apple CarPlay
Enable: Allows this consent.
Disable: Does not allow this consent.
You may change the consent settings under
the Connections settings menu.
■
Setting Up Apple CarPlay
1Apple CarPlay
Apple CarPlay Operating Requirements &
Limitations
Apple CarPlay requires a compatible iPhone with an
active cellular connection and data plan. Your
carrier’s rate plans will apply.
Changes in operating systems, hardware, software,
and other technology integral to providing Apple
CarPlay functionality, as well as new or revised
governmental regulations, may result in a decrease or
cessation of Apple CarPlay functionality and services.
Honda cannot and does not provide any warranty or
guarantee of future Apple CarPlay performance or
functionality.
It is possible to use 3rd party apps if they are
compatible with Apple CarPlay. Refer to the Apple
homepage for information on compatible apps.
Models with navigation system
1Setting Up Apple CarPlay
You can also use the method below to set up Apple
CarPlay:
Select HOME Settings Connections Apple
CarPlay
Use of user and vehicle information
The use and handling of user and vehicle information
transmitted to/from your iPhone by Apple CarPlay is
governed by the Apple iOS terms and conditions and
Apple’s Privacy Policy.
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 365 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
uuAudio System Basic OperationuApple CarPlay
366
Features
Press and hold the talk button to activate Siri.
■
Operating Apple CarPlay with Siri
1Operating Apple CarPlay with Siri
Below are examples of questions and commands for
Siri:
• What movies are playing today?
• Call dad at work.
• What song is this?
• How’s the weather tomorrow?
• Read my latest email.
• Find a table for four tonight in Chicago.
For more information, please visit
www.apple.com/ios/siri.
(Talk) button:
Press and hold to activate Siri.
Press again to deactivate Siri.
Press and release to activate standard voice recognition system.
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 366 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
367
uuAudio System Basic OperationuAndroid Auto
Continued
Features
Android Auto
When you connect an Android phone to the audio system via the front USB port,
Android Auto is automatically initiated. When connected via Android Auto, you can
use the audio/information screen to access the Phone, Google Maps (Navigation),
Google Play Music, and Google Now functions. When you first use Android Auto, a
tutorial will appear on the screen.
We recommend that you complete this tutorial while safely parked before using
Android Auto.
2 USB Ports P. 265
2 Auto Pairing Connection P. 369
1Android Auto
To use Android Auto, you need to download the
Android Auto app from Google Play to your
smartphone.
Only Android 5.0 (Lollipop) or later versions are
compatible with Android Auto.
Bluetooth A2DP cannot be used with Android Auto
phone.
Park in a safe place before connecting your Android
phone to Android Auto and when launching any
compatible apps.
To use Android Auto, connect the USB cable to the
USB port located in the console compartment. The
USB ports located on the back of the console
compartment will not enable Android Auto
operation.
2 USB Ports P. 265
To directly access the Android Auto phone function,
press Phone on the home screen.
2 Auto Pairing Connection P. 369
When your Android phone is connected to Android
Auto, it is not possible to use the Bluetooth® Audio.
However, other previously paired phones can stream
audio via Bluetooth® while Android Auto is
connected.
2 Phone Setup P. 506
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 367 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
uuAudio System Basic OperationuAndroid Auto
368
Features
a Maps (Navigation)
Display Google Maps and use the navigation function just as you would with your
Android phone. When the vehicle is in motion, it is not possible to make keyboard
entries. Stop the vehicle in a safe location to undertake a search or provide other
inputs.
Only one navigation system (pre-installed navigation or Android Auto) can give
directions at a time. When you are using one system, directions to any prior
destination set on the other system will be canceled, and the system you are
currently using will direct you to your destination.
The audio/information screen shows you turn-by-turn driving directions to your
destination.
b Phone (Communication)
Make and receive phone calls as well as listen to voicemail.
c Google Now (Home screen)
Display useful information organized by Android Auto into simple cards that appear
just when they’re needed.
■
Android Auto Menu
1Android Auto
For details on countries and regions where Android
Auto is available, as well as information pertaining to
function, refer to the Android Auto homepage.
Android Auto Operating Requirements &
Limitations
Android Auto requires a compatible Android phone
with an active cellular connection and data plan.
Your carrier’s rate plans will apply.
Changes in operating systems, hardware, software,
and other technology integral to providing Android
Auto functionality, as well as new or revised
governmental regulations, may result in a decrease or
cessation of Android Auto functionality and services.
Honda cannot and does not provide any warranty or
guarantee of future Android Auto performance or
functionality.
It is possible to use 3rd party apps if they are
compatible with Android Auto. Refer to the Android
Auto homepage for information on compatible apps.
: Go back to the
home screen
Android Auto icon
6
Models with navigation system
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 368 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
Continued
369
uuAudio System Basic OperationuAndroid Auto
Features
d Music and audio
Play Google Play Music and music apps that are compatible with Android Auto.
To switch between music apps, press this icon.
e Go back to the Home Screen.
f Voice
Operate Android Auto with your voice.
When you connect an Android phone to the unit via the front USB port, Android
Auto is automatically initiated.
■ Enabling Android Auto
Enable: Allows this consent.
Disable: Does not allow this consent.
You may change the consent settings under
the Connections settings menu.
■
Auto Pairing Connection
1Enabling Android Auto
Only initialize Android Auto when you safely parked.
When Android Auto first detects your phone, you will
need to set up your phone so that auto pairing is
possible. Refer to the instruction manual that came
with your phone.
You can use the method below to change Android
Auto settings after you have completed the initial
setup:
Select HOME Settings Connections Android
Auto
Use of user and vehicle information
The use and handling of user and vehicle information
transmitted to/from your phone by Android Auto is
governed by the Google’s Privacy Policy.
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 369 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
uuAudio System Basic OperationuAndroid Auto
370
Features
Press and hold the talk button to operate Android Auto with your voice.
■
Operating Android Auto with Voice Recognition
1Operating Android Auto with Voice Recognition
Below are examples of commands you can give with
voice recognition:
• Reply to text.
• Call my wife.
• Navigate to Honda.
• Play my music.
• Send a text message to my wife.
• Call flower shop.
For more information, please refer to the Android
Auto homepage.
You can also activate the voice recognition function
by pressing the icon in the upper-right corner of
the screen.
(Talk) button:
Press and hold to operate Android Auto with your voice.
Press and release to activate standard voice recognition system.
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 370 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
371
Continued
Features
Audio Error Messages
CD Player
*
If a disc error occurs, you may see the following error messages.
Error Message Cause Solution
Problem ejecting disc from
the player. Contact Honda
dealer to fix this problem.
Disc stuck in player • Contact a dealer and the player needs to be replaced.
There is a problem with the
player. Eject and re-insert the
disc. If this does not work, try
another disc. If the error
continues, contact Honda
dealer.
Focus error
Unsupported disc error
Mechanical error
Servo error
DRM file access
Error file access
• Press the (eject) button and remove the disc, and check that the
error message is cleared.
• Check that the disc is not damaged or deformed, and insert the
disc again.
2 Protecting CDs P. 378
The system has overheated.
Try to reduce the
temperature by tuning the
audio system off and
allowing the player to cool
down.
High temperature
• Turn the audio system off and allow the player to cool down until
the error message is cleared.
Models with Display Audio
* Not available on all models
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 371 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
372
uuAudio Error MessagesuCD Player
*
Features
Error Message Cause Solution
There is a problem with the
player. Eject and re-insert the
disc. If this does not work, try
another disc. If this error
continues contact Honda
dealer.
Disc error
• Check that the disc is not damaged or deformed.
2 Protecting CDs P. 378
The system has overheated.
Try to reduce the
temperature by turning the
audio system off and
allowing the player to cool
down.
High temperature
• Turn the audio system off and allow the player to cool down until
the error message is cleared.
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 372 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
373
uuAudio Error MessagesuiPod/USB Flash Drive
Continued
Features
iPod/USB Flash Drive
If an error occurs while playing an iPod or USB flash drive, you may see the following
error messages. If you cannot clear the error message, contact a dealer.
*1:Models with color audio system
*2:Models with Display Audio
Error Message Solution
USB Error
*1
Problem reading connected device. See
Owner’s Manual for a list of compatible
devices. If device is compatible, try
reconnecting device.
If this error remains, contact Honda
dealer.
*2
Appears when there is a problem with the audio system. Check if the device is
compatible with the audio system.
Bad USB Device
*1
Problem reading connected device. See
Owner’s Manual for a list of compatible
devices. If device is compatible, try
reconnecting device.
If this error remains, contact Honda
dealer.
*2
Appears when an incompatible device is connected. Disconnect the device. Then turn
the audio system off, and turn it on again. Do not reconnect the device that caused the
error.
Unsupported Ver
*1
Problem reading connected device. See
Owner’s Manual for a list of compatible
devices. If device is compatible, try
reconnecting device.
If this error remains, contact Honda
dealer.
*2
• Appears when an unsupported iPod is connected. If it appears when a supported
iPod is connected, update the iPod software to the newer version.
• Appears when an unsupported device is connected. If it appears when a supported
device is connected, reconnect the device.
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 373 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
374
uuAudio Error MessagesuiPod/USB Flash Drive
Features
*1:Models with color audio system
*2:Models with Display Audio
Error Message Solution
Problem reading connected device. See
Owner’s Manual for a list of compatible
devices. If device is compatible, try
reconnecting device.
If this error remains, contact Honda
dealer.
*2
Appears when the system does not acknowledge the iPod. Reconnect the iPod.
Unplayable File
*1
The selected file cannot be played on this
system
*2
Appears when the files in the USB flash drive are DRM or an unsupported format. This
error message appears for about three seconds, then plays the next song.
No Data
*1
The connected device does not contain any
files that can be played on this system. See
Owner’s Manual for a list of compatible file
types.
*2
Appears when the iPod is empty.
Appears when the USB flash drive is empty or there are no MP3, WMA, or AAC files in
the USB flash drive.
Check that compatible files are stored on the device.
iPod
USB flash drive
iPod and USB flash drive
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 374 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
375
uuAudio Error MessagesuAndroid/Apps
Features
Android/Apps
If an error occurs while using the audio system or apps, you may see the following
error messages. If you cannot clear the error message, contact a dealer.
*1:****part is variable characters, and will change depending upon where an error
occurs.
Error Message Solution
Unfortunately, **** has
stopped.
*1
Error has occurred within app, select OK on the screen to close the app.
**** is not responding.
Would you like to close
it?
*1
App is not responding.
Select Wait if you can wait for a response from app a little longer. If it does not respond even if you keep
waiting, select OK to close the app and start it up. If the error message continues, perform Factory Data
Reset.
2 Defaulting All the Settings P. 472
Models with Display Audio
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 375 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
376
Features
General Information on the Audio System
SiriusXM® Radio Service
*
1. You need your radio ID ready before registering for subscription. To see the ID in
the screen, select Channel to 0.
2. Have your radio ID ready, and either call or visit the SiriusXM® website to
subscribe.
Switch to the SiriusXM® mode by using the audio remote controls on the steering
wheel, or through the audio/information screen, and stay in this mode for about 30
minutes until the service is activated. Make sure your vehicle is in an open area with
good reception.
Channel not subscribed. Call SiriusXM to subscribe.:
You are not subscribed to the channel selected.
Subscription updated:
SiriusXM® radio is receiving information update from the network.
Channel Not Available:
No such channel exits, or the artist or title information is unavailable.
No Signal:
The signal is too weak in the current location.
Check Tuner:
There is a problem with the SiriusXM® tuner. Contact a dealer.
Check Antenna:
There is a problem with the SiriusXM® antenna. Contact a dealer.
■
Subscribing to SiriusXM® Radio
■
Receiving SiriusXM® Radio
■
SiriusXM® Radio Display Messages
Models with Display Audio
1Subscribing to SiriusXM® Radio
Contact Information for SiriusXM® Radio:
• US: SiriusXM® Radio at www.siriusxm.com or 1-
800-852-9696
• Canada: SiriusXM® Canada at www.siriusxm.ca, or
1-877-209-0079
1Receiving SiriusXM® Radio
The SiriusXM® satellites are in orbit over the equator;
therefore, objects south of the vehicle may cause
satellite reception interruptions. Satellite signals are
more likely to be blocked by tall buildings and
mountains the farther north you travel from the
equator.
You may experience reception problems under the
following circumstances:
• In a location with an obstruction to the south of
your vehicle.
• In tunnels
• On the lower level of a multi-tiered road
• Large items carried on the roof rack
* Not available on all models
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 376 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
377
uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuRecommended CDs
*
Continued
Features
Recommended CDs
*
• Use only high-quality CD-R or CD-RW discs labeled for audio use.
• Use only CD-R or CD-RW discs on which the recordings are closed.
• Play only standard round-shaped CDs.
• Some software files may not allow for audio play or text data display.
• Some versions of MP3, WMA or AAC formats may be unsupported.
Models with Display Audio
1Recommended CDs
*
A Dual-disc cannot play on this audio unit. If recorded
under certain conditions, a CD-R or CD-RW may not
play either.
■
CDs with MP3, WMA or AAC files
The CD packages or jackets should have one of these marks.
* Not available on all models
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 377 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
uuGeneral Information on the Audio System uRecommended CDs
*
378
Features
■ Protecting CDs
Follow these precautions when handling or storing CDs:
• Store a CD in its case when it is not being played.
• When wiping a CD, use a soft clean cloth from the center to the outside edge.
• Handle a CD by its edge. Never touch either surface.
• Never insert foreign objects into the CD player.
• Keep CDs out of direct sunlight and extreme heat.
• Do not place stabilizer rings or labels on the CD.
• Avoid fingerprints, liquids, and felt-tip pens on the CD.
1Protecting CDs
NOTICE
Do not insert a damaged CD. It may be stuck inside
and damage the audio unit.
Examples:
●
Damaged CDs
Bubbled/
Wrinkled
With Label/
Sticker
Using
Printer Label
Kit
Sealed With Plastic Ring
●
Poor quality
CDs
Chipped/
Cracked
Warped Burrs
●
Small CDs
3-inch
(8-cm)
CD
●
Bubbled, wrinkled, labeled, and
excessively thick CDs
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 378 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
379
uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuCompatible iPod, iPad, iPhone, and USB Flash Drives
Features
Compatible iPod, iPad, iPhone, and USB Flash Drives
• A USB flash drive of 256 MB or higher is recommended.
• Some digital audio players may not be compatible.
• Some USB flash drives (e.g., a device with security lockout) may not work.
• Some software files may not allow for audio play or text data display.
• Some versions of MP3, WMA, or AAC formats may be unsupported.
*1: Models with Display Audio
■
iPod, iPad, and iPhone Model Compatibility
Model
iPod (5th generation)
iPod classic 80GB/160GB (launch in 2007)
iPod classic 120GB (launch in 2008)
iPod classic 160GB (launch in 2009)
iPod nano (1st to 7th generation
*
) released between 2005 and 2012
iPod touch (1st to 5th generation
*
) released between 2007 and 2012
iPhone
*1
/iPhone 3G/iPhone 3GS/iPhone 4/iPhone 4s/iPhone 5
*1
/iPhone 5c/iPhone
5s/iPhone 6/iPhone 6 Plus
iPad
*1
/iPad 2
*1
/iPad (3rd generation)
*1
/iPad (4th generation)
*1
iPad Air
*1
/iPad Air 2
*1
iPad mini
*1
/iPad mini 2
*1
/iPad mini 3
*1
■
USB Flash Drives
1iPod, iPad, and iPhone Model Compatibility
This system may not work with all software versions
of these devices.
1USB Flash Drives
Files on the USB flash drive are played in their stored
order. This order may be different from the order
displayed on your PC or device.
* Not available on all models
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 379 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
380
uuGeneral Information on the Audio System uHonda App License Agreement
Features
Honda App License Agreement
PLEASE CAREFULLY READ THIS END USER LICENSE AGREEMENT (THIS “AGREEMENT”) WHICH GOVERNS YOUR USE OF THE SOFTWARE
INSTALLED ON YOUR HONDA OR ACURA VEHICLE (YOUR “VEHICLE”) AS WELL AS THE APPLICATIONS, SERVICES, FUNCTIONS, AND
CONTENT PROVIDED THROUGH THE SOFTWARE (COLLECTIVELY, THE “SERVICES”). YOUR USE OF THE SOFTWARE OR SERVICES WILL
SERVE AS YOUR CONSENT TO THE TERMS OF THIS AGREEMENT. THE SOFTWARE IS OWNED (OR LICENSED), PROVIDED, AND/OR
OPERATED BY AMERICAN HONDA MOTOR CO. INC., (“HONDA,” “US,” “WE,” OR “OUR”), WITH ITS BUSINESS ADDRESS AT 1919
TORRANCE BLVD., TORRANCE, CA 90501. REFERENCE TO “HONDA” IN THIS AGREEMENT INCLUDES HONDA’S PARENT COMPANY AND
ITS AFFILIATES AND DESIGNATED AGENTS. THE SERVICES ARE OWNED (OR LICENSED), PROVIDED, AND/OR OPERATED BY HONDA OR A
THIRD-PARTY SERVICE PROVIDER (A “PROVIDER”). REFERENCE TO A “PROVIDER” IN THIS AGREEMENT INCLUDES SUCH PROVIDER’S
PARENT COMPANY, AFFILIATES, AND DESIGNATED AGENTS.
A. Description of the Software. The SOFTWARE includes the software, firmware and the like, installed and executing on your VEHICLE
during manufacture, and thereafter updated from time to time by HONDA, you or an authorized HONDA dealer (a “DEALER”). The
SOFTWARE allows you to access and use a variety of SERVICES, including but not limited to: (a) HONDA applications, services, and content
provided through the SOFTWARE (together, “HONDA SERVICES”); and (b) PROVIDER applications, services, and content provided through
the SOFTWARE (together, “PROVIDER SERVICES”), each of which may provide access to various information, media, content, and services.
B. SOFTWARE Licensing and Intellectual Property.
1. SOFTWARE. This AGREEMENT grants you a non-exclusive, limited, and revocable license to use the SOFTWARE and SERVICES solely (a)
as installed on your VEHICLE by HONDA, (b) as updated on your Vehicle by HONDA, you (but only as and when directed by HONDA), or a
DEALER and (c) as permitted under the terms of this AGREEMENT.
2. HONDA Services. The SOFTWARE may provide you with access to various HONDA SERVICES. Installation, activation, or use of HONDA
SERVICES may require your consent to additional terms, conditions, and privacy policies applicable to those HONDA SERVICES (the
“HONDA TERMS”). You acknowledge and agree that any collection, use, sharing of data generated by your VEHICLE or your use of your
VEHICLE, and your use of the HONDA SERVICES shall be subject to this AGREEMENT and any additional HONDA TERMS that may be
specifically applicable to such HONDA SERVICES or data generation. The HONDA SERVICES may collect, use, and share such data while
you are using the SOFTWARE.
■
END USER LICENSE AGREEMENT
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 380 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
381
uuGeneral Information on the Audio System uHonda App License Agreement
Continued
Features
3. Open-Source Software. The SOFTWARE and SERVICES may incorporate software licensed to HONDA under free or open-source
licenses which govern HONDA’s distribution and your use of such software. HONDA and the third-party authors, licensors, and distributors
of such software disclaim all warranties and all liability arising from any and all use or distribution of the software. To the extent such
software is provided under terms that differ from the applicable free or open-source licenses, those terms are offered by HONDA alone.
Additional information regarding free and open-source software incorporated in the SOFTWARE and SERVICES is available in this manual
or within the SOFTWARE.
4. Provider Services. The SOFTWARE may provide you with access to various PROVIDER SERVICES. Installation or use of such PROVIDER
SERVICES may require your consent to additional terms, conditions, and privacy policies of the applicable PROVIDER (the “PROVIDER
TERMS”). This AGREEMENT restricts the manner in which you can install and use PROVIDER SERVICES but does not grant you a license or
permission to use such PROVIDER SERVICES. Your permission to use PROVIDER SERVICES is limited and subject to any license grants,
conditions, and limitations included in the PROVIDER TERMS. You acknowledge that any collection, use, sharing of your information,
targeted advertising practices by PROVIDERS, and your use of the PROVIDER SERVICES shall be subject to both this AGREEMENT and any
applicable PROVIDER TERMS. The PROVIDER SERVICES may collect, use, and share such information while you are using the SOFTWARE.
5. License Limitations and Restrictions on Use.
(a) Limited License.
You understand and agree that the SOFTWARE and SERVICES are licensed, not sold, to you solely for use in accordance
with this AGREEMENT and any applicable PROVIDER TERMS, and any documentation for the VEHICLE made available to you by HONDA
(any “DOCUMENTATION”). HONDA and its licensors reserve all rights in the SOFTWARE and HONDA SERVICES not expressly granted to
you under this AGREEMENT. PROVIDERS and their licensors reserve all rights in the PROVIDER SERVICES not expressly granted to you under
the applicable PROVIDER TERMS.
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 381 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
382
uuGeneral Information on the Audio System uHonda App License Agreement
Features
(b) Restrictions on Use. The licenses granted under this AGREEMENT do not permit you to use the SOFTWARE or SERVICES on a device
other than your VEHICLE. As a condition of using the SOFTWARE and SERVICES, you agree that you may not and will not:
6. Intellectual Property Rights. All title and intellectual property rights in and to the SOFTWARE and SERVICES, the accompanying
DOCUMENTATION, and all copies of the SOFTWARE or SERVICES are owned by HONDA, PROVIDERS, or their suppliers or licensors. This
AGREEMENT does not grant you any rights in connection with any trademarks or service marks of HONDA, PROVIDERS, or their licensors,
affiliates, or suppliers.
(1) copy, download, distribute, modify, publish, sell, rent, lease, lend, license, sublicense, reuse, or create derivative works of the
SOFTWARE or SERVICES or any of the content or other material within the SOFTWARE or SERVICES, including without limitation,
HONDA or PROVIDER names, logos, or any other trademarks of HONDA or PROVIDERS or used in association with the SOFTWARE or
any SERVICES, except as required to use the SOFTWARE or SERVICES in accordance with this AGREEMENT, any applicable PROVIDER
TERMS, and the DOCUMENTATION;
(2) access or use the SOFTWARE or SERVICES in any manner intended to damage or impair the operation of the SOFTWARE or SERVICES
or interfere with anyone else’s use and enjoyment of the SOFTWARE or SERVICES;
(3) access or attempt to access any system or server on which the SOFTWARE or SERVICES is hosted or modify or alter the SOFTWARE
or SERVICES in any way;
(4) use the SOFTWARE or SERVICES for any unlawful purpose, or in violation of any third party rights;
(5) use the SOFTWARE or SERVICES in violation of any applicable traffic regulations, rules or laws, including but not limited to any driver
distraction laws, rules or regulations;
(6) violate the terms of this AGREEMENT, any HONDA TERMS, any PROVIDER TERMS or other applicable third-party terms, conditions,
and privacy policies; or
(7) reverse engineer, decompile, disassemble, attempt to derive the source code of, nor permit others to reverse engineer, decompile,
or disassemble, or attempt to derive the source code of the SOFTWARE or SERVICES, except and only to the extent that such activity is
expressly permitted (a) by applicable law notwithstanding this limitation or (b) the terms of applicable free or opensource software
licenses.
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 382 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
383
uuGeneral Information on the Audio System uHonda App License Agreement
Continued
Features
7. Export Restrictions: You acknowledge that the SOFTWARE and SERVICES are subject to U.S., European Union, and other export
jurisdictions. You agree to comply with all applicable international and national laws that apply to the SOFTWARE and SERVICES, including
the U.S. Export Administration Regulations, as well as end-user, end-use, and destination restrictions issued by the U.S. and other
governments.
C. SOFTWARE Operation
1. HONDA reserves the right to suspend or terminate your access to and use of the SOFTWARE or SERVICES if you are found to be in
violation of this AGREEMENT or as reasonably deemed necessary by HONDA.
2. Eligibility/Registration/Activation.
The SOFTWARE is intended for and available to individuals who (a) are of legal age of majority in their
jurisdiction of residence (and at least 18 years of age), or are younger than 18 years of age and possess a valid driver’s license issued by
their jurisdiction of residence, and (b) own or have permissive access to a compatible VEHICLE. We do not knowingly collect any
information, including personal information, from children under 13. If we learn or are notified that we have collected personal
information of a child under 13, we will immediately take steps to delete such information.
3. Use of PROVIDER SERVICES through the SOFTWARE.
Certain PROVIDER SERVICES made available through the SOFTWARE may require
that you register or otherwise have an account with the PROVIDER and agree to PROVIDER TERMS. Any use of any of such PROVIDER
SERVICES within the SOFTWARE is subject to this AGREEMENT and the applicable PROVIDER TERMS. HONDA does not exercise control
over such PROVIDER SERVICES and is not responsible or liable for the availability, security, or content of such PROVIDER SERVICES, and the
inclusion of any PROVIDER SERVICES does not imply a referral from, the approval of, or the endorsement by HONDA of such PROVIDER
SERVICES. HONDA is not responsible or liable, directly or indirectly, for any damage relating to or resulting from your use of the PROVIDER
SERVICES.
4. Links to Third Party Sites:
The SOFTWARE may provide you with the ability to access third-party sites and content through the use of the
SOFTWARE or SERVICES. The third-party sites and content are not under the control of HONDA. HONDA is not responsible or liable,
directly or indirectly, for such third-party websites and their content or for any damage relating to or resulting from your access or use of
such websites and content.
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 383 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
384
uuGeneral Information on the Audio System uHonda App License Agreement
Features
5. Unauthorized Use and Abuse. You are responsible for ensuring your (and any authorized third parties’) use of the SOFTWARE and
SERVICES remains in compliance with this AGREEMENT and all other applicable HONDA TERMS and PROVIDER TERMS. You acknowledge
and agree that any use of the SOFTWARE or SERVICES occurring through your VEHICLE will be deemed your actions and that HONDA and
PROVIDERS may rely upon such actions. You agree to immediately notify us if you suspect fraudulent or abusive activity involving the
SOFTWARE or SERVICES. If you so notify us or if we otherwise suspect fraudulent or abusive activity, you agree to cooperate with us in any
fraud investigation and to use any fraud prevention measures we prescribe. Your failure to immediately notify us or cooperate to use such
measures will result in your liability for all fraudulent usage or abusive activity associated with your VEHICLE.
6. SOFTWARE Updates.
The SOFTWARE and SERVICES may be updated when your VEHICLE is serviced by a DEALER or remotely, over-the-
air, by HONDA from time to time; such updates may occur with or without further notice or your future consent. The SOFTWARE may be
updated at HONDA’s discretion and for any purpose including, without limitation, to patch or otherwise improve the SOFTWARE or
SERVICES functionality, security, or stability. All updates to the SOFTWARE and SERVICES are subject to this AGREEMENT and any other
applicable HONDA TERMS and PROVIDER TERMS.
7. Uninstalling, Removing, and Replacing the SOFTWARE.
Replacing SOFTWARE or HONDA SERVICES with software or firmware not
provided and installed by HONDA or a DEALER will render all representations and warranties for the SOFTWARE, HONDA SERVICES, and
VEHICLE functionality reliant upon the SOFTWARE or HONDA SERVICES null and void.
D. SOFTWARE Operational Notices and Warnings
1. Vehicle Geolocation Information.
You acknowledge that your VEHICLE may be equipped with certain traffic and map features. The
traffic feature will automatically collect and transmit, through GPS technology, your Vehicle’s current location (longitude and latitude),
travel direction and speed (“VEHICLE GEOLOCATION INFORMATION”) to HONDA and PROVIDERS. The VEHICLE GEOLOCATION
INFORMATION is used by HONDA and PROVIDERS to provide traffic and navigation-related information to you, but may also be used to
provide other SERVICES or offers to you. HONDA will not use such VEHICLE GEOLOCATION INFORMATION for its own marketing efforts,
or provide such information to unaffiliated third parties for their own purposes, without your express consent.
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 384 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
385
uuGeneral Information on the Audio System uHonda App License Agreement
Continued
Features
2. Potential Map Inaccuracy and Route Safety. Maps used by this system may be inaccurate because of changes in roads, traffic controls,
routing, or driving conditions. Always use good judgment and common sense when following suggested routes. Do not follow the route
suggestions if doing so would result in an unsafe or illegal driving maneuver, if you would be placed in an unsafe situation, or if you would
be directed into an area that you consider unsafe. Do not rely on any navigation features included in the system to route you to emergency
services. Not all emergency services such as police, fire stations, hospitals, or clinics are likely to be contained in the map database for such
navigation features. Ask local authorities or an emergency services operator for such locations and routes. The driver is ultimately
responsible for the safe operation of the vehicle and therefore, must evaluate whether it is safe to follow the suggested directions. Any
navigation features are provided only as an aid. Make your driving decisions based on your observations of local conditions and existing
traffic regulations. Navigation features are not a substitute for your personal judgment. Any route suggestions made by the SOFTWARE or
SERVICES should never replace any local traffic regulations or your personal judgment or knowledge of safe driving practices.
3. Speech Recognition:
You acknowledge and understand that HONDA and PROVIDERS may record, retain, and use voices commands
when you use the speech recognition components of the SOFTWARE or SERVICES. You and all VEHICLE operators and passengers (a)
consent to the recording and retention of voice commands in support of providing speech recognition components and (b) release HONDA
and PROVIDERS from all claims, liabilities, and losses that may result from any use of such recorded voice commands. Recognition errors
are inherent in speech recognition. It is your responsibility to monitor any speech recognition functions included in the system and address
any errors. Neither HONDA nor PROVIDERS will be liable for any damages arising out of errors in the speech recognition process.
4. Distraction Hazards.
Navigation features may require manual (non-verbal) input or setup. Attempting to perform such set-up or insert
data while driving can seriously distract your attention and could cause a crash or other serious consequences; the ability to undertake such
interactions may also be limited by state or local law, which laws you are responsible to know and follow. Even occasional short scans of
the screen may be hazardous if your attention has been diverted away from your driving at a critical time. Pull over and stop the vehicle in
a safe and legal manner before attempting to access a function of the system requiring prolonged attention. Do not raise the volume
excessively. Keep the volume at a level where you can still hear outside traffic and emergency signals while driving. Driving while unable
to hear these sounds could result in a crash.
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 385 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
386
uuGeneral Information on the Audio System uHonda App License Agreement
Features
E. Information Collection and Storage
1. Information Collection, Use, Transmission and Storage of Data. Consent to Use of Data: You agree that HONDA and PROVIDERS may
collect and use your information gathered in any manner as part of product support services related to the SOFTWARE or related services.
HONDA may share such information with third parties, including, without limitation, PROVIDERS, third party software and services
suppliers, their affiliates and/or their designated agents, solely to improve their products or to provide services or technologies to you.
HONDA, third party software and systems suppliers, their affiliates and/or their designated agent may disclose this information to others,
but not in a form that personally identifies you.
2. Information Storage.
Depending on the type of multimedia system you have in your VEHICLE, certain information may be stored for ease
of use of the SOFTWARE including, without limitation, search history, location history in certain applications, previous and saved
destinations, map locations within certain applications, and device numbers and contact information.
(a) Vehicle Health Information.
Your VEHICLE may remotely transmit information regarding the status and health of your VEHICLE
(“VEHICLE INFORMATION”) to HONDA without notification to you. VEHICLE INFORMATION may contain VEHICLE maintenance and
malfunction status that is derived from VEHICLE diagnostic data and includes, but is not limited to, status of powered doors and windows,
battery life data, battery charging data, VEHICLE speed, coolant temperature, air compressor revolution, output power, warning codes,
diagnostic trouble codes, fuel injection volume, and engine rotations per minute. VEHICLE HEALTH INFORMATION may be used by HONDA
for research and development, to deliver HONDA SERVICES and information to you, and to contact you, and is retained only for a period
of time necessary to fulfill these goals.
(b) VEHICLE Geolocation Data (non-navigation/map based).
If you opt-in to geolocation-based SERVICES, your vehicle’s geolocation data
(latitude and longitude) will be automatically sent from your VEHICLE to HONDA and PROVIDERS.
(c) You understand that the inputting or uploading of information to your VEHICLE’s multimedia system or the SOFTWARE or SERVICES is
at your own risk and that HONDA is not responsible for unauthorized access to or use of any personal or other information. All information
uploaded to the SOFTWARE and SERVICES may be stored on your VEHICLES’s multimedia system and you understand that the security and
safety of your VEHICLE’s multimedia system is your sole responsibility.
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 386 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
387
uuGeneral Information on the Audio System uHonda App License Agreement
Continued
Features
F. NO WARRANTY. You understand and agree that your use of the SOFTWARE and SERVICES are solely at your own risk and that you
will be solely responsible for any damage to your VEHICLE’s multimedia system or any other equipment or any loss of data that may result
from your use of the SOFTWARE or SERVICES. THE SOFTWARE AND SERVICES ARE PROVIDED ON AN “AS IS” AND “AS AVAILABLE” BASIS
WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESSED, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY. WE SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIM ANY IMPLIED WARRANTIES
OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND NON-INFRINGEMENT. HONDA makes no warranties that the
SOFTWARE or SERVICES will meet your requirements, or that the SOFTWARE or SERVICES will be uninterrupted, timely, secure, non-
infringing or error free. You understand and agree that you are responsible for any and all charges, costs or expenses associated with your
use of the SOFTWARE or SERVICES. Advice or information, whether oral or written, obtained by you from us or through the SOFTWARE
or SERVICES are provided for informational purposes only and will not create any warranty not expressly made herein. You should not rely
on any such information or advice. We assume no liability or responsibility for any errors or omissions in the SOFTWARE or SERVICES. We
do not make any warranty or representation that your use of the material displayed on, or obtained through, the SOFTWARE or SERVICES
is non-infringing of any rights of any third party. Any decision or action taken by you on the basis of information or content provided via
the application is at your sole discretion and risk. HONDA and PROVIDERS are not responsible or liable for any such decision, or for the
accuracy, completeness, usefulness, or availability of any content or information displayed, transmitted, or otherwise made available via
the SOFTWARE or SERVICES. To the extent jurisdictions do not allow the exclusion of certain warranties, some of the above exclusions may
not apply to you.
G. LIMITATIONS ON LIABILITY. You and HONDA are each waiving important rights.
1. Limitations on YOUR liability.
HONDA cannot recover from you any consequential, indirect, incidental, or special damages, or attorney’s
fees in connection with your use of the SOFTWARE or HONDA SERVICES. HONDA WAIVES TO THE FULLEST EXTENT ALLOWED BY LAW
ANY CLAIM FOR DAMAGES OTHER THAN DIRECT, COMPENSATORY DAMAGES AS LIMITED IN THIS AGREEMENT.
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 387 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
388
uuGeneral Information on the Audio System uHonda App License Agreement
Features
2. Limitation on HONDA and PROVIDER liability. Neither HONDA nor PROVIDERS will be liable to you or any other party for consequential,
indirect, incidental, special, or punitive damages (including without limitation lost profits) in connection with your use of the SOFTWARE
or SERVICES, even if HONDA or PROVIDERS are aware of the possibility of such damages. These limitations apply to all claims, including,
without limitation, claims in contract and tort (such as negligence, product liability and strict liability). To the extent that a jurisdiction does
not permit the exclusion or limitation of liability as set forth herein our liability is limited to the maximum extent permitted by law in such
states. If HONDA or PROVIDERS are found liable to you for any reason, you agree that the aggregate liability of all these parties to you for
any claim is limited to ten U.S. dollars (US $10.00). Neither HONDA nor any PROVIDER would have agreed to provide the SOFTWARE or
SERVICES to you if you did not agree to this limitation. This amount is the sole and exclusive liability of HONDA and PROVIDERS to you,
and is payable as liquidated damages and not as a penalty. Except where prohibited by law, you may not bring any claim against HONDA
or any third-party beneficiary more than two (2) years after the claim arises. We do not have any liability for SOFTWARE or SERVICES
interruptions of any length.
(a) Release of HONDA and PROVIDERS
For yourself and anyone else claiming under you, you agree to release and discharge HONDA,
PROVIDERS, their respective officers, directors, and employees, and each third-party beneficiary from all claims, liabilities and losses in
connection with the SOFTWARE or SERVICES, including, but not limited to claims for personal injury or property damage arising from the
total or partial failure of performance of the SOFTWARE or SERVICES, even if caused by or based upon the negligence, gross negligence,
strict products liability, Deceptive Trade Practices Act violations, bad faith, or breach of warranty of us or the malfunction of the SOFTWARE
or SOFTWARE SERVICES. YOU AGREE TO WAIVE TO THE FULLEST EXTENT ALLOWED BY LAW, ANY CLAIM FOR DAMAGES OTHER THAN
DIRECT, COMPENSATORY DAMAGES AS LIMITED IN THIS AGREEMENT. YOU HEREBY RELEASE AND DISCHARGE HONDA AND ITS
LICENSORS AND CONTRACTORS (INCLUDING ANY THIRD PARTIES PROVIDING ALL OR PART OF THE SOFTWARE OR SERVICES) FROM AND
AGAINST ANY CLAIMS, DAMAGES, EXPENSES AND LIABILITY ARISING FROM OR RELATED TO ANY INJURIES, DAMAGES, OR LOSSES TO
ANY PERSON (INCLUDING DEATH) OR PROPERTY OF ANY KIND RESULTING IN WHOLE OR PART, DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY, FROM YOUR
USE OF THE SOFTWARE OR SERVICES.
H. Survival. You agree that the limitations of liability and indemnities in this AGREEMENT will survive even after the AGREEMENT has
ended. These limitations of liability apply not only to you, but to anyone using the SOFTWARE or SERVICES via your VEHICLE, to anyone
making a claim on your behalf, and to any claims made by your family, employees, customers, or others arising out of or relating to your
VEHICLE, the SOFTWARE, or SERVICES.
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 388 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
389
uuGeneral Information on the Audio System uHonda App License Agreement
Continued
Features
I. Availability/Interruption. The SOFTWARE and certain SERVICES are made available through your VEHICLE’s compatible multimedia
system when the VEHICLE is turned on. Certain SERVICES may be available only through your compatible mobile device when it is within
the operating range of the VEHICLE and a wireless carrier. The availability of the SOFTWARE and SERVICES may be subject to transmission
limitation or interruption, including but not limited to technical obsolesce or sunsetting of the hardware, software or firmware, inside of
or external to the Vehicle, required for data transmission or receipt. HONDA does not guarantee that the SOFTWARE, SERVICES, or any
portion thereof will be available at all times or in all areas. You acknowledge and agree that HONDA is not responsible for performance
degradation, interruption or delays. You acknowledge that HONDA shall not be liable to you if the SOFTWARE or SERVICES in a given
location are not available. If the SOFTWARE or SERVICES are not available within your intended location, you agree that your sole remedy
shall be to cease using the SOFTWARE and SERVICES.
J. PRODUCT SUPPORT: Product support for the SOFTWARE is provided by HONDA. For product support, please refer to HONDA
instructions provided in the DOCUMENTATION. Should you have any questions concerning this AGREEMENT, or if you desire to contact
HONDA for any other reason, please refer to the HONDA contact information provided in the DOCUMENTATION.
K. Termination and Transfer.
1. Termination. This AGREEMENT is effective until terminated by you or US. WE may terminate this AGREEMENT for any or no reason,
and with or without notice to you. Your rights under this AGREEMENT will terminate automatically without notice from US if you fail to
comply with any term of this AGREEMENT. Upon termination of this AGREEMENT, you shall cease all use of the SOFTWARE and SERVICES.
2. Transfer: You may permanently transfer your rights under this AGREEMENT only as part of a sale or transfer of the VEHICLE, provided
you retain no copies, you transfer all of the SOFTWARE and HONDA SERVICES (including all component parts, the media and printed
materials, and any upgrades), and the recipient agrees to the terms of this AGREEMENT. You agree to notify HONDA upon the sale or
transfer of the VEHICLE. To contact HONDA, please refer to the HONDA contact information provided in the DOCUMENTATION.
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 389 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
390
uuGeneral Information on the Audio System uHonda App License Agreement
Features
L. Changes to the SOFTWARE or SERVICES. WE may change, modify, or update the SOFTWARE or SERVICES from time to time. Unless
explicitly stated otherwise, any new features or services that augment or enhance the SOFTWARE or SERVICES in the future shall
respectively be considered part of the SOFTWARE or SERVICES and subject to this AGREEMENT. WE reserve the right at any time and from
time to time to interrupt, restrict, modify, suspend, discontinue, temporarily or permanently, the SOFTWARE or SERVICES (or any portion
thereof), with or without notice to you, and you agree that HONDA shall not be liable to you or to any third party for any modification,
suspension or discontinuance of the SOFTWARE or SERVICES.
M. ARBITRATION:
PLEASE READ THIS ARBITRATION PROVISION CAREFULLY TO UNDERSTAND YOUR RIGHTS. YOU AGREE THAT ANY CLAIM THAT YOU
MAY HAVE IN THE FUTURE MUST BE RESOLVED THROUGH BINDING ARBITRATION. YOU WAIVE THE RIGHT TO HAVE YOUR DISPUTE
HEARD IN COURT AND WAIVE THE RIGHT TO BRING CLASS CLAIMS. YOU UNDERSTAND THAT DISCOVERY AND APPEAL RIGHTS ARE
MORE LIMITED IN ARBITRATION.
Arbitration is a method of resolving a claim, dispute or controversy without filing a lawsuit. By agreeing to arbitrate, the right to go to
court is waived and instead claims, disputes or controversies are submitted to binding arbitration. This provision sets forth the terms and
conditions of our agreement. YOU and HONDA agree and acknowledge that this Agreement affects interstate commerce and the
Federal Arbitration Act (“FAA”) applies. By using the Software, Vehicle, or Services, YOU elect to have disputes resolved by arbitration.
YOU, HONDA or any involved third party may pursue a Claim. “Claim” means any dispute between YOU, HONDA, or any involved third
party relating to your use of the Software, the Vehicle, or the Services, this Agreement, or our relationship, including any
representations, omissions or warranties. “Claim” does not include personal injury or wrongful death claims. YOU or HONDA may seek
remedies in small claims court or provisional judicial remedies without arbitrating. In addition, notwithstanding anything herein to the
contrary, YOU or HONDA may seek equitable relief in a court of competent jurisdiction.
YOU or HONDA may select arbitration with American Arbitration Association, JAMS or National Arbitration and Mediation. Contact
these sponsors for their rules. The hearing will be in the federal district where YOU reside. If agreed, it may be by telephone or written
submissions. Filing and arbitrator fees to be paid per the sponsor rules. You may contact the sponsor for a fee waiver. If no fee waivers,
HONDA will pay filing and arbitrator fees up to $5,000, unless law requires more. Each party is responsible for other fees. Arbitrator
may award costs or fees to prevailing party, if permitted by law. HONDA will not seek fees, unless the claims are frivolous.
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 390 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
391
uuGeneral Information on the Audio System uHonda App License Agreement
Features
N. Miscellaneous: You may not assign this AGREEMENT without HONDA’s prior written consent. This AGREEMENT and any additional
HONDA TERMS and PROVIDER TERMS represents the entire agreement between you and US. HONDA may amend the terms of this
AGREEMENT by providing you with notices of such updated terms. If you do not consent to be bound by the updated terms, your sole
remedy will be to cease using the SOFTWARE and SERVICES. If any part of this AGREEMENT is found invalid, void, or unenforceable, the
balance of the AGREEMENT will remain valid and enforceable according to its terms. To the fullest extent permitted by law, and except as
explicitly provided otherwise, this AGREEMENT and any disputes arising out of or relating to it will be governed by the laws of the State of
California, except that California laws concerning choice of law or conflicts shall not apply if they would cause the substantive law of
another jurisdiction to apply. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Section M shall be governed by the Federal Arbitration Act and the laws of
the State of California, as applicable, as set forth therein. The failure to enforce any term of this AGREEMENT on one occasion shall not
prevent enforcement on any other occasion or the enforcement of any other term. Headings and captions shall not be considered included
for purposes of interpretation or application hereof, but are for convenience only.
Arbitrator shall be an attorney or current or retired judge familiar with automotive or consumer software. The arbitrator shall follow
substantive law, statute of limitations and decide all issues relating to the interpretation, construction, enforceability and applicability of
this provision. The arbitrator may order relief permitted by law. This provision is governed and enforceable by the FAA. An award shall
include a written opinion and be final, subject to appeal by the FAA.
This provision survives termination of this Agreement or relationship, bankruptcy, assignment or transfer. If part of this provision is
unenforceable, the remainder remains in effect. If unenforceability allows arbitration as a class action, then this provision is entirely
unenforceable. YOU may opt out within 30 days of your initial use of the Software by sending a signed, written notice to HONDA at
Honda Financial Services, P.O. Box 165007, Irving, TX 75016. HONDA reserves the right to make changes to this provision after
providing written notice and an opportunity to opt out.
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 391 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
392
uuGeneral Information on the Audio System uLegal Information on Apple CarPlay/Android Auto
Features
Models with Display Audio
Legal Information on Apple CarPlay/Android Auto
USE OF APPLE CARPLAY IS SUBJECT TO YOUR AGREEMENT TO THE CARPLAY TERMS OF USE, WHICH ARE INCLUDED AS PART OF THE
APPLE iOS TERMS OF USE. IN SUMMARY, THE CARPLAY TERMS OF USE DISCLAIM APPLE AND ITS SERVICE PROVIDERS’ LIABILITY IF THE
SERVICES FAIL TO PERFORM CORRECTLY OR ARE DISCONTINUED, STRICTLY LIMIT APPLE AND ITS SERVICE PROVIDERS’ OTHER
LIABILITIES, DESCRIBE THE KINDS OF USER INFORMATION (INCLUDING, FOR EXAMPLE, VEHICLE LOCATION, VEHICLE SPEED, AND
VEHICLE STATUS) BEING GATHERED AND STORED BY APPLE AND ITS SERVICE PROVIDERS, AND DISCLOSE CERTAIN POSSIBLE RISKS
ASSOCIATED WITH THE USE OF CARPLAY, INCLUDING THE POTENTIAL FOR DRIVER DISTRACTION. SEE APPLE’S PRIVACY POLICY FOR
DETAILS REGARDING APPLE’S USE AND HANDLING OF DATA UPLOADED BY CARPLAY.
USE OF ANDROID AUTO IS SUBJECT TO YOUR AGREEMENT TO THE ANDROID AUTO TERMS OF USE WHICH MUST BE AGREED TO WHEN
THE ANDROID AUTO APPLICATION IS DOWNLOADED TO YOUR ANDROID PHONE. IN SUMMARY, THE ANDROID AUTO TERMS OF USE
DISCLAIM GOOGLE AND ITS SERVICE PROVIDERS’ LIABILITY IF THE SERVICES FAIL TO PERFORM CORRECTLY OR ARE DISCONTINUED,
STRICTLY LIMIT GOOGLE AND ITS SERVICE PROVIDERS’ OTHER LIABILITIES, DESCRIBE THE KINDS OF USER INFORMATION (INCLUDING,
FOR EXAMPLE, VEHICLE LOCATION, VEHICLE SPEED, AND VEHICLE STATUS) BEING GATHERED AND STORED BY GOOGLE AND ITS
SERVICE PROVIDERS, AND DISCLOSE CERTAIN POSSIBLE RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH THE USE OF ANDROID AUTO, INCLUDING THE
POTENTIAL FOR DRIVER DISTRACTION. SEE GOOGLE’S PRIVACY POLICY FOR DETAILS REGARDING GOOGLE’S USE AND HANDLING OF
DATA UPLOADED BY ANDROID AUTO.
■
OWNER’S MANUAL LICENSE/LIABILITY STATEMENTS
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 392 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
393
uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuLegal Information on Apple CarPlay/Android Auto
Features
YOU EXPRESSLY ACKNOWLEDGE AND AGREE THAT USE OF APPLE CARPLAY OR ANDROID AUTO (“THE APPLICATIONS”) IS AT YOUR
SOLE RISK AND THAT THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO SATISFACTORY QUALITY, PERFORMANCE, ACCURACY AND EFFORT IS WITH YOU TO THE
MAXIMUM EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, AND THAT THE APPLICATIONS AND INFORMATION ON THE APPLICATIONS IS
PROVIDED “AS IS” AND “AS AVAILABLE,” WITH ALL FAULTS AND WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, AND HONDA HEREBY
DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES AND CONDITIONS WITH RESPECT TO THE APPLICATIONS AND INFORMATION ON THE APPLICATIONS,
EITHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES AND/OR CONDITIONS OF
MERCHANTABILITY, SATISFACTORY QUALITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, ACCURACY, QUIET ENJOYMENT, AND NON-
INFRINGEMENT OF THIRD PARTY RIGHTS. NO ORAL OR WRITTEN INFORMATION OR ADVICE GIVEN BY HONDA OR AN AUTHORIZED
REPRESENTATIVE SHALL CREATE A WARRANTY. AS EXAMPLES, AND WITHOUT LIMITATION, HONDA DISCLAIMS ANY WARRANTY
REGARDING THE ACCURACY OF DATA PROVIDED BY THE APPLICATIONS, SUCH AS THE ACCURACY OF DIRECTIONS, ESTIMATED
TRAVEL TIME, SPEED LIMITS, ROAD CONDITIONS, NEWS, WEATHER, TRAFFIC, OR OTHER CONTENT PROVIDED BY APPLE, GOOGLE, THEIR
AFFILIATES, OR THIRD PARTY PROVIDERS; HONDA DOES NOT GUARANTEE AGAINST LOSS OF APPLICATION DATA, WHICH MAY BE LOST
AT ANY TIME; HONDA DOES NOT GUARANTEE THAT THE APPLICATIONS OR ANY SERVICES PROVIDED THROUGH THEM WILL BE
PROVIDED AT ALL TIMES OR THAT ANY OR ALL SERVICES WILL BE AVAILABLE AT ANY PARTICULAR TIME OR LOCATION. FOR EXAMPLE,
SERVICES MAY BE SUSPENDED OR INTERRUPTED WITHOUT NOTICE FOR REPAIR, MAINTENANCE, SECURITY FIXES, UPDATES, ETC.,
SERVICES MAY BE UNAVAILABLE IN YOUR AREA OR LOCATION, ETC. IN ADDITION, YOU UNDERSTAND THAT CHANGES IN THIRD PARTY
TECHNOLOGY OR GOVERNMENT REGULATION MAY RENDER THE SERVICES AND/OR APPLICATIONS OBSOLETE AND/OR UNUSABLE.
TO THE EXTENT NOT PROHIBITED BY LAW, IN NO EVENT SHALL HONDA OR ITS AFFILIATES BE LIABLE FOR PERSONAL INJURY, OR ANY
INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WHATSOEVER, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, DAMAGES FOR
LOSS OF PROFITS, CORRUPTION OR LOSS OF DATA, FAILURE TO TRANSMIT OR RECEIVE ANY DATA, BUSINESS INTERRUPTION OR ANY
OTHER COMMERCIAL DAMAGES OR LOSSES, ARISING OUT OF OR RELATED TO THE APPLICATIONS OR YOUR USE OF OR INABILITY TO
USE THE APPLICATIONS OR INFORMATION ON THE APPLICATIONS, HOWEVER CAUSED, REGARDLESS OF THE THEORY OF LIABILITY
(CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE) AND EVEN IF HONDA WERE ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. SOME STATES AND
JURISDICTIONS DISALLOW THE EXCLUSION OR LIMITATION OF LIABILITY FOR DAMAGES, SO THESE LIMITATIONS AND EXCLUSIONS MAY
NOT APPLY TO YOU. IN NO EVENT SHALL HONDA’S TOTAL LIABILITY TO YOU FOR ALL DAMAGES (OTHER THAN AS MAY BE REQUIRED
BY APPLICABLE LAW IN CASES INVOLVING PERSONAL INJURY) EXCEED THE AMOUNT OF FIVE DOLLARS ($5.00). THE FOREGOING
LIMITATIONS WILL APPLY EVEN IF THE ABOVE STATED REMEDY FAILS OF ITS ESSENTIAL PURPOSE.
■
DISCLAIMER OF WARRANTIES; LIMITATION ON LIABILITY
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 393 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
394
uuGeneral Information on the Audio System uAbout Open Source Licenses
Features
About Open Source Licenses
To see the open source license information, follow these steps.
1. Select .
2. Select Settings.
3. Select System.
4. Select About.
5. Select Legal Information.
Models with Display Audio
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 394 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
395
uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuLicense Information
*
Continued
Features
License Information
*
Manufactured under license from Dolby Laboratories. Dolby, Dolby Audio, Pro
Logic, and the double-D symbol are trademarks of Dolby Laboratories.
For DTS patents, see http://patents.dts.com. Manufactured under license from DTS
Licensing Limited. DTS, DTS-HD, the Symbol, & DTS and the Symbol together are
registered trademarks of DTS, Inc.©DTS, Inc. All Rights Reserved.
■
DOLBY DIGITAL
■
DTS
* Not available on all models
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 395 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
396
uuGeneral Information on the Audio System uLicense Information
*
Features
The Bluetooth® word mark and logos are registered trademarks owned by Bluetooth
SIG, Inc. and any use of such marks by DENSO CORPORATION is under license.
Other trademarks and trade names are those of their respective owners.
This product is protected by certain intellectual property rights of Microsoft. Use or
distribution of such technology outside of this product is prohibited without a
license from Microsoft.
■
Bluetooth
■
Windows Media
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 396 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
397
uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuLicense Information
*
Continued
Features
“Made for iPod,” “Made for iPhone,” and “Made for iPad” mean that an electronic
accessory has been designed to connect specifically to iPod, iPhone, or iPad,
respectively, and has been certified by the developer to meet Apple performance
standards. Apple is not responsible for the operation of this device or its compliance
with safety and regulatory standards. Please note that the use of this accessory with
iPod, iPhone, or iPad may affect wireless performance.
Apple, the Apple Logo, iPad, iPhone, iPod, iPod classic, iPod nano, and iPod touch
are trademarks of Apple Inc., registered in the U.S. and other countries. iPad Air,
iPad mini, iPad Pro, Apple CarPlay, and Lightning are trademarks of Apple Inc. App
Store is a service mark of Apple Inc.
■
Apple
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 397 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
398
uuGeneral Information on the Audio System uLicense Information
*
Features
Mpeg4 Visual
THIS PRODUCT IS LICENSED UNDER THE MPEG-4 VISUAL PATENT PORTFOLIO
LICENSE FOR THE PERSONAL AND NON-COMMERCIAL USE OF A CONSUMER FOR
(i) ENCODING VIDEO IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE MPEG-4 VISUALA STANDARD
(“MPEG-4 VIDEO”) AND/OR (ii) DECODING MPEG-4 VIDEO THAT WAS ENCODED
BY A CONSUMER ENGAGED IN A PERSONAL AND NONCOMMERCIAL ACTIVITY
AND/OR WAS OBTAINED FROM A VIDEO PROVIDER LICENSED BY MPEG LA TO
PROVIDE MPEG-4 VIDEO. NO LICENSE IS GRANTED OR SHALL BE IMPLIED FOR ANY
OTHER USE. ADDITIONAL INFORMATION INCLUDING THAT RELATING TO
PROMOTIONAL, INTERNAL AND COMMERCIAL USES AND LICENSING MAY BE
OBTAINED FROM MPEG LA, LLC.
SEE HTTP://WWW.MPEGLA.COM.
VC-1
THIS PRODUCT IS LICENSED UNDER THE VC-1 PATENT PORTFOLIO LICENSE FOR THE
PERSONAL AND NON-COMMERCIAL USE OF A CONSUMER TO (i) ENCODE VIDEO
IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE VC-1 STANDARD (“VC-1 VIDEO”) AND/OR (ii) DECODE
VC-1 VIDEO THAT WAS ENCODED BY A CONSUMER ENGAGED IN A PERSONAL
AND NON-COMMERCIAL ACTIVITY AND/OR WAS OBTAINED FROM A VIDEO
PROVIDER LICENSED TO PROVIDE VC-1 VIDEO. NO LICENSE IS GRANTED OR SHALL
BE IMPLIED FOR ANY OTHER USE.
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION MAY BE OBTAINED FROM MPEG LA, L.L.C. SEE
HTTP://WWW.MPEGLA.COM.
■
MPEG
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 398 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
399
uuGeneral Information on the Audio SystemuLicense Information
*
Features
AVC/H.264
THIS PRODUCT IS LICENSED UNDER THE AVC PATENT PORTFOLIO LICENSE FOR THE
PERSONAL AND NONCOMMERCIAL USE OF A CONSUMER TO (i) ENCODE VIDEO IN
COMPLIANCE WITH THE AVC STANDARD (“AVC VIDEO”) AND/OR (ii) DECODE
AVC VIDEO THAT WAS ENCODED BY A CONSUMER ENGAGED IN A PERSONAL
AND NON-COMMERCIAL ACTIVITY AND/OR WAS OBTAINED FROM A VIDEO
PROVIDER LICENSED TO PROVIDE AVC VIDEO. NO LICENSE IS GRANTED OR SHALL
BE IMPLIED FOR ANY OTHER USE.
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION MAY BE OBTAINED FROM MPEG LA, L.L.C. SEE
HTTP://WWW.MPEGLA.COM.
microSDHC Logo is a trademark of SD-3C, LLC.
■
SDHC Memory Card
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 399 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
400
Features
Blu-ray/DVD Rear Entertainment System
*
Rear seat passengers can enjoy a completely separate entertainment source than
front passengers, including movies, games, and other audio choices.
1Blu-ray/DVD Rear Entertainment System
*
Blu-ray Disc
TM
, Blu-ray
TM
, and the logos are
trademarks of the Blu-ray Disc Association.
BD-XL, BD-Live, Blu-ray 3D, and Ultra HD Blu-ray are
not supported.
CAUTION: Radio Frequency Radiation Exposure The
Rear Entertainment System remote complies with
FCC radiation exposure limits set forth for an
uncontrolled environment and meets the FCC radio
frequency (RF) Exposure Guidelines.
The Rear Entertainment System remote should be
kept at least 7.9 inch (20 cm) or more away from a
person’s body when operated.
* Not available on all models
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 400 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
401
uuBlu-ray/DVD Rear Entertainment System
*
uWireless Headphones
Features
Wireless Headphones
The rear seat passengers can listen to audio from the Blu-ray/DVD rear
entertainment system by a wireless headphone that comes with your vehicle.
To turn on the switch: Press the (power)
button at the right earpiece. The indicator
comes on.
To adjust the volume: Turn the dial at the
right earpiece.
For DTS patents, see http://patents.dts.com. Manufactured under license from DTS
Licensing Limited. DTS, the Symbol, & DTS and the Symbol together are registered
trademarks, and DTS Headphone:X is a trademark of DTS, Inc. © DTS, Inc. All Rights
Reserved.
1Wireless Headphones
Your vehicle comes with two wireless headphones.
Wear the headphone correctly with the earpiece
marked with L goes to your left ear and R goes to
your right ear.
Wearing the headphone backward may affect the
audio reception.
You can put the headphones into the front seat-back
upper pockets, and the remote into the front
passenger’s seat-back lower pocket as shown below.
Remote
Headphone
Indicator
(Power) Button
Volume
■
DTS Headphone:X
TM
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 401 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
402
uuBlu-ray/DVD Rear Entertainment System
*
uAuxiliary Console Panels
Features
Auxiliary Console Panels
Headphone connectors for the Blu-ray/DVD rear entertainment system are on the
both sides of the third row outer seats.
■ Headphone Connectors
A headphone can also be used by connecting
to either auxiliary console panel. There are
two headphone connectors for the third row
passengers. Each connector has its own
volume control.
Left side
Right side
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 402 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
403
uuBlu-ray/DVD Rear Entertainment System
*
uHDMI
TM
Port
Features
HDMI
TM
Port
There is an HDMI
TM
port on the back of the center console compartment. The Blu-
ray/DVD rear entertainment system will accept HDMI
TM
port from video games and
video equipment which are equipped with an HDMI
TM
port.
Open the cover and insert the cable.
Overhead Screen
Pull down the screen to the first or second
detent until it latches.
1HDMI
TM
Port
The terms HDMI and HDMI High-Definition
Multimedia Interface, and the HDMI Logo are
trademarks or registered trademarks of HDMI
Licensing LLC in the United States and other
countries.
The HDMI port is for use with the Blu-ray/DVD rear
entertainment system only.
Overhead
Screen
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 403 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
404
uuBlu-ray/DVD Rear Entertainment System
*
uOperating the System
Features
Operating the System
To operate the system, set the power mode to ON or ACCESSORY. Select Rear
Entertainment, then Rear in the audio/information screen to turn on the
system. You can also turn on the system by pressing the (power) button on the
remote.
To display the home screen on the overhead screen, press the (home) button on
the remote. From this screen, you can use various apps or settings.
Rear Icon
■
Home Screen
1Home Screen
To change the order of icons, press and hold the
ENTER button on the remote.
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 404 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
405
uuBlu-ray/DVD Rear Entertainment System
*
uVideo Accessibility
Continued
Features
Video Accessibility
The Blu-ray/DVD Rear Entertainment System (RES) supports an accessibility function
which allows the user to enable audio feedback of on-screen operations through the
wireless and wired headphones.
1. Press the (power) button on the RES
remote.
2. Select Accessibility, then press the ENTER
button on the remote.
The following selections are available:
• Enable Accessibility: Turns the accessibility mode on or off. (Factory default:
Off)
• Speed of Audio Output: Adjusts to increase or decrease the speed of audio
output. (Factory default: Middle (8th) tick mark)
• Enable 3 Key Push: Enables or disables the feature that allows you to turn a
function on or off, or change a function setting without going through the menu.
(Factory default: On)
■
Selecting the Accessibility Function
1Selecting the Accessibility Function
Since the accessibility function is set to OFF by
default, you must set it to ON before using it.
You can also select Accessibility from the Settings
screen.
2 System Settings P. 411
To change the position of the Video Accessibility
icon, press and hold the ENTER button on the RES
remote, then drag the icon to the desired location.
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 405 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
406
uuBlu-ray/DVD Rear Entertainment System
*
uVideo Accessibility
Features
Press any of the following colored buttons on the RES remote three times to turn a
function on or off, or to change a function setting.
Red button: Accessibility
Green button: Subtitles
Yellow button: Secondary Audio
Blue button: Audio Format Switching
■
Changing Function Status
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 406 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
407
uuBlu-ray/DVD Rear Entertainment System
*
uPlaying a DVD/Blu-ray
TM
Continued
Features
Playing a DVD/Blu-ray
TM
To play a DVD or Blu-ray
TM
, insert a DVD or Blu-ray
TM
into the lower slot of the front
audio system, and select Rear in the audio/information screen.
u The system automatically starts the DVD or Blu-ray
TM
. DVD or Blu-ray
TM
is
available for the rear seat passenger only.
■
System Controls
(Power) Button
Press to turn the Blu-ray/DVD rear entertainment system
on or off.
(Home) Button
Press to display the home screen.
(Light) Button
Press to illuminate the buttons for a few seconds.
/ Buttons
Press to change chapters.
(Play/Pause) Button
Press to pause or play a DVD or Blu-ray
TM
.
(Stop) Button
Press to stop a DVD or Blu-ray
TM
.
MENU Button
Press to display the menu items.
Red/Green/Yellow/Blue Button
Press to use on a DVD or Blu-ray
TM
menu.
(Back) Button
Press to go back to the previous display or operation.
, , , and ENTER Buttons
Use , , , or to highlight a menu item, and
press the ENTER button to make a selection.
3
4
3
4
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 407 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
uuBlu-ray/DVD Rear Entertainment System
*
uPlaying a DVD/Blu-ray
TM
408
Features
1. Press the MENU button on the remote to display the menu screen.
2. Select an item and then press the ENTER button on the remote.
The following items are available:
• DVD Menu/Blu-ray Menu: Displays the top menu of the DVD or Blu-ray
TM
.
• Aspect Ratio: Selects an aspect ratio of the image.
2 Setting the Aspect Ratio P. 408
• Brightness: Adjusts the screen’s brightness.
• Contrast: Adjusts the screen’s contrast.
• Root Menu
*1
: Displays the disc menu for the current playing title.
• Pop-up Menu
*2
: Displays the menu of the Blu-ray
TM
.
• Player Options: Displays while a DVD or Blu-ray
TM
is playing and changes the
DVD or Blu-ray
TM
preferences.
2 Setting the Player Options P. 409
■ Setting the Aspect Ratio
1. Press the MENU button on the remote to display the menu screen.
2. Select Aspect Ratio.
3. Select the setting you want.
u You can select the three options; normal, full, or zoom.
*1: Appears only when you select the DVD source.
*2: Appears only when you select the Blu-ray
TM
source.
■
Rear DVD or Blu-ray
TM
Menu
1Rear DVD or Blu-ray
TM
Menu
During DVD or Blu-ray
TM
operation, when the source
is changed or the audio system is turned off, DVD or
Blu-ray
TM
operation stops.
Depending on the disc you insert, some items may
not be displayed.
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 408 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
409
uuBlu-ray/DVD Rear Entertainment System
*
uPlaying a DVD/Blu-ray
TM
Continued
Features
■ Setting the Player Options
1. Press the MENU button on the remote to display the menu screen.
2. Select Player Options.
3. Select an item and then press the ENTER button on the remote.
The following items are available:
• Repeat:
Off: Repeat mode is off.
Title (only for DVD-V, AVCREC and BDAV): Repeats the current title.
Chapter (only for DVD-V, AVCREC and BDAV): Repeats the current chapter.
Program (only for DVD-VR): Repeats the current program if the disc has the
correspondence list.
Playlist (only for DVD-VR): Repeats the current playlist if the disc has the
correspondence list.
Entry Point (only for DVD-VR): Repeats the current entry point if the disc has the
correspondence list.
• Subtitles and Audio: Selects the language of the DVD subtitle and audio.
• Angle: Selects the angle of the scene shot with multiple cameras.
• Search: Skips to a title or chapter.
2 Searching a title/chapter/program/playlist P. 410
• Change Order (only for DVD-VR, AVCREC and BDAV): Changes the order of
the program or playlist.
• Default Language: Selects the language for the menus, audio, and subtitle of
the DVD or Blu-ray
TM
.
• Sound Leveling: Adjusts the range of the loud and soft sound. Select Auto, On
or Off.
• Secondary Audio (only for BDMV): Turns on and off the function that plays the
available commentary or narrator audio along with the main disc track.
• Onscreen Remote: Displays the on-screen buttons for the remote.
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 409 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
410
uuBlu-ray/DVD Rear Entertainment System
*
uPlaying a DVD/Blu-ray
TM
Features
■ Searching a title/chapter/program/playlist
1. Press the MENU button on the remote to display the menu screen.
2. Select Player Options.
3. Select Search.
4. Enter a number of a title, chapter, program or playlist to skip, and then select
enter.
The following items are available:
• Title: Skips to a title you specify.
• Chapter: Skips to a chapter you specify.
• Program (only for DVD-VR): Skips to a program you specify while playing with
the program list.
• Playlist (only for DVD-VR): Skips to a playlist you specify while playing with the
playlist.
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 410 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
411
uuBlu-ray/DVD Rear Entertainment System
*
uPlaying a DVD/Blu-ray
TM
Continued
Features
1. Press the (home) button on the remote.
2. Select Settings and then press the ENTER button on the remote to display the
Settings screen.
3. Select an item.
The following items are available:
• Display: Adjusts the screen’s preferences.
2 Adjusting the screen P. 412
• Language: Sets the system language used on all screens.
2 Setting the Language P. 412
• Headphones: Sets the surround of the wireless headphones.
2 Setting the Headphones P. 412
• Accessibility: With On selected, the Blu-ray/DVD rear entertainment system
provides audio feedback through the headphones to assist the user with on-
screen operations.
• About My System: Displays the information of the Blu-ray/DVD rear
entertainment system.
• System Reset: Resets the Blu-ray/DVD rear entertainment system settings and
erases all login information.
After you make all the adjustments, press the (back) or (home) button to
return.
■
System Settings
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 411 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
412
uuBlu-ray/DVD Rear Entertainment System
*
uPlaying a DVD/Blu-ray
TM
Features
■ Adjusting the screen
1. Press the (home) button on the remote.
2. Select Settings and then press the ENTER button on the remote to display the
Settings screen.
3. Select Display and then press the ENTER button on the remote.
4. Select the setting you want.
The following items are available:
• Brightness: Adjusts the screen’s brightness.
• Contrast: Adjusts the screen’s contrast.
• Tint: Adjusts the screen’s hue.
• Color: Adjusts the screen’s color strength.
■ Setting the Language
1. Press the (home) button on the remote.
2. Select Settings and then press the ENTER button on the remote to display the
Settings screen.
3. Select Language and then press the ENTER button on the remote.
4. Select the setting you want.
u You can select the language from US English, UK English, Spanish,
Canadian French, Arabic, or Korean.
■ Setting the Headphones
1. Press the (home) button on the remote.
2. Select Settings and then press the ENTER button on the remote to display the
Settings screen.
3. Select Headphones and then press the ENTER button on the remote.
4. Select the setting you want.
u You can select the options from Off or On. Select Off to disable the feature.
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 412 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
413
uuBlu-ray/DVD Rear Entertainment System
*
uFront Control Panel Operation
Continued
Features
Front Control Panel Operation
You can operate the Blu-ray/DVD Rear Entertainment System (RES) from the audio/
information screen.
1. Select .
2. Select Rear Entertainment.
3. Select Rear if the power is off.
u If you select this icon while the system is
operating, the system is turned off.
4. Select the app you want to use.
The following items are available on the audio/information screen:
• Rear: Turns the system on or off.
• Now Playing: Displays the current playing app.
• Rear Apps: Displays the home screen.
• CabinTalk: Displays the CabinTalk screen.
2 CabinTalk
TM*
P. 527
• Remote: Disables controls from the remote.
• Settings: Changes the system settings.
2 Rear System Setup P. 414
■
Selecting the App using Front Control Panel
* Not available on all models
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 413 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
414
uuBlu-ray/DVD Rear Entertainment System
*
uFront Control Panel Operation
Features
■ Manage Apps
Shows or hides app icons on the home screen.
1. Select .
2. Select Rear Entertainment.
3. Select Settings.
4. Select Manage Apps.
5. Select Available or Hidden.
6. Select Save.
■
Rear System Setup
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 414 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
415
uuBlu-ray/DVD Rear Entertainment System
*
uFront Control Panel Operation
Features
Select Options while a DVD or Blu-ray
TM
is
playing.
The following items are available on the audio/information screen:
• Subtitles and Audio
2 Setting the Player Options P. 409
• Repeat
2 Setting the Player Options P. 409
• Change Order
2 Setting the Player Options P. 409
• Autoplay: Turns on and off to automatically play a DVD or Blu-ray
TM
disc.
■
Setting the DVD or Blu-ray
TM
Menu
1Setting the DVD or Blu-ray
TM
Menu
Depending on the disc you insert, some items may
not be displayed.
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 415 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
416
uuBlu-ray/DVD Rear Entertainment System
*
uPlaying Apps
Features
Playing Apps
You can play apps such as USB, iPod, HDMI® and more from the rear seats.
1Playing Apps
Streaming Applications
Your vehicle’s Blu-ray/DVD rear entertainment system
comes pre-loaded with audio streaming applications.
Before launching any application, first confirm that
your vehicle’s date and time are set correctly. Having
the incorrect date and time settings may prevent your
applications from operating correctly.
You can set the date and time on the front display in
the following steps.
Select Home Settings Date & Time Set Date &
Time
Your vehicle is equipped with the ability to apply
software updates. When a software update is
provided to your vehicle, please accept the update
and allow the installation to complete.
Disclaimer:
The audio quality of your streaming applications will
depend on your internet connection.
If you experience lagging or disconnections, check
your connection and confirm it is operational.
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 416 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
417
uuBlu-ray/DVD Rear Entertainment System
*
uPlaying Apps
Continued
Features
■
System Controls
(Power) Button
Press to turn the Blu-ray/DVD rear entertainment system
on or off.
(Home) Button
Press to display the home screen.
(Light) Button
Press to illuminate the buttons for a few seconds.
/ Buttons
Press to change videos or audio files.
(Play/Pause) Button
Press to pause or play a video or audio file.
(Stop) Button
Press to stop a video or audio file.
MENU Button
Press to display the menu items.
(Back) Button
Press to go back to the previous display or operation.
, , , and ENTER Buttons
Use , , , or to highlight a menu item, and
press the ENTER button to make a selection.
3
4
3
4
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 417 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
uuBlu-ray/DVD Rear Entertainment System
*
uPlaying Apps
418
Features
To play a disc, press the (home) button on the remote, and then select the Blu-
ray Disc icon on the overhead screen.
When you press the MENU button on the remote while the CD is playing, the audio
menu appears on the overhead screen.
The available options appear on the overhead screen are repeat, random,
brightness, and contrast.
To play an iPod and a USB flash drive, press the (home) button on the remote,
and then select the USB icon on the overhead screen.
When you press the MENU button on the remote while the iPod or USB flash drive
is playing, the audio menu appears on the overhead screen.
The available options appear on the overhead screen are repeat, random, aspect
ratio, brightness, and contrast.
■
Playing a Disc in the Rear
■
Playing an iPod and a USB Flash Drive in the Rear
1System Controls
You can also operate the Blu-ray/DVD rear
entertainment system on the audio/information
screen.
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 418 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
419
uuBlu-ray/DVD Rear Entertainment System
*
uPlaying Apps
Continued
Features
To play videos from an HDMI
TM
-compatible device, connect the device using an
HDMI
TM
cable.
2 HDMI
TM
Port P. 403
Press the (home) button on the remote, and then select the HDMI icon on the
overhead screen.
When you press the MENU button on the remote while the video using the HDMI
TM
is playing, the audio menu appears on the overhead screen.
The available options appear on the overhead screen are aspect ratio, brightness,
and contrast.
■
Playing a Video Using the HDMI
TM
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 419 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
uuBlu-ray/DVD Rear Entertainment System
*
uPlaying Apps
420
Features
Displays the current location temperature, time remaining, distance traveled, and
distance remaining with an animation.
To play the app, press the (home) button on the remote, and then select the
How Much Farther? icon on the overhead screen.
You can select a background from five types using or on the remote, and bring
some items (at top of the screen) up and down using or .
Plays a stored video or audio file from a connected device via Wi-Fi.
Connect the device using Wi-Fi.
2 Wi-Fi Connection P. 358
Press the (home) button on the remote, and then select the Media Servers icon
on the overhead screen.
The operation are the same as the USB mode.
■
How Much Farther?
TM
*
■
Media Servers
1How Much Farther?
TM
*
When there is no destination set on the navigation
system, an animated demonstration will be displayed.
3
4
1Media Servers
NOTE: For this feature to work, an app that exposes
your device as a media server must be installed on
your device. Open this app on your device prior to
selecting the Media Servers icon. This feature is only
supported on Android phones.
* Not available on all models
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 420 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
421
uuBlu-ray/DVD Rear Entertainment System
*
uAudio Sources for Front and Rear Seats
Features
Audio Sources for Front and Rear Seats
The table shows the possible audio source combinations of the front audio system
and Blu-ray/DVD rear entertainment system’s simultaneous use.
*1:The front seat passengers are only able to hear the DVD’s, Blu-ray
TM
’s or
HDMI
TM
’s sound from the front speakers.
Front
AM/FM
Radio
SiriusXM®
Radio
CD
DVD
*1
Blu-ray
TM*1
USB
iPod
Rear
CD
DVD
*1
Blu-ray
TM*1
Yes Yes Yes Yes
USB
iPod
Yes Yes No Yes
HDMI
TM*1
Yes Yes No Yes
1Audio Sources for Front and Rear Seats
Yes: These audio sources are simultaneously playable.
When listening to same source in both the front and
rear, the playing channel or track will also be the
same for each.
No: These audio sources are not simultaneously
playable.
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 421 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
422
uuBlu-ray/DVD Rear Entertainment System
*
uPlayable Discs
Features
Playable Discs
The discs that come with these labels can be played in your vehicle’s Blu-ray/DVD
rear entertainment system.
Also look for the region code of 1, ALL, or on the package or jacket on the
disc.
DVD-ROMs and Blu-ray
TM
ROMs (BD ROM) are not playable in this unit.
1Playable Discs
This product incorporates copyright protection
technology that is protected by U.S. patents and
other intellectual property rights.
This item incorporates copy protection technology
that is protected by U.S. patents and other
intellectual property rights of Rovi Corporation.
Reverse engineering and disassembly are prohibited.
For DTS patents, see http://patents.dts.com.
Manufactured under license from DTS Licensing
Limited. DTS, DTS-HD, the Symbol, & DTS and the
Symbol together are registered trademarks of DTS,
Inc.©DTS, Inc. All Rights Reserved.
Manufactured under license from Dolby Laboratories.
Dolby, Dolby Audio, Pro Logic, and the double-D
symbol are trademarks of Dolby Laboratories.
“Blu-ray Disc
TM
”, “Blu-ray
TM
”, and the logos are
trademarks of the Blu-ray Disc Association.
is a trademark of DVD Format/Logo Licensing
Corporation.
The disc packages or jackets should have one of these marks.
Also includes:
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 422 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
423
uuBlu-ray/DVD Rear Entertainment System
*
uPlayable Discs
Continued
Features
■ Java
Oracle, Java and all Java-based trademarks and logos are trademarks or registered trademarks of Oracle and/or its affiliates.
Other names may be trademarks of their respective owners.
END USER LICENSE AGREEMENT
BEFORE USING THIS IN-CAR BLU-RAY PRODUCT, PLEASE READ ALL OF THE FOLLOWING TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THIS END USER
LICESE AGREEMENT (“Agreement”) CAREFULLY. THIS AGREEMENT IS A LEGALLY BINDING CONTRACT BETWEEN END USER (“you”) AND
PANASONIC THAT SETS FORTH THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS THAT GOVERN YOUR USE OF ORACLE JAVA ME MEDIA PACK FOR CDC
(the “program”) IMPLEMENTED IN THIS IN-CAR BLU-RAY PRODUCT.
(1) Java Technology Restrictions. You are prohibited from creating, modifying, changing the behavior of classes, interfaces, or subpackages
that are in any way identified as "Java", "Javax", "Sun" or similar convention as specified by Oracle in any naming convention designation.
(2) Trademarks and Logos. You shall acknowledge that Oracle owns the Java trademark and all Java-related trademarks, logos and icons
including the Coffee Cup and Duke ("Java Marks") and shall agree to: (a) comply with the Java Trademark Guidelines at http://
www.oracle.com/us/legal/third-party-trademarks/index.html; (b) not do anything harmful to or inconsistent with Oracle's rights in the Java
Marks; and (c) assist Oracle in protecting those rights, including assigning to Oracle any rights acquired by you in any Java Mark.
(3) Third Party Code. You shall read additional copyright notices and license terms applicable to portions of the programs are set forth
below.
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 423 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
424
uuBlu-ray/DVD Rear Entertainment System
*
uPlayable Discs
Features
COMPONENTS
The following software (or certain identified files distributed with the software) may be included in this product. Unless otherwise specified,
the software identified in this file is licensed under the licenses described below. The disclaimers and copyright notices provided are based
on information made available to Oracle by the third party licensors listed.
3DES
3DES
Des3Cipher - the triple-DES encryption method
Copyright (C) 1996 by Jef Poskanzer <jef@mail.acme.com>. All rights reserved.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are
met:
1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING,
BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.
IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR
CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT,
STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN
IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
Visit the ACME Labs Java page for up-to-date versions of this and other fine Java utilities: http:www.acme.com/java/
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 424 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
425
uuBlu-ray/DVD Rear Entertainment System
*
uPlayable Discs
Continued
Features
AES
Cryptix General License
Copyright (c) 1995-2005 The Cryptix Foundation Limited.All rights reserved.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are
met:
1. Redistributions of source code must retain the copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE CRYPTIX FOUNDATION LIMITED AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.
IN NO EVENT SHALL THE CRYPTIX FOUNDATION LIMITED OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY,
WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 425 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
426
uuBlu-ray/DVD Rear Entertainment System
*
uPlayable Discs
Features
DES
DES
DesCipher - the DES encryption method
@@ The meat of this code is by Dave Zimmerman <[email protected]>, and is:
Copyright (c) 1996 Widget Workshop, Inc. All Rights Reserved.
Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software and its documentation for NON-COMMERCIAL or COMMERCIAL purposes
and without fee is hereby granted, provided that this copyright notice is kept intact.
WIDGET WORKSHOP MAKES NO REPRESENTATIONS OR WARRANTIES ABOUT THE SUITABILITY OF THE SOFTWARE, EITHER EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, OR
NON-INFRINGEMENT. WIDGET WORKSHOP SHALL NOT BE LIABLE FOR ANY DAMAGES SUFFERED BY LICENSEE AS A RESULT OF USING,
MODIFYING OR DISTRIBUTING THIS SOFTWARE OR ITS DERIVATIVES.
THIS SOFTWARE IS NOT DESIGNED OR INTENDED FOR USE OR RESALE AS ON-LINE CONTROL EQUIPMENT IN HAZARDOUS
ENVIRONMENTS REQUIRING FAIL-SAFE PERFORMANCE, SUCH AS IN THE OPERATION OF NUCLEAR FACILITIES, AIRCRAFT NAVIGATION OR
COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS, AIR TRAFFIC CONTROL, DIRECT LIFE SUPPORT MACHINES, OR WEAPONS SYSTEMS, IN WHICH THE FAILURE
OF THE SOFTWARE COULD LEAD DIRECTLY TO DEATH, PERSONAL INJURY, OR SEVERE PHYSICAL OR ENVIRONMENTAL DAMAGE ("HIGH
RISK ACTIVITIES"). WIDGET WORKSHOP SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIMS ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR HIGH RISK
ACTIVITIES.
@@ The rest of the code is:
Copyright (C) 1996 by Jef Poskanzer <jef@mail.acme.com>. All rights reserved.
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 426 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
427
uuBlu-ray/DVD Rear Entertainment System
*
uPlayable Discs
Continued
Features
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are
met:
1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING,
BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.
IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR
CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT,
STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN
IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
Visit the ACME Labs Java page for up-to-date versions of this and other fine Java utilities: http:www.acme.com/java/
JPEG library
The authors make NO WARRANTY or representation, either express or implied, with respect to this software, its quality, accuracy,
merchantability, or fitness for a particular purpose. This software is provided "AS IS", and you, its user, assume the entire risk as to its
quality and accuracy.
This software is copyright (C) 1991-1998, Thomas G. Lane.
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 427 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
428
uuBlu-ray/DVD Rear Entertainment System
*
uPlayable Discs
Features
zlib 1.1.3
@@ Acknowledgments:
Oracle gratefully acknowledges the contributions of Jean-loup Gailly and Mark Adler in creating the zlib general purpose compression
library which is used in this product.
@@ Copyright notice:
(C) 1995-1998 Jean-loup Gailly and Mark Adler
This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages arising
from the use of this software.
Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose, including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
freely, subject to the following restrictions:
1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would be appreciated but is not required.
2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be misrepresented as being the original software.
3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
If you use the zlib library in a product, we would appreciate *not* receiving lengthy legal documents to sign. The sources are provided for
free but without warranty of any kind. The library has been entirely written by Jean-loup Gailly and Mark Adler; it does not include third-
party code.
Jean-loup Gailly
Mark Adler
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 428 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
429
uuBlu-ray/DVD Rear Entertainment System
*
uPlayable Discs
Continued
Features
If you redistribute modified sources, we would appreciate that you include in the file ChangeLog history information documenting your
changes.
(4) Others.
(i)You shall not install the programs separately and independently from this Blu-ray product.
(ii)You agree not to reply on the future availability of any programs or services which Oracle will provide.
(5) ENTIRE AGREEMENT
You agree that this Agreement is the complete agreement pertaining to the subject matter hereof (including references to information
contained in a URL) and this Agreement supersedes all prior or contemporaneous written or oral agreements or representations existing
between you and Panasonic with respect to such subject matter. If any term of this Agreement is found to be invalid or unenforceable, the
remaining provisions will remain effective. Panasonic’s failure to enforce any right or provisions in this Agreement will not constitute a
waiver of such provision, or any other provision of this Agreement.
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 429 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
430
uuBlu-ray/DVD Rear Entertainment System
*
uPlayable Discs
Features
■ HDMI
HDMI, the HDMI Logo, and High-Definition Multimedia Interface are trademarks or registered trademarks of HDMI Licensing LLC in the
United States and other countries.
■ Cinavia
This product uses Cinavia technology to limit the use of unauthorized copies of some commercially-produced film and videos and their
soundtracks. When a prohibited use of an unauthorized copy is detected, a message will be displayed and playback or copying will be
interrupted.
More information about Cinavia technology is provided at Cinavia Online Consumer Information Center at http://www.cinavia.com. To
request additional information about Cinavia by mail, send a postcard with your mailing address to: Cinavia Consumer Information Center,
P.O. Box 86851, San Diego, CA, 92138, USA.
This product incorporates proprietary technology under license from Verance Corporation and is protected by U.S. Patent 7,369,677 and
other U.S. and worldwide patents issued and pending as well as copyright and trade secret protection for certain aspects of such
technology. Cinavia is a trademark of Verance Corporation. Copyright 2004-2014 Verance Corporation. All rights reserved by Verance.
Reverse engineering or disassembly is prohibited.
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 430 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
431
uuBlu-ray/DVD Rear Entertainment System
*
uPlayable Discs
Continued
Features
■ MPEG
THIS PRODUCT IS LICENSED UNDER THE AVC PATENT PORTFOLIO LICENSE FOR THE PERSONAL AND NON-COMMERCIAL USE OF A
CONSUMER TO (i) ENCODE VIDEO IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE AVC STANDARD (“AVC VIDEO”) AND/OR (ii) DECODE AVC VIDEO THAT
WAS ENCODED BY A CONSUMER ENGAGED IN A PERSONAL AND NON-COMMERCIAL ACTIVITY AND/OR WAS OBTAINED FROM A
VIDEO PROVIDER LICENSED TO PROVIDE AVC VIDEO. NO LICENSE IS GRANTED OR SHALL BE IMPLIED FOR ANY OTHER USE. ADDITIONAL
INFORMATION MAY BE OBTAINED FROM MPEG LA, L.L.C. SEE HTTP://WWW.MPEGLA.COM.
THIS PRODUCT IS LICENSED UNDER THE VC-1 PATENT PORTFOLIO LICENSE FOR THE PERSONAL AND NON-COMMERCIAL USE OF A
CONSUMER TO (i) ENCODE VIDEO IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE VC-1 STANDARD (“VC-1 VIDEO”) AND/OR (ii) DECODE VC-1 VIDEO THAT
WAS ENCODED BY A CONSUMER ENGAGED IN A PERSONAL AND NON-COMMERCIAL ACTIVITY AND/OR WAS OBTAINED FROM A
VIDEO PROVIDER LICENSED TO PROVIDE VC-1 VIDEO. NO LICENSE IS GRANTED OR SHALL BE IMPLIED FOR ANY OTHER USE. ADDITIONAL
INFORMATION MAY BE OBTAINED FROM MPEG LA, L.L.C. SEE HTTP://WWW.MPEGLA.COM.
This product is protected by certain intellectual property rights of Microsoft Corporation and third parties. Use or distribution of such
technology outside of this product is prohibited without a license from Microsoft or an authorized Microsoft subsidiary and third parties.
This product is licensed under the AVC patent portfolio license and VC-1 patent portfolio license for the personal use of a consumer or
other uses in which it does not receive remuneration to
(i) encode video in compliance with the AVC Standard and VC-1 Standard ("AVC/VC-1 Video") and/or
(ii) decode AVC/VC-1 Video that was encoded by a consumer engaged in a personal activity and/or was obtained from a video provider
licensed to provide AVC/VC-1 Video.
No license is granted or shall be implied for any other use.
Additional information may be obtained from MPEG LA, L.L.C. See http://www.mpegla.com.
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 431 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
432
uuBlu-ray/DVD Rear Entertainment System
*
uPlayable Discs
Features
■ OSS
This product incorporates the following software:
(1) The software developed by, or developed for, Panasonic Corporation ("Panasonic"),
(2) The software owned by third party and licensed to Panasonic,
(3) The software licensed under the GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE, Version 2 ("GPL"),
(4) The software licensed under the GNU LESSER GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE, Version 2.1 ("LGPL"), and/or
(5) Open sourced software licensed under terms and conditions other than GPL or LGPL.
For the software classified as (3) or (4) above, please refer to the terms and conditions of GPL and LGPL at the websites listed below:
http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/gpl-2.0.html
http://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/lgpl-2.1.html
The software classified as (3) and (4) above are copyrighted by multiple people. Please refer to the websites below regarding the copyright
notices of those people.
http://www.hondaopensource2.com/17M_BDP/
At least three (3) years from delivery of products, Panasonic will give to any third party who contacts us at the Contact Information
provided below, for a charge no more than our cost of physically performing source code distribution, a complete machine-readable copy
of the source code corresponding to the GPL/LGPL Software.
Please note that we are unable to answer any queries regarding source code details, etc.
[Contact Information]
Engineering Administration Group Manager Panasonic Corporation, Automotive Systems Company, 4261 Ikonobe-cho, Tsuzuki-ku,
Yokohama, Kanagawa 224-8520, Japan
Furthermore, source code corresponding to the GPL/LGPL Software listed above is freely available to you and any member of the public at
the websites listed below:
http://www.hondaopensource2.com/17M_BDP/
The software classified as (5) above contains various open sourced software ("OSS") including the following software:
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 432 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
433
uuBlu-ray/DVD Rear Entertainment System
*
uPlayable Discs
Continued
Features
LICENSE ISSUES
The OpenSSL toolkit stays under a dual license, i.e. both the conditions of the OpenSSL License and the original SSLeay license apply to the
toolkit. See below for the actual license texts. Actually both licenses are BSD-style Open Source licenses. In case of any license issues related
to OpenSSL please contact [email protected].
OpenSSL License
Copyright (c) 1998-2011 The OpenSSL Project. All rights reserved.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are
met:
1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software must display the following acknowledgment:
"This product includes software developed by the OpenSSL Project for use in the OpenSSL Toolkit. (http://www.openssl.org/)"
4. The names "OpenSSL Toolkit" and "OpenSSL Project" must not be used to * endorse or promote products derived from this software
without prior written permission. For written permission, please contact [email protected].
5. Products derived from this software may not be called "OpenSSL" nor may "OpenSSL" appear in their names without prior written
permission of the OpenSSL Project.
6. Redistributions of any form whatsoever must retain the following acknowledgment:
"This product includes software developed by the OpenSSL Project for use in the OpenSSL Toolkit (http://www.openssl.org/)"
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 433 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
434
uuBlu-ray/DVD Rear Entertainment System
*
uPlayable Discs
Features
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE OpenSSL PROJECT "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO
EVENT SHALL THE OpenSSL PROJECT OR ITS CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY,
OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,
DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT,
STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
SUCH DAMAGE.
This product includes cryptographic software written by Eric Young (eay@cryptsoft.com). This product includes software written by Tim
Hudson ([email protected]).
Original SSLeay License
Copyright (C) 1995-1998 Eric Young (eay@cryptsoft.com) All rights reserved.
This package is an SSL implementation written by Eric Young ([email protected]).
The implementation was written so as to conform with Netscapes SSL.
This library is free for commercial and non-commercial use as long as the following conditions are aheared to. The following conditions
apply to all code found in this distribution, be it the RC4, RSA, lhash, DES, etc., code; not just the SSL code. The SSL documentation
included with this distribution is covered by the same copyright terms except that the holder is Tim Hudson ([email protected]).
Copyright remains Eric Young's, and as such any Copyright notices in the code are not to be removed.
If this package is used in a product, Eric Young should be given attribution as the author of the parts of the library used.
This can be in the form of a textual message at program startup or in documentation (online or textual) provided with the package.
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 434 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
435
uuBlu-ray/DVD Rear Entertainment System
*
uPlayable Discs
Continued
Features
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are
met:
1. Redistributions of source code must retain the copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software must display the following acknowledgement:
"This product includes cryptographic software written by Eric Young ([email protected])"
The word 'cryptographic' can be left out if the rouines from the library being used are not cryptographic related :-).
4. If you include any Windows specific code (or a derivative thereof) from the apps directory (application code) you must include an
acknowledgement: "This product includes software written by Tim Hudson ([email protected])"
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY ERIC YOUNG "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO,
THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
AUTHOR OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS;
OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR
TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
The license and distribution terms for any publically available version or derivative of this code cannot be changed. i.e. this code cannot
simply be copied and put under another distribution license [including the GNU Public License.]
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 435 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
436
uuBlu-ray/DVD Rear Entertainment System
*
uPlayable Discs
Features
portmap
Copyright (c) 1998, Regents of the University of California All rights reserved.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are
met:
Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
Neither the name of the University of California, Berkeley nor the names of its contributors may be used to endorse or promote products
derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE
GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF
LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT
OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 436 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
437
uuBlu-ray/DVD Rear Entertainment System
*
uPlayable Discs
Continued
Features
tcp_wrappers
Copyright (c) 1998, Regents of the University of California All rights reserved.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are
met:
Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
Neither the name of the University of California, Berkeley nor the names of its contributors may be used to endorse or promote products
derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES,
INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY,
WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 437 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
438
uuBlu-ray/DVD Rear Entertainment System
*
uPlayable Discs
Features
FreeType
Portions of this software are copyright (c) 1996-2002, 2006 The FreeType Project (www.freetype.org). All rights reserved.
Legal Terms
0. Definitions
Throughout this license, the terms 'package', 'FreeType Project', and 'FreeType archive' refer to the set of files originally distributed by the
authors (David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg) as the 'FreeType Project', be they named as alpha, beta or final release.
'You' refers to the licensee, or person using the project, where 'using' is a generic term including compiling the project's source code as
well as linking it to form a 'program' or 'executable'. This program is referred to as 'a program using the FreeType engine'.
This license applies to all files distributed in the original FreeType Project, including all source code, binaries and documentation, unless
otherwise stated in the file in its original, unmodified form as distributedin the original archive. If you are unsure whether or not a particular
file is covered by this license, you must contact us to verify this.
The FreeType Project is copyright (C) 1996-2000 by David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg. All rights reserved except as
specified below.
1. No Warranty
THE FREETYPE PROJECT IS PROVIDED 'AS IS' WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
LIMITED TO, WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. IN NO EVENT WILL ANY OF THE AUTHORS
OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DAMAGES CAUSED BY THE USE OR THE INABILITY TO USE, OF THE FREETYPE PROJECT.
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 438 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
439
uuBlu-ray/DVD Rear Entertainment System
*
uPlayable Discs
Continued
Features
2. Redistribution
This license grants a worldwide, royalty-free, perpetual and irrevocable right and license to use, execute, perform, compile, display, copy,
create derivative works of, distribute and sublicense the FreeType Project (in both source and object code forms) and derivative works
thereof for any purpose; and to authorize others to exercise some or all of the rights granted herein, subject to the following conditions:
• Redistribution of source code must retain this license file ('FTL.TXT') unaltered; any additions, deletions or changes to the original files
must be clearly indicated in accompanying documentation. The copyright notices of the unaltered, original files must be preserved in all
copies of source files.
• Redistribution in binary form must provide a disclaimer that states that the software is based in part of the work of the FreeType Team,
in the distribution documentation. We also encourage you to put an URL to the FreeType web page in your documentation, though this
isn't mandatory.
These conditions apply to any software derived from or based on the FreeType Project, not just the unmodified files. If you use our work,
you must acknowledge us. However, no fee need be paid to us.
3. Advertising
Neither the FreeType authors and contributors nor you shall use the name of the other for commercial, advertising, or promotional
purposes without specific prior written permission.
We suggest, but do not require, that you use one or more of the following phrases to refer to this software in your documentation or
advertising materials: 'FreeType Project', 'FreeType Engine', 'FreeType library', or 'FreeType Distribution'.
As you have not signed this license, you are not required to accept it. However, as the FreeType Project is copyrighted material, only this
license, or another one contracted with the authors, grants you the right to use, distribute, and modify it. Therefore, by using, distributing,
ormodifying the FreeType Project, you indicate that you understand and accept all the terms of this license.
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 439 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
440
uuBlu-ray/DVD Rear Entertainment System
*
uPlayable Discs
Features
4. Contacts
There are two mailing lists related to FreeType:
• [email protected] Discusses general use and applications of FreeType, as well as future and wanted dditions to the library and
distribution. If you are looking for support, start in this list if you haven't found anything to help you in the documentation.
• [email protected]rg Discusses bugs, as well as engine internals, design issues, specific licenses, porting, etc.
Our home page can be found at
http://www.freetype.org
libjpeg
this software is based in part on the work of the Independent JPEG Group
Vera.ttf
Copyright (c) 2003 by Bitstream, Inc. All Rights Reserved. Bitstream Vera is a trademark of Bitstream, Inc.
Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of the fonts accompanying this license ("Fonts") and
associated documentation files (the "Font Software"), to reproduce and distribute the Font Software, including without limitation the
rights to use, copy, merge, publish, distribute, and/or sell copies of the Font Software, and to permit persons to whom the Font Software
is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
The above copyright and trademark notices and this permission notice shall be included in all copies of one or more of the Font Software
typefaces.
The Font Software may be modified, altered, or added to, and in particular the designs of glyphs or characters in the Fonts may be modified
and additional glyphs or characters may be added to the Fonts, only if the fonts are renamed to names not containing either the words
"Bitstream" or the word "Vera".
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 440 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
441
uuBlu-ray/DVD Rear Entertainment System
*
uPlayable Discs
Continued
Features
This License becomes null and void to the extent applicable to Fonts or Font Software that has been modified and is distributed under the
"Bitstream Vera" names.
The Font Software may be sold as part of a larger software package but no copy of one or more of the Font Software typefaces may be
sold by itself.
THE FONT SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED
TO ANY WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT OF COPYRIGHT, PATENT,
TRADEMARK, OR OTHER RIGHT. IN NO EVENT SHALL BITSTREAM OR THE GNOME FOUNDATION BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES
OR OTHER LIABILITY, INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, WHETHER IN AN
ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE FONT SOFTWARE OR FROM
OTHER DEALINGS IN THE FONT SOFTWARE.
Except as contained in this notice, the names of Gnome, the Gnome Foundation, and Bitstream Inc., shall not be used in advertising or
otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings in this Font Software without prior written authorization from the Gnome Foundation
or Bitstream Inc., respectively. For further information, contact: fonts at gnome dot org.
libtiff
Copyright (c) 1988-1997 Sam Leffler
Copyright (c) 1991-1997 Silicon Graphics, Inc.
Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee,
providedbthat (i) the above copyright notices and this permission notice appear in all copies of the software and related documentation,
and (ii) the names of Sam Leffler and Silicon Graphics may not be used in any advertising or publicity relating to the software without the
specific, prior written permission of Sam Leffler and Silicon Graphics.
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 441 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
442
uuBlu-ray/DVD Rear Entertainment System
*
uPlayable Discs
Features
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS-IS" AND WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR OTHERWISE, INCLUDING
WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. IN NO EVENT SHALL SAM
LEFFLER OR SILICON GRAPHICS BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OF ANY KIND, OR
ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER OR NOT ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
DAMAGE, AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS
SOFTWARE.
giflib
The GIFLIB distribution is Copyright (c) 1997 Eric S. Raymond
Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
"Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the
following conditions:
The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE
WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF
CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS
IN THE SOFTWARE.
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 442 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
443
uuBlu-ray/DVD Rear Entertainment System
*
uPlayable Discs
Continued
Features
zlib
zlib License
This software is provided 'as-is', without any express or implied warranty. In no event will the authors be held liable for any damages arising
from the use of this software.
Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose, including commercial applications, and to alter it and redistribute it
freely, subject to the following restrictions:
1. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented; you must not claim that you wrote the original software. If you use this software
in a product, an acknowledgment in the product documentation would beappreciated but is not required.
2. Altered source versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be misrepresented as being the original software.
3. This notice may not be removed or altered from any source distribution.
■ FDA
-Caution-
Use of controls or adjustments or performance of procedures other than those specified herein may result in hazardous radiation exposure.
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 443 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
uuBlu-ray/DVD Rear Entertainment System
*
uPlayable Discs
444
Features
This unit is compatible with NTSC and PAL color TV systems. Use discs that are
labeled as NTSC or PAL. Capability of this unit to play discs other than NTSC or PAL
TV system (SECAM) is not guaranteed.
Some DVD/Blu-ray
TM
discs have a region code such as , , and this number
shows the region the disc can be played in. Playable disc regions are restricted
depending on the map coverage areas. If you play other discs, Check Disc message
is displayed. In addition, some discs that do not have a region code number may still
have a region restriction and may not be played on this unit.
■
Playable Disc Types
Type and symbol
of playable disc
Size/Playable Side Max. play time
<MPEG 2 standard>
12 cm/single-sided Single layer
Dual layer
133 min.
242 min.
266 min.
484 min.
12 cm/Double-sided Single layer
Dual layer
12 cm/signal-side Single layer
Dual layer
at 27 Mbps 123 min.
246 min.
■
Playable Disc Region Codes
1Playable Disc Types
Some discs may not function as expected. Also read
the instruction book which comes with the disc.
Disc Symbols
The following symbols appear on DVD/Blu-ray
TM
discs
or packing.
For Dual Disc (double sided disc with
both a DVD layer and a non-DVD
layer), the DVD layer can be played as a
Video DVD if the disc has the mark
displayed on the right. Discs without the mark and
the non-DVD layer are not supported, and operation
cannot be guaranteed. In addition, the discs may be
scratched when they are inserted or ejected.
Symbol Description
Number of available soundtracks
Number of available subtitles
Number of angles
Selectable screen aspect ratios
(TV screen’s horizontal to vertical ratio)
16:9: Widescreen
4:3: Normal screen
Selectable region codes
ALL: Region free
A number (ex. 1): Particular region code
Selectable region codes
ABC: Region free
An alphabet (ex. A): Particular region code
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 444 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
445
uuBlu-ray/DVD Rear Entertainment System
*
uPlayable Discs
Features
Compression video not supported, Compression audio specification are following.
■
Recommended Discs
Media
CD-R/CD-RW
DVD-R/DVD-RW
DVD+R/DVD+RW
Disc format
CD-ROM Mode1
CD-ROM Mode2 Form1
DVD-ROM
File format
ISO9660 Level 1 & 2
Romeo, Joliet
Audio format MP3 WMA AAC
Audio format
specification
MPEG-1 AUDIO LAYER3
MPEG-2 AUDIO LAYER3
MPEG-2.5 AUDIO LAYER3
Microsoft Windows Media
Audio Ver7,8,9
MPEG4-AAC
m4a files created by iTunes
(Apple)
Sampling
frequency
[kHz]
MPEG-1: 32/44.1/48
MPEG-2: 16/22.05/24
MPEG-2.5: 8/11.025/12
8/11.025/12/16/22.05/24/
32/44.1/48
Exceptions not supported by
DVD Player:12/24
8/11.025/12/16/22.05/24/
32/44.1/48
Bit rate [kbps]
MPEG1: 32/40/48/56/64/
80/96/112/128/160/192/
224/256/320
MPEG2: 8/16/24/32/40/48/
56/64/80/96/112/128/144/
160
MPEG2.5: 8/16/24/32/40/
48/56/64/80/96/112/128/
144/160
5/8/16/24/32/40/48/64/80/
96/128/160/192/224/256/
320/384
Exceptions not supported by
DVD Player: 24/224/384
8/16/20/24/28/32/40/48/56/
64/80/96/112/128/160/192/
224/256/320/384/448/512/
576
Exceptions not supported by
DVD Player: 384/448/512/
576
File extension .mp3/.MP3 .wma/.WMA .m4a/.M4A
1Recommended Discs
Large files may take longer to change audio or fast-
forward/fast-rewind.
Some CD-R/CD-RW/DVD-R/DVD-RW may not be read
due to the discs’ encoding properties. Use discs
recorded with disc-at-once or track-at-once for this
unit.
“AVCHD Progressive” and the “AVCHD Progressive”
logo are trademarks of Panasonic Corporation and
Sony Corporation.
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 445 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
446
uuBlu-ray/DVD Rear Entertainment System
*
uDVD or Blu-ray
TM
Player Error Messages
Features
DVD or Blu-ray
TM
Player Error Messages
If a disc error occurs, you may see the following error messages.
Error Message in Audio/
Information Screen
Error Message in Overhead
Screen
Cause Solution
Problem ejecting disc from the
player. Contact Honda dealer to
fix this problem.
Problem ejecting disc from the
player.
Contact Honda dealer to fix this
problem.
Disc stuck in player
• Contact a dealer and the
player needs to be replaced.
There is a problem with the
player. Eject and re-insert the
disc. If this does not work, try
another disc. If the error
continues, contact Honda
dealer.
There seems to be a problems
playing this disc. Try inserting
the disc into the Blu-ray player
again.
Focus error
Unsupported disc error
Mechanical error
Servo error
DRM file access
Error file access
Device error
• Press the button and
remove the disc, and check
that the error message is
cleared.
• Check that the disc is not
damaged or deformed, and
insert the disc again.
2 Protecting CDs P. 378
The system has overheated. Try
to reduce the temperature by
tuning the audio system off
and allowing the player to cool
down.
The Blu-ray player is too hot
right now.
Give it some time to cool off
and try again later.
High temperature
• Turn the audio system off and
allow the player to cool down
until the error message is
cleared.
Playback stopped. The content
being played is protected by
Cinavia and is not authorized
for playback on this device.
Playback stopped. The content
being played is protected by
Cinavia
TM
and is not authorized
for playback on this device.
For more information, see
http://www.cinavia.com.
Message Code 1.
Cinavia 1 error
• Current track/file will be
skipped. The next supported
track/file plays automatically.
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 446 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
447
uuBlu-ray/DVD Rear Entertainment System
*
uDVD or Blu-ray
TM
Player Error Messages
Features
Error Message in Audio/
Information Screen
Error Message in Overhead
Screen
Cause Solution
Audio outputs temporarily
muted. Do not adjust the
playback volume. The content
being played is protected by
Cinavia and is not authorized
for playback on this device. For
more information, see http://
www.cinavia.com. Message
Code 3.
Audio outputs temporarily
muted. Do not adjust the
playback volume. The content
being played is protected by
Cinavia
TM
and is not authorized
for playback on this device. For
more information, see http://
www.cinavia.com. Message
Code 3.
Cinavia 3 error
• Current track/file will be
skipped. The next supported
track/file plays automatically.
This disc cannot be played.
Check that the disc is not
damaged or deformed. If the
disc is OK, see Owner’s Manual
for information on supported
disc types and files.
There seems to be a problem
with this disc.
Please check if it might be
damaged.
Region mismatch
• Press the button and
remove the disc, and check
that the error message is
cleared.
• Check the disk if region code is
matched.
—
Cannot access Blu-ray Player.
Contact Honda dealer.
DTCP certificate error
• Contact a dealer and the
player needs to be replaced.
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 447 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
448
Features
Customized Features
Use the audio/information screen to customize certain features.
■ How to customize
While the vehicle is at a complete stop with the power mode in ON, press the
MENU/CLOCK button, then select Settings. To customize the phone settings,
press the button, then select Phone Setup.
1Customized Features
When you customize settings, make sure that the
vehicle is at a complete stop and shift to
(P.
1How to customize
These indications are used to show how to operate
the selector knob.
Rotate to select.
Press to enter.
To customize other features, select Settings, rotate
, then press .
2 List of customizable options P. 451
Models with color audio system
Audio/Information Screen
MENU/CLOCK Button
Selector Knob
(Phone) Button
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 448 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
449
uuCustomized Featuresu
Continued
Features
■ Customization Flow
Press the MENU/CLOCK button.
Adjust Clock
Bluetooth Add New Device
Connect an Audio Device
Display Adjustment Brightness
Contrast
Black Level
Rear Camera Camera Guideline
RDS Settings
*1
RDS Information
Radio Text
Display Change
Wallpaper Select
Import
Delete
Color Theme
Language
Clock Format
*1: FM mode
Settings
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 449 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
450
uuCustomized Featuresu
Features
Press the button and rotate to select Phone Setup, then press .
Ringtone
Bluetooth Setup Add New Device
Connect a Phone
Connect an Audio Device
Disconnect All Devices
Delete Device
Pass-Key
Speed Dial
Caller ID Info
System Clear
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 450 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
451
uuCustomized Featuresu
Continued
Features
■ List of customizable options
*1:Default Setting
Setup
Group
Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings
Adjust Clock
Adjusts clock.
2 Clock P. 144
—
Settings
RDS
Settings
RDS Information
Selects whether the RDS information comes
on.
On
*1
/Off
Radio Text
Displays the radio text information of the
selected RDS station.
—
Bluetooth
Add New Device
See Bluetooth Setup on P. 453
Connect an Audio
Device
Display
Adjustment
Brightness
Changes the brightness of the audio/
information screen.
—
Contrast
Changes the contrast of the audio/
information screen.
—
Black Level
Changes the black level of the audio/
information screen.
—
Rear
Camera
Camera Guideline
Selects whether the guidelines come on the
audio/information screen.
On
*1
/Off
FM mode
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 451 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
452
uuCustomized Featuresu
Features
*1:Default Setting
Setup
Group
Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings
Settings
Display Change Changes the display type. Audio
*1
/Wallpaper
Wallpaper
Select Changes the wallpaper type.
Clock
*1
/Image1/Image2/
Image3
Import
Imports an image file for a new wallpaper.
2 Wallpaper Setup P. 274
—
Delete Deletes an image file for a wallpaper. Image1
*1
/Image2/Image3
Color Theme
Changes the background color of the audio/
information screen.
Blue
*1
/Red/Amber/Gray
Language Changes the display language. English
*1
/Français/Español
Clock Format
Selects the digital clock display from 12h to
24h.
12h
*1
/24h
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 452 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
453
uuCustomized Featuresu
Continued
Features
*1:Default Setting
Setup
Group
Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings
Phone
Setup
Bluetooth
Setup
Add New Device
Pairs a new phone to HFL.
2 Phone Setup P. 482
—
Connect a Phone
Pairs a new phone or connects a paired phone
to HFL.
2 Phone Setup P. 482
—
Connect an Audio
Device
Connects a Bluetooth® Audio device to HFL. —
Disconnect All Devices Disconnects a paired phone from HFL. —
Delete Device Deletes a paired phone. —
Pass-Key Changes a pairing code. —
Speed Dial
Edits, adds or deletes a speed dial entry.
2 Speed Dial P. 491
—
Ringtone Selects the ring tone. Mobile Phone
*1
/Fixed
Caller ID Info
Prioritizes the caller’s name or phone number
as the caller ID.
Name Priority
*1
/Number
Priority
System Clear
Cancels/Resets all customized items in the
Phone Setup group as default.
—
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 453 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
uuCustomized Featuresu
454
Features
■ How to customize
With the power mode in ON, select Settings, then select a setting item.
Models with Display Audio
1Customized Features
When you customize settings, make sure that the
vehicle is at a complete stop and shift to
(P.
To customize other features, select Settings.
2 List of customizable options P. 461
Audio/Information
Screen
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 454 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
455
uuCustomized Featuresu
Continued
Features
■ Customization flow
Select Settings.
Automatic Date &
Time
Set Date
Set Time
System
Select .
Automatic Time
Zone
*
Select Time Format
HondaLink Subscription Status
Set Time Zone
Set Date & Time
Touch
Sensitivity
Subscriptions
Language
Factory Data
Reset
About
Date & Time
Select time zone
System SoundsSystem Volumes
Navigation Guidance
*
* Not available on all models
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 455 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
456
uuCustomized Featuresu
Features
Advanced
Options
Interruption Mode
Events and
reminders
Calls
App Manager
Recent Location
Request from Apps
Location Setting
Interruptions
Messages
Calls/messages
From
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 456 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
457
uuCustomized Featuresu
Continued
Features
Connections
+ Connect New Device
Saved Devices
Change Mode
Android Auto
Apple CarPlay
Bluetooth
Wi-Fi
NFC
*
Available Networks/Devices
CabinControl
Connection
Information
(Device list)
CabinControl Options
* Not available on all models
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 457 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
458
uuCustomized Featuresu
Features
Vehicle
Driving Position
Setup
*
Seat Position Movement at Entry/Exit
Memory Position Link
Meter Setup Adjust Outside Temp Display
Trip A Reset Timing
Trip B Reset Timing
Reverse Shift Position Beep
Auto Idle Stop Display
Adjust Alarm Volume
Turn by Turn Display
Power Tailgate
Setup
*
Power Tailgate Keyless Open Mode
Power Tailgate Open by Outer Handle
Keyless Access
Setup
Door Unlock Mode
Keyless Access Light Flash
Keyless Access Beep
Remote Start System On/Off
Walk Away Auto Lock
Fuel Efficiency Backlight
Hands Free Access Power Tailgate
*
* Not available on all models
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 458 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
459
uuCustomized Featuresu
Continued
Features
Lighting Setup Interior Light Dimming Time
Headlight Auto Off Timer
Forward Collision Warning Distance
ACC Forward Vehicle Detect Beep
Auto Light Sensitivity
Door Setup Auto Door Lock
Auto Door Unlock
Key and Remote Unlock Mode
Keyless Lock Answer Back
Security Relock Timer
Maintenance
Information
Driver Assist
System Setup
*
Oil Life
Road Departure Mitigation Setting
Lane Keeping Assist Suspend Beep
Blind Spot Information
*
Power Slide Door Keyless Open Mode
*
Wireless
Charger
*
* Not available on all models
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 459 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
460
uuCustomized Featuresu
Features
Audio Zones
*
Bass / Treble
Center /
Subwoofer
Volume
Camera
Show with Turn SignalLaneWatch
*
Show Reference Line
Rear Camera Default Camera View
Guidelines
Cross Traffic Monitor
*
Sound
Balance / Fader
Center /
Subwoofer
Volume
DTS Neural
Surround
*
Speed Volume
Compensation
Notifications
Brightness
Contrast
Black Level
Display
* Not available on all models
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 460 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
461
uuCustomized Featuresu
Continued
Features
■ List of customizable options
*1:Default Setting
Setup
Group
Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings
System Date & Time
Set
Date &
Time
Automatic
Date &
Time
Selects ON to have the GPS automatically adjust
the clock. Select OFF to cancel this function.
ON
*1
/OFF
Set Date
Adjusts date.
2 Adjusting the Clock P. 144
—
Set Time
Adjusts clock.
2 Adjusting the Clock P. 144
—
Set
Time
Zone
Automatic
Time Zone
*
Sets the navigation system to automatically adjust
the clock when driving through different time
zones.
ON
*1
/OFF
Select time
zone
Changes the time zone manually. —
Select Time Format Selects the digital clock display from 12H to 24H. 12H
*1
/24H
* Not available on all models
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 461 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
462
uuCustomized Featuresu
Features
*1:Default Setting
Setup
Group
Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings
System
System
Volumes
System Sounds Changes the system sounds volume. —
Navigation
Guidance
*
Changes the navigation guidance volume. —
Touch
Sensitivity
Sets the sensitivity of the touch panel screen. High/Low
*1
Subscriptions
HondaLink
Subscription Status
Lists subscriptions and subscription status for
HondaLink®.
—
Language Changes the display language.
English (United
States)
*1
/English
(United Kingdom)/
Korean/French/
Spanish/Arabic
Factory Data
Reset
Resets all the settings to their factory default.
2 Defaulting All the Settings P. 472
Continue/Cancel
About Displays the Android setting items. —
* Not available on all models
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 462 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
463
uuCustomized Featuresu
Continued
Features
*1:Default Setting
Setup
Group
Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings
System
Advanced
Options
App Manager
Displays the Android system memory and apps
information.
—
Recent Location
Request from Apps
Displays the recent location requests from apps. —
Location Setting
Selects OFF not to allow apps including the
navigation system
*
to access the vehicle’s location.
ON
*1
/OFF
Inter-
ruptions
Inter-
ruption
Mode
Sets the interruption mode for allowing to notify
when calls and notifications arrive.
Always interrupt
*1
/
Don’t interrupt/
Allow only priority
interruptions
Events and
reminders
Sets priority interruptions of events and reminders. ON
*1
/OFF
Calls Sets priority interruptions of calls. ON/OFF
*1
Messages
Sets priority interruptions of messages. ON/OFF
*1
Calls/
messages
from
Sets priority interruptions of from who.
Anyone
*1
/Contacts
only/Starred
contacts only
* Not available on all models
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 463 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
464
uuCustomized Featuresu
Features
*1:Default Setting
Setup
Group
Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings
Connec-
tions
Bluetooth
+ Connect New
Device
Pairs a new phone to HFL.
2 Phone Setup P. 506
—
Saved Devices
Connects, disconnects, or deletes a paired phone.
2 Phone Setup P. 506
—
Wi-Fi
Change Mode Changes the Wi-Fi mode.
Network
*1
/HotSpot/
OFF
Available Networks/
Devices
Displays the available network(s) or current
connected device(s).
—
Android Auto Sets up the Android Auto connection. —
Apple CarPlay Sets up the Apple CarPlay connection. —
CabinControl
Options
Cabin-
Control
Turns the Honda CabinControl function on and off. ON
*1
/OFF
Connection
Information
Displays the Honda CabinControl connection
information.
—
(Device list) Selects functions or deletes a device. —
NFC
*
Turns the NFC function on and off. ON
*1
/OFF
* Not available on all models
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 464 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
465
uuCustomized Featuresu
Continued
Features
*1:Default Setting
Setup
Group
Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings
Vehicle
Driving
Position
Setup
*
Seat Position
Movement at Entry/
Exit
Moves the seat rearward when you get in/get out
of the vehicle. Changes the setting for this feature.
ON
*1
/OFF
Memory Position
Link
Turns the driving position memory system on and
off.
ON
*1
/OFF
Meter Setup
Adjust Outside Temp
Display
Adjusts the temperature reading by a few degrees.
-5°F ~ ±0°F
*1
~ +5°F
(U.S.)
-3°C ~ ±0°C
*1
~ +3°C
(Canada)
Trip A Reset Timing
Changes the setting of how to reset trip meter A
and average fuel economy A.
With Refuel/IGN
Off/Manually
Reset
*1
Trip B Reset Timing
Changes the setting of how to reset trip meter B
and average fuel economy B.
With Refuel/IGN
Off/Manually
Reset
*1
Reverse Shift
Position Beep
Turns the reverse alert tone on and off. ON
*1
/OFF
Auto Idle Stop
Display
Selects whether the Auto Idle Stop display comes
on or not.
ON/OFF
*1
Adjust Alarm Volume
Changes the alarm volume, such as the buzzers,
warnings, turn signal sound, and so on.
High/Mid
*1
/Low
* Not available on all models
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 465 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
466
uuCustomized Featuresu
Features
*1:Default Setting
Setup
Group
Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings
Vehicle
Meter Setup
Turn by Turn Display
Selects whether the turn-by-turn display comes on
during the route guidance.
ON
*1
/OFF
Fuel Efficiency
Backlight
Turns the ambient meter feature on and off. ON
*1
/OFF
Power
Tailgate
Setup
*
Power Tailgate
Keyless Open Mode
Changes the keyless setting for when the power
tailgate opens.
Anytime
*1
/When
Unlocked
Power Tailgate Open
by Outer Handle
Changes the setting to open power tailgate by
tailgate outer handle.
Off (Manual only)/
On (Power/
Manual)
*1
Hands Free Access
Power Tailgate
*
Changes the setting to open power tailgate by a
swift forward in and out kicking motion under the
rear bumper.
ON
*1
/OFF
Keyless Access
Setup
Door Unlock Mode
Changes which doors unlock when you grab the
driver’s door handle.
Driver Door or
Tailgate
*1
/All Doors
Keyless Access Light
Flash
Causes some exterior lights to flash when you
unlock/lock the doors.
ON
*1
/OFF
Keyless Access Beep
Causes the beeper to sound when you unlock/lock
the doors.
ON
*1
/OFF
* Not available on all models
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 466 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
467
uuCustomized Featuresu
Continued
Features
*1:Default Setting
Setup
Group
Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings
Vehicle
Keyless Access
Setup
Remote Start System
On/Off
Turns the remote engine start feature on and off. ON
*1
/OFF
Walk Away Auto
Lock
Changes the settings for the automatic locking the
doors when you walk away from the vehicle while
carrying the remote.
Enable/Disable
*1
Driver Assist
System Setup
*
Forward Collision
Warning Distance
Changes at which distance CMBS
TM
alerts.
Long/Normal
*1
/
Short
ACC Forward Vehicle
Detect Beep
Causes the system to beep when the system
detects a vehicle, or when the vehicle goes out of
the ACC range.
ON/OFF
*1
Road Departure
Mitigation Setting
Changes the setting for the road departure
mitigation system.
Normal
*1
/Wide/
Warning Only
Lane Keeping Assist
Suspend Beep
Causes the system to beep when the LKAS is
suspended.
ON/OFF
*1
Blind Spot
Information
*
Changes the setting for the blind spot information
system.
Audible and Visual
Alert
*1
/Visual Alert/
OFF
* Not available on all models
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 467 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
468
uuCustomized Featuresu
Features
*1:Default Setting
Setup
Group
Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings
Vehicle Door Setup
Auto Door Lock
Changes the setting for the automatic locking
feature.
With Vehicle
Speed
*1
/Shift from
P/OFF
Auto Door Unlock
Changes the setting for when the doors unlock
automatically.
All Doors with
Driver’s Door
Opens
*1
/All Doors
with Shift to P/All
Doors with IGN Off/
OFF
Key and Remote
Unlock Mode
Sets up either the driver’s door or all doors to
unlock on the first push of the remote or built-in
key.
Driver Door
*1
/All
Doors
Keyless Lock Answer
Back
LOCK/UNLOCK- The exterior lights flash.
LOCK (2nd push)- The beeper sounds.
ON
*1
/OFF
Security Relock Timer
Changes the time it takes for the doors to relock
and the security system to set after you unlock the
vehicle without opening any door.
90 sec/60 sec/30
sec
*1
Power Slide Door
Keyless Open Mode
*
Changes the keyless setting for when the power
sliding door opens.
Anytime
*1
/When
Unlocked
* Not available on all models
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 468 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
469
uuCustomized Featuresu
Continued
Features
*1:Default Setting
Setup
Group
Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings
Vehicle
Lighting
Setup
Interior Light
Dimming Time
Changes the length of time the interior lights stay
on after you close the doors.
60 sec/30 sec
*1
/15
sec
Headlight Auto Off
Timer
Changes the length of time the exterior lights stay
on after you close the driver’s door.
60 sec/30 sec/15
sec
*1
/0 sec
Auto Light
Sensitivity
Changes the timing for the headlights to come on.
Max/High/Mid
*1
/
Low/Min
Wireless
Charger
*
Turns the wireless charger feature on and off. ON
*1
/OFF
Maintenance
Information
Oil Life
Resets the engine oil life display when you have
performed the maintenance service.
—
* Not available on all models
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 469 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
470
uuCustomized Featuresu
Features
*1:Default Setting
Setup
Group
Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings
Camera
Rear Camera
Default Camera View
Changes the camera view mode when the rear
camera monitor is turned on.
2 Multi-View Rear Camera P. 635
Last Used
*1
/Normal
View/Wide View
Guidelines
Selects whether the guidelines come on the rear
camera monitor.
2 Multi-View Rear Camera P. 635
Dynamic/Fixed/
Both
*1
/OFF
Cross Traffic
Monitor
*
Turns the cross traffic monitor on and off. ON
*1
/OFF
LaneWatch
*
Show with Turn
Signal
Selects whether the LaneWatch display comes on
when you move the turn signal lever to indicate a
right turn.
ON
*1
/OFF
Show Reference Line
Selects whether the reference lines come on the
LaneWatch monitor.
ON
*1
/OFF
Display
Brightness
Adjusts the settings of the audio/information
screen.
2 Display Setup P. 317
Contrast
Black Level
* Not available on all models
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 470 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
471
uuCustomized Featuresu
Features
*1:Default Setting
Setup
Group
Customizable Features Description Selectable Settings
Sound
Bass / Treble
Adjusts the settings of the audio speakers’ sound.
2 Adjusting the Sound P. 316
Center /
Subwoofer
Volume
Balance /
Fader
Audio Zones
*
Speed Volume
Compensation
DTS Neural
Surround
*
Notifications Changes the notification settings for apps. —
* Not available on all models
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 471 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
472
uuCustomized FeaturesuDefaulting All the Settings
Features
Defaulting All the Settings
Reset all the menu and customized settings as the factory defaults.
1. Select .
2. Select Settings.
3. Select System.
4. Select Factory Data Reset.
u A confirmation message appears on the
screen.
5. Select Continue to reset the settings.
6. Select Continue again to reset the settings.
u The system will reboot.
Models with Display Audio
1Defaulting All the Settings
When you transfer the vehicle to a third party, reset
all settings to default and delete all personal data.
If you perform Factory Data Reset, it will reset the
preinstalled apps to their factory default.
If you perform Factory Data Reset, you cannot use
the HondaLink® because it becomes off line.
2 HondaLink® P. 353
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 472 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
473
Features
HomeLink® Universal Transceiver
*
The HomeLink® Universal Transceiver can be programmed to operate up to three
remote controlled devices around your home, such as garage doors, lighting, or
home security systems.
Refer to the safety information that came with your garage door opener to test that
the safety features are functioning properly. If you do not have the safety
information, contact the manufacturer.
Before programming HomeLink, make sure that people and objects are out of the
way of the garage or gate to prevent potential injury or damage.
When programming a garage door opener, park just outside the garage door’s path.
■
Important Safety Precautions
1HomeLink® Universal Transceiver
*
Before programming HomeLink to operate a garage
door opener, confirm that the opener has an external
entrapment protection system, such as an “electronic
eye,” or other safety and reverse stop features. If it
does not, HomeLink may not be able to operate it.
* Not available on all models
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 473 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
474
uuHomeLink® Universal Transceiver
*
uTraining HomeLink
Features
Training HomeLink
If it is necessary to erase a previously entered
learned code:
• Press and hold the I and III HomeLink
buttons for about 10 seconds, until the
green indicator blinks. Release the buttons,
and proceed to step 1.
• If you are training the second or third
button, go directly to step 1.
The instructions on the next page should work for most gate or garage openers, but
may not work for all. For detailed instructions about your specific remote opener,
visit http://www.homelink.com or call (800) 355-3515.
Indicator
I HomeLink
Button
III HomeLink
Button
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 474 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
475
uuHomeLink® Universal Transceiver
*
uTraining HomeLink
Features
■
Programming a Button
1Training HomeLink
Reprogramming a Button
If you want to retrain a programmed button for a
new device, you do not have to erase all button
memory. You can replace the existing memory code
using this procedure:
2.
1.
Press and hold the desired HomeLink button until
the HomeLink indicator begins to slowly flash
orange. This should take about 20 seconds.
Release the HomeLink button and position the
remote transmitter you wish to link 1 - 3 inches
(3 - 8 cm) from the HomeLink button you want to
program, then follow steps 3 - 6 under
“programming a button.”
Erasing Button Memory
To erase programming from the buttons, press and hold
the two outside HomeLink buttons until the HomeLink
indicator changes from
orange to rapidly flashing green
.
This should take about 10 seconds. You should erase all
programming before selling the vehicle.
Operating
To operate, simple press and release the
programmed HomeLink button. Activation will now
occur for the trained device.
Questions
For questions or comments, visit
www.HomeLink.com, www.youtube.com/
HomeLinkGentex, or by calling the HomeLink Hotline
(North America only) at (800) 355-3515.
HomeLink® is a registered trademark of Gentex
Corporation.
Training
Complete
HomeLink LED is
continuously on green.
YES
YES
1. Position the remote transmitter you wish to link 1 to 3 inches (3 - 8 cm) from the
HomeLink® button you want to program.
3b.
Canadian Garage Door Opener
A. Press and release the HomeLink
button. Press, hold and release the
button on the remote every 2 secs.
Does the HomeLink indicator (LED)
change from slowly flashing orange to
rapidly flashing or continuously on
green? The process should take less
than 60 seconds.
NO
2.
Press and release the desired HomeLink button. Is the HomeLink indicator (LED) slowly
flashing orange?
NO
3a. Hold the button on the remote
transmitter. Does HomeLink indicator
(LED) change from slowly flashing
orange to rapidly flashing green or
continuously on green? The process
should take less than 60 seconds.
5.
Press and hold the HomeLink button again.
HomeLink indicator rapidly flashes
green.
5a.
The remote has a rolling code. Press the
“learn” button on the remote-controlled
device (e.g. garage door opener).
6. Press and hold the HomeLink button
again.
The remote-controlled device should
operate.
Training Complete
5b.
Within 30 secs, press and hold the
programmed HomeLink button for 2
secs.
4.
Press and hold the programmed HomeLink
button for about a second. Does the device
(garage door opener) work?
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 475 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
476
Features
Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink®
Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink® (HFL) allows you to place and receive phone calls using
your vehicle’s audio system, without handling your cell phone.
Using HFL
(Pick-up) button: Press to go directly to the Phone screen or to answer an
incoming call.
(Hang-up/Back) button: Press to end a call or to cancel a command.
(Talk) button: Press to call a number with a stored voice tag.
(Phone) button: Press to go directly to the Phone screen.
Selector knob: Rotate to select an item on the screen, then press .
■
HFL Buttons
1Using HFL
Place your phone where you can get good reception.
To use HFL, you need a Bluetooth-compatible cell
phone. For a list of compatible phones, pairing
procedures, and special feature capabilities:
• U.S.: Visit automobiles.honda.com/handsfreelink/,
or call 1-888-528-7876.
• Canada: For more information on smartphone
compatibility, call 1-888-528-7876.
Voice control tips
• Aim the vents away from the ceiling and close the
windows, as noise coming from them may interfere
with the microphone.
• Press and release the button when you want to
call a number using a stored voice tag. Speak
clearly and naturally after a beep.
• If the microphone picks up voices other than yours,
the command may be misinterpreted.
• To change the volume level, use the audio system’s
volume knob or the remote audio controls on the
steering wheel.
State or local laws may prohibit the operation of
handheld electronic devices while operating a
vehicle.
Models with color audio system
Microphone
(Talk) Button
Selector Knob
(Phone) Button
Volume up
Volume down
(Hang-up/Back)
Button
(Pick-up) Button
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 476 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
477
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink® uUsing HFL
Features
The audio/information screen notifies you
when there is an incoming call.
Certain manual functions are disabled or inoperable while the vehicle is in motion.
You cannot select a grayed-out option until the vehicle is stopped.
Only previously stored speed dial entries can be called using voice commands while
the vehicle is in motion.
2 Speed Dial P. 491
■
HFL Status Display
1Using HFL
If you receive a call while using the audio system, the
system resumes its operation after ending the call.
Up to 20 speed dial entries can be stored. If there is
no entry in the system, Speed Dial is disabled.
2 Speed Dial P. 491
Up to 20 call histories can be stored. If there is no call
history, Call History is disabled.
Bluetooth® Wireless Technology
The Bluetooth® word mark and logos are registered
trademarks owned by Bluetooth SIG, Inc., and any
use of such marks by Honda Motor Co., Ltd., is under
license. Other trademarks and trade names are those
of their respective owners.
HFL Limitations
An incoming call on HFL will interrupt the audio
system when it is playing. It will resume when the call
is ended.
1HFL Status Display
The information that appears on the audio/
information screen varies between phone models.
You can change the system language.
2 Customized Features P. 448
HFL Mode
Battery Level Status
Signal Strength
Bluetooth Indicator
Appears when your
phone is connected
to HFL.
Roaming Status
Caller’s Name
■
Limitations for Manual Operation
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 477 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
478
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
Features
HFL Menus
The power mode must be in ACCESSORY or ON to use the system.
1HFL Menus
To use HFL, you must first pair your Bluetooth-
compatible cell phone to the system while the vehicle
is parked.
Some functions are limited while driving. A message
appears on the screen when the vehicle is moving
and the operation is canceled.
or
Display the last 20 outgoing calls.
Display the last 20 incoming calls.
Display the last 20 missed calls.
*1: Appears only when a phone is connected to HFL.
Phone
Speed Dial
*1
Add New
Select a phone number from the call history to
store as a speed dial number.
Call History
Phonebook
Select a phone number from the phonebook to
store as a speed dial number.
Phone Number
Enter a phone number to store as a speed dial
number.
Dialed Calls
Received Calls
Missed Calls
Phonebook
*1
Dial
*1
Call History
*1
Display the paired phone’s phonebook.
Enter a phone number to dial.
(Existing entry list)
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 478 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
479
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink® uHFL Menus
Continued
Features
*1: Appears only when a phone is connected to HFL.
Redial the last number dialed in the phone’s history.
Add New Device
Connect a Phone
Connect an Audio Device
Bluetooth SetupPhone Setup
Redial
*1
Pair a phone to the system.
Connect a phone to the system.
Change a pairing code.
Disconnect All Devices
Delete Device
Pass-Key
Disconnect a paired device from the system.
Delete a previously paired device.
Connect a Bluetooth® Audio device to the
system.
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 479 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
480
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
Features
*1: Appears only when a phone is connected to HFL.
Call History
Phonebook
Phone Number
Speed Dial
*1
Select a phone number from the phonebook
to store as a speed dial number.
Select a phone number from the call history
to store as a speed dial number.
Create a voice tag for a speed dial number.
Change Speed Dial
Delete Speed Dial
Store Voice Tag
Enter a phone number to store as a speed dial
number.
Delete a previously stored speed dial number.
Change Voice Tag
Delete Voice Tag
Change a previously stored speed dial
number.
Change a voice tag for a speed dial number.
Delete a voice tag for a speed dial number.
Add New
Existing entry list
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 480 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
481
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink® uHFL Menus
Continued
Features
Fixed
Mobile Phone
System Clear
Ringtone
Select the ring tone stored in the connected
cell phone.
Name Priority
Number Priority
Caller ID Info Prioritize the caller’s name as the caller ID.
Clear the system of all paired phones, phonebook entries,
and security codes.
Prioritize the caller’s phone number as the
caller ID.
Select the ring tone stored in HFL.
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 481 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
482
Features
■ To pair a cell phone (when there is no
phone paired to the system)
1. Press the button or the button.
2. Rotate to select Yes, then press .
3. Make sure your phone is in search or
discoverable mode, then press .
u HFL automatically searches for a
Bluetooth® device.
4. When your phone appears on the list, select
it by pressing .
u If your phone does not appear, select
Phone Not Found? and search for
Bluetooth® devices using your phone.
From your phone, select
HandsFreeLink.
5. The system gives you a pairing code on the
audio/information screen.
u Confirm if the pairing code on the screen
and your phone match.
This may vary by phone.
6. A notification appears on the screen if
pairing is successful.
■
Phone Setup
1Phone Setup
Your Bluetooth-compatible phone must be paired to
HFL before you can make and receive hands-free
calls.
Phone Pairing Tips:
• You cannot pair your phone while the vehicle is
moving.
• Up to six phones can be paired.
• Your phone’s battery may drain faster when it is
connected to HFL.
• If your phone is not ready for pairing or not found
by the system within three minutes, the system will
time out and return to idle.
Once you have paired a phone, you can see it
displayed on the screen with one or two icons on the
right side.
These icons indicate the following:
: The phone can be used with HFL.
: The phone is compatible with Bluetooth® Audio.
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 482 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
483
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink® uHFL Menus
Continued
Features
■ To pair a cell phone (when a phone has
already been paired to the system)
1. Press the button or the button.
u If a prompt appears asking to connect to
a phone, select No and proceed with
step 2.
2. Rotate to select Phone Setup, then
press .
3. Rotate to select Bluetooth Setup, then
press .
4. Rotate to select Add New Device, then
press .
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 483 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
484
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
Features
5. Make sure your phone is in search or
discoverable mode, then press .
u HFL automatically searches for a
Bluetooth® device.
6. When your phone appears on the list, select
it by pressing .
u If your phone does not appear, select
Phone Not Found? and search for
Bluetooth® devices using your phone.
From your phone, select
HandsFreeLink.
7. The system gives you a pairing code on the
audio/information screen.
u Confirm if the pairing code on the screen
and your phone match.
This may vary by a phone.
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 484 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
485
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink® uHFL Menus
Continued
Features
■ To change the currently paired phone
1. Press the button or the button.
2. Rotate to select Phone Setup, then
press .
3. Rotate to select Bluetooth Setup, then
press .
4. Rotate to select Connect a Phone,
then press .
u The screen changes to a device list.
5. Rotate to select a desired device name,
then press .
u HFL disconnects the connected phone
and starts searching for another paired
phone.
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 485 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
486
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
Features
■ To change the pairing code setting
1. Press the button or the button.
2. Rotate to select Phone Setup, then
press .
3. Rotate to select Bluetooth Setup, then
press .
4. Rotate to select Pass-Key, then press
.
5. Input a new pairing code, then press .
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 486 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
487
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink® uHFL Menus
Continued
Features
■ To delete a paired phone
1. Press the button or the button.
2. Rotate to select Phone Setup, then
press .
3. Rotate to select Bluetooth Setup, then
press .
4. Rotate to select Delete Device, then
press .
u The screen changes to a device list.
5. Rotate to select a phone you want to
delete, then press .
6. A confirmation message appears on the
screen. Rotate to select Yes, then press
.
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 487 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
488
Features
You can change the ring tone setting.
1. Press the button or the button.
2. Rotate to select Phone Setup, then
press .
3. Rotate to select Ringtone, then press
.
4. Rotate to select Mobile Phone or
Fixed, then press .
You can select a caller’s information to be displayed when you have an incoming
call.
1. Press the button or the button.
2. Rotate to select Phone Setup, then
press .
3. Rotate to select Caller ID Info, then
press .
4. Rotate to select a mode you want, then
press .
■
Ring Tone
1Ring Tone
Mobile Phone: For certain connected phones, the
ring tone stored in the phone sounds from the
speakers.
Fixed: The fixed ring tone sounds from the speakers.
■
Caller’s ID Information
1Caller’s ID Information
Name Priority: A caller’s name is displayed if it is
stored in the phonebook.
Number Priority: A caller’s phone number is
displayed.
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 488 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
489
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink® uHFL Menus
Continued
Features
All speed dial entries, all imported phonebook data, all call history data, paired
phones, pairing codes, caller’s ID settings, and volume settings are reset as default.
1. Press the button or the button.
2. Rotate to select Phone Setup, then
press .
3. Rotate to select System Clear, then
press .
4. Rotate to select Yes, then press .
5. A confirmation message appears on the
screen. Rotate to select Yes, then press
.
6. A notification appears on the screen. Press
.
■
To Clear the System
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 489 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
490
Features
When your phone is paired, the contents of its phonebook and call history are
automatically imported to HFL.
■
Automatic Import of Cellular Phonebook and Call History
1Automatic Import of Cellular Phonebook and Call History
When you select a name from the list in the cellular
phonebook, you can see up to three category icons.
The icons indicate what types of numbers are stored
for that name.
If a name has four or more numbers, ... appears
instead of category icons.
On some phones, it may not be possible to import the
category icons to HFL.
The phonebook is updated after every connection.
Call history is updated after every connection or call.
Pref
Home
Mobile
Pager
Work
Fax
Car
Voice
Other
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 490 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
Continued
491
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink® uHFL Menus
Features
Up to 20 speed dial numbers can be stored per phone.
To store a speed dial number:
1. Press the button or the button.
2. Rotate to select Speed Dial, then press
.
3. Rotate to select Add New, then press
.
4. Rotate to select a place to choose a
number from, then press .
From Call History:
u Select a number from the call history.
From Phonebook:
u Select a number from the connected cell
phone’s imported phonebook.
From Phone Number:
u Input the number manually.
5. When the speed dial is successfully stored,
you are asked to create a voice tag for the
number. Rotate to select Yes or No,
then press .
6. Using the button, follow the prompts to
say the name for the speed dial entry.
■
Speed Dial
1Speed Dial
You can use the audio preset buttons during a call to
store a speed dial number:
1. Press and hold the desired audio preset button
during a call.
2. The contact information for the active call will be
stored for the corresponding speed dial.
When a voice tag is stored, you can press the
button and call the number using voice commands.
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 491 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
492
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
Features
■ To edit a speed dial
1. Press the button or the button.
2. Rotate to select Phone Setup, then
press .
3. Rotate to select Speed Dial, then press
.
4. Select an existing speed dial entry.
5. Rotate to select Change Speed Dial,
then press .
6. Select a new speed dial number, then press
.
■ To delete a speed dial number
1. Press the button or the button.
2. Rotate to select Phone Setup, then
press .
3. Rotate to select Speed Dial, then press
.
4. Select an existing speed dial entry.
5. Rotate to select Delete Speed Dial,
then press .
u A confirmation message appears on the
screen. Rotate to select Yes, then
press .
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 492 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
Continued
493
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink® uHFL Menus
Features
■ To add a voice tag to a stored speed
dial number
1. Press the button or the button.
2. Rotate to select Phone Setup, then
press .
3. Rotate to select Speed Dial, then press
.
4. Select an existing speed dial entry.
5. Rotate to select Store Voice Tag, then
press .
u A confirmation message appears on the
screen. Rotate to select Yes, then
press .
6. Using the button, follow the prompts to
complete the voice tag.
1Speed Dial
Avoid using duplicate voice tags.
Avoid using “home” as a voice tag.
It is easier for HFL to recognize a longer name. For
example, use “John Smith” instead of “John.”
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 493 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
494
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
Features
■ To change a voice tag
1. Press the button or the button.
2. Rotate to select Phone Setup, then
press .
3. Rotate to select Speed Dial, then press
.
4. Select an existing speed dial entry.
5. Rotate to select Change Voice Tag,
then press .
u A confirmation message appears on the
screen. Rotate to select Yes, then
press .
6. Using the button, follow the prompts to
complete the voice tag.
■ To delete a voice tag
1. Press the button or the button.
2. Rotate to select Phone Setup, then
press .
3. Rotate to select Speed Dial, then press
.
4. Select an existing speed dial entry.
5. Rotate to select Delete Voice Tag,
then press .
u A confirmation message appears on the
screen. Rotate to select Yes, then
press .
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 494 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
Continued
495
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink® uHFL Menus
Features
You can make calls by inputting any phone number, or by using the imported
phonebook, call history, speed dial entries, or redial.
■
Making a Call
1Making a Call
Voice-tagged speed dial entries can be dialed by
voice from any screen.
Press the button and follow the prompts.
Once a call is connected, you can hear the voice of
the person you are calling through the audio
speakers.
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 495 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
496
Features
■ To make a call using the imported
phonebook
When your phone is paired, the contents of its
phonebook are automatically imported to
HFL.
1. Press the button or the button.
2. Rotate to select Phonebook, then
press .
3. The phonebook is stored alphabetically.
Rotate to select the initial, then press
.
4. Rotate to select a name, then press .
5. Rotate to select a number, then press
.
u Dialing starts automatically.
■ To make a call using a phone number
1. Press the button or the button.
2. Rotate to select Dial, then press .
3. Rotate to select a number, then press
.
4. Rotate to select , then press .
u Dialing starts automatically.
1To make a call using the imported phonebook
This function is disabled while the vehicle is moving.
However, you can call a stored voice-tagged speed
dial number using voice commands.
2 Limitations for Manual Operation P. 477
2 Speed Dial P. 491
1To make a call using a phone number
This function is disabled while the vehicle is moving.
However, you can call a stored voice-tagged speed
dial number using voice commands.
2 Limitations for Manual Operation P. 477
2 Speed Dial P. 491
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 496 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
Continued
497
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink® uHFL Menus
Features
■ To make a call using redial
1. Press the button or the button.
2. Rotate to select Redial, then press .
u Dialing starts automatically.
■ To make a call using the call history
Call history is stored by Dialed Calls,
Received Calls, and Missed Calls.
1. Press the button or the button.
2. Rotate to select Call History, then
press .
3. Rotate to select Dialed Calls, Received
Calls, or Missed Calls, then press .
4. Rotate to select a number, then press
.
u Dialing starts automatically.
1To make a call using redial
Press and hold the button to redial the last
number dialed in your phone’s call history.
1To make a call using the call history
The call history appears only when a phone is
connected to HFL, and displays the last 20 dialed,
received, or missed calls. (Appears only when a
phone is connected to the system.)
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 497 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
498
Features
■ To make a call using a speed dial entry
1. Press the button or the button.
2. Rotate to select Speed Dial, then press
.
3. Rotate to select a number, then press
.
u Dialing starts automatically.
1To make a call using a speed dial entry
On the Phone screen, the first six speed dials on the
list can be directly selected by pressing the
corresponding audio preset buttons (1-6).
Select Others to view another paired phone’s speed
dial list.
When a voice tag is stored, press the button and
call the number using voice commands.
2 Speed Dial P. 491
Voice-tagged speed dial entries can be dialed by
voice from any screen. Press the button and
follow the prompts.
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 498 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
Continued
499
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink® uHFL Menus
Features
When there is an incoming call, an audible
notification sounds and the Incoming Call
screen appears.
Press the button to answer the call.
Press the button to decline or end the
call.
■
Receiving a Call
1Receiving a Call
Call Waiting
Press the button to put the current call on hold to
answer the incoming call.
Press the button again to return to the current
call.
Select Ignore to ignore the incoming call if you do
not want to answer it.
Press the button if you want to hang up the
current call.
You can select the icons on the audio/information
screen instead of the and buttons. Rotate
to select the icon, then press .
HFL Mode
Caller’s Name
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 499 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
500
Features
The following options are available during a call.
Swap Call: Put the current call on hold to answer the incoming call.
Mute: Mute your voice.
Transfer Call: Transfer a call from HFL to your phone.
Dial Tones: Send numbers during a call. This is useful when you call a menu-driven
phone system.
Rotate to select the option, then press .
u The check box is checked when Mute is
selected. Select Mute again to turn it off.
■
Options During a Call
1Options During a Call
Dial Tones: Available on some phones.
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 500 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
501
Continued
Features
Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink®
Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink® (HFL) allows you to place and receive phone calls using
your vehicle’s audio system, without handling your cell phone.
Using HFL
■
HFL Buttons
1Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink®
Place your phone where you can get good reception.
To use HFL, you need a Bluetooth-compatible cell
phone. For a list of compatible phones, pairing
procedures, and special feature capabilities, ask a
dealer or your Honda dealer.
To use the system, the Bluetooth setting must be
ON.
2 Phone Setup P. 506
Voice control tips
• Aim the vents away from the ceiling and close the
windows, as noise coming from them may interfere
with the microphones.
• Press the button when you want to call a
number using a phonebook name or a number.
Speak clearly and naturally after a beep.
• If the microphones pick up voices other than yours,
the command may be misinterpreted.
• To change the volume level, select the audio
system’s VOL (Volume) or use the remote audio
controls on the steering wheel.
If there is no speed dial entry in the system, the pop-
up notification appears on the screen.
2 Favorite Contacts P. 511
If there is no call history, the call history is disabled.
Models with Display Audio
(Talk) Button
Volume up
Microphone
(Hang-up) Button
(Pick-up) Button
Volume down
ENTER Button
(Back) Button
// / Buttons
3
4
(Home) Button
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 501 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uUsing HFL
502
Features
(Pick-up) button: Press to go directly to the phone screen of the driver
information interface, or to answer an incoming call.
(Hang-up) button: Press to end a call.
(Back) button: Press to go back to the previous screen, or cancel a command.
(Talk) button: Press to access Voice Portal.
/// buttons: Press to select an item displayed on the phone screen
of the driver information interface.
ENTER button: Press to call a number listed in the selected item on the phone
screen of the driver information interface.
(Home) button: Press to go back to the home screen of the driver information
interface.
To go to the phone screen of the driver information interface:
1. Press the (home) button on the steering wheel.
2. Select Phone.
u You can select Favorite Contacts or Recent Calls.
1Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink®
Bluetooth® Wireless Technology
The Bluetooth® word mark and logos are registered
trademarks owned by Bluetooth SIG, Inc., and any
use of such marks by Honda Motor Co., Ltd., is under
license. Other trademarks and trade names are those
of their respective owners.
HFL Limitations
An incoming call on HFL will interrupt the audio
system when it is playing. It will resume when the call
is ended.
3
4
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 502 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
503
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink® uUsing HFL
Features
The audio/information screen notifies you when there is an incoming call.
Certain manual functions are disabled or inoperable while the vehicle is in motion.
You cannot select a grayed-out option until the vehicle is stopped.
Only previously stored phonebook names or numbers can be called using voice
commands while the vehicle is in motion.
2 Favorite Contacts P. 511
■
HFL Status Display
1HFL Status Display
The information that appears on the audio/
information screen varies between phone models.
You can change the system language.
2 How to customize P. 454
■
Limitations for Manual Operation
Bluetooth Indicator
Appears when your phone is
connected to HFL.
Signal Strength
HFL Mode
Battery Level Status
Caller’s Name
Caller’s Number
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 503 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
504
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
Features
HFL Menus
The power mode must be in ACCESSORY or ON to use the system.
■ Phone settings screen
1. Select .
2. Select Phone.
3. Select Settings.
1HFL Menus
To use HFL, you must first pair your Bluetooth-
compatible cell phone to the system while the vehicle
is parked.
Some functions are limited while driving.
Change Connected Phone
(Existing entry list)
+ Connect New Device
Pair a new phone to the system.
Connect, disconnect, or delete a paired device.
Ringtone
Select the ring tone.
Auto Sync Phone Set phonebook and call history data to be automatically imported when a phone is paired to HFL.
Turn HondaLink® Assist on and off.
HondaLink Assist
Auto Phone Call Transfer Set calls to automatically transfer from your phone to HFL when you enter the vehicle.
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 504 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
505
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink® uHFL Menus
Continued
Features
■ Phone menu screen
1. Select .
2. Select Phone.
Display the last outgoing, incoming and missed calls.
Recent Calls
Favorite Contacts
All
Dialed
Received
Display the last outgoing calls.
Display the last incoming calls.
Missed
Display the last missed calls.
Keypad
Enter a phone number to dial.
(Existing entry list)
Dial the selected number in the speed dial list.
Contacts
Display the paired phone’s phonebook.
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 505 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
506
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
Features
■ Bluetooth® setup
You can turn Bluetooth® function on and off.
1. Select .
2. Select Settings.
3. Select Connections.
4. Select Bluetooth.
5. Select Options.
6. Select Bluetooth, then ON.
■
Phone Setup
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 506 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
Continued
507
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink® uHFL Menus
Features
■ To pair a cell phone (when there is no
phone paired to the system)
1. Select .
2. Select Phone.
3. Select Connect Phone.
4. Make sure your phone is in search or
discoverable mode, then select + Connect
New Device.
u HFL automatically searches for a
Bluetooth® device.
5. Select your phone when it appears on the
list.
u If your phone still does not appear,
search for Bluetooth® devices using your
phone.
From your phone, search for HandsFree
Link.
6. The system gives you a pairing code on the
audio/information screen.
u Confirm if the pairing code on the screen
and your phone match.
This may vary by phone.
7. Select desired functions and then select
Connect.
u A confirmation message appears on the
screen. Select Continue or Connect
without Internet.
1Phone Setup
Your Bluetooth-compatible phone must be paired to
the system before you can make and receive hands-
free calls.
Phone Pairing Tips:
• You cannot pair your phone while the vehicle is
moving.
• Up to six phones can be paired.
• Your phone’s battery may drain faster when it is
paired to the system.
• If your phone is not ready for pairing or not found
by the system within three minutes, the system will
time out and return to idle.
Once you have paired a phone, you can see it
displayed on the screen with one or more icons on
the right side.
These icons indicate the following:
: The phone is compatible with Bluetooth® Audio.
: The phone can be used with HFL.
: The phone can be used with the internet
tethering.
If there is an active connection to Apple CarPlay or
Android Auto, pairing of additional Bluetooth
compatible devices is unavailable and + Connect
New Device is grayed out from the Bluetooth
screen.
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 507 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
508
Features
■ To change the currently paired phone
1. Go to the phone settings screen.
2 Phone settings screen P. 504
2. Select Change Connected Phone.
3. Select a phone to connect.
u HFL disconnects the connected phone
and starts searching for another paired
phone.
4. Select , or .
5. Select Apply.
■ To delete a paired phone
1. Go to the phone settings screen.
2 Phone settings screen P. 504
2. Select Change Connected Phone.
3. Select a phone you want to delete.
4. Select Delete Device.
5. A confirmation message appears on the
screen. Select Delete.
1To change the currently paired phone
If no other phones are found or paired when trying to
switch to another phone, HFL will inform you that the
original phone is connected again.
To pair other phones, select + Connect New Device
from the Bluetooth screen.
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 508 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
Continued
509
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink® uHFL Menus
Features
You can change the ring tone setting.
1. Go to the phone settings screen.
2 Phone settings screen P. 504
2. Select Ringtone.
3. Select Vehicle or Phone.
If you get into the vehicle while you are on the phone, the call can be automatically
transferred to HFL.
1. Go to the phone settings screen.
2 Phone settings screen P. 504
2. Select Auto Phone Call Transfer.
3. Select ON or OFF.
■
Ring Tone
1Ring Tone
Vehicle: The fixed ring tone sounds from the
speakers.
Phone: Depending on the make and model of the
mobile phone, the ring tone stored in the phone will
sound if the phone is connected.
■
Automatic Transferring
Phone FM
Auto Phone Call Transfer
ON OFF
12:34
Navigation
When vehicle is turned on, automatically transfer an
active call from device to vehicle speakers.
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 509 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
510
Features
■ When Automatic Phone Sync is set to
On:
When your phone is paired, the contents of its
phonebook and call history are automatically
imported to the system.
■ Changing the Automatic Phone Sync
setting
1. Go to the phone settings screen.
2 Phone settings screen P. 504
2. Select Auto Sync Phone.
3. Select ON or OFF.
■
Automatic Import of Cellular Phonebook and Call History
1Automatic Import of Cellular Phonebook and Call History
When you select a name from the list in the cellular
phonebook, you can see a category icon. The icons
indicate what types of numbers are stored for that
name.
On some phones, it may not be possible to import the
category icons to the system.
The phonebook is updated after every connection.
Call history is updated after every connection or call.
Home
Mobile Work
Other
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 510 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
511
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink® uHFL Menus
Continued
Features
To store a speed dial number:
1. Go to the phone menu screen.
2 Phone menu screen P. 505
2. Select the Recent Calls, Contacts, or
Keypad screen.
3. Select the star icon.
u A notification appears on the screen if
the speed dial is successfully stored.
u To remove the speed dial, select the star
icon again.
■
Favorite Contacts
Recent Calls Screen
Contacts Screen
Keypad Screen
Star Icon
Star Icon
Star Icon
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 511 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
512
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
Features
■ To edit a speed dial
1. Go to the phone menu screen.
2 Phone menu screen P. 505
2. Select Favorite Contacts.
3. Select Edit on the speed dial entry you
want to edit.
4. Select a setting you want.
■ To delete a speed dial
1. Go to the phone menu screen.
2 Phone menu screen P. 505
2. Select Favorite Contacts.
3. Select Edit on the speed dial entry you
want to delete.
4. Select Remove Contact.
5. A confirmation message appears on the
screen. Select Continue.
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 512 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
Continued
513
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink® uHFL Menus
Features
You can make calls by inputting any phone
number, or by using the imported
phonebook, call history, or speed dial entries.
■
Making a Call
1Making a Call
Once a call is connected, you can hear the voice of
the person you are calling through the audio
speakers.
While there is an active connection with Apple
CarPlay, phone calls cannot be made with
HandsFreeLink® and are only made from Apple
CarPlay.
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 513 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
514
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
Features
■ To make a call using the imported
phonebook
1. Go to the phone menu screen.
2 Phone menu screen P. 505
2. Select Contacts.
3. Select a name.
u You can sort by First Name or Last
Name. Select the icon on the upper right
of the screen.
4. Select a number.
u Dialing starts automatically.
■ To make a call using a phone number
1. Go to the phone menu screen.
2 Phone menu screen P. 505
2. Select Keypad.
3. Select a number.
u Use the keyboard on the touch screen for
entering numbers.
4. Select Call.
u Dialing starts automatically.
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 514 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
Continued
515
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink® uHFL Menus
Features
■ To make a call using the call history
Call history is stored by All, Dialed, Missed,
and Received.
1. Go to the phone menu screen.
2 Phone menu screen P. 505
2. Select Recent Calls.
u You can sort by All, Dialed, Missed, or
Received. Select the icon on the upper
right of the screen.
3. Select a number.
u Dialing starts automatically.
■ To make a call using a speed dial entry
1. Go to the phone menu screen.
2 Phone menu screen P. 505
2. Select Favorite Contacts.
u You can change the order of speed dial
entries by selecting Reorder.
3. Select a number.
u Dialing starts automatically.
1To make a call using the call history
The call history appears only when a phone is
connected to the system.
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 515 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
516
Features
When there is an incoming call, an audible
notification sounds (if activated) and the
Incoming Call... screen appears.
Press the button to answer the call.
Press the button to decline or end the
call.
The following options are available during a call.
Mute: Mute your voice.
Use Handheld: Transfer a call from the system to your phone.
Keypad: Send numbers during a call. This is useful when you call a menu-driven
phone system.
The available options are shown on the lower
half of the screen.
Select the option.
u The mute icon appears when Mute is
selected. Select Mute again to turn it off.
■
Receiving a Call
1Receiving a Call
Call Waiting
Press the button to put the current call on hold to
answer the incoming call.
Press the button again to return to the current
call.
Select Ignore to ignore the incoming call if you do
not want to answer it.
Press the button if you want to hang up the
current call.
You can select the icons on the audio/information
screen instead of the and buttons.
■
Options During a Call
1Options During a Call
Keypad: Available on some phones.
You can select the icons on the audio/information
screen.
Phone FM
In-Call
Preferred
XXXXX
XXXX. . .
Hang Up
Keypad
Mute
Use Handheld
12:34
Navigation
Mute Icon
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 516 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
Continued
517
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink® uHFL Menus
Features
■ To turn on or off the text message
notice
1. Select .
2. Select Messages.
3. Select Settings.
4. Select Notifications.
5. Select ON or OFF.
■
To Set Up Text Message Options
1To Set Up Text Message Options
To use the text message function, it may be necessary
to set up on your phone.
1To turn on or off the text message notice
ON: A pop-up notification comes on every time you
receive a new message.
OFF: The message you receive is stored in the system
without notification.
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 517 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
518
Features
HFL can display newly received text messages as well as the last 20 messages
received on a linked cell phone. Each received message can be read aloud and
replied to using a fixed common phrase.
1. A pop-up appears and notifies you of a new
text message.
2. Select Open to display the message.
u The text message is displayed.
3. Select Play to listen to the message. To
discontinue the message read-out, select
Stop.
■
Receiving a Text Message
1Receiving a Text Message
The system does not display any received messages
while you are driving. You can only hear them read
aloud.
The system can only receive messages that are sent a
text (SMS) messages. The message sent using the
data services will not be displayed in the list.
With some phones, you may be able to display up to
20 of the last text messages received.
State or local laws may limit your use of the HFL text
message feature. Only use the text message feature
when conditions allow you to do so safely.
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 518 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
Continued
519
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink® uHFL Menus
Features
You can select one from the Bluetooth® device list to be active and receive
notifications.
1. Select .
2. Select Messages.
3. Select Settings.
4. Select Change Connected Phone.
5. Change a desired phone.
2 To change the currently paired phone
P. 508
■
Selecting a Phone
1Selecting a Phone
You can only receive notifications from one phone at
a time.
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 519 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
520
Features
1. Select .
2. Select Messages.
u Select a phone if necessary.
3. Select a message.
u The text message is displayed.
■
Displaying Messages
1Displaying Messages
The (blue) icon appears next to an unread
message.
If you delete a message on the phone, the message
will also be deleted from the system. If you send a
message from the system, the message goes to your
phone’s outbox.
To see the previous or next message, select Prev
or Next on the message screen.
Message List
Text Message
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 520 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
Continued
521
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink® uHFL Menus
Features
■ Read or Stop reading a message
1. Go to the text message screen.
2. Select Play.
u The system starts reading the message
aloud.
3. Select Pause to stop reading.
Select Play again to start reading the
message.
■ Reply to a message
1. Go to the text message screen.
2. Select Reply.
3. Select the reply message.
u The pop-up menu appears on the screen.
4. Select Send to send the message.
u Message sent appears on the screen
when the reply message was successfully
sent.
1Reply to a message
The available fixed reply messages are as follows:
• Talk to you later, I’m driving.
• I’m on my way.
• I’m running late.
• OK
• Yes
• No
You can add a reply message by selecting + Create
New Message.
2 To edit a reply message P. 522
Only certain phones receive and send messages when
paired and connected. For a list of compatible
phones:
• U.S.: Visit automobiles.honda.com/handsfreelink/,
or call 1-888-528-7876.
• Canada: For more information on smartphone
compatibility, call 1-888-528-7876.
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 521 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
522
Features
■ To edit a reply message
1. Select .
2. Select Messages.
3. Select Settings.
4. Select Edit System Replies.
5. Select the reply message you want to edit
or + Create New Message.
u The on-screen keyboard screen is
displayed.
6. Enter a reply message, and then select
Save.
■ To delete a reply message
1. Select .
2. Select Messages.
3. Select Settings.
4. Select Delete System Replies.
5. Select on the reply message you want to
delete.
u The pop-up menu appears on the screen.
6. Select Delete.
1To edit a reply message
You can change the order of reply messages by
selecting Reorder.
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 522 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
523
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink® uHFL Menus
Continued
Features
■ Making a call to a sender
1. Go to the text message screen.
2. Select Call.
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 523 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink®uHFL Menus
524
Features
■ Automatic collision notification
If your vehicle’s airbags deploy or if the unit
detects that the vehicle is severely impacted,
your vehicle automatically will attempt to
connect to the HondaLink® operator. If
connected, information about your vehicle, its
location, and its condition can be sent to the
operator
*1
; you also can speak to the operator
when connected.
IMPORTANT: For vehicles equipped with HondaLink® Assist, owner activation
constitutes authorization for Honda to collect information from your vehicle needed
to provide the service, and agreement to the Terms of Use at www.hondalink.com/
TermsAndConditions. In a crash, HondaLink® Assist will attempt to notify emergency
services but NEITHER HONDA NOR ITS SERVICE PROVIDERS GUARANTEE THAT
SUCH NOTIFICATION WILL OCCUR.
Honda reserves the right to terminate HondaLink® Assist services at any time or for
any reason, and in the future may not be able to provide services due to changes in,
or obsolescence of, technology integral to the service or changes in governmental
regulation.
*1: Depending on your phone and adequate cellular coverage, your vehicle’s location may not
be sent to the operator.
■
In Case of Emergency
1In Case of Emergency
Your vehicle may not be able to connect to the
operator if the battery level is low, the line is
disconnected, or you do not have adequate cellular
coverage.
You cannot use this emergency services when:
• You travel outside the HondaLink® service coverage
areas.
• There is a problem with the connecting devices,
such as the microphones, speakers, or the unit
itself.
You cannot operate other phone-related functions
using the screen while talking to the operator.
Select Hang Up to terminate the connection to your
vehicle.
1Automatic collision notification
If the unit fails to connect to the operator, it
repeatedly tries until it succeeds.
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 524 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
525
uuBluetooth® HandsFreeLink® uHFL Menus
Features
■ To enable notification
1. Go to the phone settings screen.
2 Phone settings screen P. 504
2. Select HondaLink Assist.
3. Select ON or OFF.
■ Manual operator connection
*
If you need to talk to the HondaLink® operator
in a situation where no airbag has deployed,
you can manually connect to them by pressing
the ASSIST button with the power mode in
ACCESSORY or ON.
1. Open the cover attached to the ceiling
console.
2. Press the ASSIST button.
u You are connected to the HondaLink®
operator.
1To enable notification
Setting options:
• ON: Notification is available.
• OFF: Disable the feature.
1Manual operator connection
*
Do not press the button while driving. When you
need to contact the operator, park the vehicle in a
safe place.
If the unit fails to connect to the operator, it
automatically cancels the action after three minutes.
If necessary, the cover can be broken to access the
ASSIST button.
ASSIST
Button
* Not available on all models
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 525 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
526
Features
CabinWatch
TM*
Your audio system allows you to monitor a view of the second and third row seat’s
passengers on the audio/information screen.
1. Select .
2. Select CabinWatch.
u To zoom the desired position, double
tap, pinch out, or drag there on the
audio/information screen.
u To return to the normal display, double
tap again or pinch in.
■
How to use
1CabinWatch
TM*
You can customize the following items by selecting
Settings on the CabinWatch screen.
• Show At System Start: Selects whether
CabinWatch is displayed every time you start the
engine.
• Default View Mode: You can change the screen
setting every time you turn on CabinWatch.
You can switch to the CabinTalk screen by selecting
CabinTalk on the CabinWatch screen.
2 CabinTalk
TM*
P. 527
The CabinWatch camera is equipped near the
overhead screen.
The camera can also monitor at the nighttime with
the IR lights.
For CabinWatch to work properly:
• Do not attach an object, sticker or film to the area
around the camera.
• Do not touch the camera lens.
• In some low light conditions the IR lights may
impact color of the camera image.
Camera
IR Lights
* Not available on all models
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 526 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
527
Features
CabinTalk
TM*
Your audio system allows you or the front passenger voices to be broadcast to the
second and third row seat’s passengers using the rear speakers and/or headphones.
1. Select .
2. Select CabinTalk.
u
Select Speakers to broadcast to the rear
speakers.
u Select Headphones to broadcast to
headphones.
u Select Mic is On to mute your voice.
■
How to use
1CabinTalk
TM*
You can also switch to the CabinTalk screen by
selecting CabinTalk on the CabinWatch screen
*
or
CabinTalk on the front control panel for the Blu-ray/
DVD rear entertainment system.
2 CabinWatch
TM*
P. 526
2 Front Control Panel Operation P. 413
When Speakers is selected, you can adjust the
speaker volume by turning the volume knob.
Models with center speaker
Models with center speaker
Phone FM
CabinTalk
Mic is On
Speak to:
Headphones
Press buttons to turn them ON/OFF
12:34
Navigati..
Models without center speaker
Models with center speaker
* Not available on all models
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 527 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
528
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 528 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
529
Driving
This chapter discusses driving and refueling.
Before Driving
Driving Preparation .......................... 530
Maximum Load Limit........................ 533
Towing a Trailer
Towing Preparation.......................... 536
Driving Safely with a Trailer .............. 540
Towing Your Vehicle........................ 541
When Driving
Starting the Engine .......................... 542
Precautions While Driving................. 548
Automatic Transmission ................... 549
Shifting............................................ 550
Auto Idle Stop.................................. 558
ECON Button ................................... 564
Intelligent Traction Management ..... 565
Cruise Control
*
............................... 566
Front Sensor Camera
*
..................... 569
Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC)
*
....... 571
Road Departure Mitigation (RDM) System
*
....583
Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)
*
.... 588
Vehicle Stability Assist
®
(VSA
®
), aka Electronic
Stability Control (ESC), System .............. 596
Agile Handling Assist ....................... 598
Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)
with Tire Fill Assist.......................... 599
Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) -
Required Federal Explanation ......... 601
Blind spot information System
*
........ 603
LaneWatch
TM
*
.................................. 605
Braking
Brake System ................................... 607
Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) ........... 613
Brake Assist System ......................... 614
Collision Mitigation Braking System
TM
(CMBS
TM
)
*
..................................... 615
Parking Your Vehicle
When Stopped ................................ 624
Parking Sensor System
*
................... 626
Cross Traffic Monitor
*
..................... 631
Multi-View Rear Camera.................. 635
Refueling
Fuel Information .............................. 637
How to Refuel ................................. 638
Fuel Economy and CO
2
Emissions.... 640
* Not available on all models
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 529 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
530
Driving
Before Driving
Driving Preparation
Check the following items before you start driving.
• Make sure there are no obstructions on the windows, door mirrors, exterior
lights, or other parts of the vehicle.
u Remove any frost, snow, or ice.
u Remove any snow on the roof, as this can slip down and obstruct your field of
vision while driving. If frozen solid, remove ice once it has softened.
u When removing ice from around the wheels, be sure not to damage the wheel
or wheel components.
• Make sure the hood is securely closed.
u If the hood opens while driving, your front view will be blocked.
• Make sure the tires are in good condition.
u Check air pressures, and check for damage and excessive wear.
2 Checking and Maintaining Tires P. 679
• Make sure there are no people or objects behind or around the vehicle.
u There are blind spots from the inside.
■
Exterior Checks
1Exterior Checks
NOTICE
When doors are frozen shut, use warm water around
the door edges to melt any ice. Do not try to force
them open, as this can damage the rubber trim
around the doors. When done, wipe dry to avoid
further freezing.
Do not pour warm water into the key cylinder.
You will be unable to insert the key if the water
freezes in the hole.
Heat from the engine and exhaust can ignite
flammable materials left under the hood, causing a
fire. If you’ve parked your vehicle for an extended
period, inspect and remove any debris that may have
collected, such as dried grass and leaves that have
fallen or have been carried in for use as a nest by a
small animal. Also check under the hood for leftover
flammable materials after you or someone else has
performed maintenance on your vehicle.
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 530 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
Continued
531
uuBefore DrivinguDriving Preparation
Driving
• Store or secure all items on board properly.
u Carrying too much cargo, or improperly storing it, can affect your vehicle’s
handling, stability, stopping distance, and tires, and make it unsafe.
2 Maximum Load Limit P. 533
• Do not pile items higher than the seat height.
u They can block your view and may be thrown forward in the event of sudden
braking.
• Do not place anything in the front seat footwells. Make sure to secure the floor
mat.
u An object or unsecured floor mat can interfere with your brake and accelerator
pedal operation while driving.
• If you have any animals on board, do not let them move around in the vehicle.
u They may interfere with driving and a crash could occur.
• Securely close and lock all doors and the tailgate.
2 Locking/Unlocking the Doors from the Inside P. 156
• Adjust your seating position properly.
u Adjust the head restraint, too.
2 Adjusting the Seats P. 212
2 Adjusting the Front and Second Row Outer and Third Row Outer Head
Restraints Positions P. 224
• Adjust the mirrors and steering wheel properly for your driving.
u Adjust them while sitting in the proper driving position.
2 Adjusting the Mirrors P. 209
2 Adjusting the Steering Wheel P. 208
■
Interior Checks
1Interior Checks
The headlight aim is set by the factory, and does not
need to be adjusted. However, if you regularly carry
heavy items in the cargo area or tow a trailer, have
the aiming readjusted at a dealer or by a qualified
technician.
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 531 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
532
uuBefore DrivinguDriving Preparation
Driving
• Be sure items placed on the floor behind the front seats cannot roll under the
seats.
u They can interfere with the driver’s ability to operate the pedals, the operation
of the seats, or the operation of the sensors under the seats.
• Everyone in the vehicle must fasten their seat belt.
2 Fastening a Seat Belt P. 41
• Make sure that the indicators in the instrument panel come on when you start the
vehicle, and go off soon after.
u Always have a dealer check the vehicle if a problem is indicated.
2 Indicators P. 84
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 532 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
533
uuBefore DrivinguMaximum Load Limit
Continued
Driving
Maximum Load Limit
The maximum load for your vehicle is 1,173 lbs (532 kg).
The maximum load for your vehicle is 1,340 lbs (608 kg).
See the Tire and Loading Information label attached to the driver’s
doorjamb.
This figure includes the total weight of all occupants, cargo, and
accessories, and the tongue load if you are towing a trailer.
Steps for Determining Correct Load Limit -
(1) Locate the statement “The combined weight of occupants and
cargo should never exceed XXX kg or XXX lbs.” on your
vehicle’s placard.
(2) Determine the combined weight of the driver and passengers
that will be riding in your vehicle.
(3) Subtract the combined weight of the driver and passengers
from XXX kg or XXX lbs.
1Maximum Load Limit
Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR):
The maximum allowable weight of the vehicle, all
occupants, all accessories, all cargo, and the tongue
load.
2 Specifications P. 744
Gross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR):
The maximum allowable weight of the vehicle axle.
2 Specifications P. 744
3
WARNING
Overloading or improper loading
can affect handling and stability
and cause a crash in which you
can be hurt or killed.
Follow all load limits and other
loading guidelines in this manual.
Models without second row center seat
Models with second row center seat
All models
Label Example
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 533 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
534
uuBefore DrivinguMaximum Load Limit
Driving
(4) The resulting figure equals the available amount of cargo and
luggage load capacity. For example, if the “XXX” amount
equals 1,400 lbs. and there will be five 150 lb. passengers in
your vehicle, the amount of available cargo and luggage load
capacity is 650 lbs.
(1,400 - 750 (5 x 150) = 650 lbs.)
(5) Determine the combined weight of luggage and cargo being
loaded on the vehicle. That weight may not safely exceed the
available cargo and luggage load capacity calculated in step 4.
(6) If your vehicle will be towing a trailer, load from your trailer will
be transferred to your vehicle. Consult this manual to
determine how this reduces the available cargo and luggage
load capacity of your vehicle.
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 534 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
535
uuBefore DrivinguMaximum Load Limit
Driving
In addition, the total weight of the vehicle, all occupants,
accessories, cargo, and trailer tongue load must not exceed the
Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR) or the Gross Axle Weight
Rating (GAWR). Both are on a label on the driver’s doorjamb.
1Maximum Load Limit
Towing a Trailer:
See Towing a Trailer to determine whether your
vehicle is designed to tow a trailer.
2 Towing a Trailer P. 536
Load Limits Example
Example1
Max Load
1,340 lbs
(608 kg)
Passenger Weight
150 lbs x 2 = 300 lbs
(68 kg x 2 = 136 kg)
Cargo Weight
1,040 lbs
(472 kg)
Example2
Max Load
1,340 lbs
(608 kg)
Passenger Weight
150 lbs x 5 = 750 lbs
(68 kg x 5 = 340 kg)
Cargo Weight
590 lbs
(268 kg)
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 535 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
536
Driving
Towing a Trailer
Towing Preparation
Your vehicle can tow a trailer if you carefully observe the load limits, use the proper
equipment, and follow the towing guidelines. Check the load limits before driving.
■ Total trailer weight
Do not exceed the maximum allowable
weight of the trailer, cargo, and everything in
or on it shown in the table.
Towing loads in excess of this can seriously
affect vehicle handling and performance and
can damage the engine and drivetrain.
Each weight limit is calculated based on the following conditions:
• Occupants fill seats from the front of the vehicle to the back
• Each occupant weights 150 lbs (68 kg)
• Each occupant has 17.6 lbs (8 kg) of cargo in the cargo area.
Any additional weight, cargo or accessories reduce the maximum trailer weight and
maximum tongue load.
■
Towing Load Limits
1Towing Load Limits
Check if all loads are within limits at a public scale.
If a public scale is not available, add the estimated
weight of your cargo load to the weight of your
trailer (as quoted by the manufacturer), and then
measure the tongue load with an appropriate scale or
tongue gauge or estimate it based on cargo
distribution. Refer to the trailer owner’s manual for
additional information.
Break-in Period
Avoid towing a trailer during your vehicle’s first 600
miles (1,000 km).
Never exceed the gross weight ratings.
Gross weight information
2 Vehicle Specifications P. 744
3
WARNING
Exceeding any load limit or improperly
loading your vehicle and trailer can cause a
crash in which you can be seriously hurt or
killed.
Check the loading of your vehicle and
trailer carefully before starting to drive.
Total Load
Number of
occupants
Except ELITE and TOURING
grade models
ELITE and TOURING grade
models
2 3,000 lbs (1,360 kg) 3,500 lbs (1,587 kg)
3 3,000 lbs (1,360 kg) 3,350 lbs (1,520 kg)
4 3,000 lbs (1,360 kg) 3,150 lbs (1,429 kg)
5 3,000 lbs (1,360 kg) 3,000 lbs (1,360 kg)
6 2,000 lbs (907 kg) 2,000 lbs (907 kg)
7 800 lbs (363 kg) 800 lbs (363 kg)
8 Towing not recommended
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 536 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
Continued
537
uuTowing a TraileruTowing Preparation
Driving
■ Tongue load
The weight of the tongue with a fully loaded
trailer on the hitch should be approximately
10% of the total trailer weight.
• Excessive tongue load reduces front tire traction and steering control. Too little
tongue load can make the trailer unstable and cause it to sway.
Towing equipment varies by the size of your trailer, how much load you are towing,
and where you are towing.
■ Hitches
The hitch must be of an approved type and properly bolted to the underbody.
■ Weight distribution hitches
Your vehicle is designed to tow without the need for a load distributing hitch. If you
wish to use one, please consult your trailer maker for proper installation and set-up.
Improper set-up could degrade the handling, stability, and braking performance of
your vehicle.
Tongue Load
Tongue Load
■
Towing Equipment and Accessories
1Towing Equipment and Accessories
Make sure that all equipment is properly installed and
maintained, and that it meets federal, state, province/
territory, and local regulations.
Consult your trailer maker for proper installation and
setup of the equipment.
Improper installation and setup can affect the
handling, stability, and braking performance of your
vehicle.
Consult your trailer sales or rental agency if any other
items are recommended or required for your towing
situation.
The lighting and wiring of trailers can vary by type
and brand. If a connector is required, it should only
be installed by a qualified technician.
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 537 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
uuTowing a TraileruTowing Preparation
538
Driving
■ Safety chains
Always use safety chains when you tow a trailer. Leave enough slack to allow the
trailer to turn corners easily, but do not allow the chains to drag on the ground.
■ Trailer brakes
Recommended for any trailer with a total weight of 1,000 lbs (450 kg) or more:
There are two common types of trailer brakes: surge and electric. Surge brakes are
common for boat trailers, since the brakes will get wet. If you choose electric brakes,
be sure they are electronically actuated. Do not attempt to attach trailer brakes to
your vehicle’s hydraulic system, as it will lower braking effectiveness and create a
potential hazard.
■ Trailer light
Trailer lights and equipment must comply with federal, state, province/territory, and
local regulations. Check with your local trailer sales or rental agency for the
requirements in the area where you plan to tow.
We recommend that you have a dealer install
a Honda wiring harness and converter. They
are designed for your vehicle.
1Towing Equipment and Accessories
Trailer packages and products:
• Ball mount, hitch plug, hitch pin etc.
• Wiring harness kit
• Trailer hitch kit
Are available at a dealer.
1Trailer light
The trailer lighting connector is located behind the
left side panel in the cargo area.
Even if you are planning to use the non-Honda trailer
lighting harness and converter, ask a dealer for the
correct connector and pins.
Right Turn
Signal
Small
Light
Stop
Light
+B Small
Light
Trailer
Hazard
Light
Left
Turn
Signal
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 538 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
539
uuTowing a TraileruTowing Preparation
Driving
■ Sway control
This device can be used if your trailer tends to sway. Your trailer maker can tell you
what kind of sway control you need and how to install it. Improper installation could
degrade the handling and stability of your vehicle.
■ Trailer mirrors
Many states, provinces and territories require special exterior mirrors when towing a
trailer. Install special mirrors whenever you cannot clearly see behind you, or if the
trailer creates a blind spot.
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 539 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
540
uuTowing a TraileruDriving Safely with a Trailer
Driving
Driving Safely with a Trailer
• Have the trailer properly serviced and keep it in good condition.
• Make sure that all the weights and load in the vehicle and trailer are within limits.
2 Towing Load Limits P. 536
• Securely attach the hitch, safety chains, and other necessary parts to the trailer.
• Securely store all the items in and on the trailer so that they do not shift while
driving.
• Check if the lights and brakes on the trailer are working properly.
• Check the pressure of the trailer tires, including the spare.
• Turn off the Auto Idle Stop system using the Auto Idle Stop OFF button. The
trailer weight can affect your vehicle’s brake effectiveness if Auto Idle Stop is
activated on a hill while towing a trailer.
• Drive slower than normal.
• Obey posted speed limits for vehicles with trailers.
• Use the
(D position when towing a trailer on level roads.
• Turn more slowly and with a wider turning arc than normal.
• Allow more time and distance for braking.
• Do not brake or turn suddenly.
■
Things You Need To Know Before Towing a Trailer
■
Towing Speeds and Gears
■
Turning and Braking
1Driving Safely with a Trailer
Operating speed when towing a trailer must not
exceed 62 mph (100 km/h).
Parking
In addition to the normal precautions, place wheel
chocks at each of the trailer’s tires.
Remember to unhitch the trailer before changing a
flat tire. Ask the trailer sales or rental agency where
and how to store the trailer’s spare tire.
1Towing Speeds and Gears
When towing a fixed-sided trailer (e.g., camper), do
not exceed 55 mph (88 km/h). At higher speeds, the
trailer may sway or affect vehicle handling.
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 540 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
541
uuTowing a TraileruTowing Your Vehicle
Driving
• Monitor your temperature gauge. If it nears the red (Hot) mark, turn off the
climate control system and reduce speed. Pull to the side of the road safely to cool
down the engine if necessary.
• Shift to the (S position if the transmission shifts frequently.
Towing Your Vehicle
Your vehicle is not designed to be towed behind a motor home. If your vehicle needs
to be towed in an emergency, refer to the emergency towing information.
2 Emergency Towing P. 735
■
Driving in Hilly Terrain
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 541 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
542
Driving
When Driving
Starting the Engine
1. Make sure the parking brake is applied.
u The parking brake and brake system
indicator comes on for 15 seconds when
you press the electric parking brake
switch.
2. Depress the brake pedal.
3. Press the ENGINE START/STOP button
without depressing the accelerator pedal.
The engine will crank until it starts.
1Starting the Engine
Keep your foot firmly on the brake pedal when
starting the engine.
The engine is harder to start in cold weather and in
thinner air found at altitudes above 8,000 feet (2,400
meters).
When starting the engine in cold weather, turn off all
electrical accessories such as the lights, climate
control system, and rear defogger in order to reduce
battery drain.
If you live in a region where winter is extremely cold,
an engine block heater will improve starting and
warming of the engine. Consult a dealer for details.
If the exhaust system sounds abnormal or you can
smell exhaust gas inside the vehicle, have your vehicle
checked by a dealer. There may be a problem with
the engine or exhaust system.
Bring the remote close to the ENGINE START/STOP
button if the battery in the remote is weak.
2 If the Remote Battery is Weak P. 715
The engine may not start if the remote is subjected to
strong radio waves.
Do not hold the ENGINE START/STOP button to
start the engine.
If the engine does not start, wait at least 30 seconds
before trying again.
Brake Pedal
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 542 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
Continued
543
uuWhen DrivinguStarting the Engine
Driving
You can turn the engine off when the vehicle is completely stopped.
1. Put the transmission into (P.
2. Press the ENGINE START/STOP button.
■
Stopping the Engine
1Starting the Engine
The immobilizer system protects your vehicle from
theft.
If an improperly coded device is used, the engine’s
fuel system is disabled.
2 Immobilizer System P. 181
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 543 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
uuWhen DrivinguStarting the Engine
544
Driving
You can remotely start the engine using the button on the remote.
■ To start the engine
When started remotely, the engine automatically shuts off after 10 minutes of idling
and/or the brake pedal and ENGINE START/STOP button have not been pressed
simultaneously.
To extend the run time for another 10 minutes during the first run, press the
button, then press and hold the button.
u Some exterior lights flash six times if a 10-minute extension request was
transmitted successfully.
■
Remote Engine Start with Vehicle Feedback
*
1Remote Engine Start with Vehicle Feedback
*
If there are buildings and obstacles between your
vehicle and the remote, the range will be reduced.
The range may be less when the vehicle is running.
This distance may vary by external electrical
interference.
The engine may not start by the remote engine start
if:
• You have disabled a remote engine start setting
using the audio/information screen.
• The power mode is not in VEHICLE OFF.
• The transmission is in a position other than (P.
• The hood is open, or any door or the tailgate is
unlocked.
• You have already used the remote twice to start
the engine.
3
WARNING
Carbon monoxide gas is toxic and can
rapidly accumulate in closed or even partly
enclosed areas.
Breathing it can cause unconsciousness and
even kill you.
Never use the remote engine starter with
the vehicle parked in a garage or other
areas with limited ventilation.
Press the button, then press and
hold the button.
Some exterior lights flash once.
LED: Blinks when any button is pressed.
Go within the range,
and try again.
Some exterior lights will
not flash if the engine runs
unsuccessfully.
Some exterior lights flash
six times if the engine runs
successfully.
* Not available on all models
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 544 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
Continued
545
uuWhen DrivinguStarting the Engine
Driving
■ To stop the engine
1Remote Engine Start with Vehicle Feedback
*
• Another registered remote is in the vehicle.
• There is any antenna failure.
• The door is unlocked with the built-in key.
• The engine oil pressure is low.
• The engine coolant temperature is extremely high.
• The telematics unit malfunctions.
• The security system alarm is not set.
The engine may stop while it is running if:
• You do not start the vehicle within 10 minutes of
starting the engine with the remote.
• The engine is stopped by using the remote.
• The security system alarm is not set.
• The door is unlocked with the built-in key.
• The hood is open, or any door, or the tailgate is
unlocked.
• Any door is open.
• The transmission is in a position other than (P.
• The engine coolant temperature is extremely high.
• The battery is low.
• The engine oil pressure is low.
• The Malfunction Indicator Lamp comes on if there
is a problem with the emissions control systems.
Press and hold the
button for one second.
The exterior lights will not flash when the remote
is out of the smart entry system range.
The engine will not stop.
Go within the range,
and try again.
The exterior lights flash once if
the engine stops successfully.
* Not available on all models
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 545 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
uuWhen DrivinguStarting the Engine
546
Driving
1Remote Engine Start with Vehicle Feedback
*
While the engine is running, the vehicle will
automatically precondition inside the vehicle.
When it is warm outside:
• The climate control system is activated in
recirculation mode.
• The seat ventilation is activated
*
.
When it is cold outside:
• The defroster is activated at a moderately warm
temperature.
• The rear defogger and door mirror heaters are
activated.
• The seat heaters and heated steering wheel
*
are
activated.
2 Heated Steering Wheel
*
P. 244
2 Front Seat Heaters and Seat
Ventilation
*
P. 246
* Not available on all models
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 546 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
547
uuWhen DrivinguStarting the Engine
Driving
1. Depress the brake pedal and press the ENGINE START/STOP button
simultaneously.
2. Keeping your right foot on the brake pedal, press the button. Select
(R
when reversing.
3. With the parking brake applied, release the brake pedal and gently depress the
accelerator pedal.
u Make sure the parking brake and brake system indicator goes off.
2 Parking Brake P. 607
2 If the Transmission System Indicator Blinks along with the Warning
Message P. 727
■ Hill start assist system
Hill start assist keeps the brake engaged briefly to help prevent the vehicle from
rolling on inclines as you move your foot from the brake pedal to the accelerator.
Change the gear position to
(D or (S when facing uphill, or (R when facing
downhill, then release the brake pedal.
The brakes remain engaged briefly as you release the brake pedal.
■
Starting to Drive
1Starting to Drive
The engine stops when the gear position is changed
from
(P before the ENGINE START/STOP button is
pressed. Follow the step 1 when starting to drive.
You can also release the parking brake by pulling the
electric parking brake switch while depressing the
brake pedal.
When facing downhill, you can start your vehicle
more smoothly by manually releasing it with the
electric parking brake switch than by releasing it with
the accelerator pedal.
When the engine was started using the button on
the remote
*
When the engine was started using the button on the remote
*
When the engine was started in any case
D/S
1Hill start assist system
Hill start assist may not prevent the vehicle from
rolling downhill on a very steep or slippery slope, and
will not operate on small inclines.
Hill start assist is not a replacement for the parking
brake.
Hill start assist will operate even when VSA® is
switched off.
* Not available on all models
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 547 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
548
uuWhen DrivinguPrecautions While Driving
Driving
Precautions While Driving
Avoid driving in deep water and on flooded roads. This can damage the engine or
driveline, or cause electrical component failure.
If there is a strong impact with something under the vehicle, stop in a safe location.
Check the underside of the vehicle for damage or any fluid leaks.
■
In Rain
■
Other Precautions
1Precautions While Driving
NOTICE
Do not change the gear position while pressing the
accelerator pedal. You could damage the
transmission.
NOTICE
If you repeatedly turn the steering wheel at an
extremely low speed, or hold the steering wheel in
the full left or right position for a while, the electric
power steering (EPS) system heats up. The system
goes into a protective mode, and limits its
performance. The steering wheel becomes harder
and harder to operate. Once the system cools down,
the EPS system is restored.
Repeated operation under these conditions can
eventually damage the system.
If the power mode is set to ACCESSORY while
driving, the engine will shut down and all steering
and brake power assist functions will stop, making it
difficult to control the vehicle.
Do not change the gear position to
(N, as you will
lose engine braking (and acceleration) performance.
During the first 600 miles (1,000 km) of operation,
avoid sudden acceleration or full throttle operation so
as not to damage the engine or powertrain.
Avoid hard braking for the first 200 miles (300 km).
You should also follow this when the brake pads are
replaced.
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 548 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
549
uuWhen DrivinguAutomatic Transmission
Driving
Automatic Transmission
The engine runs at a higher idle speed and creeping increases.
Keep the brake pedal firmly depressed when stopped.
Quickly depressing the accelerator pedal while driving uphill may cause the
transmission to drop to a lower gear, unexpectedly increasing vehicle speed. Depress
the accelerator pedal carefully, especially on slippery roads and curves.
■
Creeping
■
Kickdown
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 549 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
550
uuWhen DrivinguShifting
Driving
Shifting
Change the gear position in accordance with your driving needs.
■ Shift button positions
1Shifting
To prevent malfunction and unintended
engagement:
• Do not spill any liquids on or around shift buttons.
• Do not place or drop any objects on or around shift
buttons.
• Do not let passengers or children operate the shift
buttons.
The beeper sounds and a message appears on the
driver information interface when you depress the
accelerator pedal with the gear position in
(N.
2 Driver Information Interface Warning and
Information Messages P. 102
Change the gear position to
(D or (R with the brake
pedal depressed.
When shifting gears in extremely low temperatures
(−22°F/−30°C), there may be a short delay before the
shift is indicated in the display. Always confirm you
are in the correct gear before driving.
3
WARNING
The vehicle can roll away if left unattended
without confirming that Park is engaged.
A vehicle that rolls away could cause a crash
resulting in serious injury or death.
Always keep your foot on the brake pedal
until you have confirmed that
(P is shown
on the gear position indicator.
Park
Used when parking or starting the engine
Transmission is locked
Reverse
Used when reversing
Neutral
Transmission is not locked
Drive/S Position
Each time you press the button, the mode
switches between Drive and S Position mode.
Used for:
●
Normal driving (gears change between1st
and 10th automatically)
●
Temporarily driving in the sequential mode
●
Automatically changing gears between 1st
and 8th (8th gear is used only at high speed)
●
Driving in the sequential mode
D/S
Drive
S Position
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 550 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
551
uuWhen DrivinguShifting
Continued
Driving
■ (P (park) button
Park your vehicle in a safe place with the
power mode in ON, then apply the brakes and
press the
(P button to put the transmission in
Park.
The indicators on the sides of the
(P button
come on.
(P Button
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 551 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
uuWhen DrivinguShifting
552
Driving
■
Shift Operation
1Shift Operation
NOTICE
When you change (D to ( R and visa versa, depress
the brake pedal to come to a complete stop, then
select the intended gear position while maintaining
brake pressure.
Use the gear position indicator and the shift button
indicator to check the gear position before selecting
a shift button.
If the indicator of the currently selected gear position,
or all the gear position indicators are blinking
simultaneously, there is a problem with the
transmission.
Avoid sudden acceleration and have the transmission
checked by a dealer as soon as possible.
The fuel supply may be cut off if you drive at engine
speeds in or over the tachometer’s red zone (engine
speed limit). If this happens, you may experience a
slight jolt.
When the engine speed is increased while the
transmission is in
(N, (P or (R, the fuel supply may
be cut off even without the engine speed entering
the tachometer’s red zone.
The beeper sounds once when you change to
(R.
2 Vehicle Customization P. 134
2 Customized Features P. 448
Models with color audio system
Models with Display Audio
Press the (P button.
Pull back the
(R button.
Press the
(N button.
Press the button.
Each time you press the button, the
mode switches between Drive and S
Position mode.
D/S
Shift Button
Indicator
M (sequential mode) Indicator
Tachometer’s red zone
Sequential Mode Gear Selection
Indicator
Gear Position Indicator
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 552 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
Continued
553
uuWhen DrivinguShifting
Driving
■ When opening the driver’s door
If you open the driver’s door under the following conditions, the gear position
automatically changes to
(P;
• The vehicle is stationary with the engine running, or moving at 1 mph (2 km/h) or
slower.
• The transmission is in other than
(P.
• You have unfastened the driver side seat belt.
u If you manually change the gear position from (P with the brake pedal
depressed, the gear position will automatically return to
(P once you release
the brake pedal.
■ When turning off the power mode
If you turn the engine off while the vehicle is stationary, and the transmission is in
other than (P, the gear position automatically changes to (P.
1When opening the driver’s door
You should always select
(P before opening the
driver’s door.
Make sure to park the vehicle in a safe place.
2 When Stopped P. 624
If you want to drive the vehicle after the gear position
has automatically changed to
(P under the described
conditions, close the door, fasten the seat belt,
depress the brake pedal, then change the gear
position.
If you leave the vehicle, turn off the engine and lock
the doors.
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 553 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
uuWhen DrivinguShifting
554
Driving
■ If you want to keep the transmission in (N position [car wash mode]
With the engine running:
1. Press and hold the brake pedal.
2. Select
(N, then release the button to display (Neutral) (N hold mode on the driver
information interface.
3. Press and hold
(N again for two seconds.
u This puts the vehicle in car wash mode which must be used when your vehicle
is pulled through a conveyor type automatic car wash where you or an
attendant do not remain in the vehicle.
If the ENGINE STOP/START button is pressed
after car wash mode has been activated, the
power mode will change to ACCESSORY and
a message will be displayed on the driver
information interface.
u For 15 minutes the gear position remains
in
(N with the power mode in
ACCESSORY. After that, the position
automatically changes to
(P and the
power mode changes to OFF.
u Manually changing to (P cancels
ACCESSORY mode. The
(P indicator
comes on and the power mode changes
to OFF. You must always shift to (P
when car wash mode is no longer
needed.
1If you want to keep the transmission in (N position [car wash
mode]
NOTICE
When transmission is too hot, carwash mode may
not be available. Let the engine idle and cool down
transmission.
The transmission may not stay in
(N position while
the following indicator is on:
• Transmission system indicator.
• Malfunction indicator lamp.
• Charging system indicator.
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 554 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
555
uuWhen DrivinguShifting
Continued
Driving
■ Restriction on selecting a gear position
You cannot select a gear position under certain circumstances that may lead to a crash.
When the transmission
is in:
1. Under the
circumstances of that:
2. You cannot select:
3. The gear position
remains in/changes to:
How to change
the gear position
(P
The brake pedal is not
depressed.
Other gear position
(P
Release the
accelerator pedal
and depress the
brake pedal.
The accelerator pedal is
depressed.
(N
The vehicle is moving at
low speed without the
brake pedal depressed.
(N
The vehicle is moving at
low speed with the
accelerator pedal
depressed.
(N, (D or (S
The vehicle is moving
forward.
(R
Stop your vehicle in
a safe place, depress
the brake pedal, and
select the
appropriate gear
position.
(R or (N
The vehicle is moving
backward.
(D, (S
(R, (N, (D or (S The vehicle is moving. (P
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 555 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
556
uuWhen DrivinguShifting
Driving
Use the paddle shifters to change between 1st and 10th gears without removing
your hands from the steering wheel. The transmission will switch to the sequential
mode.
■ When the transmission is in (D:
The vehicle will go into the sequential mode momentarily, and the sequential mode
gear selection indicator will come on.
When the vehicle goes into the sequential mode by
(- paddle shifter and the lower
gear is available, the transmission properly selects single or double gear change.
Once you start traveling at a constant speed, the sequential mode will automatically
switch off, and the sequential mode gear selection indicator will go off.
Hold the
(+ paddle shifter for two seconds to return to normal drive.
■ When the transmission is in (S:
The vehicle will go into the sequential mode, and the M (sequential mode) indicator
and sequential mode gear selection indicator will come on.
If the vehicle speed increases and the engine speed reaches near the tachometer’s
red zone, the transmission automatically shifts up to the next gear.
You can cancel this mode by holding the
(+ paddle shifter for two seconds. When
the sequential mode is canceled, the sequential mode indicator and sequential
mode gear selection indicator go off.
■
Sequential Mode
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 556 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
557
uuWhen DrivinguShifting
Driving
■
Sequential Mode Operation
1Sequential Mode Operation
Each paddle shift operation makes a single gear
change.
To change gears continuously, release the paddle
shifter before pulling it again for the next gear.
If the sequential mode gear selection indicator blinks
when you try to shift up or down, this means your
vehicle speed is not in its allowable gear range or the
protection of transmission system is necessary.
Slightly accelerate to shift up and decelerate to shift
down while the indicator is blinking.
Sequential
Mode Gear
Selection
Indicator
(- Paddle Shifter
(Shift down)
(+ Paddle Shifter
(Shift up)
Downshifting when
pulling the
(- paddle
shifter.
(Changes to a lower
gear)
Upshifting when
pulling the (+ paddle
shifter.
(Changes to a higher
gear)
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 557 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
558
uuWhen DrivinguAuto Idle Stop
Driving
Auto Idle Stop
To help maximize fuel economy, the engine automatically stops when the vehicle
comes to a stop, depending on environmental and vehicle operating conditions. The
indicator (green) comes on at this time.
The engine then restarts once the vehicle is
about to move again, and the indicator
(green) goes off.
2 The Engine Automatically Restarts When:
P. 562
The environmental and vehicle conditions that
impact Auto Idle Stop system operation are
varied.
2 Auto Idle Stop Activates When: P. 560,
561
If the driver’s door is opened while the
indicator comes on, a buzzer sounds to notify
you that the Auto Idle Stop function is in
operation.
A message associated with Auto Idle Stop
appears on the driver information interface.
2 Indicators P. 84
2 Vehicle Customization P. 134
2 Customized Features P. 448
1Auto Idle Stop
The 12-volt battery installed in this vehicle is
specifically designed for a model with Auto Idle Stop.
Using a 12-volt battery other than this specified type
may shorten the 12-volt battery life, and prevent
Auto Idle Stop from activating. If you need to replace
the 12-volt battery, make sure to select the specified
type. Ask a dealer for more details.
The duration of the Auto Idle Stop operation:
• Increase in the ECON mode, compared to when
the ECON mode is off, with climate control in use.
Auto Idle Stop
Indicator (Green)
Models with color audio system
Models with Display Audio
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 558 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
Continued
559
uuWhen DrivinguAuto Idle Stop
Driving
To turn the Auto Idle Stop system off, press
this button. The Auto Idle Stop system stops.
u The Auto Idle Stop system will stop and
the indicator (amber) will come on.
The Auto Idle Stop system is turned on every
time you start the engine, even if you turned it
off the last time you drove the vehicle.
■
Auto Idle Stop System ON/OFF
1Auto Idle Stop System ON/OFF
Pressing the Auto Idle Stop OFF button restarts the
engine during the Auto Idle Stop activated.
Auto Idle Stop Indicator (Amber)
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 559 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
uuWhen DrivinguAuto Idle Stop
560
Driving
The vehicle stops with the gear position in (D and the brake pedal depressed.
■ Auto Idle Stop does not activate when:
• The Auto Idle Stop OFF button is pressed.
• The driver’s seat belt is not fastened.
• The engine coolant temperature is low or high.
• The transmission fluid temperature is low or high.
• The vehicle comes to a stop again before the vehicle speed reaches 3 mph (5 km/
h) after the engine starts.
• Stopped on a steep incline.
• The transmission is in a position other than
(D.
• The engine is started with the hood open.
u Turn off the engine. Close the hood before you restart the engine to activate
Auto Idle Stop.
• The battery charge is low.
• The internal temperature of the battery is 14°F (−10°C) or less.
• The climate control system is in use, and the outside temperature is below −4°F
(−20°C) or over 104°F (40°C).
• The climate control system is in use, and the temperature is set to Hi or Lo.
• is on (indicator on).
• When the rear fan is set to maximum speed.
u Auto Idle Stop may not activate under other conditions when the rear climate
control system is in use.
• When the Intelligent Traction Management is set to Snow.
■
Auto Idle Stop Activates When:
1Auto Idle Stop Activates When:
Do not open the hood while the Auto Idle Stop
function is activated. If the hood is opened, the
engine will not restart automatically.
In this case, restart the engine with the ENGINE
START/STOP button.
2 Starting the Engine P. 542
Pressing the ENGINE START/STOP button changes
the power mode to ACCESSORY even while Auto Idle
Stop is in operation. Once in ACCESSORY, the engine
no longer restarts automatically. Follow the standard
procedure to start the engine.
2 Starting the Engine P. 542
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 560 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
561
uuWhen DrivinguAuto Idle Stop
Continued
Driving
■ Auto Idle Stop may not activate when:
• The vehicle is stopped by braking suddenly.
• The steering wheel is operated.
• The fan speed is high.
• Altitude is high.
• The climate control system is in use, and there is a significant difference between
the set temperature and the actual interior temperature.
• The climate control system is in use, and humidity in the interior is high.
• The rear fan is set to maximum speed.
u Auto Idle Stop may not activate under other conditions when the rear climate
control system is in use.
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 561 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
uuWhen DrivinguAuto Idle Stop
562
Driving
• The brake pedal is released (without the automatic brake hold system activated).
• The accelerator pedal is depressed (with the automatic brake hold system
activated).
2 Automatic Brake Hold P. 611
■ The engine restarts even if the brake pedal is depressed
*1
when:
• The Auto Idle Stop OFF button is pressed.
• When a steering wheel is operated.
• The transmission is put into
(R, (S, and (P, or taken out of (N and put into (D.
• The pressure on the brake pedal is reduced and the vehicle starts moving while
stopped on an incline.
• The pressure on the brake pedal is repeatedly applied and released slightly during
a stop.
• The battery charge becomes low.
• The accelerator pedal is depressed.
• The driver’s seat belt is unlatched.
• is on (indicator on).
• The climate control system is in use, and the difference between the set
temperature and actual interior temperature becomes significant.
• The climate control system is being used to dehumidify the interior.
• The rear fan is set to maximum speed.
u Auto Idle Stop may not activate under other conditions when the rear climate
control system is in use.
• When the Intelligent Traction Management is set to Snow.
■
The Engine Automatically Restarts When:
1The Engine Automatically Restarts When:
If you are using an electronic device during Auto Idle
Stop, the device may temporarily be turned off when
the engine restarts.
1The engine restarts even if the brake pedal is depressed
*1
when:
*1: With the automatic brake hold system activated,
you can release the brake pedal during Auto Idle Stop
is in operation.
If the automatic brake hold system has been turned
off, or if there is a problem with the system, the
engine will restart automatically when you release
the brake pedal.
2 Automatic Brake Hold P. 611
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 562 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
563
uuWhen DrivinguAuto Idle Stop
Driving
Briefly keeps the brake applied after releasing the brake pedal to restart the engine.
This can keep your vehicle from unexpectedly moving while on an incline.
■
Starting Assist Brake Function
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 563 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
564
uuWhen DrivinguECON Button
Driving
ECON Button
The ECON button turns the ECON mode on
and off.
The ECON mode helps you improve your fuel
economy by adjusting the performance of the
engine, air conditioning system, and cruise
control.
1ECON Button
While in ECON mode, the climate control system has
greater temperature fluctuations.
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 564 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
565
uuWhen DrivinguIntelligent Traction Management
Driving
Intelligent Traction Management
The Intelligent Traction Management optimizes vehicle performance to help you
drive on various surfaces. The system has available modes to select from: Normal
and Snow.
Press the SNOW button to select the appropriate mode. The mode you select
appears on the driver information interface. When the vehicle is turned off and
restarted, Intelligent Traction Management mode will revert to Normal.
SNOW Button
Normal
Provides balanced
driving performance
on most road
surfaces.
Snow
Use when driving on
snowy road surfaces.
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 565 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
566
uuWhen DrivinguCruise Control
*
Driving
Cruise Control
*
Maintains a constant vehicle speed without having to keep your foot on the
accelerator. Use cruise control on freeways or open roads where you can travel at a
constant speed with little acceleration or deceleration.
1Cruise Control
*
It may not be possible to maintain a constant speed
when driving uphill or downhill.
When not using cruise control:
Turn off cruise control by pressing the CRUISE
button.
While in the ECON mode, it may take relatively more
time to accelerate to maintain the set speed.
Cruise control is not available when the snow mode
is in operation.
3
WARNING
Improper use of the cruise control can lead
to a crash.
Use the cruise control only when traveling
on open highways in good weather.
When to use
■ Gear positions for cruise control:
In
(D or (S
Always keep sufficient distance
between you and the vehicle in
front of you.
■ Vehicle speed for cruise control:
Desired speed in a range above
roughly 25 mph (40 km/h) ~
How to use
CRUISE MAIN is on in the
instrument panel.
Cruise control is ready to use.
■Press the CRUISE button on
the steering wheel.
* Not available on all models
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 566 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
567
uuWhen DrivinguCruise Control
*
Continued
Driving
Take your foot off the pedal and press the –/SET button when you reach the desired
speed. The moment you release the –/SET button, the set speed is fixed, and cruise
control begins. The CRUISE CONTROL appears on the driver information interface.
When you use cruise control, Straight Driving Assist (a feature of the Electric Power
Steering system) is activated.
By enabling the steering system to automatically compensate for natural steering
pull, Straight Driving Assist makes it easier for you to keep your vehicle in a straight
line.
■
To Set the Vehicle Speed
–/SET Button
On when cruise control begins
Press and release
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 567 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
uuWhen DrivinguCruise Control
*
568
Driving
Increase or decrease the vehicle speed using the RES/+ or –/SET button on the
steering wheel.
• Each time you press the button, the vehicle speed is increased or decreased by
about 1 mph (1.6 km/h).
• If you keep the button pressed, the vehicle speed increases or decreases until you
release it. This speed is then set.
To cancel cruise control, do any of the
following:
• Press the CANCEL button.
• Press the CRUISE button.
• Depress the brake pedal.
The CRUISE CONTROL indicator goes off.
■
To Adjust the Vehicle Speed
1To Adjust the Vehicle Speed
You can set the vehicle speed using the –/SET button
on the steering wheel when adjusting the speed with
the accelerator and brake pedals.
■
To Cancel
To decrease speed
To increase speed
1To Cancel
Resuming the prior set speed:
After cruise control has been canceled, you can still
resume the prior set speed by pressing the RES/+
button while driving at a speed of at least 25 mph (40
km/h) or more.
You cannot set or resume in the following situations:
• When vehicle speed is less than 25 mph (40 km/h)
• When the CRUISE button is turned off
At vehicle speeds of 22 mph (35 km/h) or less, cruise
control is canceled automatically.
CRUISE
Button
CANCEL
Button
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 568 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
569
uuWhen DrivinguFront Sensor Camera
*
Continued
Driving
Front Sensor Camera
*
The camera, used in systems such as LKAS, RDM, ACC, and CMBS
TM
, is designed to
detect an object that triggers any of the systems to operate its functions.
This camera is located behind the rearview
mirror.
To help reduce the likelihood that high interior
temperatures will cause the camera’s sensing
system to shut off, when parking, find a shady
area or face the front of the vehicle away from
the sun. If you use a reflective sun shade, do
not allow it to cover the camera housing.
Covering the camera can concentrate heat on
it.
■
Camera Location and Handling Tips
1Front Sensor Camera
*
Never apply a film or attach any objects to the
windshield, the hood, or the front grille that could
obstruct the camera’s field of vision and cause the
system to operate abnormally.
Scratches, nicks, and other damage to the windshield
within the camera’s field of vision can cause the
system to operate abnormally. If this occurs, we
recommend that you replace the windshield with a
genuine Honda replacement windshield. Making
even minor repairs within the camera’s field of vision
or installing an aftermarket replacement windshield
may also cause the system to operate abnormally.
After replacing the windshield, have a dealer
recalibrate the camera. Proper calibration of the
camera is necessary for the system to operate
properly.
Do not place an object on the top of the instrument
panel. It may reflect onto the windshield and prevent
the system from detecting lane lines properly.
Front Sensor
Camera
* Not available on all models
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 569 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
uuWhen DrivinguFront Sensor Camera
*
570
Driving
1Front Sensor Camera
*
If the Some Driver Assist Systems Cannot
Operate: Camera Temperature Too High message
appears:
• Use the climate control system to cool down the
interior and, if necessary, also use defroster mode
with the airflow directed towards the camera.
• Start driving the vehicle to lower the windshield
temperature, which cools down the area around
the camera.
If the Some Driver Assist Systems Cannot
Operate: Clean Front Windshield message
appears:
• Park your vehicle in a safe place, and clean the
windshield. If the message does not disappear after
you have cleaned the windshield and driven for a
while, have your vehicle checked by a dealer.
* Not available on all models
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 570 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
571
uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC)
*
Continued
Driving
Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC)
*
Helps maintain a constant vehicle speed and a set following-interval behind a vehicle
detected ahead of yours, without you having to keep your foot on the brake or the
accelerator.
1Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC)
*
ACC can not be activated if Intelligent Traction
Management setting is snow.
3
WARNING
Improper use of ACC can lead to a crash.
Use ACC only when driving on expressways
or freeways and in good weather
conditions.
3
WARNING
ACC has limited braking capability.
When your vehicle speed drops below 22
mph (35 km/h), ACC will automatically
cancel and no longer will apply your
vehicle’s brakes.
Always be prepared to apply the brake
pedal when conditions require.
When to use
The camera is located
behind the rearview
mirror.
The radar sensor is inside
the front grille.
■Vehicle speed for adaptive cruise control: Desired speed in
a range above roughly 25 mph (40 km/h) ~
■Gear positions for adaptive cruise control: In (D or (S
* Not available on all models
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 571 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC)
*
572
Driving
■ How to activate the system
1Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC)
*
Important Reminder
As with any system, there are limits to ACC. Use the
brake pedal whenever necessary, and always keep a
safe interval between your vehicle and other vehicles.
You can read about handling information for the
camera equipped with this system.
2 Front Sensor Camera
*
P. 569
The radar sensor for ACC is shared with the Collision
Mitigation Braking System
TM
(CMBS
TM
).
2 Collision Mitigation Braking System
TM
(CMBS
TM
)
*
P. 615
How to use
ACC is on in the driver
information interface.
Adaptive cruise control is
ready to use.
■ Press the MAIN button on
the steering wheel.
* Not available on all models
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 572 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
Continued
573
uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC)
*
Driving
Take your foot off the pedal and press down the –/SET button when you reach the
desired speed. The moment you release the button, the set speed is fixed, and ACC
begins.
When ACC starts operating, the vehicle icon, interval bars and set speed appear on
the driver information interface.
When you use ACC, Straight Driving Assist (a
feature of the Electric Power Steering system)
is activated.
By enabling the steering system to
automatically compensate for natural steering
pull, Straight Driving Assist makes it easier for
you to keep your vehicle in a straight line.
■
To Set the Vehicle Speed
1Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC)
*
ACC may not work properly under certain conditions.
2 ACC Conditions and Limitations P. 576
When not using ACC: Turn off adaptive cruise by
pressing the MAIN button. This also will turn off the
Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS).
When the MAIN button is pressed, both ACC and
the Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS) are either
turned on or off.
Do not use ACC under the following conditions:
• On roads with heavy traffic or while driving in
continuous stop and go traffic.
• On roads with sharp turns.
• On roads with steep downhill sections, as the set
vehicle speed can be exceeded by coasting. In such
cases, ACC will not apply the brakes to maintain
the set speed.
• On roads with toll collection facilities or other
objects between lanes of traffic, or in parking
areas, or facilities with drive through access.
On when adaptive cruise control
begins
–/SET Button
Press and release
Set Vehicle
Speed
Set Vehicle
Interval
* Not available on all models
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 573 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC)
*
574
Driving
■ There is a vehicle ahead
ACC monitors if a vehicle ahead of you enters the ACC range. If a vehicle is detected
doing so, the ACC system maintains or decelerates your vehicle’s set speed in order
to keep the vehicle’s set following-interval from the vehicle ahead.
2 To Set or Change Following-interval P. 578
When a vehicle whose speed is slower than
your set speed is detected in front of you, your
vehicle starts to slow down.
■
When in Operation
1When in Operation
If the vehicle ahead of you slows down abruptly, or if
another vehicle cuts in front of you, the beeper
sounds, a message appears on the driver information
interface.
Depress the brake pedal, and keep an appropriate
interval from the vehicle ahead.
Even if the interval between your vehicle and the
vehicle detected ahead is short, ACC may start
accelerating your vehicle under the following
circumstances:
• The vehicle ahead of you is going at almost the
same speed as, or faster than, your vehicle.
• A vehicle that cuts in front of you is going faster
than your vehicle, gradually increasing the interval
between the vehicles.
Beep
ACC Range: 394 ft. (120 m)
A vehicle icon appears on the
driver information interface.
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 574 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
Continued
575
uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC)
*
Driving
■ There is no vehicle ahead
Your vehicle maintains the set speed without
having to keep your foot on the brake or
accelerator pedal.
If there previously was a vehicle detected
ahead that kept your vehicle from traveling at
the set speed, ACC accelerates your vehicle to
the set speed, and then maintains it.
■ When you depress the accelerator pedal
You can temporarily increase the vehicle speed. In this case, there is no audible or
visual alert even if a vehicle is in the ACC range.
ACC stays on unless you cancel it. Once you release the accelerator pedal, the
system resumes an appropriate speed for keeping the following-interval while a
vehicle ahead is within the ACC range.
1When in Operation
You can also set the system to beep when a vehicle in
front of you comes in and goes out of the ACC
detecting range. Change the ACC Forward Vehicle
Detect Beep setting.
2 Customized Features P. 448
Limitations
You may need to use the brake to maintain a safe
interval when using ACC. Additionally, ACC may not
work properly under certain conditions.
2 ACC Conditions and Limitations P. 576
A vehicle icon with dotted-line
contour appears on the driver
information interface.
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 575 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC)
*
576
Driving
The system may automatically shut off and the ACC indicator will come on under
certain conditions. Some examples of these conditions are listed below. Other
conditions may reduce some of the ACC functions.
2 Front Sensor Camera
*
P. 569
■ Environmental conditions
Driving in bad weather (rain, fog, snow, etc.).
■ Roadway conditions
Driving on a snowy or wet roadway (obscured lane marking, vehicle tracks, reflected
lights, road spray, high contrast).
■ Vehicle conditions
• The outside of the windshield is blocked by dirt, mud, leaves, wet snow, etc.
• An abnormal tire or wheel condition (wrong sized, varied size or construction,
improperly inflated, compact spare tire, etc.).
• The camera temperature gets too high.
• The parking brake is applied.
• When the front grille is dirty.
• The vehicle is tilted due to a heavy load or suspension modifications.
• When tire chains are installed.
■
ACC Conditions and Limitations
1ACC Conditions and Limitations
Always keep the radar sensor cover clean.
Never use chemical solvents or polishing powder for
cleaning the sensor cover. Clean it with water or a
mild detergent.
Do not put a sticker on the radar sensor cover or
replace the radar sensor cover.
If you need the radar sensor to be repaired, or
removed, or the radar sensor cover is strongly
impacted, turn off the system by pressing the MAIN
button and take your vehicle to a dealer.
Have your vehicle checked by a dealer if you find any
unusual behavior of the system (e.g., the warning
message appears too frequently).
If the front of the vehicle is impacted in any of the
following situations, the radar sensor may not work
properly. Have your vehicle checked by a dealer:
• The vehicle mounted onto a bump, curb, chock,
embankment, etc.
• You drive the vehicle where the water is deep.
• Your vehicle has a frontal collision.
* Not available on all models
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 576 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
577
uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC)
*
Continued
Driving
■ Detection limitations
• A vehicle suddenly crosses in front of you.
• The interval between your vehicle and the vehicle ahead of you is too short.
• A vehicle cuts in front of you at a slow speed, and it brakes suddenly.
• When you accelerate rapidly and approach the vehicle ahead of you at high
speed.
• The vehicle ahead of you is a motorcycle, bicycle, mobility scooter, or other small
vehicle.
• When there are animals in front of your vehicle.
• When you drive on a curved or winding or undulating road that makes it difficult
for the sensor to properly detect a vehicle in front of you.
• The speed difference between your vehicle and a vehicle in front of you is
significantly large.
• An oncoming vehicle suddenly comes in front of you.
• Your vehicle abruptly crosses over in front of an oncoming vehicle.
• When driving through a narrow iron bridge.
• When the vehicle ahead of you brakes suddenly.
• When the vehicle ahead of you has a unique shape.
• When your vehicle or the vehicle ahead of you is driving on one edge of the lane.
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 577 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC)
*
578
Driving
Increase or decrease the vehicle speed using the RES/+ or –/SET buttons on the
steering wheel.
• Each time you press the button, the vehicle speed is increased or decreased by
about 1 mph or 1 km/h accordingly.
• If you keep the button pressed, the vehicle speed increases or decreases by about
5 mph or 5 km/h accordingly.
Press the (interval) button to change the
ACC following-interval.
Each time you press the button, the following-
interval (the interval behind a vehicle detected
ahead of you) setting cycles through short,
middle, long, and extra long following-
intervals.
■
To Adjust the Vehicle Speed
1To Adjust the Vehicle Speed
If a vehicle detected ahead is going at a speed slower
than your increased set speed, ACC may not
accelerate your vehicle. This is to maintain the set
interval between your vehicle and the vehicle ahead.
You can switch the displayed set speed
measurements on the driver information interface
between mph and km/h.
2 Units P. 129
You can set the vehicle speed using the –/SET button
on the steering wheel when adjusting the speed with
the accelerator and brake pedals.
■
To Set or Change Following-interval
To increase speed
To decrease speed
Interval Button
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 578 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
579
uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC)
*
Continued
Driving
Determine the most appropriate following-interval setting based on your specific
driving conditions. Be sure to adhere to any following-interval requirements set by
local regulation.
The higher your vehicle’s following-speed is, the longer the short, middle, long or
extra long following-interval becomes. See the following examples for your
reference.
Vehicle Interval
When the Set Speed is:
50 mph (80 km/h) 65 mph (104 km/h)
Short
83 feet
25 meters
1.1 sec
100 feet
31 meters
1.1 sec
Middle
110 feet
33 meters
1.5 sec
137 feet
42 meters
1.5 sec
Long
154 feet
47 meters
2.1 sec
200 feet
61 meters
2.1 sec
Extra
Long
204 feet
62 meters
2.8 sec
265 feet
81 meters
2.8 sec
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 579 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC)
*
580
Driving
To cancel ACC, do any of the following:
• Press the CANCEL button.
• Press the MAIN button.
• Depress the brake pedal.
■ Automatic cancellation
The beeper sounds and a message appears on the driver information interface when
ACC is automatically canceled. Any of these conditions may cause the ACC to
automatically cancel:
• Bad weather (rain, fog, snow, etc.).
• When the radar sensor inside the front grille gets dirty.
• The vehicle ahead of you cannot be detected.
• An abnormal tire condition is detected, or the tires are skidding.
• Driving on a mountainous road, or driving off road for extended periods.
• Abrupt steering wheel movement.
• When the ABS or VSA® or CMBS
TM
is activated.
• When the ABS or VSA® system indicator comes on.
• When you manually apply the parking brake.
• When the detected vehicle within the ACC range is too close to your vehicle.
• The camera behind the rearview mirror, or the area around the camera, including
the windshield, gets dirty.
■
To Cancel
1To Cancel
Resuming the prior set speed: After you have
canceled ACC, you can resume the prior set speed
while it is still displayed. Press the RES/+ button
when driving at a speed of at least 25 mph (40 km/h)
or more.
The set speed cannot be set or resumed when ACC
has been turned off using the MAIN button. Press
the MAIN button to activate the system, then set the
desired speed.
MAIN
Button
CANCEL
Button
1Automatic cancellation
Even though ACC has been automatically canceled,
you can still resume the prior set speed. Wait until the
condition that caused ACC to cancel improves, then
press the RES/+ button.
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 580 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
Continued
581
uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC)
*
Driving
Press and hold the (interval) button for one
second. Cruise Mode Selected appears on
the driver information interface for two
seconds, and then the mode switches to
Cruise.
To switch back to ACC, press and hold the
(interval) button again for one second. ACC
Mode Selected appears on the driver
information interface for two seconds.
■ When to use
Desired speed in a range above roughly 25 mph (40 km/h) ~.
■
To Switch ACC to Cruise Control
1To Switch ACC to Cruise Control
Always be aware which mode you are in. When you
are driving in Cruise mode, the system will not assist
you to maintain a following interval from a vehicle
ahead of you.
You can switch the displayed set speed
measurements on the driver information interface
between mph and km/h.
2 Units P. 129
ACC ON
Cruise
Control ON
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 581 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
uuWhen DrivinguAdaptive Cruise Control (ACC)
*
582
Driving
Take your foot off the pedal and press the –/SET button when you reach the desired
speed.
The moment you release the –/SET button, the set speed is fixed, and cruise control
begins. The CRUISE CONTROL indicator comes on.
When you use cruise control, Straight Driving Assist (a feature of the Electric Power
Steering system) is activated.
By enabling the steering system to automatically compensate for natural steering
pull, Straight Driving Assist makes it easier for you to keep your vehicle in a straight
line.
Each time you press the RES/+ or –/SET button, the vehicle speed is increased or
decreased by about 1 mph (1.6 km/h).
If you keep the RES/+ or –/SET button pressed, the vehicle speed increases or
decreases until you release it. This speed is then set.
To cancel cruise control, do any of the following:
• Press the CANCEL button.
• Press the MAIN button.
• Depress the brake pedal.
The CRUISE CONTROL indicator goes off.
■
To Set the Vehicle Speed
■
To Adjust the Vehicle Speed
■
To Cancel
1To Cancel
Resuming the prior set speed:
After cruise control has been canceled, you can still
resume the prior set speed by pressing the RES/+
button while driving at a speed of at least 25 mph (40
km/h) or more.
You cannot set or resume in the following situations:
• When vehicle speed is less than 25 mph (40 km/h)
• When the MAIN button is turned off.
At vehicle speeds of 22 mph (35 km/h) or less, cruise
control canceled automatically.
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 582 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
583
uuWhen DrivinguRoad Departure Mitigation (RDM) System
*
Continued
Driving
Road Departure Mitigation (RDM) System
*
Alerts and helps to assist you when the system detects a possibility of your vehicle
unintentionally crossing over detected lane markings and/or leaving the roadway
altogether.
The front camera behind the rearview mirror
monitors left and right lane markings (in white
or yellow). If your vehicle is getting too close
to detected lane markings without a turn
signal activated, the system, in addition to a
visual alert, applies steering torque and alerts
you with rapid vibrations on the steering
wheel, to help you remain within the detected
lane.
2 Customized Features P. 448
As a visual alert, the Lane Departure
message appears on the driver information
interface.
If the system determines that its steering input
is insufficient to keep your vehicle on the
roadway, it may apply braking.
u Braking is applied only when the lane
markings are solid continuous lines.
The system cancels assisting operations when you turn the steering wheel to avoid
crossing over detected lane markings.
If the system operates several times without detecting driver response, the system
beeps to alert you.
■
How the System Works
1Road Departure Mitigation (RDM) System
*
Important Safety Reminder
Like all assistance systems, the RDM system has
limitations.
Over-reliance on the RDM system may result in a
collision. It is always your responsibility to keep the
vehicle within your driving lane.
The RDM system only alerts you when lane drift is
detected without a turn signal in use. The RDM
system may not detect all lane markings or lane or
roadway departures; accuracy will vary based on
weather, speed and lane marker condition. It is
always your responsibility to safely operate the
vehicle and avoid collisions.
You can read about handling information for the
camera equipped with this system.
2 Front Sensor Camera
*
P. 569
The RDM system may not work properly or may work
improperly under the certain conditions:
2 RDM Conditions and Limitations P. 586
There are times when you may not notice RDM
functions due to your operation of the vehicle, or
road surface conditions.
* Not available on all models
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 583 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
uuWhen DrivinguRoad Departure Mitigation (RDM) System
*
584
Driving
The system becomes ready to start searching for lane markings when all the
following conditions are met:
• The vehicle is traveling between about 45 and 90 mph (72 and 145 km/h).
• The vehicle is on a straight or slightly curved road.
• The turn signals are off.
• The brake pedal is not depressed.
• The wipers are not in continuous operation.
• The vehicle is not accelerating or braking, and the steering wheel is not being
turned.
• The system makes a determination that the driver is not actively accelerating,
braking or steering.
■
How the System Activates
1How the System Activates
The RDM system may automatically shut off and the
indicator comes and stays on.
2 Indicators P. 84
RDM system function can be impacted when the
vehicle is:
• Not driven within a traffic lane.
• Driven on the inside edge of a curve, or outside of
a lane.
• Driven in a narrow lane.
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 584 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
Continued
585
uuWhen DrivinguRoad Departure Mitigation (RDM) System
*
Driving
Press the RDM button to turn the system on
and off.
u The indicator in the button comes on and
the message appears on the driver
information interface when the system is
on.
■
RDM On and Off
1RDM On and Off
When you have selected Warning Only from the
customized options using the audio/information
screen, the system does not operate the steering
wheel and braking.
2 Customized Features P. 448
RDM Button
Indicator
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 585 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
586
uuWhen DrivinguRoad Departure Mitigation (RDM) System
*
Driving
The system may not properly detect lane markings and the position of your vehicle
under certain conditions. Some examples of these conditions are listed below.
■ Environmental conditions
• Driving in bad weather (rain, fog, snow, etc.).
• Sudden changes between light and dark, such as an entrance or exit of a tunnel.
• There is little contrast between lane lines and the roadway surface.
• Driving into low sunlight (e.g., at dawn or dusk).
• Strong light is reflected onto the roadway.
• Driving in the shadows of trees, buildings, etc.
• Shadows of adjacent objects are parallel to lane markings.
• Roadway objects or structures are misinterpreted as lane markers.
• Reflections on the interior of the windshield.
• Driving at night or in a dark condition such as a tunnel.
■
RDM Conditions and Limitations
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 586 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
587
uuWhen DrivinguRoad Departure Mitigation (RDM) System
*
Driving
■ Roadway conditions
• Driving on a snowy or wet roadway (obscured lane marking, vehicle tracks,
reflected lights, road spray, high contrast).
• Driving on a road with temporary lane markings.
• Faint, multiple, or varied lane markings are visible on the roadway due to road
repairs or old lane markings.
• The roadway has merging, split, or crossing lines (e.g., such as at an intersection
or crosswalk).
• The lane markings are extremely narrow, wide, or changing.
• The vehicle in front of you is driving near the lane lines.
• The road is hilly or the vehicle is approaching the crest of a hill.
• Driving on rough or unpaved roads, or over bumpy surfaces.
• When objects on the road (curb, guard rail, pylons, etc.) are recognized as white
lines (or yellow lines).
• Driving on roads with double lines.
■ Vehicle conditions
• Headlight lenses are dirty or the headlights are not properly adjusted.
• The outside of the windshield is streaked or blocked by dirt, mud, leaves, wet
snow, etc.
• The inside of the windshield is fogged.
• The camera temperature gets too high.
• An abnormal tire or wheel condition (wrong sized, varied size or construction,
improperly inflated, compact spare tire, etc.).
• The vehicle is tilted due to a heavy load or suspension modifications.
• When tire chains are installed.
• The vehicle is towing a trailer.
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 587 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
588
uuWhen DrivinguLane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)
*
Driving
Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)
*
Provides steering input to help keep the vehicle in the middle of a detected lane and
provides tactile and visual alerts if the vehicle is detected drifting out of its lane.
1Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)
*
Important Safety Reminders
The LKAS is for your convenience only. It is not a
substitute for your vehicle control. The system does
not work if you take your hands off the steering
wheel or fail to steer the vehicle.
2 Driver Information Interface Warning and
Information Messages P. 102
Do not place objects on the instrument panel.
Objects may reflect on the front windshield and
prevent correct detection of the traffic lanes.
The LKAS only alerts you when lane drift is detected
without a turn signal in use. The LKAS may not detect
all lane markings or lane departures; accuracy will
vary based on weather, speed, and lane marker
condition. It is always your responsibility to safely
operate the vehicle and avoid collisions.
The LKAS is convenient when it is used on freeways.
The LKAS may not work properly or may work
improperly under the certain conditions:
2 LKAS Conditions and Limitations P. 594
You can read about handling information for the
camera equipped with this system.
2 Front Sensor Camera
*
P. 569
When it fails to detect lanes, the system will
temporarily be canceled. When lane is detected,
system will recover automatically.
■ Tactile and visual alerts
Rapid vibrations on the steering
wheel and a warning display
alert you that the vehicle is
drifting out of a detected lane.
■Front sensor camera
Monitors the lane lines
■ Steering input assist
The system applies torque to the steering to keep the vehicle between the left and
right lane lines. The applied torque becomes stronger as the vehicle gets closer to
either of the lane lines.
When you operate the turn signals to change lanes, the system is suspended, and
resumes after the signals are off.
If you make a lane change without operating the turn signals, the LKAS alerts
activate, and torque is applied to the steering.
* Not available on all models
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 588 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
Continued
589
uuWhen DrivinguLane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)
*
Driving
Provides assistance to keep the vehicle in the center of the lane. When the vehicle
nears a white or yellow line, steering force of the electric power steering will become
stronger.
When the vehicle enters the warning area, the LKAS alerts you with slight steering
wheel vibration as well as a warning display.
■
Lane Keep Support Function
1Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)
*
The LKAS may not function as designed while driving
in frequent stop and go traffic, or on roads with
sharp curves.
When the vehicle enters the warning area, lane
departure warning is provided by steering wheel
vibration and display.
■
Lane Departure Warning Function
Warning Area
Warning Area
* Not available on all models
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 589 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
uuWhen DrivinguLane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)
*
590
Driving
The system can be used when the following conditions are met.
• The lane in which you are driving has detectable lane markers on both sides, and
your vehicle is in the center of the lane.
• The vehicle speed is between 45 and 90 mph (72 and 145 km/h).
• You are driving on a straight or slightly curved road.
• The turn signals are off.
• The brake pedal is not depressed.
• The wipers are not in continuous operation.
■ How to activate the system
1. Press the MAIN button.
u The LKAS indicator comes on in the
driver information interface.
The system is ready to use.
2. Press the LKAS button.
u Lane outlines appear on the driver
information interface.
The system is activated.
■
When the System can be Used
1Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)
*
You can read about handling information for the
camera equipped with this system.
2 Front Sensor Camera
*
P. 569
If the vehicle drifts toward either left or right lane line
due to the system applying torque, turn off the LKAS
and have your vehicle checked by a dealer.
MAIN Button
LKAS Button
* Not available on all models
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 590 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
Continued
591
uuWhen DrivinguLane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)
*
Driving
3. Keep your vehicle near the center of the
lane while driving.
u The dotted outer lines change to solid
ones once the system starts operating
after detecting the left and right lane
markings.
To cancel the LKAS:
Press the MAIN or LKAS button.
The LKAS is turned off every time you stop the
engine, even if you turned it on the last time
you drove the vehicle.
■
To Cancel
1To Cancel
Pressing the MAIN button also turns ACC on and off.
MAIN Button LKAS Button
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 591 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
592
uuWhen DrivinguLane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)
*
Driving
■ The system operation is suspended if
you:
• Set the wipers to continuous operation.
u Turning the wipers off resumes the
LKAS.
• Decrease the vehicle speed to about 40
mph (64 km/h) or less.
u Increasing the vehicle speed to about 45
mph (72 km/h) or more resumes the
LKAS.
• Depress the brake pedal.
u The LKAS resumes and starts detecting
the lane lines again once you release the
brake pedal.
• Set the wiper switch to AUTO and the
wipers operate continuously.
u The LKAS resumes when the wipers stop
or operate intermittently.
When the LKAS is suspended,
the lane lines on the driver
information interface change
to contour lines, and the beeper
sounds (if activated).
Models with automatic intermittent wipers
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 592 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
593
uuWhen DrivinguLane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)
*
Continued
Driving
■ The LKAS may automatically be suspended when:
• The system fails to detect lane lines.
• The steering wheel is quickly turned.
• You fail to steer the vehicle.
• Driving through a sharp curve.
• Driving at a speed in excess of approximately 90 mph (145 km/h).
Once these conditions no longer exist, the LKAS automatically resumes.
■ The LKAS may automatically be canceled when:
• The camera temperature gets extremely high.
• The camera behind the rearview mirror, or the area around the camera, including
the windshield, gets dirty.
• The ABS or VSA® system engages.
The beeper sounds if the LKAS is automatically canceled.
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 593 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
594
uuWhen DrivinguLane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)
*
Driving
The system may not detect lane markings and therefore may not keep the vehicle in
the middle of a lane under certain conditions, including the following:
■ Environmental conditions
• Driving in bad weather (rain, fog, snow, etc.).
• Sudden changes between light and dark, such as an entrance or exit of a tunnel.
• There is little contrast between lane lines and the roadway surface.
• Driving into low sunlight (e.g., at dawn or dusk).
• Strong light is reflected onto the roadway.
• Driving in the shadows of trees, buildings, etc.
• Shadows of adjacent objects are parallel to lane markings.
• Roadway objects or structures are misinterpreted as lane markers.
• Reflections on the interior of the windshield.
• Driving at night or in a dark condition such as a tunnel.
■
LKAS Conditions and Limitations
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 594 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
595
uuWhen DrivinguLane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)
*
Driving
■ Roadway conditions
• Driving on a snowy or wet roadway (obscured lane marking, vehicle tracks,
reflected lights, road spray, high contrast).
• Driving on a road with temporary lane markings.
• Faint, multiple, or varied lane markings are visible on the roadway due to road
repairs or old lane markings.
• The roadway has merging, split, or crossing lines (e.g., such as at an intersection
or crosswalk).
• The lane markings are extremely narrow, wide, or changing.
• The vehicle in front of you is driving near the lane lines.
• The road is hilly or the vehicle is approaching the crest of a hill.
• Driving on rough or unpaved roads, or over bumpy surfaces.
• When objects on the road (curb, guard rail, pylons, etc.) are recognized as white
lines (or yellow lines).
• Driving on roads with double lines.
■ Vehicle conditions
• Headlight lenses are dirty or the headlights are not properly adjusted.
• The outside of the windshield is streaked or blocked by dirt, mud, leaves, wet
snow, etc.
• The inside of the windshield is fogged.
• The camera temperature gets too high.
• An abnormal tire or wheel condition (wrong sized, varied size or construction,
improperly inflated, compact spare tire, etc.).
• The vehicle is tilted due to a heavy load or suspension modifications.
• The vehicle is towing a trailer.
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 595 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
596
uuWhen DrivinguVehicle Stability Assist® (VSA®), aka Electronic Stability Control (ESC), System
Driving
Vehicle Stability Assist® (VSA®), aka Electronic
Stability Control (ESC), System
VSA® helps to stabilize the vehicle during cornering if the vehicle turns more or less
than what was intended. It also assists in maintaining traction on slippery surfaces.
It does so by regulating engine output and selectively applying the brakes.
When VSA® activates, you may notice that the
engine does not respond to the accelerator.
You may also notice some noise from the
hydraulic system. You will also see the
indicator blink.
■
VSA® Operation
1Vehicle Stability Assist® (VSA®), aka Electronic Stability Control
(ESC), System
The VSA® may not function properly if tire type and
size are mixed. Make sure to use the same size and
type of tire, and the air pressures as specified.
When the VSA® system indicator comes on and stays
on while driving, there may be a problem with the
system. While this may not interfere with normal
driving, have your vehicle checked by a dealer
immediately.
VSA® cannot enhance stability in all driving situations
and does not control the entire braking system. You
still need to drive and corner at speeds appropriate
for the conditions and always leave a sufficient
margin of safety.
The main function of the VSA® system is generally
known as Electronic Stability Control (ESC). The
system also includes a traction control function.
VSA® System
Indicator
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 596 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
597
uuWhen DrivinguVehicle Stability Assist® (VSA®), aka Electronic Stability Control (ESC), System
Driving
This button is on the driver side control panel.
To partially disable VSA® functionality/
features, press and hold it until you hear a
beep.
Your vehicle will have normal braking and
cornering ability, but traction control function
will be less effective.
To restore VSA® functionality/features, press
the (VSA® OFF) button until you hear a
beep.
VSA® is turned on every time you start the
engine, even if you turned it off the last time
you drove the vehicle.
■
VSA® On and Off
1Vehicle Stability Assist® (VSA®), aka Electronic Stability Control
(ESC), System
In certain unusual conditions when your vehicle gets
stuck in shallow mud or fresh snow, it may be easier
to free it with the VSA® temporarily switched off.
When the button is pressed, the traction control
function becomes less effective. This allows for the
wheels to spin more freely at low speed. You should
only attempt to free your vehicle with the VSA® off if
you are not able to free it when the VSA® is on.
Immediately after freeing your vehicle, be sure to
switch VSA® on again. We do not recommend driving
your vehicle with the VSA® system switched off.
You may hear a motor sound coming from the
engine compartment while system checks are being
performed immediately after starting the engine or
while driving. This is normal.
VSA® OFF Indicator
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 597 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
598
uuWhen DrivinguAgile Handling Assist
Driving
Agile Handling Assist
Lightly brakes each of the front and rear wheels, as needed, when you turn the
steering wheel, and helps support the vehicle’s stability and performance during
cornering.
1Agile Handling Assist
The agile handling assist cannot enhance stability in
all driving situations. You still need to drive and
corner at speeds appropriate for the conditions and
always leave a sufficient margin of safety.
When the VSA® system indicator comes on and stays
on while driving, the agile handling assist does not
activate.
You may hear a sound coming from the engine
compartment while the agile handling assist is
activated. This is normal.
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 598 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
599
uuWhen DrivinguTire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) with Tire Fill Assist
Continued
Driving
Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) with Tire
Fill Assist
Monitors the tire pressure while you are
driving. If your vehicle’s tire pressure becomes
significantly low, the Low Tire Pressure/TPMS
indicator comes on and a message appears on
the driver information interface.
1Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) with Tire Fill Assist
Conditions such as low ambient temperature and
altitude change directly affect tire pressure and can
trigger the Low Tire Pressure/TPMS indicator to come
on.
2 If the Low Tire Pressure/TPMS Indicator
Comes On or Blinks P. 726
Tire pressure checked and inflated in:
• Warm weather can become under-inflated in
colder weather.
• Cold weather can become over-inflated in warmer
weather.
The Low Tire Pressure/TPMS indicator will not come
on as a result of over inflation.
The TPMS audibly and visually informs you of
changes in tire pressure of the individual tire that you
are adjusting using audible and visual indications.
If a change in tire pressure has been significant, the
system beeps and the hazard lights flash continuously
for five seconds when the specified tire pressure is
reached. Stop filling the tire.
Low Tire Pressure/
TPMS Indicator
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 599 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
uuWhen DrivinguTire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) with Tire Fill Assist
600
Driving
To select the tire pressure monitor, please
follow the following steps using the buttons
on the steering wheel.
1. Set the power mode to ON.
2. Press the (home) button.
3. Press the / button repeatedly until
Maintenance appears.
4. Press the ENTER button and select Tire
Pressure by pressing the / button.
5. Press the ENTER button and the tire
pressure appears on the driver information
interface.
The pressure for each tire is displayed in psi.
Tire Pressures Low is displayed when a tire
has significantly low pressure. The specific tire
is displayed on the screen.
■
Tire Pressure Monitor
1Tire Pressure Monitor
The pressure displayed on the driver information
interface can be slightly different from the actual
pressure as measured by a gauge. If there is a
significant difference between the two values, or if
the Low Tire Pressure/TPMS indicator and the
message on the driver information interface do not
go off after you have inflated the tire to the specified
pressure, have the system checked by a dealer.
Tire Pressure Monitor Problem may appear if you
drive with the compact spare tire, or there is a
problem with the TPMS.
3
4
3
4
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 600 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
601
uuWhen DrivinguTire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) - Required Federal Explanation
Continued
Driving
Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) - Required
Federal Explanation
Each tire, including the spare (if provided), should be checked
monthly when cold and inflated to the inflation pressure
recommended by the vehicle manufacturer on the vehicle placard
or tire inflation pressure label.
(If your vehicle has tires of a different size than the size indicated
on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label, you should
determine the proper tire inflation pressure for those tires.)
As an added safety feature, your vehicle has been equipped with
a tire pressure monitoring system (TPMS) that illuminates a low
tire pressure telltale
when one or more of your tires is significantly under-inflated.
Accordingly, when the low tire pressure telltale illuminates, you
should stop and check your tires as soon as possible, and inflate
them to the proper pressure.
Driving on a significantly under-inflated tire causes the tire to
overheat and can lead to tire failure. Under-inflation also reduces
fuel efficiency and tire tread life, and may affect the vehicle’s
handling and stopping ability.
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 601 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
602
uuWhen DrivinguTire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) - Required Federal Explanation
Driving
Please note that the TPMS is not a substitute for proper tire
maintenance, and it is the driver’s responsibility to maintain
correct tire pressure, even if under-inflation has not reached the
level to trigger illumination of the TPMS low tire pressure telltale.
Your vehicle has also been equipped with a TPMS malfunction
indicator to indicate when the system is not operating properly.
The TPMS malfunction indicator is combined with the low tire
pressure telltale. When the system detects a malfunction, the
telltale will flash for approximately one minute and then remain
continuously illuminated. This sequence will continue upon
subsequent vehicle start-ups as long as the malfunction exists.
When the malfunction indicator is illuminated, the system may
not be able to detect or signal low tire pressure as intended.
TPMS malfunctions may occur for a variety of reasons, including
the installation of replacement or alternate tires or wheels on the
vehicle that prevent the TPMS from functioning properly.
Always check the TPMS malfunction telltale after replacing one or
more tires or wheels on your vehicle to ensure that the
replacement or alternate tires and wheels allow the TPMS to
continue to function properly.
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 602 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
603
uuWhen DrivinguBlind spot information System
*
Continued
Driving
Blind spot information System
*
Is designed to detect vehicles in specified alert zones adjacent to your vehicle,
particularly in harder to see areas commonly known as “blind spots.” When the
system detects vehicles approaching from behind in adjacent lanes, the appropriate
indicator comes on for a few seconds, providing assistance when you change lanes.
■ How the system works
1Blind spot information System
*
Important Safety Reminder
Like all assistance systems, blind spot information
system has limitations. Over reliance on the blind spot
information system may result in a collision.
The system is for your convenience only. Even if an object is
within the alert zone, the following situations may occur.
• The blind spot information system alert indicator
may not come on due to obstruction (splashes,
etc.) even without the Blind Spot Info Not
Available driver information interface appearing.
• The blind spot information system alert indicator
may come on even with the message appearing.
The blind spot information system alert indicator may
not come on under the following conditions:
• A vehicle does not stay in the alert zone for more
than two seconds.
• A vehicle is parked in a side lane.
•
The speed difference between your vehicle and the
vehicle you are passing is greater than 6 mph (10 km/h).
• An object not detected by the radar sensors
approaches or passes your vehicle.
• A vehicle running in the adjacent lane is a
motorcycle or other small vehicle.
3
WARNING
Failure to visually confirm that it is safe to
change lanes before doing so may result in
a crash and serious injury or death.
Do not rely only on the blind spot
information system when changing lanes.
Always look in your mirrors, to either side
of your vehicle, and behind you for other
vehicles before changing lanes.
●
The transmission is in (D or
(S.
●
Your vehicle speed is
between 20 mph (32 km/h)
and 100 mph (160 km/h)
Alert zone range
A: Approx. 1.6 ft. (0.5 m)
B: Approx. 10 ft. (3 m)
C: Approx. 10 ft. (3 m)
Alert Zone
Radar Sensors:
underneath
the rear
bumper
corners
A
B
C
* Not available on all models
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 603 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
uuWhen DrivinguBlind spot information System
*
604
Driving
■ When the system detects a vehicle
1Blind spot information System
*
You can turn off the audible alert, or all the blind spot
information system alert using the audio/information
screen.
2 Customized Features P. 448
Turn the system off when towing a trailer. The system
may not work properly for the following reasons:
• The added mass tilts the vehicle and changes the
radar coverage.
• The trailer itself can be detected by the radar
sensors, causing the blind spot information system
alert indicators to come on.
Blind spot information system may be adversely
affected when:
• Objects (guard rails, poles, trees, etc,.) are
detected.
• An object that does not reflect radio waves well,
such as a motorcycle, is in the alert zone.
• Driving on a curved road.
• A vehicle is moving from a far lane to the adjacent
lane.
• The system picks up external electrical interference.
• The rear bumper or the sensors have been
improperly repaired or the rear bumper has been
deformed.
• The orientation of the sensors has been changed.
• In bad weather (Heavy rain, snow, and fog).
For proper blind spot information system operation:
• Always keep the rear bumper corner area clean.
• Do not cover the rear bumper corner area with
labels or stickers of any kind.
• Take your vehicle to a dealer if you need the rear
bumper corner area or the radar sensors to be
repaired, or the rear bumper corner area is strongly
impacted.
The system does not operate when in
(R.
Comes on when:
●
A vehicle enters the alert zone from behind
to overtake you with a speed difference of no
more than 31 mph (50 km/h) from your
vehicle.
●
You pass a vehicle with a speed difference of
no more than 12 mph (20 km/h).
Comes On
Blind spot information System Alert Indicator:
Located near the outside door mirror on both
sides.
Blinks and the beeper sounds when:
You move the turn signal lever in the direction
of the detected vehicle. The beeper sounds
three times.
Blinks
* Not available on all models
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 604 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
605
uuWhen DrivinguLaneWatch
TM
*
Continued
Driving
LaneWatch
TM
*
LaneWatch is an assistance system that allows you to check the passenger side rear
areas displayed on the audio/information screen when the turn signal is activated to
the passenger’s side. A camera in the passenger side door mirror monitors these
areas and allows you to check for vehicles, in addition to your visual check and use
of the passenger door mirror. You can also keep the system on for your convenience
while driving.
Canadian models
1LaneWatch
TM
*
Important Safety Reminder
Like all assistance systems, LaneWatch has
limitations. Over reliance on LaneWatch may result in
a collision.
The LaneWatch function can be affected by weather,
lighting (including headlights and low sun angle),
ambient darkness, camera condition, and loading.
The LaneWatch may not provide the intended display
of traffic to the side and rear under the following
conditions:
• Your vehicle’s suspension has been altered,
changing the height of the vehicle.
• Your tires are over or under inflated.
• Your tires or wheels are of varied size or
construction.
3
WARNING
Failure to visually confirm that it is safe to
change lanes before doing so may result in
a crash and serious injury or death.
Do not rely only on LaneWatch while
driving.
Always look in your mirrors, to either side
of your vehicle, and behind you for other
vehicles before changing lanes.
Camera
Audio/Information Screen
Move the turn signal
lever to the passenger
side.
Press the LaneWatch
button.
Pull the turn signal
lever back.
Press the LaneWatch
button again.
The passenger side view
display appears on the
audio/information screen.
The system activates when you:
The system deactivates when you:
* Not available on all models
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 605 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
uuWhen DrivinguLaneWatch
TM
*
606
Driving
■ Customizing the LaneWatch settings
You can customize the following items using the audio/information screen.
• Show with Turn Signal: Selects whether LaneWatch monitor comes on when
you operate the turn signal light lever.
• Show Reference Line: Selects whether the reference lines appear on the
LaneWatch monitor.
2 Customized Features P. 448
■ Reference Lines
Three lines that appear on the screen can give
an idea of how far the vehicles or objects on
the screen are from your vehicle, respectively.
If an object is near line 1 (in red), it indicates
that it is close to your vehicle whereas an
object near line 3 is farther away.
1LaneWatch
TM
*
The LaneWatch camera view is restricted. Its unique
lens makes objects on the screen slightly look
different from what they are.
LaneWatch display does not come on when the
transmission is in
(R.
For proper LaneWatch operation:
• The camera is located in the passenger side door
mirror. Always keep this area clean. If the camera
lens is covered with dirt or moisture, use a soft,
moist cloth to keep the lens clean and free of
debris.
• Do not cover the camera lens with labels or stickers
of any kind.
• Do not touch the camera lens.
1Reference Lines
The area around the reference line 1 (red) is very close
to your vehicle. As always, make sure to visually
confirm the safety of a lane change before changing
lanes.
The distance between your vehicle and lines 1, 2 and
3 on the screen vary depending on road conditions
and vehicle loading. For example, the reference lines
on the screen may seem to appear closer than the
actual distances when the rear of your vehicle is more
heavily loaded.
Consult a dealer if:
• The passenger side door mirror, or area around it is
severely impacted, resulting in changing the
camera angle.
• The LaneWatch display does not come on at all.
2
3
1
* Not available on all models
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 606 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
607
Continued
Driving
Braking
Brake System
Use the parking brake to keep the vehicle stationary when parked. When the
parking brake is applied, you can manually or automatically release it.
■ To apply
Press the electric parking brake switch.
u The parking brake and brake system
indicator comes on.
■
Parking Brake
1Parking Brake
You may hear the electric parking brake system
motor operating from the rear wheel area when you
apply or release the parking brake. This is normal.
The brake pedal may slightly move due to the electric
parking brake system operation when you apply or
release the parking brake. This is normal.
You cannot apply or release the parking brake if the
battery goes dead.
2 Jump Starting P. 717
If you press and hold the electric parking brake
switch while driving the brakes on all four
wheels are applied (by the VSA® system) until
the vehicle comes to a stop (at which point the
electric parking brake is applied) or the switch is
released.
Electric Parking Brake Switch
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 607 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
uuBrakinguBrake System
608
Driving
■ To release
1. Depress the brake pedal fully.
2. Pull the electric parking brake switch up
gently and securely.
u The parking brake and brake system
indicator goes off.
Manually releasing the parking brake using
the switch helps your vehicle start slowly and
smoothly when facing down hill on steep hills.
1Parking Brake
In the following situations, the parking brake
automatically operates.
• When the vehicle stops with the automatic brake
hold system activated for more than 10 minutes.
• When the driver’s seat belt is unfastened while
your vehicle is stopped and brake hold system is
applied.
• When the engine is turned off while brake hold
system is applied.
• When there is a problem with the Brake Hold
System while Brake Hold is applied.
Electric Parking Brake Switch
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 608 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
Continued
609
uuBrakinguBrake System
Driving
■ To release automatically
Depressing the accelerator pedal releases the parking brake.
Use the accelerator pedal to release the brake when you are starting the vehicle
facing uphill, or in a traffic jam.
Gently depress the accelerator pedal.
When on a hill, it may require more
accelerator input to release.
u The parking brake and brake system
indicator goes off.
The parking brake automatically releases as you depress the accelerator pedal when:
• You are wearing the driver’s seat belt.
• The engine is running.
• The transmission is not in
(P or (N.
1Parking Brake
If the parking brake cannot be released
automatically, release it manually.
The parking brake cannot be released automatically
while the following indicators are on:
• Malfunction indicator lamp
• Transmission system indicator
The parking brake may not be released automatically
while the following indicators are on:
• Parking brake and brake system indicator
• VSA® system indicator
• ABS indicator
• Supplemental restraint system indicator
Accelerator Pedal
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 609 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
uuBrakinguBrake System
610
Driving
Your vehicle is equipped with disc brakes at all four wheels. A vacuum power assist
helps reduce the effort needed on the brake pedal. The brake assist system increases
the stopping force when you depress the brake pedal hard in an emergency
situation. The anti-lock brake system (ABS) helps you retain steering control when
braking very hard.
2 Brake Assist System P. 614
2 Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) P. 613
■
Foot Brake
1Foot Brake
Check the brakes after driving through deep water,
or if there is a buildup of road surface water. If
necessary, dry the brakes by lightly depressing the
pedal several times.
If you hear a continuous metallic friction sound when
applying the brakes, this is caused by the brake wear
indicator rubbing on the brake rotor and indicates
that the brake pads need to be replaced. Have the
vehicle checked by a dealer. If you hear only an
occasional squeak or squeal when you initially apply
the brake pedal, this may be normal and caused by
high frequency vibration of the brake pads against
the rotating brake disc.
Constantly using the brake pedal while going down a
long hill builds up heat, which reduces the brake
effectiveness. Apply engine braking by taking your
foot off the accelerator pedal and downshifting to a
lower gear.
Do not rest your foot on the brake pedal while
driving, as it will lightly apply the brakes and cause
them to lose effectiveness over time and reduce pad
life. It will also confuse drivers behind you.
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 610 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
Continued
611
uuBrakinguBrake System
Driving
Keeps the brake applied after releasing the brake pedal until the accelerator pedal is
pressed. You can use this system while the vehicle is temporarily stopped, like at
traffic lights and in heavy traffic.
■
Automatic Brake Hold
1Automatic Brake Hold
3
WARNING
Activating the automatic brake hold system
on steep hills or slippery roads may still
allow the vehicle to move if you remove
your foot from the brake pedal.
If a vehicle unexpectedly moves, it may
cause a crash resulting in serious injury or
death.
Never activate the automatic brake hold
system or rely on it to keep a vehicle from
moving when stopped on a steep hill or
slippery roads.
3
WARNING
Using the automatic brake hold system to
park the vehicle may result in the vehicle
unexpectedly moving.
If a vehicle moves unexpectedly, it may
cause a crash, resulting in serious injury or
death.
Never leave the vehicle when braking is
temporarily kept by automatic brake hold
and always park the vehicle by putting the
transmission in
(P and applying the parking
brake.
■Turning on the system ■ Activating the system ■Canceling the system
Automatic Brake Hold
Button
On
On
On
On
On
U.S.
Canada
Brake Pedal Accelerator Pedal
Fasten your seat belt
properly, then start the
engine. Press the
automatic brake hold
button.
●
The automatic brake
hold system indicator
comes on. The system is
turned on.
Depress the brake pedal
to come to a complete
stop. The transmission
must be in
(D or (N.
●
The automatic brake
hold indicator comes
on. Braking is kept for
up to 10 minutes.
●
Release the brake
pedal after the
automatic brake hold
indicator comes on.
Depress the accelerator
pedal while the
transmission is in
(D.
The system is canceled
and the vehicle starts to
move.
●
The automatic brake
hold system indicator
comes on. The system
continues to be on.
U.S.
Canada
On
On
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 611 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
uuBrakinguBrake System
612
Driving
■ The system automatically cancels when:
• You depress the brake pedal and change to (P or (R.
• You engage the parking brake.
■ The system automatically cancels and the parking brake is applied when:
• Braking is kept for more than 10 minutes.
• The driver’s seat belt is unfastened.
• The engine is turned off.
• Brake Hold System Problem appears on the driver information interface.
■ Turning off the automatic brake hold system
While the system is on, press the automatic
brake hold button again.
u The automatic brake hold system
indicator goes off.
If you want to turn off automatic brake hold
while the system is in operation, press the
automatic brake hold button with the brake
pedal depressed.
1Automatic Brake Hold
While the system is activated, you can turn off the
engine or park the vehicle through the same
procedure as you normally do.
2 When Stopped P. 624
Whether the system is on, or the system is activated,
the automatic brake hold turns off once the engine is
off.
1Turning off the automatic brake hold system
Make sure to turn off the automatic brake hold
system before using an automated car wash.
You may hear an operating noise if the vehicle moves
while the automatic brake hold system is in
operation.
Automatic Brake Hold
Button
Goes
Off
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 612 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
613
uuBrakinguAnti-lock Brake System (ABS)
Driving
Anti-lock Brake System (ABS)
Helps prevent the wheels from locking up, and helps you retain steering control by
pumping the brakes rapidly, much faster than you.
The electronic brake distribution (EBD) system, which is part of the ABS, also
balances the front-to-rear braking distribution according to vehicle loading.
You should never pump the brake pedal. Let the ABS work for you by always
keeping firm, steady pressure on the brake pedal. This is sometimes referred to as
“stomp and steer.”
■ ABS operation
The brake pedal may pulsate slightly when the ABS is working. Depress the brake
pedal and keep holding the pedal firmly down. On dry pavement, you will need to
press on the brake pedal very hard before the ABS activates. However, you may feel
the ABS activate immediately if you are trying to stop on snow or ice.
ABS may activate when you depress the brake pedal when driving on:
• Wet or snow covered roads.
• Roads paved with stone.
• Roads with uneven surfaces, such as potholes, cracks, manholes, etc.
When the vehicle speed goes under 6 mph (10 km/h), the ABS stops.
■
ABS
1Anti-lock Brake System (ABS)
NOTICE
The ABS may not function correctly if you use a tire of
the wrong size or type.
If the ABS indicator comes on while driving, there
may be a problem with the system. While normal
braking will not be affected, there is a possibility that
the ABS will not operating. Have your vehicle
checked by a dealer immediately.
The ABS is not designed for the purpose of reducing
the time or distance it takes for a vehicle to stop: It is
designed to limit brake lockup which can lead to
skidding and loss of steering control.
In the following cases, your vehicle may need more
distance to stop than a vehicle without the ABS:
• You are driving on rough or uneven road surfaces,
such as gravel or snow.
• The tires are equipped with snow chains.
The following may be observed with the ABS system:
• Motor sounds coming from the engine
compartment when the brakes are applied, or
when system checks are being performed after the
engine has been started and while the vehicle
accelerates.
• Brake pedal and/or the vehicle body vibration when
ABS activates.
These vibrations and sounds are normal to ABS
systems and are no cause for concern.
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 613 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
614
uuBrakinguBrake Assist System
Driving
Brake Assist System
Designed to assist the driver by generating greater braking force when you depress
the brake pedal hard during emergency braking.
■ Brake assist system operation
Press the brake pedal firmly for more powerful braking.
When brake assist operates, the pedal may wiggle slightly and an operating noise
may be heard. This is normal. Keep holding the brake pedal firmly down.
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 614 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
615
uuBrakinguCollision Mitigation Braking System
TM
(CMBS
TM
)
*
Continued
Driving
Collision Mitigation Braking System
TM
(CMBS
TM
)
*
Can assist you when there is a possibility of your vehicle colliding with a vehicle or a
pedestrian detected in front of yours. The CMBS
TM
is designed to alert you when a
potential collision is determined, as well as to reduce your vehicle speed to help
minimize collision severity when a collision is deemed unavoidable.
■ How the system works
1Collision Mitigation Braking System
TM
(CMBS
TM
)
*
Important Safety Reminder
The CMBS
TM
is designed to reduce the severity of an
unavoidable collision. It does not prevent a collision
nor stop the vehicle automatically. It is still your
responsibility to operate the brake pedal and steering
wheel appropriately according to the driving
conditions.
The CMBS
TM
may not activate or may not detect a
vehicle in front of your vehicle under certain
conditions:
2 CMBS
TM
Conditions and Limitations P. 619
You can read about handling information for the
camera equipped with this system.
2 Front Sensor Camera
*
P. 569
Be careful not to have the radar sensor cover strongly
impacted.
1How the system works
Rapid vibrations on the steering wheel alert you
when the your vehicle speed is between 19 and 62
mph (30 and 100 km/h) with an oncoming vehicle
detected in front of you.
When the CMBS
TM
activates, it may automatically
apply the brake. It will be canceled when your vehicle
stops or a potential collision is not determined.
When to use
The camera is
located behind
the rearview
mirror.
The radar sensor is
in the front grille.
The system starts monitoring the roadway ahead when your vehicle speed is about
3 mph (5 km/h) and there is a vehicle in front of you.
The CMBS
TM
activates when:
●
The speed difference between your vehicle and a vehicle or pedestrian detected
in front of you becomes about 3 mph (5 km/h) and over with a chance of a
collision.
●
Your vehicle speed is about 62 mph (100 km/h) or less and there is a chance of a
collision with an oncoming detected vehicle or a pedestrian in front of you.
* Not available on all models
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 615 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
uuBrakinguCollision Mitigation Braking System
TM
(CMBS
TM
)
*
616
Driving
■ When the system activates
At system’s earliest collision alert stage, you can change the distance (Long/
Normal/Short) between vehicles at which alerts will come on through audio/
information screen setting options.
2 List of customizable options P. 461
■ Vibration alert on the steering wheel
When a potential collision to an oncoming detected vehicle is determined, the
system alerts you with rapid vibration on the steering wheel, in addition to visual and
audible alerts.
u Take appropriate action to prevent a collision (apply the brakes, operate the
steering wheel, etc.).
1When the system activates
The camera in the CMBS
TM
is also designed to detect
pedestrians.
However, this pedestrian detection feature may not
activate or may not detect a pedestrian in front of
your vehicle under certain conditions.
Refer to the ones indicating the pedestrian detection
limitations from the list.
2 CMBS
TM
Conditions and Limitations P. 619
The system provides visual, audible and tactile alerts of a possible collision, and
stops if the collision is avoided.
●
Take appropriate action to prevent a collision (apply the brakes, change lanes,
etc.)
Visual Alerts
Beep
Audible Alert
Tactile Alert
1Vibration alert on the steering wheel
Vibration alert function is disabled when the electric
power steering (EPS) system indicator comes on.
2 Electric Power Steering (EPS) System
Indicator P. 91
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 616 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
617
uuBrakinguCollision Mitigation Braking System
TM
(CMBS
TM
)
*
Continued
Driving
The system has three alert stages for a possible collision. However, depending on circumstances, the CMBS
TM
may not go through all of
the stages before initiating the last stage.
■
Collision Alert Stages
Distance between vehicles
CMBS
TM
The sensors detect a
vehicle
Audible & Visual WARNINGS Steering Wheel Braking
Stage
one
There is a risk of a
collision with the
vehicle ahead of you.
When in Long, visual and audible alerts
come on at a longer distance from a
vehicle ahead than in Normal setting,
and in Short, at a shorter distance than
in Normal.
In case of an
oncoming vehicle
detected, rapid
vibration is
provided.
—
Stage
two
The risk of a collision
has increased, time to
respond is reduced.
Visual and audible alerts.
—
Lightly
applied
Stage
three
The CMBS
TM
determines that a
collision is
unavoidable.
—
Forcefully
applied
Your Vehicle
Vehicle
Ahead
Normal
ShortLong
Your
Vehicle
Vehicle
Ahead
Your
Vehicle
Vehicle
Ahead
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 617 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
uuBrakinguCollision Mitigation Braking System
TM
(CMBS
TM
)
*
618
Driving
Press and hold the button until the beeper
sounds to switch the system on or off.
When the CMBS
TM
is off:
• The CMBS
TM
indicator in the instrument
panel comes on.
• A message on the driver information
interface reminds you that the system is off.
The CMBS
TM
is turned on every time you start
the engine, even if you turned it off the last
time you drove the vehicle.
■
CMBS
TM
On and Off
1CMBS
TM
On and Off
The CMBS
TM
may automatically shut off, and the
CMBS
TM
indicator will come and stay on under certain
conditions:
2 CMBS
TM
Conditions and Limitations P. 619
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 618 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
Continued
619
uuBrakinguCollision Mitigation Braking System
TM
(CMBS
TM
)
*
Driving
The system may automatically shut off and the CMBS
TM
indicator will come on under
certain conditions. Some examples of these conditions are listed below. Other
conditions may reduce some of the CMBS
TM
functions.
2 Front Sensor Camera
*
P. 569
■ Environmental conditions
• Driving in bad weather (rain, fog, snow, etc.).
• Sudden changes between light and dark, such as an entrance or exit of a tunnel.
• There is little contrast between objects and the background.
• Driving into low sunlight (e.g., at dawn or dusk).
• Strong light is reflected onto the roadway.
• Driving in the shadows of trees, buildings, etc.
• Roadway objects or structures are misinterpreted as vehicles and pedestrians.
• Reflections on the interior of the windshield.
• Driving at night or in a dark condition such as a tunnel.
■ Roadway conditions
• Driving on a snowy or wet roadway (obscured lane marking, vehicle tracks,
reflected lights, road spray, high contrast).
• The road is hilly or the vehicle is approaching the crest of a hill.
• Driving on curvy, winding, or undulating roads.
■
CMBS
TM
Conditions and Limitations
1CMBS
TM
Conditions and Limitations
Do not paint, or apply any coverings or paint to the
radar sensor area. This can impact CMBS
TM
operation.
Have your vehicle checked by a dealer if you find any
unusual behavior of the system (e.g., the warning
message appears too frequently).
If the front of the vehicle is impacted in any of the
following situations, the radar sensor may not work
properly. Have your vehicle checked by a dealer:
• The vehicle mounted onto a bump, curb, chock,
embankment, etc.
• You drive the vehicle where the water is deep.
• Your vehicle has a frontal collision.
If you need the radar sensor to be repaired, or
removed, or the radar sensor cover is strongly
impacted, turn off the system by pressing the
CMBS
TM
OFF button and take your vehicle to a
dealer.
* Not available on all models
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 619 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
620
uuBrakinguCollision Mitigation Braking System
TM
(CMBS
TM
)
*
Driving
■ Vehicle conditions
• Headlight lenses are dirty or the headlights are not properly adjusted.
• The outside of the windshield is blocked by dirt, mud, leaves, wet snow, etc.
• The inside of the windshield is fogged.
• An abnormal tire or wheel condition (wrong sized, varied size or construction,
improperly inflated, compact spare tire, etc.).
• When tire chains are installed.
• The vehicle is tilted due to a heavy load or suspension modifications.
• The camera temperature gets too high.
• Driving with the parking brake applied.
• When the radar sensor in the front grille gets dirty.
• The vehicle is towing a trailer.
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 620 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
621
uuBrakinguCollision Mitigation Braking System
TM
(CMBS
TM
)
*
Continued
Driving
■ Detection limitations
• A vehicle or pedestrian suddenly crosses in front of you.
• The distance between your vehicle and the vehicle or pedestrian ahead of you is
too short.
• A vehicle cuts in front of you at a slow speed, and it brakes suddenly.
• When you accelerate rapidly and approach the vehicle or pedestrian ahead of you
at high speed.
• The vehicle ahead of you is a motorcycle, bicycle, mobility scooter or other small
vehicle.
• When there are animals in front of your vehicle.
• When you drive on a curved, winding or undulating road that makes it difficult for
the sensor to properly detect a vehicle in front of you.
• The speed difference between your vehicle and a vehicle or pedestrian in front of
you is significantly large.
• An oncoming vehicle suddenly comes in front of you.
• Another vehicle suddenly comes in front of you at an intersection, etc.
• Your vehicle abruptly crosses over in front of an oncoming vehicle.
• When driving through a narrow iron bridge.
• When the lead vehicle suddenly slows down.
• When there is a group of people in front of your vehicle walking together side by
side.
• Surrounding conditions or belongings of the pedestrian alter the pedestrian’s
shape, preventing the system from recognizing that the person is a pedestrian.
• When the pedestrian is shorter than about 3.3 feet (1 meter) or taller than about
6.6 feet (2 meters) in height.
• When a pedestrian blends in with the background.
• When a pedestrian is bent over or squatting, or when their hands are raised or
they are running.
• When several pedestrians are walking ahead in a group.
• When the camera cannot correctly identify that a pedestrian is present due to an
unusual shape (holding luggage, body position, size).
Limitations applicable to pedestrian detection only
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 621 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
622
uuBrakinguCollision Mitigation Braking System
TM
(CMBS
TM
)
*
Driving
■ Automatic shutoff
CMBS
TM
may automatically shut itself off and the CMBS
TM
indicator comes and stays
on when:
• The temperature inside the system is high.
• You drive off-road or on a mountain road, or curved and winding road for an
extended period.
• An abnormal tire condition is detected (wrong tire size, flat tire, etc.).
• The camera behind the rearview mirror, or the area around the camera, including
the windshield, gets dirty.
Once the conditions that caused CMBS
TM
to shut off improve or are addressed (e.g.,
cleaning), the system comes back on.
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 622 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
623
uuBrakinguCollision Mitigation Braking System
TM
(CMBS
TM
)
*
Driving
The CMBS
TM
may activate even when you are aware of a vehicle ahead of you, or
when there is no vehicle ahead. Some examples of this are:
■ When passing
Your vehicle approaches another vehicle ahead of you and you change lanes to pass.
■ At an intersection
Your vehicle approaches or passes another vehicle that is making a left or right turn.
■ On a curve
When driving through curves, your vehicle comes to a point where an oncoming
vehicle is right in front of you.
■ Through a low bridge at high speed
You drive under a low or narrow bridge at high speed.
■ Speed bumps, road work sites, train tracks, roadside objects, etc.
You drive over speed bumps, steel road plates, etc., or your vehicle approaches train
tracks or roadside objects [such as a traffic sign and guard rail] on a curve or, when
parking, stationary vehicles and walls.
■
With Little Chance of a Collision
1With Little Chance of a Collision
For the CMBS
TM
to work properly:
Always keep the radar sensor cover clean.
Never use chemical solvents or polishing powder for
cleaning the sensor cover. Clean it with water or a
mild detergent.
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 623 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
624
Driving
Parking Your Vehicle
When Stopped
1. Depress the brake pedal firmly.
2. With the brake pedal depressed, press the electric parking brake switch slowly,
but fully.
3. Change the gear position to
(P.
4. Turn off the engine.
The parking brake and brake system indicator goes off in about 15 seconds.
1Parking Your Vehicle
Do not park your vehicle near flammable objects,
such as dry grass, oil, or timber.
Heat from the exhaust can cause a fire.
1When Stopped
NOTICE
The following can damage the transmission:
• Depressing the accelerator and brake pedals
simultaneously.
• Changing into (P before the vehicle stops
completely.
In extremely cold temperatures, the parking brake
may freeze up if applied. If such temperatures are
expected, do not apply the parking brake but, if
parking on a slope, either turn the front wheels so
they will contact the curb if the vehicle rolls down the
slope or block the wheels to keep the vehicle from
moving. If you do not take either precaution, the
vehicle may roll unexpectedly, leading to a crash.
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 624 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
625
uuParking Your VehicleuWhen Stopped
Driving
Always confirm the electric parking brake is set, particularly if you are parked on an
incline.
1When Stopped
When facing uphill, do not hold the vehicle by
depressing the accelerator pedal.
Doing so may cause the items to malfunction or a fire
inside the vehicle.
3
WARNING
The vehicle can roll away if left unattended
without confirming that Park is engaged.
A vehicle that rolls away could cause a crash
resulting in serious injury or death.
Always keep your foot on the brake pedal
until you have confirmed that
(P is shown
on the gear position Indicator.
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 625 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
626
uuParking Your VehicleuParking Sensor System
*
Driving
Parking Sensor System
*
The corner and center sensors monitor obstacles near your vehicle. The beeper and
audio/information screen let you know the approximate distance between your
vehicle and the obstacle.
■ The sensor location and range
1Parking Sensor System
*
Even when the system is on, always confirm if there is
no obstacle near your vehicle before parking.
The system may not work properly when:
• The sensors are covered with snow, ice, mud or
dirt, etc.
• The vehicle is on uneven surface, such as grass,
bumpy road, or a hill.
• The vehicle has been out in hot or cold weather.
• The system is affected by devices that emit
ultrasonic waves.
• Driving in bad weather.
The system may not sense:
• Thin or low objects.
• Sonic-absorptive materials, such as snow, cotton,
or sponge.
• Objects directly under the bumper.
Do not put any accessories on or around the sensors.
Within about 24 in (60 cm) or less Within about 43 in (110 cm) or less
Front Corner Sensors Rear Center Sensors
Rear Corner Sensors
* Not available on all models
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 626 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
627
uuParking Your VehicleuParking Sensor System
*
Continued
Driving
■ Parking sensor system on and off
With the power mode in ON, press the
parking sensor system button to turn on or off
the system. The indicator in the button comes
on when the system is on.
The rear center and corner sensors start to
detect an obstacle when the transmission is in
(R, and the vehicle speed is less than 5 mph
(8 km/h).
The front corner sensors start to detect an
obstacle when the transmission is not in
(P,
and the vehicle speed is less than 5 mph (8
km/h).
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 627 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
uuParking Your VehicleuParking Sensor System
*
628
Driving
■ Screen Operation
You can switch between split view off and
split view on by touching the split screen tab.
1Screen Operation
The split screen tab disappears, and the split view
returns to the last camera view mode under the
following conditions:
• If the parking sensor system is turned off.
• If there is a malfunction in the system.
Split Screen
Tab
Split View Off
Split View On
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 628 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
629
uuParking Your VehicleuParking Sensor System
*
Continued
Driving
■ When the distance between your vehicle and obstacles behind becomes shorter
*1:At this stage, only the center sensors detect obstacles.
Length of the
intermittent beep
Distance between the Bumper and Obstacle
Indicator Audio/information screen
Corner Sensors Center Sensors
Moderate —
Rear: About 43-24 in
(110-60 cm)
Blinks in Yellow
*1
Short
About 24-18 in
(60-45 cm)
About 24-18 in
(60-45 cm)
Blinks in Amber
Very short
About 18-14 in
(45-35 cm)
About 18-14 in
(45-35 cm)
Continuous
About 14 in
(35 cm) or less
About 14 in
(35 cm) or less
Blinks in Red
Indicators light where the
sensor detects an obstacle
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 629 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
uuParking Your VehicleuParking Sensor System
*
630
Driving
1. Make sure that the parking sensor system is not activated. Set the power mode to
VEHICLE OFF.
2. Press and hold the parking sensor system button, and set the power mode to ON.
3. Keep pressing the button for 10 seconds. Release the button when the indicator
in the button blinks.
u The beeper sounds once.
4. Press the button again. The indicator in the button goes off.
u The beeper sounds twice. The rear sensors are now turned off.
To turn the rear sensors on again, follow the above procedure. The beeper sounds
three times when the rear sensors come back on.
■
Turning off All Rear Sensors
1Turning off All Rear Sensors
When you set the gear position to
(R, the indicator
in the parking sensor system button blinks as a
reminder that the rear sensors have been turned off.
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 630 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
631
uuParking Your VehicleuCross Traffic Monitor
*
Continued
Driving
Cross Traffic Monitor
*
Monitors the rear corner areas using the radar sensors when reversing, and alerts
you if a vehicle approaching from a rear corner is detected.
The system is convenient when you are backing out of a parking space.
1Cross Traffic Monitor
*
3
CAUTION
Cross Traffic Monitor cannot detect all
approaching vehicles and may not
detect an approaching vehicle at all.
Failure to visually confirm that it is safe
to back up the vehicle before doing so
may result in a collision.
Do not solely rely on the system when
reversing; always also use your mirrors,
and look behind and to the sides of your
vehicle before reversing.
* Not available on all models
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 631 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
uuParking Your VehicleuCross Traffic Monitor
*
632
Driving
The system activates when:
• The power mode is in ON.
• The Cross Traffic Monitor system is turned
on.
2 Cross Traffic Monitor On and Off P. 634
• The transmission is in (R.
• Your vehicle is moving at 3 mph (5 km/h) or
lower.
When a vehicle is detected approaching from a rear corner, Cross Traffic Monitor
alerts you with a buzzer and a displayed warning.
The system will not detect a vehicle that approaches from directly behind your
vehicle, nor will it provide alerts about a detected vehicle when it moves directly
behind your vehicle.
The system does not provide alerts for a vehicle that is moving away from your
vehicle, and it may alert for pedestrians, bicycles, or stationary objects.
■
How the System Works
1Cross Traffic Monitor
*
Cross Traffic Monitor may not detect or may delay
alerting an approaching vehicle, or may alert without
an approaching vehicle under the following
conditions:
• An obstacle, such as another vehicle and a wall,
near your vehicle’s rear bumper, is blocking the
radar sensor’s scope.
• Your vehicle is moving at the speed of about 3 mph
(5 km/h) or higher.
• A vehicle is approaching at the speed other than
between about 6 and 16 mph (10 and 25 km/h).
• The system picks up external interference such as
other radar sensors from another vehicle or strong
radio wave transmitted from a facility nearby.
• Either corner of the rear bumper is covered with
snow, ice, mud or dirt.
• When there is bad weather.
• Your vehicle is on an incline.
• Your vehicle is tilted due to a heavy load in the rear.
• Your vehicle is reversing towards a wall, a pole, a
vehicle, and so on.
• The rear bumper or the sensors have been
improperly repaired or the rear bumper has been
deformed. Have your vehicle checked by a dealer.
For proper operation, always keep the rear bumper
corner area clean.
Do not cover the rear bumper corner area with labels
or stickers of any kind.
Radar sensors:
Underneath the rear bumper
corners
* Not available on all models
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 632 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
Continued
633
uuParking Your VehicleuCross Traffic Monitor
*
Driving
An arrow icon appears on the side a vehicle is approaching on the audio/information
screen.
■
When the System Detects a Vehicle
1Cross Traffic Monitor
*
The parking sensor system’s alerting buzzer overrides
the Cross Traffic Monitor buzzer when the parking
sensors are detecting obstacles at the closest range.
1When the System Detects a Vehicle
If the on the lower right changes to in amber
when the transmission is in
(R, mud snow or ice may
have accumulated in the vicinity of the sensor. The
system is temporarily canceled. Check the bumper
corners for any obstructions, and thoroughly clean
the area if necessary.
If the comes on when the transmission is in
(R,
there may be a problem with the Cross Traffic
Monitor system. Do not use the system and have your
vehicle checked by a dealer.
If the display remains the same with the gear position
is in
(R, there may be a problem with the rear
camera system and the Cross Traffic Monitor system.
Do not use the system and have your vehicle checked
by a dealer.
Arrow Icon
Normal View Top Down ViewWide View
* Not available on all models
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 633 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
634
uuParking Your VehicleuCross Traffic Monitor
*
Driving
You can switch on and off the system using the audio/information screen.
1. Select .
2. Select Settings.
3. Select Camera.
4. Select Rear Camera.
5. Select Cross Traffic Monitor.
6. Select ON or OFF.
The system can also be turned on and off on
the audio/information screen by pressing the
CTM icon.
■
Cross Traffic Monitor On and Off
CheckYourSurroundings
Icon
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 634 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
635
Continued
Driving
Multi-View Rear Camera
About Your Multi-View Rear Camera
The audio/information screen can display your vehicle’s rear view. The display
automatically changes to the rear view when the transmission is put into (R.
■
Multi-View Rear Camera Display Area
1About Your Multi-View Rear Camera
The rear camera view is restricted. You cannot see
the corner ends of the bumper or what is underneath
the bumper. Its unique lens also makes objects
appear closer or farther than they actually are.
Visually confirm that it is safe to drive before backing
up. Certain conditions (such as weather, lighting, and
high temperatures) may also restrict the rear view. Do
not rely on the rearview display which does not give
you all information about conditions at the back of
your vehicle.
If the camera lens is covered with dirt or moisture,
use a soft, moist cloth to keep the lens clean and free
of debris.
You can change the Camera Guideline On or Off
settings.
2 Customized Features P. 448
You can change the Fixed, Dynamic, Both and OFF
settings.
2 Customized Features P. 448
Fixed: Guidelines appear when you put the
transmission into
(R.
Dynamic: Guidelines move according to the steering
wheel direction.
Both: Guidelines appear when you put the
transmission into
(R and Guidelines move according
to the steering wheel direction.
OFF: Guidelines do not appear.
Models with color audio system
Models with Display Audio
Top Down View Mode
Normal View Mode
Wide View Mode
Guidelines Bumper
Camera
Approx. 39 inches (1 m)
Approx. 20 inches (50 cm)
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 635 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
uuMulti-View Rear CamerauAbout Your Multi-View Rear Camera
636
Driving
You can view three different camera modes on the rearview display.
Press the selector knob to switch the mode.
Select the appropriate icon to switch the mode.
: Wide view mode
: Normal view mode
: Top down view mode
• If the last used viewing mode was Wide view mode or Normal view mode, the
same view mode will be activated the next time you put the transmission into
(R.
• If Top down view mode was last used before you set the power mode to OFF,
Wide View mode is selected next time you set the power mode to ON and put the
transmission into
(R.
• If Top down view mode was last used more than 10 seconds after you put the
transmission out of
(R, Wide View mode is selected the next time you put the
transmission into (R.
1About Your Multi-View Rear Camera
You can change the Last Used, Normal View and
Wide View settings.
2 Customized Features P. 448
Models with Display Audio
Models with color audio system
Models with Display Audio
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 636 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
637
Driving
Refueling
Fuel Information
■ Fuel recommendation
Use of a lower octane gasoline can cause a persistent, heavy metallic knocking noise
that can lead to engine damage.
■ Top tier detergent gasoline
Because the level of detergency and additives in gasoline vary in the market, Honda
endorses the use of “TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline” where available to help
maintain the performance and reliability of your vehicle. TOP TIER Detergent
Gasoline meets a new gasoline standard jointly established by leading automotive
manufacturers to meet the needs of today’s advanced engines.
Qualifying gasoline retailers will, in most cases, identify their gasoline as having met
“TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline” standards at the retail location. This fuel is
guaranteed to contain the proper level of detergent additives and be free of metallic
additives. The proper level of detergent additives, and absence of harmful metallic
additives in gasoline, help avoid build-up of deposits in your engine and emission
control system.
For further important fuel-related information for your vehicle, or on information on
gasoline that does not contain MMT, visit www.hondacars.com. In Canada, visit
www.honda.ca for additional information on gasoline. For more information on top
tier gasoline, visit www.toptiergas.com.
■ Fuel tank capacity: 19.5 US gal (73.8 L)
Unleaded gasoline, pump octane number 87 or higher
1Fuel Information
NOTICE
We recommend quality gasoline containing
detergent additives that help prevent fuel system and
engine deposits. In addition, in order to maintain
good performance, fuel economy, and emissions
control, we strongly recommend the use of gasoline
that does NOT contain harmful manganese-based
fuel additives such as MMT, if such gasoline is
available.
Use of gasoline with these additives may adversely
affect performance, and cause the malfunction
indicator lamp on your instrument panel to come on.
If this happens, contact a dealer for service.
Some gasoline today is blended with oxygenates such
as ethanol. Your vehicle is designed to operate on
oxygenated gasoline containing up to 15% ethanol
by volume. Do not use gasoline containing methanol.
If you notice any undesirable operating symptoms, try
another service station or switch to another brand of
gasoline.
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 637 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
638
uuRefuelinguHow to Refuel
Driving
How to Refuel
Your fuel tank is not equipped with a fuel filler cap. You can insert the filler nozzle
directly into the filler neck. The tank seals itself again when you pull out the filler
nozzle.
1. Stop your vehicle with the service station
pump on the left side of the vehicle in the
rear.
2. Turn off the engine.
3. Unlock the driver’s door using the master
door lock switch.
u The fuel fill door on the outer side of the
vehicle will unlock.
2 Locking/Unlocking the Doors from
the Inside P. 156
4. Press firmly and then release the area
indicated by the arrow to release the fuel
filler door.
1How to Refuel
The fuel filler opening is designed to accept only
service station filler nozzles for refueling. Use of
smaller diameter tubes (e.g., those used to siphon
fuel for other uses) or other non-service station
devices can damage the area in and around the filler
opening.
The filler nozzle automatically stops to leave space in
the fuel tank so that fuel does not overflow as a result
of changes in air temperature.
Do not continue to add fuel after the filler nozzle has
automatically stopped. Additional fuel can exceed
the full tank capacity.
If the filler nozzle keeps turning off when the tank is
not full, there may be a problem with the pump’s fuel
vapor recovery system. Try filling at another pump. If
this does not fix the problem, consult a dealer.
3
WARNING
Gasoline is highly flammable and explosive.
You can be burned or seriously injured
when handling fuel.
• Stop the engine, and keep heat, sparks,
and flame away.
• Handle fuel only outdoors.
• Wipe up spills immediately.
Press
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 638 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
639
uuRefuelinguHow to Refuel
Driving
5. Place the end of the filler nozzle on the
lower part of filler opening, then insert it
slowly and fully.
u Make sure that the end of the filler
nozzle goes down along with the filler
pipe.
u Keep the filler nozzle level.
u When the tank is full, the filler nozzle will
click off automatically.
u After filling, wait about five seconds
before removing the filler nozzle.
6. Shut the fuel fill door by hand.
1How to Refuel
Use the lock tab or the master door lock switch to
unlock the fuel fill door.
The vehicle doors and fuel fill door automatically
relock if the remote unlock function is used. This can
be deactivated by briefly opening then closing the
driver’s door.
If you have to refuel your vehicle from a portable
container, use the funnel provided with your vehicle.
2 Refueling From a Portable Fuel Container
P. 740
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 639 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
640
Driving
Fuel Economy and CO
2
Emissions
Improving Fuel Economy and Reducing CO
2
Emissions
Achieving fuel economy and reducing CO
2
emissions is dependent on several
factors, including driving conditions, load weight, idling time, driving habits, and
vehicle condition. Depending on these and other factors, you may not achieve the
rated fuel economy of this vehicle.
You can optimize your fuel economy with proper maintenance of your vehicle.
Always maintain your vehicle in accordance with the messages displayed on the
driver information interface.
• Use engine oil with the viscosity recommended.
2 Recommended Engine Oil P. 654
• Maintain the specified tire pressure.
• Do not load the vehicle with excess cargo.
• Keep your vehicle clean. A buildup of snow or mud on your vehicle’s underside
adds weight and increases wind resistance.
■
Maintenance and Fuel Economy
1Improving Fuel Economy and Reducing CO
2
Emissions
Direct calculation is the recommended method to
determine actual fuel consumed while driving.
In Canada, posted fuel economy numbers are
established following a simulated test. For more
information on how this test is performed, please visit
http://oee.nrcan.gc.ca/
Miles driven
Gallons of
fuel
Miles per
Gallon
100
L per 100 km
Liters of
fuel
Kilometers
driven
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 640 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
641
Maintenance
This chapter discusses basic maintenance.
Before Performing Maintenance
Inspection and Maintenance ............ 642
Safety When Performing Maintenance .... 643
Parts and Fluids Used in Maintenance
Service ........................................... 644
Maintenance Minder
TM
..................... 645
Maintenance Under the Hood
Maintenance Items Under the Hood .... 651
Opening the Hood ........................... 652
Recommended Engine Oil ................ 654
Oil Check......................................... 655
Adding Engine Oil............................ 656
Changing the Engine Oil and Oil Filter..... 657
Engine Coolant................................ 659
Transmission Fluid............................ 661
Brake Fluid....................................... 662
Refilling Window Washer Fluid......... 663
Replacing Light Bulbs ....................... 664
Checking and Maintaining Wiper Blades
....675
Checking and Maintaining Tires
Checking Tires ................................. 679
Tire and Loading Information Label ..... 680
Tire Labeling .................................... 680
DOT Tire Quality Grading (U.S. Vehicles)...... 682
Wear Indicators................................ 684
Tire Service Life................................ 684
Tire and Wheel Replacement ........... 685
Tire Rotation.................................... 686
Winter Tires ..................................... 687
Battery............................................... 688
Remote Transmitter Care................. 690
Remote Control and Wireless
Headphone Care
*
........................... 691
Climate Control System Maintenance
....693
Cleaning
Interior Care .................................... 694
Exterior Care.................................... 697
Accessories and Modifications ........ 700
* Not available on all models
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 641 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
642
Maintenance
Before Performing Maintenance
Inspection and Maintenance
For your safety, perform all listed inspections and maintenance to keep your vehicle
in good condition. If you become aware of any abnormality (noise, smell, insufficient
brake fluid, oil residue on the ground, etc.), have your vehicle inspected by a dealer.
(Note, however, that service at a dealer is not mandatory to keep your warranties in
effect.)
■ Daily inspections
Perform inspections before long distance trips, when washing the vehicle, or when
refueling.
■ Periodic inspections
• Check the brake fluid level monthly.
2 Brake Fluid P. 662
• Check the tire pressure monthly. Examine the tread for wear and foreign objects.
2 Checking and Maintaining Tires P. 679
• Check the operation of the exterior lights monthly.
2 Replacing Light Bulbs P. 664
• Check the condition of the wiper blades at least every six months.
2 Checking and Maintaining Wiper Blades P. 675
■
Types of Inspection and Maintenance
1Inspection and Maintenance
Maintenance, replacement, or repair of
emissions control devices and systems may be
done by any automotive repair establishment or
individuals using parts that are “certified” to
EPA standards.
According to state and federal regulations, failure to
perform maintenance on the maintenance main
items marked with # will not void your emissions
warranties. However, all maintenance services should
be performed in accordance with the intervals
indicated by the driver information interface.
2 Maintenance Service Items P. 648
If you want to perform complex maintenance tasks
that require more skills and tools, you can purchase a
subscription to the Service Express website at
www.techinfo.honda.com.
2 Authorized Manuals P. 753
If you want to perform maintenance yourself, make
sure that you have the necessary tools and skills first.
After performing maintenance, update the records in
the separate maintenance booklet.
U.S. models
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 642 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
643
uuBefore Performing MaintenanceuSafety When Performing Maintenance
Maintenance
Safety When Performing Maintenance
Some of the most important safety precautions are given here. However, we cannot
warn you of every conceivable hazard that can arise in performing maintenance.
Only you can decide whether you should perform a given task.
• To reduce the possibility of fire or explosion, keep cigarettes, sparks, and flames
away from the battery and all fuel related parts.
• Never leave rags, towels, or other flammable objects under the hood.
u Heat from the engine and exhaust can ignite them causing a fire.
• To clean parts, use a commercially available degreaser or parts cleaner, not
gasoline.
• Wear eye protection and protective clothing when working with the battery or
compressed air.
• Engine exhaust contains carbon monoxide, which is poisonous and can kill you.
u Only operate the engine if there is sufficient ventilation.
• The vehicle must be in a stationary condition.
u Make sure your vehicle is parked on level ground, the parking brake is set, and
the engine is off.
• Be aware that hot parts can burn you.
u Make sure to let the engine and exhaust system cool thoroughly before
touching vehicle parts.
• Be aware that moving parts can injure you.
u Do not start the engine unless instructed, and keep your hands and limbs away
from moving parts.
u Do not open the hood while the Auto Idle Stop function is activated.
■
Maintenance Safety
■
Vehicle Safety
1Safety When Performing Maintenance
3
WARNING
Improperly maintaining this vehicle or
failing to correct a problem before driving
can cause a crash in which you can be
seriously hurt or killed.
Always follow the inspection and
maintenance recommendations according
to the schedules in this owner’s manual.
3
WARNING
Failure to properly follow maintenance
instructions and precautions can cause you
to be seriously hurt or killed.
Always follow the procedures and
precautions in this owner’s manual.
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 643 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
644
uuBefore Performing MaintenanceuParts and Fluids Used in Maintenance Service
Maintenance
Parts and Fluids Used in Maintenance Service
The use of Honda genuine parts and fluids is recommended when maintaining and
servicing your vehicle. Honda genuine parts are manufactured according to the
same high quality standards used in Honda vehicles.
1Parts and Fluids Used in Maintenance Service
NOTICE
Do not press the engine cover forcibly. This may
damage the engine cover and component parts.
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 644 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
645
Maintenance
Maintenance Minder
TM
If the engine oil life is less than 15%, you will see the Maintenance Minder messages
appear on the driver information interface every time you set the power mode to
ON. The messages notify you when to change the engine oil, or when to bring your
vehicle to a dealer for indicated maintenance services.
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 645 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
646
uuMaintenance Minder
TM
uTo Use Maintenance Minder
TM
Maintenance
To Use Maintenance Minder
TM
Maintenance items, which should be serviced at the same time that you replace the
engine oil, appear on the driver information interface.
You can view them on the engine oil life screen at any time.
1. Set the power mode to ON.
2. Press the ENTER button repeatedly until home screen appears.
3. Select Maintenance by pressing the / button repeatedly and press
ENTER.
4. Select Oil Life by pressing the / button and press ENTER.
5. The engine oil life appears on the screen.
■
Displaying the Maintenance Minder Information
1Displaying the Maintenance Minder Information
Based on the engine operating conditions, the
remaining engine oil life is calculated and displayed
as a percentage.
There is a list of maintenance main and sub items you
can view on the driver information interface.
2 Maintenance Service Items P. 648
Displayed Engine Oil
Life (%)
Calculated Engine Oil
Life (%)
100 100 to 91
90 90 to 81
80 80 to 71
70 70 to 61
60 60 to 51
50 50 to 41
40 40 to 31
30 30 to 21
20 20 to 16
15 15 to 11
10 10 to 6
5 5 to 1
0 0
3
4
3
4
ENTER Button
Engine Oil Life
(Back)
Button
(Back)
Button
Button
3
Button
4
(Home)
Button
Home Screen
ENTER Button
Models with color
audio system
Models with Display
Audio
Button
3
Button
4
(Home)
Button
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 646 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
647
uuMaintenance Minder
TM
uTo Use Maintenance Minder
TM
Continued
Maintenance
*1:Models with color audio system
*2:Models with Display Audio
The system message indicator ( ) comes on along with the Maintenance Minder message.
■
Maintenance Minder Messages on the Driver Information
Interface
Maintenance Message Oil Life Display Explanation Information
Maintenance Due Soon 15% The remaining engine oil life is 15 to 6
percent. Once you switch the display
by pressing the
*1
/
*2
, or
button, this message will go off.
The engine oil is approaching the end
of its service life, and the maintenance
items should be inspected and
serviced soon.
Maintenance Due Now 5% The remaining engine oil life is 5 to 1
percent. Press the
*1
/
*2
,
or button to switch to another
display.
The engine oil has almost reached the
end of its service life, and the
maintenance items should be
inspected and serviced as soon as
possible.
Maintenance Past Due Negative Distance The remaining engine oil life has
passed its service life, and a negative
distance appears after driving over 10
miles (U.S. models) or 10 km
(Canadian models). Press the
*1
/
*2
, or button to
switch to another display.
The engine oil life has passed.
The maintenance items must be
inspected and serviced immediately.
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 647 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
648
uuMaintenance Minder
TM
uTo Use Maintenance Minder
TM
Maintenance
■
Maintenance Service Items
1Maintenance Service Items
• Adjust the valves during services A, B, 1, 2, or 3 if
they are noisy.
Maintenance Minder Message
System Message
Indicator
Sub ItemsMain Item
U.S. models
*1: If the message Maintenance Due Now does not appear more than 12 months after the display
is reset, change the engine oil every year.
# : See information on maintenance and emissions warranty in the first column on page 751.
CODE Maintenance Main Items
A • Replace engine oil
*1
B • Replace engine oil
*1
and oil filter
• Inspect front and rear brakes
• Inspect tie rod ends, steering gearbox, and boots
• Inspect suspension components
• Inspect driveshaft boots
• Inspect brake hoses and lines (Including ABS/VSA®)
• Inspect all fluid levels and condition of fluids
• Inspect exhaust system
#
• Inspect fuel lines and connections
#
*2: If you drive in dusty conditions, replace the air cleaner element every 15,000 miles (24,000 km).
*3: If you drive primarily in urban areas that have high concentrations of soot in the air from industry and
from diesel-powered vehicles, replace the dust and pollen filter every 15,000 miles (24,000 km).
*4: If you drive regularly in very high temperatures (over 110ºF, 43ºC), in very low temperatures (under -20
ºF, -29ºC), replace every 60,000 miles(100,000 km).
*5: If a Maintenance Minder message does not appear more than 36 months after the display for item 7 is
reset, change the brake fluid every 3 years.
CODE Maintenance Sub Items
1 • Rotate tires
2 • Replace air cleaner element
*2
• Replace dust and pollen filter
*3
• Inspect drive belt
3 • Replace transmission fluid
4 • Replace spark plugs
• Replace timing belt and inspect water pump
*4
• Inspect valve clearance
5 • Replace engine coolant
7 • Replace brake fluid
*5
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 648 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
649
uuMaintenance Minder
TM
uTo Use Maintenance Minder
TM
Continued
Maintenance
1Maintenance Service Items
• Adjust the valves during services A, 0, 9, 1, 2, or 3
if they are noisy.
Canadian models
*1: If the message Maintenance Due Now does not appear more than 12 months after the display
is reset, change the engine oil every year.
*2: If you drive in dusty conditions, replace the air cleaner element every 24,000 km (15,000 miles).
*3: If you drive primarily in urban areas that have high concentrations of soot in the air from industry and
from diesel-powered vehicles, replace the dust and pollen filter every 24,000 km (15,000 miles).
*4: If you drive regularly in very high temperatures (over 43ºC, 110ºF), in very low temperatures (under
-29ºC, -20ºF), replace every 100,000 km (60,000 miles).
*5: If a Maintenance Minder message does not appear more than 36 months after the display for item 7 is
reset, change the brake fluid every 3 years.
# : See information on maintenance and emissions warranty in the first column on page 752.
CODE Maintenance Main Items
A • Replace engine oil
*1
0 • Replace engine oil
*1
and oil filter
CODE Maintenance Sub Items
1 • Rotate tires
2 • Replace air cleaner element
*2
• Replace dust and pollen filter
*3
• Inspect drive belt
3 • Replace transmission fluid
4 • Replace spark plugs
• Replace timing belt and inspect water pump
*4
• Inspect valve clearance
5 • Replace engine coolant
7 • Replace brake fluid
*5
9 • Service front and rear brakes
• Inspect tie rod ends, steering gearbox, and boots
• Inspect suspension components
• Inspect driveshaft boots
• Inspect brake hoses and lines (including ABS/VSA®)
• Inspect all fluid levels and condition of fluids
• Inspect exhaust system
#
• Inspect fuel lines and connections
#
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 649 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
uuMaintenance Minder
TM
uTo Use Maintenance Minder
TM
650
Maintenance
Reset the maintenance minder information display if you have performed the
maintenance service.
1. Set the power mode to ON.
2. Display the engine oil life.
2 Displaying the Maintenance Minder Information P. 646
3. Press and hold the ENTER button for about 10 seconds to enter the reset mode.
4. Press the / button to select a maintenance item to reset, or to select All Due
Items (You can also select Cancel to end the process).
5. Press the ENTER button to reset the selected item.
6. Repeat from step 5 for other items you wish to reset.
■
Resetting the Display
1Resetting the Display
NOTICE
Failure to reset the Maintenance Minder
TM
display
after a maintenance service results in the system
showing incorrect maintenance intervals, which can
lead to serious mechanical problems.
The dealer will reset the Maintenance Minder
TM
display after completing the required maintenance
service. If someone other than a dealer performs
maintenance service, reset the Maintenance
Minder
TM
display yourself.
You can also reset the Maintenance Minder
TM
display
using the audio/information screen.
2 Customized Features P. 448
Models with Display Audio
Button
3
ENTER
Button
Button
4
3
4
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 650 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
651
Maintenance
Maintenance Under the Hood
Maintenance Items Under the Hood
Engine Oil Dipstick
(Orange)
Washer Fluid
(Blue Cap)
Engine Coolant
Reserve Tank
Radiator Cap
Brake Fluid
(Black Cap)
Engine Oil Fill Cap
Battery
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 651 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
652
uuMaintenance Under the HooduOpening the Hood
Maintenance
Opening the Hood
1. Park the vehicle on a level surface, and set
the parking brake.
2. Pull the hood release handle under the
driver’s side lower left corner of the
dashboard.
u The hood will pop up slightly.
3. Pull up the hood latch lever (located under
the front edge of the hood to the center)
and raise the hood. Once you have raised
the hood slightly, you can release the lever.
4. Remove the support rod from the clamp
using the grip. Mount the support rod in
the hood.
When closing, remove the support rod, and
stow it in the clamp, then gently lower the
hood. Remove your hand at a height of
approximately 12 inches (30 cm) and let the
hood close.
1Opening the Hood
NOTICE
Do not open the hood when the wiper arms are
raised. The hood will strike the wipers, resulting in
possible damage to the hood and/or the wipers.
NOTICE
Do not press the engine cover forcibly. This may
damage the engine cover and component parts.
When closing the hood, check that the hood is
securely latched.
If the hood latch lever moves stiffly, or if you can
open the hood without lifting the lever, the latch
mechanism should be cleaned and lubricated.
Do not open the hood while the Auto Idle Stop
function is activated.
Hood Release Handle
Pull
Lever
Support Rod
Grip
Clamp
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 652 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
653
uuMaintenance Under the HooduEngine Compartment Cover
Maintenance
Engine Compartment Cover
The component parts in the engine compartment are protected by a cover.
You may need to remove the cover when you perform certain maintenance work.
Pull up on the engine compartment cover, remove it from the pins.
Engine Compartment Cover
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 653 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
654
uuMaintenance Under the HooduRecommended Engine Oil
Maintenance
Recommended Engine Oil
Oil is a major contributor to your engine’s
performance and longevity. If you drive the
vehicle with insufficient or deteriorated oil,
the engine may fail or be damaged.
This seal indicates the oil is energy conserving
and that it meets the American Petroleum
Institute’s latest requirements.
Use a Genuine Honda Motor Oil or another
commercial engine oil of suitable viscosity for
the ambient temperature as shown.
■ Synthetic oil
You may also use synthetic motor oil if it is labeled with the API Certification Seal
and is the specified viscosity grade.
• Genuine Honda Motor Oil
• Premium-grade 0W-20 detergent oil with an API Certification Seal on the
container.
1Recommended Engine Oil
Engine Oil Additives
Your vehicle does not require oil additives. In fact,
they may adversely affect the engine performance
and durability.
Ambient Temperature
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 654 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
655
uuMaintenance Under the HooduOil Check
Maintenance
Oil Check
We recommend that you check the engine oil level every time you refuel.
Park the vehicle on level ground.
Wait approximately three minutes after turning the engine off before you check the
oil.
1. Remove the dipstick (orange).
2. Wipe the dipstick with a clean cloth or
paper towel.
3. Insert the dipstick back all the way into its
hole.
4. Remove the dipstick again, and check the
level. It should be between the upper and
lower marks. Add oil if necessary.
1Oil Check
If the oil level is near or below the lower mark, slowly
add oil, being careful not to overfill.
Upper Mark
Lower Mark
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 655 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
656
uuMaintenance Under the HooduAdding Engine Oil
Maintenance
Adding Engine Oil
1. Unscrew and remove the engine oil fill cap.
2. Add oil slowly.
3. Reinstall the engine oil fill cap, and tighten
it securely.
4. Wait for three minutes and recheck the
engine oil dipstick.
1Adding Engine Oil
NOTICE
Do not fill the engine oil above the upper mark.
Overfilling the engine oil may result in leaks and
engine damage.
If any oil spills, wipe it away immediately. Spilled oil
may damage the engine compartment components.
Engine Oil
Fill Cap
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 656 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
657
uuMaintenance Under the HooduChanging the Engine Oil and Oil Filter
Continued
Maintenance
Changing the Engine Oil and Oil Filter
You must change the engine oil and oil filter regularly in order to maintain the
engine’s lubrication. The engine may be damaged if they are not changed regularly.
Change the oil and filter in accordance with the maintenance message on the driver
information interface.
1. Run the engine until it reaches normal
operating temperature, and then turn the
engine off.
2. Open the hood and remove the engine oil
fill cap.
3. Remove the drain bolt and washer from
the bottom of the engine, and drain the
oil into a suitable container.
1Changing the Engine Oil and Oil Filter
NOTICE
You may damage the environment if you do not
dispose of the oil in a suitable way. If you are
changing the oil by yourself, appropriately dispose of
the used oil. Put the oil in a sealed container and take
it to a recycling center. Do not throw the oil away
into a garbage can or onto the ground.
Washer
Drain Bolt
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 657 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
uuMaintenance Under the HooduChanging the Engine Oil and Oil Filter
658
Maintenance
4. Remove the oil filter and dispose of the
remaining oil.
5. Check that the filter gasket is not stuck to
the engine contact surface.
u If it is stuck, you must detach it.
6. Wipe away dirt and dust adhering to the
contact surface of the engine block, and
install a new oil filter.
u Apply a light coat of new engine oil to
the filter gasket.
7. Put a new washer on the drain bolt, then
reinstall the drain bolt.
u Tightening torque:
29 lbf∙ft (40 N∙m, 4.0 kgf∙m)
8. Pour the recommended engine oil into the
engine.
u Engine oil change capacity (including
filter):
5.7 US qt (5.4 L)
9. Reinstall the engine oil fill cap securely and
start the engine.
10. Run the engine for a few minutes, and
then check that there is no leak from the
drain bolt or oil filter.
11. Stop the engine, wait for three minutes,
and then check the oil level on the
dipstick.
u If necessary, add more engine oil.
1Changing the Engine Oil and Oil Filter
You will need a special wrench to replace the oil
filter. You can buy this wrench from a dealer.
When installing the new oil filter, follow the
instructions supplied with the oil filter.
Reinstall the engine oil fill cap. Start the engine. The
low oil pressure indicator should go off within five
seconds. If it does not, turn off the engine, and check
your work.
Oil Filter
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 658 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
659
uuMaintenance Under the HooduEngine Coolant
Continued
Maintenance
Engine Coolant
This coolant is premixed with 50% antifreeze and 50% water. Do not add any
straight antifreeze or water.
We recommend you check the engine coolant level every time you refuel. Check the
reserve tank first. If it is completely empty, also check the coolant level in the
radiator. Add the engine coolant accordingly.
1. Make sure the engine and radiator are
cool.
2. Check the amount of coolant in the reserve
tank.
u If the coolant level is below the MIN
mark, add the specified coolant until it
reaches the MAX mark.
3. Inspect the cooling system for leaks.
Specified coolant: Honda Long Life Antifreeze/Coolant Type 2
■
Reserve Tank
1Engine Coolant
NOTICE
Genuine Honda engine coolant is a 50/50 mixture of
antifreeze and water that can withstand freezing at
temperatures as low as about -31°F (-35°C). If your
vehicle is consistently subjected to temperatures
below this, the concentration of antifreeze in the
coolant should be increased. Consult a dealer for
details.
If Honda antifreeze/coolant is not available, you may
use another major brand of non-silicate coolant as a
temporary replacement. Check that it is a high quality
coolant recommended for aluminum engines.
Continued use of any non-Honda coolant can result
in corrosion, causing the cooling system to
malfunction or fail. Have the cooling system flushed
and refilled with Honda antifreeze/coolant as soon as
possible.
Do not add rust inhibitors or other additives to your
vehicle’s cooling system. They may not be compatible
with the coolant or with the engine components.
3
WARNING
Removing the radiator cap while the
engine is hot can cause the coolant to spray
out, seriously scalding you.
Always let the engine and radiator cool
down before removing the radiator cap.
Reserve
Tank
MAX
MIN
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 659 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
uuMaintenance Under the HooduEngine Coolant
660
Maintenance
1. Make sure the engine and radiator are
cool.
2. Remove the engine compartment cover.
2 Engine Compartment Cover P. 653
3. Turn the radiator cap 1/8 turn counter-
clockwise and relieve any pressure in the
cooling system.
4. Push down and turn the radiator cap
counter-clockwise to remove it.
5. The coolant level should be up to the base
of the filler neck. Add coolant if it is low.
6. Put the radiator cap back on, and tighten it
fully.
■
Radiator
1Radiator
NOTICE
Pour the fluid slowly and carefully so you do not spill
any. Clean up any spills immediately; they can
damage components in the engine compartment.
Radiator Cap
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 660 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
661
uuMaintenance Under the HooduTransmission Fluid
Maintenance
Transmission Fluid
Have a dealer check the fluid level and replace if necessary.
Do not attempt to check or change the automatic transmission fluid yourself.
■
Automatic Transmission Fluid
Specified fluid: Honda Automatic Transmission Fluid ATF-Type 2
1Automatic Transmission Fluid
NOTICE
Honda ATF-Type 2 fluid must not be mixed with
other transmission fluids.
Using a transmission fluid other than Honda ATF-
Type 2 may adversely affect the operation and
durability of your vehicle’s transmission, and damage
the transmission.
Any damage caused by using a transmission fluid that
is not equivalent to Honda ATF-Type 2 is not covered
by Honda’s new vehicle limited warranty.
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 661 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
662
uuMaintenance Under the HooduBrake Fluid
Maintenance
Brake Fluid
The fluid level should be between the MIN
and MAX marks on the side of the reserve
tank.
Specified fluid: Honda Heavy Duty Brake Fluid DOT 3
■
Checking the Brake Fluid
1Brake Fluid
NOTICE
Brake fluid marked DOT 5 is not compatible with your
vehicle’s braking system and can cause extensive
damage.
If the specified brake fluid is not available, you should
use only DOT 3 or DOT 4 fluid from a sealed
container as a temporary replacement.
Using any non-Honda brake fluid can cause corrosion
and decrease the longevity of the system. Have the
brake system flushed and refilled with Honda Heavy
Duty Brake Fluid DOT 3 as soon as possible.
If the brake fluid level is at or below the MIN mark,
have a dealer inspect the vehicle for leaks or worn
brake pads as soon as possible.
Reserve Tank
MIN
MAX
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 662 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
663
uuMaintenance Under the HooduRefilling Window Washer Fluid
Maintenance
Refilling Window Washer Fluid
Check the amount of window washer fluid by looking at the reservoir.
If the level is low, fill the washer reservoir.
If the washer fluid is low, a message appears
on the driver information interface.
Pour the washer fluid carefully. Do not overflow the reservoir.
1Refilling Window Washer Fluid
NOTICE
Do not use engine antifreeze or a vinegar/water
solution in the windshield washer reservoir.
Antifreeze can damage your vehicle’s paint. A
vinegar/water solution can damage the windshield
washer pump.
Use only commercially available windshield washer
fluid.
Avoid prolonged use of hard water to prevent lime
scale build up.
Canadian models
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 663 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
664
Maintenance
Replacing Light Bulbs
Headlight Bulbs
When replacing, use the following bulbs.
1. Remove the engine compartment cover.
2 Engine Compartment Cover P. 653
2. Remove the clips.
3. Remove the air intake duct.
High beam headlight: 60 W (HB3 for halogen bulb type)
Low beam headlight: 55 W (H11 for halogen bulb type)
High beam headlight: LED type
Low beam headlight: LED type
■
High Beam Headlights
1Headlight Bulbs
NOTICE
Halogen bulbs get very hot when lit.
Oil, perspiration, or a scratch on the glass can cause
the bulb to overheat and shatter.
The headlight aim is set by the factory, and does not
need to be adjusted. However, if you regularly carry
heavy items in the cargo area or tow a trailer, have
the aiming readjusted at a dealer or by a qualified
technician.
When replacing a halogen bulb, handle it by its base,
and protect the glass from contact with your skin or
hard objects. If you touch the glass, clean it with
denatured alcohol and a clean cloth.
Headlights are LED type. Have an authorized Honda
dealer inspect and replace the light assembly.
Models with halogen headlights
All models
Models with halogen headlights
Models with LED headlights
Models with halogen headlights
Models with LED headlights
Models with halogen headlights
Clip
Air Intake Duct
Driver side
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 664 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
Continued
665
uuReplacing Light BulbsuHeadlight Bulbs
Maintenance
1. Remove the engine coolant reserve tank
out of its hose clip and bracket.
2. Push the tab to remove the coupler.
3. Rotate the old bulb counter-clockwise to
remove.
4. Insert a new bulb into the headlight
assembly and turn it clockwise.
5. Insert the coupler into the connector of the
bulb.
1High Beam Headlights
Remove the clip using a Phillips-head screwdriver.
Insert the clip with the center pin raised, and push
until it is flat.
Center pin
Push until the pin
is flat.
Hose Clip
Reserve
Tank
Bracket
Passenger side
Both sides
Tab
Coupler
Bulb
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 665 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
666
uuReplacing Light BulbsuHeadlight Bulbs
Maintenance
1. Push the tab to remove the coupler.
2. Rotate the old bulb counter-clockwise to
remove.
3. Insert a new bulb into the headlight
assembly and turn it clockwise.
4. Insert the coupler into the connector of the
bulb.
■
Low Beam Headlights
Models with halogen headlights
Tab
Coupler
Bulb
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 666 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
667
uuReplacing Light BulbsuFog Light Bulbs
*
Maintenance
Fog Light Bulbs
*
When replacing, use the following bulbs.
1. Turn the steering wheel all the way to the
opposite side from the fog light being
replaced.
Passenger side: Turn the steering wheel
to the left.
Driver side: Turn the steering wheel to the
right.
2. Remove the screws, and pull the inner
fender back.
3. Push the tab to remove the coupler.
4. Rotate the old bulb counter-clockwise to
remove.
5. Insert a new bulb into the fog light
assembly and turn it clockwise.
6. Insert the coupler into the connector of the
bulb.
Fog Light: 35 W (H8 for halogen bulb type)
Fog Light: LED type
1Fog Light Bulbs
*
NOTICE
Halogen bulbs get very hot when lit. Oil, perspiration,
or a scratch on the glass can cause the bulb to
overheat and shatter.
When replacing a halogen bulb, handle it by its
plastic case, and protect the glass from contact with
your skin or hard objects. If you touch the glass, clean
it with denatured alcohol and a clean cloth.
Fog lights are LED type. Have an authorized Honda
dealer inspect and replace the light assembly.
Models with halogen fog lights
Models with LED headlights
Models with halogen headlights
Models with LED headlights
Screws
Bulb
Coupler
Tab
* Not available on all models
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 667 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
668
uuReplacing Light BulbsuParking/Daytime Running Lights
Maintenance
Parking/Daytime Running Lights
Parking/daytime running lights are LED type. Have an authorized Honda dealer
inspect and replace the light assembly.
Daytime Running Lights
Daytime running light bulbs and high beam headlight bulbs are the same.
2 Headlight Bulbs P. 664
Models with fog lights
Models without fog lights
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 668 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
669
uuReplacing Light BulbsuFront Turn Signal/Parking
*
Light Bulbs
Maintenance
Front Turn Signal/Parking
*
Light Bulbs
When replacing, use the following bulbs.
1. Turn the steering wheel all the way to the
opposite side from the light being replaced.
Passenger side: Turn the steering wheel
to the left.
Driver side: Turn the steering wheel to the
right.
2. Remove the screws, and pull the inner
fender back.
3. Rotate the socket counter-clockwise and
remove it.
4. Remove the old bulb and insert a new bulb.
Front Turn Signal/Parking
*
Light: 28/8 W (Amber)
Screws
Bulb
Socket
* Not available on all models
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 669 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
670
uuReplacing Light BulbsuFront Side Marker Light Bulbs
Maintenance
Front Side Marker Light Bulbs
When replacing, use the following bulb.
1. Turn the steering wheel all the way to the
opposite side from the light being replaced.
Passenger side: Turn the steering wheel
to the left.
Driver side: Turn the steering wheel to the
right.
2. Remove the holding clip and screw, and
pull the inner fender back.
3. Rotate the socket counter-clockwise and
remove it.
4. Remove the old bulb and insert a new bulb.
Side Turn Signal/Emergency Indicator Lights
*
Door mirror side turn lights are LED type. Have an authorized Honda dealer inspect
and replace the light assembly.
Front Side Marker Light: 3 CP
1Front Side Marker Light Bulbs
Press down the center pin until it clicks to unlock it.
Push the center pin back to lock the clip. Then, insert
the clip into the hole and press on the center pin until
it is flat.
Center pin
Push until
the pin is
flat.
Clip
Screw
Socket
Bulb
* Not available on all models
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 670 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
671
uuReplacing Light BulbsuBrake, Rear Turn Signal Light Bulbs, and Rear Side Marker/Taillights
Continued
Maintenance
Brake, Rear Turn Signal Light Bulbs, and Rear Side
Marker/Taillights
When replacing, use the following bulbs.
1. Use a Phillips-head screwdriver to remove
the bolt.
2. Pull the cover out of the rear pillar.
3. Use a Phillip-head screwdriver to remove
the bolts.
4. Pull on the light assembly to rotate about
the grommet and remove from the rear
pillar.
Brake Light: 21 W
Rear Turn Signal Light: 21 W
Rear Side Marker/Taillight: LED
1Brake, Rear Turn Signal Light Bulbs, and Rear Side Marker/
Taillights
Rear side marker/taillights are LED type. Have an
authorized Honda dealer inspect and replace the light
assembly.
Bolt
Cover
Grommet
Pin
Bolts
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 671 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
672
uuReplacing Light BulbsuBrake, Rear Turn Signal Light Bulbs, and Rear Side Marker/Taillights
Maintenance
5. Turn the socket counter-clockwise and
remove it. Remove the old bulb.
6. Insert a new bulb and turn the socket
clockwise.
7. Slide the light assembly onto the guide on
the body.
8. Align the pin with the body grommet, then
push in until it fully seats.
Bulb
Socket
Pin
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 672 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
673
uuReplacing Light BulbsuBack-Up Light Bulbs/Taillights
Maintenance
Back-Up Light Bulbs/Taillights
When replacing, use the following bulbs.
1. Remove the cover by prying on the edge of
the cover using a flat-tip screwdriver.
u Wrap the flat-tip screwdriver with a cloth
to prevent scratches.
2. Turn the socket counter-clockwise and
remove it.
3. Remove the old bulb and insert a new bulb.
Back-Up Light: 21 W
Taillight: LED
1Back-Up Light Bulbs/Taillights
Taillights are LED type. Have an authorized Honda
dealer inspect and replace the light assembly.
Cover
Bulb
Socket
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 673 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
674
uuReplacing Light BulbsuRear License Plate Light
Maintenance
Rear License Plate Light
Rear license plate light is LED type. Have an authorized Honda dealer inspect and
replace the light assembly.
High-Mount Brake Light
High-mount brake light is LED type. Have an authorized Honda dealer inspect and
replace the light assembly.
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 674 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
675
Continued
Maintenance
Checking and Maintaining Wiper Blades
Checking Wiper Blades
If the wiper blade rubber has deteriorated, it will leave streaks and the hard surfaces
of the blade may scratch the window glass.
Changing the Front Wiper Blade Rubber
1. Set the power mode to VEHICLE OFF.
2. While holding the wiper switch in the
MIST position, set the power mode to ON,
then to VEHICLE OFF.
u Both wiper arms are set to the
maintenance position as shown in the
image.
3. Lift both wiper arms.
1Changing the Front Wiper Blade Rubber
NOTICE
Avoid dropping the wiper arm onto the windshield, it
may damage the wiper arm and/or the windshield.
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 675 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
676
uuChecking and Maintaining Wiper BladesuChanging the Front Wiper Blade Rubber
Maintenance
4. Press up on and hold the tab, then slide
the holder off the wiper arm.
5. Pull the end of the wiper blade in the
direction of the arrow in the image until it
is out of the holder’s end cap.
6. Pull the wiper blade in the opposite
direction to slide it out of the holder.
Tab
Wiper
Blade
End Cap at
the bottom
Holder
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 676 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
Continued
677
uuChecking and Maintaining Wiper BladesuChanging the Rear Wiper Blade Rubber
Maintenance
7. Insert the flat side of the new wiper blade
onto the bottom part of the holder. Insert
the blade all the way.
8. Install the end of the wiper blade into the
cap.
9. Slide the holder onto the wiper arm until it
locks.
10. Lower both wiper arms.
11. Set the power mode to ON and hold the
wiper switch in the MIST position until
both wiper arms return to the standard
position.
Changing the Rear Wiper Blade Rubber
1. Raise the wiper arm off.
2. Pivot the bottom end of the wiper blade up
until it comes off from the wiper arm.
Cap
Wiper
Blade
Holder
1Changing the Rear Wiper Blade Rubber
NOTICE
Avoid dropping the wiper arm, it may damage the
rear window.
Wiper
Blade
Wiper
Arm
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 677 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
678
uuChecking and Maintaining Wiper BladesuChanging the Rear Wiper Blade Rubber
Maintenance
3. Slide the blade out of the holder.
4. Remove the retainers from wiper blade and
mount it to a new rubber blade.
5. Slide the new wiper blade onto the holder.
u Make sure it is engaged correctly, then
install the wiper blade assembly onto the
wiper arm.
Blade
Retainer
Rubber
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 678 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
679
Maintenance
Checking and Maintaining Tires
Checking Tires
To safely operate your vehicle, your tires must be of the proper type and size, in
good condition with adequate tread, and properly inflated.
■ Inflation guidelines
Properly inflated tires provide the best combination of handling, tread life, and
comfort. Refer to the driver’s doorjamb label or specifications page for the specified
pressure.
Underinflated tires wear unevenly, adversely affect handling and fuel economy, and
are more likely to fail from overheating.
Overinflated tires make your vehicle ride harshly, are more prone to road hazards,
and wear unevenly.
Every day before you drive, look at each of the tires. If one looks lower than the
others, check the pressure with a tire gauge.
At least once a month or before long trips, use a gauge to measure the pressure in
all tires, including the spare. Even tires in good condition can lose 1-2 psi (10-20 kPa,
0.1-0.2 kgf/cm
2
) per month.
■ Inspection guidelines
Every time you check inflation, also examine the tires and valve stems. Look for:
• Bumps or bulges on the side or in the tread. Replace the tire if you find any cuts,
splits, or cracks in the side of the tire. Replace it if you see fabric or cord.
• Remove any foreign objects and inspect for air leaks.
• Uneven tread wear. Have a dealer check the wheel alignment.
• Excessive tread wear.
2 Wear Indicators P. 684
• Cracks or other damage around valve stem.
1Checking Tires
Measure the air pressure when tires are cold. This
means the vehicle has been parked for at least three
hours, or driven less than 1 mile (1.6 km). If
necessary, add or release air until the specified
pressure is reached.
If checked when hot, tire pressure can be as much as
4–6 psi (30–40 kPa, 0.3–0.4 kgf/cm
2
) higher than if
checked when cold.
Have a dealer check the tires if you feel a consistent
vibration while driving. New tires and any that have
been removed and reinstalled should be properly
balanced.
Check the spare tire pressure once a month or before
long trips.
3
WARNING
Using tires that are excessively worn or
improperly inflated can cause a crash in
which you can be seriously hurt or killed.
Follow all instructions in this owner’s
manual regarding tire inflation and
maintenance.
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 679 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
680
uuChecking and Maintaining TiresuTire and Loading Information Label
Maintenance
Tire and Loading Information Label
The label attached to the driver’s doorjamb provides necessary tire and loading
information.
Tire Labeling
The tires that came on your vehicle have a
number of markings. Those you should be
aware of are described as follows.
Whenever tires are replaced, they should be replaced with tires of the same size.
1Tire and Loading Information Label
The tire and loading information label attached to the
driver’s doorjamb contains:
a The number of people your vehicle can carry.
b The total weight your vehicle can carry. Do not
exceed this weight.
c The original tire sizes for front, rear, and spare.
d The proper cold tire pressure for front, rear, and
spare.
Label
Example
Example
Tire Size
Tire
Identification
Number (TIN)
Maximum
Tire Load
Maximum
Tire Pressure
Tire Size
■
Tire Sizes
1Tire Sizes
Following is an example of tire size with an
explanation of what each component means.
P235/60 R18 102T
P: Vehicle type (P indicates passenger vehicle).
235: Tire width in millimeters.
60: Aspect ratio (the tire’s section height as a
percentage of its width).
R: Tire construction code (R indicates radial).
18: Rim diameter in inches.
102: Load index (a numerical code associated with
the maximum load the tire can carry).
T: Speed symbol (an alphabetical code indicating the
maximum speed rating).
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 680 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
681
uuChecking and Maintaining Tires uTire Labeling
Maintenance
The tire identification number (TIN) is a group of numbers and letters that look like
the example in the side column. TIN is located on the sidewall of the tire.
Cold Tire Pressure – The tire air pressure when the vehicle has been parked for at
least three hours or driven less than 1 mile (1.6 km).
Load Rating – Means the maximum load that a tire is rated to carry for a given
inflation pressure.
Maximum Inflation Pressure – The maximum tire air pressure that the tire can
hold.
Maximum Load Rating – Means the load rating for a tire at the maximum
permissible inflation pressure for that tire.
Recommended Inflation Pressure – The cold tire inflation pressure
recommended by the manufacturer.
Treadwear Indicators (TWI) – Means the projections within the principal grooves
designed to give a visual indication of the degrees of wear of the tread.
■
Tire Identification Number (TIN)
■
Glossary of Tire Terminology
1Tire Identification Number (TIN)
DOT B97R FW6X 2209
DOT: This indicates that the tire meets all
requirements of the U.S. Department of
Transportation.
B97R: Manufacturer’s identification mark.
FW6X: Tire type code.
22 09: Date of manufacture.
Year
Week
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 681 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
682
uuChecking and Maintaining TiresuDOT Tire Quality Grading (U.S. Vehicles)
Maintenance
DOT Tire Quality Grading (U.S. Vehicles)
The tires on your vehicle meet all U.S. Federal Safety
Requirements. All tires are also graded for treadwear, traction,
and temperature performance according to Department of
Transportation (DOT) standards. The following explains these
gradings.
Quality grades can be found where applicable on the tire sidewall
between tread shoulder and maximum section width.
The treadwear grade is a comparative rating based on the wear
rate of the tire when tested under controlled conditions on a
specified government test course. For example, a tire graded 150
would wear one and one-half (1 1/2) times as well on the
government course as a tire graded 100. The relative performance
of tires depends upon the actual conditions of their use, however,
and may depart significantly from the norm due to variations in
driving habits, service practices and differences in road
characteristics and climate.
■
Uniform Tire Quality Grading
■
Treadwear
1Uniform Tire Quality Grading
For example:
Treadwear 200
Traction AA
Temperature A
All passenger car tires must conform
to Federal Safety Requirements in
addition to these grades.
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 682 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
683
uuChecking and Maintaining TiresuDOT Tire Quality Grading (U.S. Vehicles)
Maintenance
The traction grades, from highest to lowest, are AA, A, B, and C.
Those grades represent the tire’s ability to stop on wet pavement
as measured under controlled conditions on specified
government test surfaces of asphalt and concrete. A tire marked
C may have poor traction performance.
The temperature grades are A (the highest), B, and C,
representing the tire’s resistance to the generation of heat and its
ability to dissipate heat when tested under controlled conditions
on a specified indoor laboratory test wheel. Sustained high
temperature can cause the material of the tire to degenerate and
reduce tire life, and excessive temperature can lead to sudden tire
failure. The grade C corresponds to a level of performance which
all passenger car tires must meet under the Federal Motor Vehicle
Safety Standard No. 109. Grades B and A represent higher levels
of performance on the laboratory test wheel than the minimum
required by law.
■
Traction
■
Temperature
1Traction
Warning: The traction grade
assigned to this tire is based on
straight-ahead braking traction tests,
and does not include acceleration,
cornering, hydroplaning, or peak
traction characteristics.
1Temperature
Warning: The temperature grade for
this tire is established for a tire that is
properly inflated and not
overloaded. Excessive speed,
underinflation, or excessive loading,
either separately or in combination,
can cause heat buildup and possible
tire failure.
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 683 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
684
uuChecking and Maintaining TiresuWear Indicators
Maintenance
Wear Indicators
The groove where the wear indicator is
located is 1/16 inch (1.6 mm) shallower than
elsewhere on the tire. If the tread has worn so
that the indicator is exposed, replace the tire.
Worn out tires have poor traction on wet
roads.
Tire Service Life
The life of your tires is dependent on many factors, including driving habits, road
conditions, vehicle loading, inflation pressure, maintenance history, speed, and
environmental conditions (even when the tires are not in use).
In addition to regular inspections and inflation pressure maintenance, it is
recommended that you have annual inspections performed once the tires reach five
years old. All tires, including the spare, should be removed from service after 10
years from the date of manufacture, regardless of their condition or state of wear.
Example of a Wear
Indicator mark
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 684 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
685
uuChecking and Maintaining Tires uTire and Wheel Replacement
Maintenance
Tire and Wheel Replacement
Replace your tires with radials of the same size, load range, speed rating, and
maximum cold tire pressure rating (as shown on the tire’s sidewall). Using tires of a
different size or construction can cause certain vehicle systems such as the ABS and
Vehicle Stability Assist® (VSA®) system to work incorrectly.
It is best to replace all four tires at the same time. If that isn’t possible, replace the
front or rear tires in pairs.
If you replace a wheel, only use TPMS specified wheels approved for your vehicle.
Make sure that the wheel’s specifications match those of the original wheels.
1Tire and Wheel Replacement
3
WARNING
Installing improper tires on your vehicle can
affect handling and stability. This can cause
a crash in which you can be seriously hurt or
killed.
Always use the size and type of tires
recommended in this owner’s manual.
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 685 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
686
uuChecking and Maintaining TiresuTire Rotation
Maintenance
Tire Rotation
Rotating tires according to the maintenance messages on the driver information
interface helps to distribute wear more evenly and increase tire life.
■ Tires without rotation marks
Rotate the tires as shown here.
■ Tires with rotation marks
Rotate the tires as shown here.
1Tire Rotation
Tires with directional tread patterns should only be
rotated front to back (not from one side to the other).
Directional tires should be mounted with the rotation
indication mark facing forward, as shown below.
Front
Rotation Mark
Front
Front
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 686 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
687
uuChecking and Maintaining TiresuWinter Tires
Maintenance
Winter Tires
If driving on snowy or frozen roads, mount all season marked M+S tires, snow tires,
or tire chains; reduce speed; and maintain sufficient distance between vehicles when
driving.
Be particularly careful when operating the steering wheel or brakes to prevent
skidding.
Use tire chains, snow tires, or all season tires when necessary or according to the
law.
When mounting, refer to the following points.
For winter tires:
• Select the size and load ranges that are the same as the original tires.
• Mount the tires to all four wheels.
For tire chains:
• Install them on the front tires only.
• Because your vehicle has limited tire clearance, we strongly recommend using the
chains listed below:
• Follow the chain manufacturer’s instruction when installing. Mount them as
tightly as you can.
• Check that the chains do not touch the brake lines or suspension.
• Drive slowly.
Peerless Auto-Trac 231905
Peerless Auto-Trac 232405
1Winter Tires
NOTICE
Traction devices that are the wrong size or improperly
installed can damage your vehicle’s brake lines,
suspension, body, and wheels. Stop driving if they are
hitting any part of the vehicle.
When tire chains are mounted, follow the chain
manufacturer’s instructions regarding vehicle
operational limits.
If your vehicle is equipped with summer tires, be
aware that these tires are not designed for winter
driving conditions. For more information, contact a
dealer.
3
WARNING
Using the wrong chains, or not properly
installing chains, can damage the brake
lines and cause a crash in which you can be
seriously injured or killed.
Follow all instructions in this owner’s
manual regarding the selection and use of
tire chains.
Models with 235/60R18 tires
Models with 235/55R19 tires
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 687 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
688
Maintenance
Battery
Checking the Battery
The condition of the battery is monitored by a
sensor located on the negative terminal of the
battery. If there is a problem with this sensor,
the driver information interface will display a
warning message. If this happens, have your
vehicle inspected by a dealer.
Check the battery terminals for corrosion
monthly.
To access the battery terminals:
1. Remove the engine compartment cover.
2 Engine Compartment Cover P. 653
2. Remove the clips using a Phillips-head
screwdriver, then remove the air intake
duct.
2 High Beam Headlights P. 664
If your vehicle’s battery is disconnected or goes dead:
• The audio system is disabled.
2 Reactivating the audio system P. 267
• The clock resets.
2 Clock P. 144
•
The immobilizer system needs to be reset.
2 Immobilizer System Indicator P. 93
1Battery
WARNING: Battery post, terminals,
and related accessories contain lead
and lead compounds.
Wash your hands after handling.
When you find corrosion, clean the battery terminals
by applying a baking powder and water solution.
Clean the terminals with a damp towel. Cloth/towel
dry the battery. Coat the terminals with grease to
help prevent future corrosion.
When replacing the battery, the replacement must be
of the same specifications.
Consult a dealer for more information.
3
WARNING
The battery gives off explosive hydrogen
gas during normal operation.
A spark or flame can cause the battery to
explode with enough force to kill or
seriously hurt you.
When conducting any battery
maintenance, wear protective clothing and
a face shield, or have a skilled technician do
it.
Canadian models only
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 688 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
689
uuBatteryuCharging the AGM Battery
Maintenance
Charging the AGM Battery
AGM labeled batteries like those installed in your vehicle require a compatible
charger to be properly charged. Damage to the battery can result if the battery is
charged improperly or with the wrong equipment. For more information on how to
charge your vehicle’s AGM battery, consult a dealer.
1Battery
The battery installed in this vehicle is specifically
designed for a model with Auto Idle Stop.
Using a battery other than this specified type may
shorten the battery life, and prevent Auto Idle Stop
from activating. If you need to replace the battery,
make sure to select the specified type. Ask a dealer
for more details.
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 689 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
690
Maintenance
Remote Transmitter Care
Replacing the Button Battery
If the indicator does not come on when the button is pressed, replace the battery.
1. Remove the built-in key.
2. Remove the upper half of the cover by
carefully prying on the edge with a coin.
u Remove carefully to avoid losing the
buttons.
u Wrap a coin with a cloth to prevent
scratching the remote.
3. Make sure to replace the battery with the
correct polarity.
1Replacing the Button Battery
NOTICE
An improperly disposed of battery can damage the
environment. Always confirm local regulations for
battery disposal.
Replacement batteries are commercially available or
at a dealer.
3
WARNING
CHEMICAL BURN HAZARD
The battery that powers the remote
transmitter can cause severe internal burns
and can even lead to death if swallowed.
Keep new and used batteries away from
children.
If you suspect that a child has swallowed
the battery, seek medical attention
immediately.
Battery type: CR2032
Battery
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 690 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
691
Continued
Maintenance
Remote Control and Wireless Headphone Care
*
Replacing the Battery
If it takes several pushes on the remote control buttons to operate the Blu-ray/DVD
rear entertainment system, replace the batteries.
1. Remove the cover.
2. Make sure to replace the batteries with the
correct polarity.
■
Remote Control
Models with Blu-ray/DVD rear entertainment system
1Replacing the Battery
NOTICE
An improperly disposed of battery can damage the
environment. Always confirm local regulations for
battery disposal.
Replacement batteries are commercially available or
at a dealer.
Make sure to replace the two batteries at once.
Battery type: AAA
* Not available on all models
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 691 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
692
uuRemote Control and Wireless Headphone Care
*
uReplacing the Battery
Maintenance
If there is no sound coming from the wireless headphone, replace the batteries.
1. Remove the screw.
2. Open the cover.
3. Make sure to replace the batteries with the
correct polarity.
■
Wireless Headphone
Battery type: AAA
Cover
Batteries
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 692 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
693
Maintenance
Climate Control System Maintenance
Air Conditioning
To ensure proper and safe operation, the Society of Automotive Engineers (SAE
J2845) recommends that the refrigerant system only be serviced by trained and
certified technicians.
Never repair or replace the air conditioning evaporator (cooling coil) with one
removed from a used or salvaged vehicle.
New replacement mobile air conditioning evaporators must be certified (and
labeled) as meeting SAE Standard J2842.
Dust and Pollen Filter
The climate control system is equipped with a dust and pollen filter that collects
pollen, dust, and other debris in the air. The Maintenance Minder
TM
messages will let
you know when to replace the filter.
We recommend that you replace the dust and pollen filter sooner when using your
vehicle in areas with high concentrations of dust.
1Air Conditioning
NOTICE
Vented refrigerant is harmful to the environment.
To avoid refrigerant from venting, never replace the
evaporator with one removed from a used or
salvaged vehicle.
Refrigerant in your vehicle’s air conditioning system is
flammable and can be ignited during servicing if
proper procedures are not followed.
The air conditioner label is found under the hood:
2 Safety Labels P. 81
2 Specifications P. 744
Canadian models
: Caution
: Flammable Refrigerant
: Requires Registered
Technician to Service
: Air Conditioning
System
1Dust and Pollen Filter
If the airflow from the climate control system
deteriorates noticeably, and the windows fog up
easily, the filter may need to be replaced. Please
contact a dealer for replacement.
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 693 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
694
Maintenance
Cleaning
Interior Care
Use a damp cloth with a mixture of mild detergent and warm water to remove dirt.
Use a clean cloth to remove detergent residue.
Use a soft brush with a mixture of mild soap and warm water to clean the seat belts.
Let the belts air dry. Wipe the loops of the seat belt anchors using a clean cloth.
Wipe using a glass cleaner.
■
Cleaning Seat Belts
1Interior Care
Do not spill liquids inside the vehicle. Electrical
devices and systems may malfunction if liquids are
splashed on them.
Do not use silicone based sprays on electrical devices
such as audio devices and switches. Doing so may
cause the items to malfunction or cause a fire inside
the vehicle.
If a silicone based spray is inadvertently used on
electrical devices, consult a dealer.
Depending on their composition, chemicals and
liquid aromatics may cause discoloration, wrinkles,
and cracking to resin-based parts and textiles.
Do not use alkali solvents or organic solvents such as
benzene or gasoline.
After using chemicals, make sure to gently wipe them
off using a dry cloth.
Do not place used cloths on top of resin based parts
or textiles for long periods of time without washing.
Loop
■
Cleaning the Window
1Cleaning the Window
Wires are mounted to the inside of the rear window.
Wipe along the same direction as the wires with a
soft cloth so as not to damage them.
Be careful not to spill fluids, such as water or glass
cleaner, on or around the cover of both the front
sensor camera and the rainfall/light sensor
*
.
Models with Front Sensor Camera
* Not available on all models
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 694 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
Continued
695
uuCleaninguInterior Care
Maintenance
The front and second row floor mats hook
over floor anchors, which keep them from
sliding forward. To remove a mat for cleaning,
turn the anchor knobs to the unlock position.
When reinstalling the mat after cleaning, turn
the knobs to the lock position.
Do not put additional floor mats on top of
the anchored mats.
■
Floor Mats
1Floor Mats
If you use any floor mats that were not originally
provided with your vehicle, make sure they are
designed for your specific vehicle, fit correctly, and
are securely anchored by the floor anchors.
Position the second row seat floor mat properly. If it
is not properly positioned, the floor mat can interfere
with the front seat functions.
Unlock
Lock
Unlock
Lock
Front
(Driver side)
Second row
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 695 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
uuCleaninguInterior Care
696
Maintenance
To properly clean leather:
1. Use a vacuum or soft dry cloth first to remove any dirt or dust.
2. Clean the leather with a soft cloth dampened with a solution comprised of 90%
water and 10% neutral soap.
3. Wipe away any soap residue with a clean damp cloth.
4. Wipe away residual water and allow leather to air dry in the shade.
■
Maintaining Genuine Leather
*
1Maintaining Genuine Leather
*
It is important to clean or wipe away dirt or dust as
soon as possible. Spills can soak into leather resulting
in stains. Dirt or dust can cause abrasions in the
leather. In addition, please note that some dark
colored clothing can rub onto the leather seats
resulting in discoloration or stains.
* Not available on all models
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 696 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
697
uuCleaninguExterior Care
Continued
Maintenance
Exterior Care
Dust off the vehicle body after you drive. Regularly inspect your vehicle for scratches
on painted surfaces. A scratch on a painted surface can result in body rust. If you
find a scratch, promptly repair it.
Wash the vehicle regularly. Wash more frequently when driving in the following
conditions:
• If driving on roads with road salt.
• If driving in coastal areas.
• If tar, soot, bird droppings, insects, or tree sap are stuck to painted surfaces.
■
Washing the Vehicle
1Washing the Vehicle
Do not spray water into the air intake vents. It can
cause a malfunction.
Do not spray water onto the capless unit when the
fuel fill door is open. It can cause damage to the fuel
system or engine.
If you need to lift the wiper arms away from the
windshield, first set the wiper arms to the
maintenance position.
2 Changing the Front Wiper Blade Rubber
P. 675
Air
Intake
Vents
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 697 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
uuCleaninguExterior Care
698
Maintenance
• Make sure to follow the instructions indicated on the automated car wash.
• Fold in the door mirrors.
• For models equipped with automatic intermittent wipers, turn the wipers off.
• Keep sufficient distance between the cleaning nozzle and the vehicle body.
• Take particular care around the windows. Standing too close may cause water to
enter the vehicle interior.
• Do not spray high pressure water directly into the engine compartment. Instead,
use low pressure water and a mild detergent.
A good coat of automotive body wax helps protect your vehicle’s paint from the
elements. Wax will wear off over time and expose your vehicle’s paint to the
elements, so reapply as necessary.
If you get gasoline, oil, engine coolant, or battery fluid on resin coated parts, they
may be stained or the coating may peel. Promptly wipe it away using a soft cloth and
clean water.
■
Using an Automated Car Wash
■
Using High Pressure Cleaners
■
Applying Wax
■
Maintaining the Bumpers and Other Resin Coated Parts
1Using an Automated Car Wash
When using an automated car wash that pulls the
vehicle through with a conveyor, make sure vehicle is
in car wash mode.
2 If you want to keep the transmission in
(N
position [car wash mode] P. 554
1Applying Wax
NOTICE
Chemical solvents and strong cleaners can damage
the paint, metal, and plastic on your vehicle. Wipe
away spills immediately.
1Maintaining the Bumpers and Other Resin Coated Parts
Ask a dealer about the correct coating material when
you want to repair the painted surface of the parts
made of resin.
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 698 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
699
uuCleaninguExterior Care
Maintenance
Wipe using a glass cleaner.
Aluminum is susceptible to deterioration caused by salt and other road
contaminants. When necessary, as early as possible use a sponge and mild detergent
to wipe away these contaminants. Do not use a stiff brush or harsh chemicals
(including some commercial wheel cleaners). These can damage the protective finish
on aluminum alloy wheels, resulting in corrosion. Depending on the type of finish,
the wheels also may lose their luster or appear burnished. To avoid water stains,
wipe the wheels dry with a cloth while they are still wet.
The inside lenses of exterior lights (headlights, brake lights, etc.) may fog temporarily
if you have driven in the rain, or after the vehicle has been run through a car wash.
Dew condensation also may build up inside the lenses when there is a significant
enough difference between the ambient and inside lens temperatures (similar to
vehicle windows fogging up in rainy conditions). These conditions are natural
processes, not structural design problems in the exterior lights.
Lens design characteristics may result in moisture developing on the light lens frame
surfaces. This also is not a malfunction.
However, if you see large amounts of water accumulation, or large water drops
building up inside the lenses, have your vehicle inspected by a dealer.
■
Cleaning the Window
■
Maintaining Aluminum Wheels
■
Fogged Exterior Light Lenses
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 699 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
700
Maintenance
Accessories and Modifications
Accessories
When installing accessories, check the following:
• Do not install accessories on the windshield. They can obstruct your view and
delay your reaction to driving conditions.
• Do not install accessories over areas marked SRS AIRBAG, on the sides or backs
of the front seats, on front or side pillars, or near the side windows.
Accessories installed in these areas may interfere with proper operation of the
vehicle’s airbags or may be propelled into you or another occupant if the airbags
deploy.
• Be sure electronic accessories do not overload electrical circuits or interfere with
proper operation of your vehicle.
2 Fuses P. 728
• Before installing any electronic accessory, have the installer contact a dealer for
assistance. If possible, have a dealer inspect the final installation.
1Accessories and Modifications
Honda Genuine accessories are recommended to
ensure proper operation on your vehicle.
3
WARNING
Improper accessories or modifications can
affect your vehicle’s handling, stability, and
performance, and cause a crash in which
you can be seriously hurt or killed.
Follow all instructions in this owner’s
manual regarding accessories and
modifications.
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 700 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
701
uuAccessories and ModificationsuModifications
Maintenance
Modifications
Do not modify your vehicle in a manner that may affect its handling, stability, or
reliability, or install non-genuine Honda parts or accessories that may have a similar
effect.
Even minor modifications to vehicle systems can affect overall vehicle performance.
Always make sure all equipment is properly installed and maintained, and do not
make any modification to your vehicle or its systems that might cause your vehicle
to no longer meet federal, state, province, territory, and local regulations.
The on-board diagnostic port (OBD-II/SAE J1962 connector) installed on this vehicle
is intended to be used with automobile system diagnostic devices or with other
devices that Honda has approved. Use of any other type of device may adversely
affect the vehicle’s electronic systems or allow them to be compromised, possibly
resulting in a system malfunction, drained battery, or other unexpected problems.
Do not modify or attempt to repair any of the electrical components.
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 701 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
702
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 702 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
703
Handling the Unexpected
This chapter explains how to handle unexpected troubles.
Tools
Types of Tools.................................. 704
If a Tire Goes Flat
Changing a Flat Tire......................... 705
Engine Does Not Start
Checking the Engine........................ 714
If the Remote Battery is Weak .......... 715
Emergency Engine Stop ................... 716
Jump Starting.................................... 717
Overheating
How to Handle Overheating............. 719
Indicator, Coming On/Blinking
If the Low Oil Pressure Symbol Appears... 722
If the Charging System Indicator Comes
On ................................................. 722
If the Malfunction Indicator Lamp Comes
On or Blinks ................................... 723
If the Brake System Indicator (Red) Comes
On or Blinks ................................... 724
If the Brake System Indicator (Red) Comes On or
Blinks at the Same Time When the Brake
System Indicator (Amber) Comes On..... 725
If the Electric Power Steering (EPS) System
Indicator Comes On ....................... 726
If the Low Tire Pressure/TPMS Indicator
Comes On or Blinks........................ 726
If the Transmission System Indicator Blinks
along with the Warning Message... 727
Fuses
Fuse Locations ................................. 728
Inspecting and Changing Fuses........ 734
Emergency Towing........................... 735
When You Cannot Unlock the Fuel Fill
Door................................................. 736
When You Cannot Open the Tailgate
.....737
When You Cannot Close the Power
Sliding Doors
*
................................. 739
Refueling
Refueling From a Portable Fuel Container ....740
* Not available on all models
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 703 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
704
Handling the Unexpected
Tools
Types of Tools
1Types of Tools
The tools are stored in front of the second row seat
and in the right side panel of the cargo area.
Wheel Nut Wrench/
Jack Handle
Jack
Jack Handle Bar
Bracket
Mounting Wing
Bolt (B)
Mounting Wing
Bolt (A)
Storage Bag
Funnel
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 704 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
705
Continued
Handling the Unexpected
If a Tire Goes Flat
Changing a Flat Tire
If a tire goes flat while driving, grasp the steering wheel firmly, and brake gradually
to reduce speed. Then, stop in a safe place. Replace the flat tire with a compact
spare tire. Go to a dealer as soon as possible to have the full-size tire repaired or
replaced.
1. Park the vehicle on a firm, level, non-slippery surface and apply the parking brake.
2. Press the
(P button.
3. Turn on the hazard warning lights and set the power mode to VEHICLE OFF.
1Changing a Flat Tire
Follow compact spare precautions:
Periodically check the tire pressure of the compact
spare. It should be set to the specified pressure.
Specified Pressure: 60 psi (420 kPa, 4.2 kgf/cm
2
)
When driving with the compact spare tire, keep the
vehicle speed under 50 mph (80 km/h). Replace with
a full-size tire as soon as possible.
The compact spare tire and wheel in your vehicle are
specifically for this model. Do not use them with
another vehicle. Do not use another type of compact
spare tire or wheel with your vehicle.
Do not mount tire chains on a compact spare tire.
If a chain-mounted front tire goes flat, remove one of
the full-size rear tires and replace it with the compact
spare tire. Remove the flat front tire and replace it
with the full-size tire that was removed from the rear.
Mount the tire chains on the front tire.
Do not use a puncture-repairing agent on a flat tire,
as it can damage the tire pressure sensor.
Do not use the jack if it doesn’t work properly. Call
your dealer or a professional towing service.
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 705 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
706
uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuChanging a Flat Tire
Handling the Unexpected
1. Remove the second row floor mat.
2 Floor Mats P. 695
2. Pull up the floor carpet.
3. Lift up the floor lid using the handle and
remove it.
4. Take the tool case out of the spare tire well.
Take the jack and wheel nut wrench out of
the tool case.
5. Unscrew the wing bolt, then remove the
spare tire.
6. Place a wheel block or rock in front and rear
of the wheel diagonal to the flat tire.
■
Getting Ready to Replace the Flat Tire
Floor Carpet
Handle
Floor Lid
Spare Tire
Tool Case
Wheel
Blocks
The tire to be replaced.
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 706 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
707
uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuChanging a Flat Tire
Continued
Handling the Unexpected
7. Place the compact spare tire (wheel side up)
under the vehicle body, near the tire that
needs to be replaced.
8. Loosen each wheel nut about one turn
using the wheel nut wrench.
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 707 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuChanging a Flat Tire
708
Handling the Unexpected
1. Place the jack under the jacking point
closest to the tire to be changed.
2. Turn the end bracket clockwise as shown in
the image until the top of the jack contacts
the jacking point.
u Make sure that the jacking point tab is
resting in the jack notch.
3. Raise the vehicle, using the jack handle bar
and the jack handle, until the tire is off the
ground.
■
How to Set Up the Jack
1How to Set Up the Jack
Do not use the jack with people or luggage in the
vehicle.
Use the jack provided in your vehicle.
Other jacks may not support the weight (“load”) or
their shape may not match.
The following instructions must be followed to use
the jack safely:
• Do not use while the engine is running.
• Use only where the ground is firm and level.
• Use only at the jacking points.
• Do not get in the vehicle while using the jack.
• Do not put anything on top of or underneath the
jack.
Turn off the sliding door main switch before
replacing a rear tire. If the main switch is on, the
power sliding door may accidentally operates,
causing an accident.
3
WARNING
The vehicle can easily roll off the jack,
seriously injuring anyone underneath.
Follow the directions for changing a tire
exactly, and no person should place any
portion of their body under a vehicle that is
supported by a jack.
Models with power sliding doors
Jack
Handle
Bar
Wheel Nut
Wrench as Jack Handle
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 708 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
Continued
709
uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuChanging a Flat Tire
Handling the Unexpected
1. Remove the wheel nuts and flat tire.
2. Wipe the mounting surfaces of the wheel
with a clean cloth.
3. Mount the compact spare tire.
4. Screw the wheel nuts until they touch the
lips around the mounting holes, then stop
rotating.
■
Replacing the Flat Tire
1Replacing the Flat Tire
Do not over tighten the wheel nuts by applying extra
torque using your foot or a pipe.
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 709 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuChanging a Flat Tire
710
Handling the Unexpected
5. Lower the vehicle and remove the jack.
Tighten the wheel nuts in the order
indicated in the image. Go around,
tightening the nuts, two to three times in
this order.
Wheel nut torque:
94 lbf∙ft (127 N∙m, 13 kgf∙m)
The storage bag, bracket, mounting wing bolt
(A) and mounting wing bolt (B) are in the tool
case.
1. Put the flat tire in the storage bag provided
with your vehicle.
■
Storing the Flat Tire
1Storing the Flat Tire
3
WARNING
Loose items can fly around the interior in a
crash and can seriously injure the
occupants.
Store the wheel, jack, and tools securely
before driving.
Bracket
Mounting Wing Bolt (A)
Mounting Wing Bolt (B)
Storage Bag
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 710 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
711
uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuChanging a Flat Tire
Continued
Handling the Unexpected
2. Pull down the U-shaped carpet piece.
3. Remove the plastic screw with a coin.
4. Install the bracket and the mounting wing
bolt (A) on the attachment point, and
tighten the bolt.
5. Install the flat tire on the bracket with the
inside of the wheel facing toward you.
6. Install the mounting wing bolt (B) to the
bracket through one of the five wheel nut
holes, and tighten the bolt.
u Poke a hole in the storage bag as
needed.
Plastic Screw
Carpet Piece
Mounting
Wing Bolt
(A)
Bracket
Mounting Wing Bolt (B)
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 711 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
712
uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuChanging a Flat Tire
Handling the Unexpected
■ Storing a flat tire on the folded third row seat
1. Turn over the flap on the left side of the
cargo area floor.
2. Pull down the U-shaped carpet piece and
remove the plastic screw with a coin.
3. Place the flat tire face down on the
attachment point.
4. Put the tire mounting wing bolt (B) in the
attachment point through one of the five
wheel nut holes, and tighten the bolt.
u Poke a hole in the storage bag as
needed.
Plastic Screw
Mounting
Wing Bolt
(B)
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 712 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
713
uuIf a Tire Goes FlatuChanging a Flat Tire
Handling the Unexpected
If you replace a flat tire with the spare tire, the low tire pressure/TPMS indicator
comes on while you are driving. After driving for a few miles (kilometers), Tire
Pressure Monitor Problem will appear on the driver information interface and the
indicator will start blinking for a short time and then stay on; however, this is normal
and is no cause for concern.
If you replace the tire with a full-size tire, the warning message on the driver
information interface and the low tire pressure/TPMS indicator will go off after a few
miles (kilometers).
■
TPMS with Tire Fill Assist and the Compact Spare Tire
1TPMS with Tire Fill Assist and the Compact Spare Tire
The system cannot monitor the pressure of the spare
tire. Manually check the spare tire pressure to be sure
that it is correct.
Use the TPMS specific wheels. Each is equipped with
a tire pressure sensor mounted inside the tire behind
the valve stem.
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 713 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
714
Handling the Unexpected
Engine Does Not Start
Checking the Engine
If the engine does not start, check the starter.
Starter condition Checklist
Starter doesn’t turn or turns
over slowly.
The battery may be dead. Check
each of the items on the right and
respond accordingly.
Check for a message on the driver information interface.
• If the To Start, Hold Remote Near Start Button message appears
2 If the Remote Battery is Weak P. 715
uMake sure the remote is in its operating range.
2 ENGINE START/STOP Button Operating Range P. 188
Check the brightness of the interior lights.
Turn on the interior lights and check the brightness.
• If the interior lights are dim or do not come on at all
2 Battery P. 688
• If the interior lights come on normally 2 Fuses P. 728
The starter turns over normally
but the engine doesn’t start.
There may be a problem with the
fuse. Check each of the items on
the right and respond accordingly.
Review the engine start procedure.
Follow its instructions, and try to start the engine again. 2 Starting the Engine P. 542
Check the immobilizer system indicator.
When the immobilizer system indicator is blinking, the engine cannot be started.
2 Immobilizer System P. 181
Check the fuel level.
There should be enough fuel in the tank. 2 Fuel Gauge P. 119
Check the fuses.
Check all fuses, or have the vehicle checked by a dealer.
2 Inspecting and Changing Fuses P. 734
If the problem continues:
2 Emergency Towing P. 735
1Checking the Engine
If you must start the vehicle immediately, use an
assisting vehicle or booster battery to jump start it.
2 Jump Starting P. 717
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 714 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
715
uuEngine Does Not Start uIf the Remote Battery is Weak
Handling the Unexpected
If the Remote Battery is Weak
If the beeper sounds, the To Start, Hold Remote Near Start Button message
appears on the driver information interface, the ENGINE START/STOP button
flashes, and the engine won’t start, start the engine as follows:
1. Touch the center of the ENGINE START/
STOP button with the H logo on the
remote while the ENGINE START/STOP
button is flashing. The buttons on the
remote should be facing you.
u The ENGINE START/STOP button
flashes for about 30 seconds.
2. Depress the brake pedal and press the
ENGINE START/STOP button within 10
seconds after the beeper sounds and the
ENGINE START/STOP button changes
from flashing to on.
u If you don’t depress the pedal, the mode
will change to ACCESSORY.
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 715 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
716
uuEngine Does Not StartuEmergency Engine Stop
Handling the Unexpected
Emergency Engine Stop
The ENGINE START/STOP button may be used to stop the engine due to an
emergency situation even while driving. If you must stop the engine, do either of the
following operations:
• Press and hold the ENGINE START/STOP button for about two seconds.
• Firmly press the ENGINE START/STOP button three times.
The steering wheel will not lock. However, because turning off the engine disables
the power assist the engine provides to the steering and braking systems, it will
require significantly more physical effort and time to steer and slow the vehicle. Use
both feet on the brake pedal to slow down the vehicle and stop immediately in a
safe place.
The gear position automatically changes to
(P after the vehicle comes to a complete
stop.
Then, the power mode changes to VEHICLE OFF.
Then press the ENGINE START/STOP button twice without depressing the brake
pedal to change the mode to VEHICLE OFF.
1Emergency Engine Stop
Do not press the button while driving unless it is
absolutely necessary for the engine to be turned off.
If you press the ENGINE START/STOP button while
driving, the beeper sounds.
U.S. models
Canadian models
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 716 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
717
Continued
Handling the Unexpected
Jump Starting
Turn off the power to electric devices, such as audio and lights. Turn off the engine,
then open the hood.
1. Connect the first jumper cable to your
vehicle’s battery + terminal.
2. Connect the other end of the first jumper
cable to the booster battery + terminal.
u Use a 12-volt booster battery only.
u When using an automotive battery
charger to boost your 12-volt battery,
select a lower charging voltage than 15-
volt. Check the charger manual for the
proper setting.
3. Connect the second jumper cable to the
booster battery - terminal.
4. Connect the other end of the second
jumper cable to the engine mounting bolt
as shown. Do not connect this jumper cable
to any other part.
5. If your vehicle is connected to another
vehicle, start the assisting vehicle’s engine
and increase its rpm slightly.
6. Attempt to start your vehicle’s engine. If it
turns over slowly, check that the jumper
cables have good metal-to-metal contact.
■
Jump Starting Procedure
1Jump Starting
Securely attach the jumper cables clips so that they
do not come off when the engine vibrates. Also be
careful not to tangle the jumper cables or allow the
cable ends to touch each other while attaching or
detaching the jumper cables.
Battery performance degrades in cold conditions and
may prevent the engine from starting.
3
WARNING
A battery can explode if you do not follow
the correct procedure, seriously injuring
anyone nearby.
Keep all sparks, open flames, and smoking
materials away from the battery.
Booster Battery
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 717 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
718
uuJump Startingu
Handling the Unexpected
Once your vehicle’s engine has started, remove the jumper cables in the following
order:
1. Disconnect the jumper cable from your vehicle’s engine mounting bolt.
2. Disconnect the other end of the jumper cable from the booster battery -
terminal.
3. Disconnect the jumper cable from your vehicle’s battery + terminal.
4. Disconnect the other end of the jumper cable from the booster battery +
terminal.
Have your vehicle inspected by a nearby service station or a dealer.
■
What to Do After the Engine Starts
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 718 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
719
Continued
Handling the Unexpected
Overheating
How to Handle Overheating
Overheating symptoms are as follows:
• The temperature gauge pointer is at the mark or the engine suddenly loses
power.
• The Stop Driving When Safe. Engine Temperature Too Hot message appears
on the driver information interface.
• Steam or spray comes out of the engine compartment.
■ First thing to do
1. Immediately park the vehicle in a safe place.
2. Turn off all accessories and turn on the hazard warning lights.
u No steam or spray present: Keep the engine running and open the hood.
u Steam or spray is present: Turn off the engine and wait until it subsides.
Then open the hood.
1How to Handle Overheating
NOTICE
Continuing to drive with the temperature gauge
pointer at the mark may damage the engine.
3
WARNING
Steam and spray from an overheated
engine can seriously scald you.
Do not open the hood if steam is coming
out.
H
H
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 719 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
uuOverheatinguHow to Handle Overheating
720
Handling the Unexpected
■ Next thing to do
1. Check that the cooling fan is operating and
stop the engine once the temperature
gauge pointer comes down.
u If the cooling fan is not operating,
immediately stop the engine.
2. Once the engine has cooled down, inspect
the coolant level and check the cooling
system components for leaks.
u If the coolant level in the reserve tank is
low, add coolant until it reaches the
MAX mark.
u If there is no coolant in the reserve tank,
check that the radiator is cool. Cover the
radiator cap with a heavy cloth and open
the cap. If necessary, add coolant up to
the base of the filler neck and put the
cap back on.
2 Radiator P. 660
■ Last thing to do
Once the engine has cooled sufficiently, restart it and check the temperature gauge.
If the temperature gauge pointer has gone down, resume driving. If it has not gone
down, contact a dealer for repairs.
1How to Handle Overheating
If the coolant is leaking, contact a dealer for repairs.
Use water as an emergency/temporary measure only.
Have a dealer flush the system with proper antifreeze
as soon as possible.
3
WARNING
Removing the radiator cap while the
engine is hot can cause the coolant to spray
out, seriously scalding you.
Always let the engine and radiator cool
down before removing the radiator cap.
MAX
Reserve
Tank
MIN
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 720 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
721
uuOverheatinguHow to Handle Overheating
Handling the Unexpected
■ The Stop Driving When Safe. Engine Temperature Too Hot Message
Appears On The Driver Information Interface.
The Stop Driving When Safe. Engine Temperature Too Hot message appears
on the driver information interface when the engine temperature is high.
2 Driver Information Interface Warning and Information Messages P. 102
1. Immediately park the vehicle in a safe place.
u Press the (P button, and set the parking brake. Turn off all accessories and
turn on the hazard warning lights.
2. Keep the engine running, and wait until the message disappears.
u If the message does not disappear, have the vehicle inspected at a dealer.
1How to Handle Overheating
Continuing to drive with the Stop Driving When
Safe. Engine Temperature Too Hot message on
the driver information interface may damage the
engine.
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 721 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
722
Handling the Unexpected
Indicator, Coming On/Blinking
If the Low Oil Pressure Symbol Appears
■ Reasons for the symbol to appear
Appears when the engine oil pressure is low.
■ What to do as soon as the symbol appears
1. Immediately park the vehicle on level ground in a safe place.
2. If necessary, turn the hazard warning lights on.
■ What to do after parking the vehicle
1. Stop the engine and let it sit for about three minutes.
2. Open the hood and check the oil level.
u Add oil as necessary.
2 Oil Check P. 655
3. Start the engine and check the low oil pressure symbol.
u The symbol disappears: Start driving again.
u The symbol does not disappear within 10 seconds: Immediately
stop the engine and contact a dealer for repairs.
If the Charging System Indicator Comes On
■ Reasons for the indicator to come on
Comes on when the battery is not being charged.
■ What to do when the indicator comes on
Turn off the climate control system, rear defogger, and other electrical
systems, and immediately contact a dealer for repairs.
1If the Low Oil Pressure Symbol Appears
NOTICE
Running the engine with low oil pressure can cause
serious mechanical damage almost immediately.
1If the Charging System Indicator Comes On
If you need to stop temporarily, do not turn off the
engine. Restarting the engine may rapidly discharge
the battery.
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 722 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
723
uu
Indicator, Coming On/Blinking
u
If the Malfunction Indicator Lamp Comes On or Blinks
Handling the Unexpected
If the Malfunction Indicator Lamp Comes On or
Blinks
■ Reasons for the indicator lamp to come on or blink
• Comes on when there is a problem with the engine emissions control
system.
• Blinks when engine misfiring is detected.
■ What to do when the indicator lamp comes on
Avoid high speeds and immediately get your vehicle inspected at a
dealer.
■ What to do when the indicator lamp blinks
Park the vehicle in a safe place with no flammable items and wait at least
10 minutes or more with the engine stopped until it cools.
1If the Malfunction Indicator Lamp Comes On or Blinks
NOTICE
If you drive with the malfunction indicator lamp on,
the emissions control system and the engine could be
damaged.
If the malfunction indicator lamp blinks again when
restarting the engine, drive to the nearest dealer at
31 mph (50 km/h) or less. Have your vehicle
inspected.
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 723 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
724
uuIndicator, Coming On/BlinkinguIf the Brake System Indicator (Red) Comes On or Blinks
Handling the Unexpected
If the Brake System Indicator (Red) Comes On or
Blinks
■ Reasons for the indicator to come on
• The brake fluid is low.
• There is a malfunction in the brake system.
■ What to do when the indicator comes on while driving
Depress the brake pedal lightly to check pedal pressure.
• If normal, check the brake fluid level the next time you stop.
• If abnormal, take immediate action. If necessary, downshift the
transmission to slow the vehicle using engine braking.
■ Reason for the indicator to blink
• There is a problem with the electric parking brake system.
■ What to do when the indicator blinks
• Avoid using the parking brake and have your vehicle checked by a
dealer immediately.
1If the Brake System Indicator (Red) Comes On or Blinks
Have your vehicle repaired immediately.
It is dangerous to drive with low brake fluid. If there
is no resistance from the brake pedal, stop
immediately in a safe place. If necessary downshift
the gears.
If the brake system indicator and ABS indicator come
on simultaneously, the electronic brake distribution
system is not working. This can result in vehicle
instability under sudden braking.
Have your vehicle inspected by a dealer immediately.
If the brake system indicator (red) blinks at the same
time when the brake system indicator (amber) comes
on, the parking brake may not work.
Avoid using the parking brake and have your vehicle
checked by a dealer immediately.
2 If the Brake System Indicator (Red) Comes
On or Blinks at the Same Time When the
Brake System Indicator (Amber) Comes On
P. 725
If you repeatedly operate the electric parking brake in
a short period of time, the brake stops operating to
prevent heating of the system.
It returns to its original state in approximately one
minute.
U.S.
Canada
(Red)
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 724 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
725
uu
Indicator, Coming On/Blinking
u
If the Brake System Indicator (Red) Comes On or Blinks at the Same Time When the Brake System Indicator (Amber) Comes On
Handling the Unexpected
If the Brake System Indicator (Red) Comes On or
Blinks at the Same Time When the Brake System
Indicator (Amber) Comes On
■If the brake system indicator (red) comes on or blinks at the
same time when the brake system indicator (amber) comes on,
release the parking brake manually or automatically.
2 Parking Brake P. 607
•If the brake system indicator (red) continuously comes on or blinks at
the same time when the brake system indicator (amber) comes on,
stop the vehicle in a safe place and have it inspected by a dealer
immediately.
u Preventing the vehicle from moving
Press the
(P button.
•If the brake system indicator (amber) comes on alone, avoid using the
parking brake and have your vehicle checked by a dealer immediately.
1
If the Brake System Indicator (Red) Comes On or Blinks at the Same
Time When the Brake System Indicator (Amber) Comes On
If you apply the parking brake, you may not be able
to release it.
If the brake system indicator (red) and the brake
system indicator (amber) come on at the same time,
the parking brake is working.
If the brake system indicator (red) blinks at the same
time when the brake system indicator (amber) comes
on, the parking brake may not work because it is
checking the system.
U.S.
Canada
(Red)
U.S.
Canada
(Amber)
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 725 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
726
uuIndicator, Coming On/BlinkinguIf the Electric Power Steering (EPS) System Indicator Comes On
Handling the Unexpected
If the Electric Power Steering (EPS) System Indicator
Comes On
■ Reasons for the indicator to come on
• Comes on when there is a problem with the EPS system.
• If you depress the accelerator pedal repeatedly to increase the engine
speed while the engine is idling, the indicator comes on, and
sometimes the steering wheel becomes harder to operate.
■ What to do when the indicator comes on
Stop the vehicle in a safe place and restart the engine.
If the indicator comes on and stays on, immediately have your vehicle
inspected by a dealer.
If the Low Tire Pressure/TPMS Indicator Comes On or
Blinks
■ Reasons for the indicator to come on or blink
A tire pressure is significantly low. If there is a problem with the TPMS
with Tire Fill Assist or the compact spare tire is installed, the indicator
blinks for about one minute, and then stays on.
■ What to do when the indicator comes on
Drive carefully and avoid abrupt cornering and hard braking.
Stop your vehicle in a safe place. Check the tire pressure and adjust the
pressure to the specified level. The specified tire pressure is on a label on
the driver side doorjamb.
■ What to do when the indicator blinks, then remains on
Have the tire inspected by a dealer as soon as possible. If the compact
spare tire causes the indicator to blink, change the tire to a full-size tire.
The indicator goes off after driving for a few miles (kilometers).
1If the Low Tire Pressure/TPMS Indicator Comes On or Blinks
NOTICE
Driving on an extremely underinflated tire can cause
it to overheat. An overheated tire can fail. Always
inflate your tires to the prescribed level.
TPMS with Tire Fill Assist provides visual and audible
assistance during tire pressure adjustment. With the
power mode in ON, while you adjust tire pressure up
or down, the system alerts you as follows:
Below recommended pressure: The beeper
sounds and exterior lights flash once every five
seconds.
At recommended pressure: The beeper sounds
and exterior lights flash rapidly for three seconds with
five seconds intervals.
Above recommended pressure: The beeper
sounds and lights flash twice every two seconds.
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 726 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
727
uu
Indicator, Coming On/Blinking
u
If the Transmission System Indicator Blinks along with the Warning Message
Handling the Unexpected
If the Transmission System Indicator Blinks along
with the Warning Message
■ Reasons for the indicator to blink
The transmission is malfunctioning.
■ What to do when the indicator blinks
• Immediately have your vehicle inspected by a dealer.
• Change the gear position to (N after starting the engine.
u Check if the
(N position in the instrument panel and the indicator
on the (N button light/blink.
2 Starting the Engine P. 542
1If the Transmission System Indicator Blinks along with the
Warning Message
You may not be able to turn on the engine.
Make sure to set the parking brake when parking
your vehicle.
Call a professional towing service if you need to tow
your vehicle.
2 Emergency Towing P. 735
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 727 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
728
Handling the Unexpected
Fuses
Fuse Locations
If any electrical devices are not working, set
the power mode to VEHICLE OFF and check
to see if any applicable fuse is blown.
■ Fuse box A
Located at the rear end of the engine
compartment on the right side. Push the
tabs to open the box.
Fuse locations are shown on the fuse box
cover. Locate the fuse in question by the
fuse number and box cover number.
■
Engine Compartment Fuse
Box
■ Circuit protected and fuse rating
Circuit Protected Amps
1 − −
2− −
3 − −
4 IG1 VB SOL 10 A
5 VSA/ABS 5 A
6 Wiper 30 A
7 IG1 DBW 15 A
8TCU 15A
9 IGP1 15 A
10 Sub Fan Motor 30 A
11
Rear Driver’s Side Power
Window
30 A
12 Ignition Coil/Injector 30 A
13 TCU 2 10 A
14 TCU 3 10 A
15 PDM LT2 30 A
16 ST CUT 30 A
17 Shutter Grill 10 A
18 Back Up 10 A
19 Stop 10 A
20 PDM LT1 30 A
21
Rear Passenger’s Side
Power Window
30 A
22 ACM 30 A
23 Hazard 15 A
24 Washer 15 A
25 Main Fan Motor 30 A
26 STRLD 5 A
27 IGPS 5 A
28 Stop 10 A
29 Right Headlight Low Beam 10 A
30 Left Headlight Low Beam 10 A
31 Injector 20 A
32 Ignition Coil 15 A
33 FET Module 5 A
Circuit Protected Amps
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 728 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
729
uuFusesuFuse Locations
Continued
Handling the Unexpected
■ Fuse box B
a
b c d e f
1. Remove the engine compartment cover
and the air intake duct.
2 Engine Compartment Cover P. 653
2 High Beam Headlights P. 664
2. Remove the cover on the + terminal (as
shown).
Replacement of engine compartment
fuses should be done by a dealer.
■ Circuit protected and fuse rating
Circuit Protected Amps
a Battery Main 150 A
b FET 70 A
c R/B Main 1 70 A
d R/B Main 2 70 A
e EPS 70 A
f VAC 60 A
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 729 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
730
uuFusesuFuse Locations
Handling the Unexpected
Located under the dashboard.
■ Fuse box A
Fuse locations are shown on the label on
the side panel.
Locate the fuse in question by the fuse
number and label number.
■
Driver’s Side Interior Fuse Box
Fuse Label
■ Circuit protected and fuse rating
Circuit Protected Amps
1 Meter 10 A
2 Starter Motor (10 A)
3 Option 10 A
4 − −
5 − −
6 Moonroof
*
(20 A)
7 − −
8 Rear Fuse Box 10 A
9 IG1 Front 15 A
10 Rear Passenger’s Door Lock 10 A
11 Driver’s Door Lock 10 A
12
Front Passenger’s Door
Lock
10 A
13
Front Passenger’s Door
Unlock
10 A
14 Driver’s Door Unlock (10 A)
15 Rear Wiper 10 A
16 SMART 10 A
17
Driver’s Power Seat
Reclining
20 A
18 Heated Steering Wheel
*
(10 A)
19
Front Passenger’s Power
Seat Reclining
20 A
20 SRS 10 A
21 Fuel Pump 20 A
*1:Models with color audio system
*2:Models without color audio system
22
Front Accessory Power
Socket
20 A
23 Left Headlight High Beam 10 A
24 Right Headlight High Beam 10 A
25 Driver’s Power Window 20 A
26
Rear Passenger’s Door
Unlock
10 A
27 ACC 10 A
28 SRS2 10 A
29
Driver’s Power Seat Lumbar
Support
*
(10 A)
30
Front Passenger’s Power
Seat Sliding
20 A
31 Driver’s Power Seat Sliding 20 A
32 Tailgate Lock
*
(10 A)
33 − −
34 ACG 15 A
35 DRL 10 A
36 A/C 10 A
37 Radio
20 A
*1
15 A
*2
38 Door Lock Main 20 A
39
Front Passenger’s Power
Window
20 A
Circuit Protected Amps
* Not available on all models
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 730 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
731
uuFusesuFuse Locations
Continued
Handling the Unexpected
■ Fuse box B
Fuse Label
■ Circuit protected and fuse rating
Circuit Protected Amps
1
DC/DC2 (30 A)
DC/DC1 (30 A)
− −
Fuse Box Main1 50 A
Fuse Box Main2 50 A
Rear Fuse Box Main1 50 A
Rear Fuse Box Main2 50 A
Vacuum
*
(60 A)
2 IG Main1 30 A
3 AC Outlet
*
(30 A)
4 IG Main2 30 A
5 − −
6 Rear Blower 30 A
7 Audio Amp2
*
(20 A)
8Audio Amp1
*
(20 A)
9 Rear Defogger 40 A
10 − −
11 Heated Windshield
*
(15 A)
12 BMS 5 A
13 Audio Amp3
*
(30 A)
14 − −
15 − −
16 VSA Motor 40 A
17 Front Blower 40 A
18 − −
19 Horn 10 A
20 − −
21
3rd Row Accessory Power
Socket
*
(20 A)
22 Shift By Wire 10 A
23 VBUM 10 A
24 VSA 40 A
Circuit Protected Amps
* Not available on all models
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 731 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
732
uuFusesuFuse Locations
Handling the Unexpected
■ Fuse box C
Fuse Label
■ Circuit protected and fuse rating
Circuit Protected Amps
a Meter (10 A)
b VSA (10 A)
c ACG (10 A)
d Body Control Module (10 A)
e RADIO
*
(20 A)
f Back Up (10 A)
g ACC (10 A)
* Not available on all models
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 732 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
733
uuFusesuFuse Locations
Handling the Unexpected
Located on the left side of cargo area. Take
off the cover to open.
Fuse locations are shown on the fuse box
cover.
Locate the fuse in question by the fuse
number and box cover number.
■
Rear Side Interior Fuse Box
■ Circuit protected and fuse rating
Circuit Protected Amps
1
Rear Driver’s Side Door
Lock
10 A
2
Passenger’s Side Power
Sliding Door Closer
*
(20 A)
3
Power Tailgate Closer
Motor
*
(20 A)
4
Cargo Area’s Accessory
Power Socket
20 A
5 Fuel Fill Door 10 A
6 − −
7
Driver’s Side Power Sliding
Door Closer
*
(20 A)
8 − −
9 − −
10 − −
11 − −
12 − −
13 − −
14
Passenger’s Side Power
Sliding Door Motor
*
(30 A)
15 − −
16 Power Tailgate Motor
*
(40 A)
17 − −
18 − −
19
Driver’s Side Power Sliding
Door Motor
*
(30 A)
* Not available on all models
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 733 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
734
uuFusesuInspecting and Changing Fuses
Handling the Unexpected
Inspecting and Changing Fuses
1. Set the power mode to VEHICLE OFF. Turn
headlights and all accessories off.
2. Check the fuses on the battery in the
engine compartment.
u If the fuse is blown, have it replaced by a
dealer.
3. Remove the fuse box cover.
4. Inspect the small fuses in the engine
compartment and the vehicle interior.
u If there is a blown fuse, remove it with
the fuse puller and replace it with a new
one.
5. Check the large fuse in the vehicle interior.
u If the fuse is blown, use a Phillips-head
screwdriver to remove the screw and
replace it with a new one.
1Inspecting and Changing Fuses
NOTICE
Replacing a fuse with one that has a higher rating
greatly increases the chances of damaging the
electrical system.
Replace fuses with a spare fuse of the same specified
amperage.
Use the charts to locate the fuse in question and
confirm the specified amperage on the fuse label.
2 Fuse Locations P. 728
There is a fuse puller on the back of the engine
compartment fuse box cover.
Blown
Fuse Box on the Battery
Fuse Puller
Combined Fuse
Blown Fuse
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 734 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
735
Handling the Unexpected
Emergency Towing
Call a professional towing service if you need to tow your vehicle.
■ Flat bed equipment
The operator loads your vehicle on the back of a truck.
This is the only way you can safely transport your vehicle.
Any other towing method will damage the vehicle’s drive system.
1Emergency Towing
NOTICE
Trying to lift or tow your vehicle by the bumpers will
cause serious damage. The bumpers are not designed
to support the vehicle’s weight.
NOTICE
Improper towing such as towing behind a
motorhome or other motor vehicle can damage the
transmission.
Never tow your vehicle with just a rope or chain.
It is very dangerous since ropes or chains may shift
from side to side or break.
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 735 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
736
Handling the Unexpected
When You Cannot Unlock the Fuel Fill Door
If you cannot unlock the fuel fill door, use the following procedure:
1. Open the tailgate and remove the cover on
the left side of cargo area.
2. Pull the yellow release cord (as shown).
u The release cord opens the fuel fill door
when it is pulled.
■
What to Do When Unable to Unlock the Fuel Fill Door
1When You Cannot Unlock the Fuel Fill Door
After taking these steps, contact a dealer to have
your vehicle checked.
Cover
Release Cord
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 736 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
737
Continued
Handling the Unexpected
When You Cannot Open the Tailgate
If you cannot open the tailgate or power tailgate, use the following procedure:
1. Use a flat-tip screwdriver and remove the
cover on the back of the tailgate.
u Wrap the flat-tip screwdriver with a cloth
to prevent scratches.
2. To open the tailgate, push the tailgate
while pushing the lever to the right.
■
What to Do When Unable to Open the Tailgate
1When You Cannot Open the Tailgate
Following up:
After taking these steps, contact a dealer to have the
vehicle checked.
When you open the tailgate from inside, make sure
there is enough space around the tailgate, and it
does not hit anyone or any object.
Cover
Lever
Models with power tailgate
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 737 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
738
uuWhen You Cannot Open the Tailgateu
Handling the Unexpected
2. To open the tailgate, push the tailgate
while pushing the lever to the right with the
flat-tip screwdriver.
Lever
Models without power tailgate
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 738 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
739
Handling the Unexpected
When You Cannot Close the Power Sliding Doors
*
If either power sliding door does not latch when closed, use the following
procedure.
1. Set the sliding door main switch in the OFF
position.
2 Switching between manual and
automatic operations P. 175
2. Push front edge of the cover on hand
pocket of the power sliding door to pop it
out, and remove it as shown in the image.
3. Pull the rear latch reset cable (yellow)
towards the front of the vehicle until it
bottoms out (about 15 mm).
4. Manually close the door and confirm
latches engage.
■
What to Do When Unable to Close the Power Sliding Doors
1When You Cannot Close the Power Sliding Doors
*
After taking these steps, contact a dealer to have
your vehicle checked.
Cover
Rear Latch
Reset Cable
* Not available on all models
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 739 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
740
Handling the Unexpected
Refueling
Refueling From a Portable Fuel Container
If you have run out of fuel and need to refuel your vehicle from a portable fuel
container, use the funnel provided with your vehicle.
1. Turn off the engine.
2. Press on the edge of the fuel fill door to
make it pop up slightly.
u The fuel fill door opens.
3. Remove the cover on the right side panel of
the cargo area.
4. Pick up the funnel from the cover (as
shown).
2 Types of Tools P. 704
5. Place the end of the funnel on the lower
part of filler opening, then insert it slowly
and fully.
u Make sure that the end of the funnel
goes down along with the filler pipe.
1Refueling From a Portable Fuel Container
3
WARNING
Fuel is highly flammable and explosive.
You can be burned or seriously injured
when handling fuel.
• Stop the engine, and keep heat, sparks,
and flame away.
• Handle fuel only outdoors.
• Wipe up spills immediately.
Cover
Funnel
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 740 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
741
uuRefuelinguRefueling From a Portable Fuel Container
Handling the Unexpected
6. Fill the tank with fuel from the portable fuel
container.
u Pour fuel carefully so you do not spill any.
7. Remove the funnel from the filler neck.
u Wipe up any fuel from the funnel before
storing it.
8. Shut the fuel fill door by hand.
1Refueling From a Portable Fuel Container
NOTICE
Do not insert the nozzle of a portable fuel container
or any funnel other than the one provided with your
vehicle. Doing so can damage the fuel system.
Do not try to pry open or push open the sealed fuel
tank with foreign objects. This can damage the fuel
system and its seal.
Make sure the fuel in the portable fuel container is
gasoline before you refuel.
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 741 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
742
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 742 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
743
Information
This chapter includes your vehicle’s specifications, locations of identification numbers, and other
information required by regulation.
Specifications.................................... 744
Identification Numbers
Vehicle Identification Number (VIN),
Engine Number, and Transmission
Number ......................................... 746
Devices that Emit Radio Waves....... 747
Reporting Safety Defects................. 748
Emissions Testing
Testing of Readiness Codes.............. 749
Warranty Coverages ........................ 751
Authorized Manuals......................... 753
Customer Service Information......... 754
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 743 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
744
Information
Specifications
■ Vehicle Specifications
*1: LX grade model
■ Air Conditioning
Model Odyssey
No. of Passengers:
Front 2
Rear 2nd Row 3 (2
*1
)
3rd Row 3
Total 8 (7
*1
)
Weights:
Gross Vehicle Weight
Rating
See the certification label on the driver’s
doorjamb
Gross Axle Weight
Rating (Front)
See the certification label on the driver’s
doorjamb
Gross Axle Weight
Rating (Rear)
See the certification label on the driver’s
doorjamb
Gross Combined Weight
Rating
U.S.: 8,565 lbs (3,885 kg)
Canada: 3,885 kg
Refrigerant Type HFO-1234yf (R-1234yf)
Charge Quantity 20.3 - 22.0 oz (575 - 625 g)
Lubricant Type ND-OIL14 (POE)
Quantity 7.3 - 8.2 cu-in (120 - 135 cm
3
)
■ Engine Specifications
■ Fuel
■ Washer Fluid
Displacement 212 cu-in (3,471 cm
3
)
Spark Plugs NGK DILZKR7B11G
Fuel:
Type
Unleaded gasoline, Pump octane number
of 87 or higher
Fuel Tank Capacity 19.5 US gal (73.8 L)
Tank Capacity
U.S.: 2.6 US qt (2.5 L)
Canada: 4.8 US qt (4.5 L)
■ Light Bulbs
*1: LX and LX-HS grade models
*2: EX, EXL, EXL-NR, EX-R, EXLNAV, and EXLRES grade models
*3: ELITE and TOURING grade models
Headlights (Low Beam)
55W (H11)
*1, *2
LED
*3
Headlights (High Beam)
60W (HB3)
*1, *2
LED
*3
Fog Lights
35W (H8)
*2
LED
*3
Front Turn Signal/Parking Lights 28/8W (Amber)
*1
Front Turn Signal Lights 28/8W (Amber)
*2, *3
Front Side Marker Lights 3CP
Parking/Daytime Running Lights LED
*2, *3
Daytime Running Lights 60W (HB3)
*1
Side Turn Signal Lights
(on Door Mirrors)
LED
*2, *3
Brake Lights 21W
Rear Side Marker/Taillights LED
Rear Turn Signal Lights 21W
Back-Up Lights 21W
Taillights LED
High-Mount Brake Light LED
Rear License Plate Light LED
Map Lights (Front) 5W
Map Lights (Rear) 5W
Cargo Area Light 8W
Vanity Mirror Lights 1.4W
Door Courtesy Lights 3.8W (2CP)
Glove Box Light 1.4W
Foot Lights
*
LED
Console Compartment Light
*
1.4W
Door Inner Handle Lights
*
LED
Instrument Panel Ambient Lights
*
LED
Pass Through Light
*
LED
* Not available on all models
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 744 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
745
uuSpecificationsu
Information
■ Brake Fluid
■ Automatic Transmission Fluid
Specified Honda Heavy Duty Brake Fluid DOT 3
Specified Honda ATF-Type 2
■ Engine Oil
■ Engine Coolant
Recommended
·Genuine Honda Motor Oil 0W-20
·API Premium-grade 0W-20 detergent oil
Capacity
Change 5.4 US qt (5.1 L)
Change
including
filter
5.7 US qt (5.4 L)
Specified Honda Long-Life Antifreeze/Coolant Type2
Ratio 50/50 with distilled water
Capacity
1.69 US gal (6.38 L)
(change including the remaining 0.19 US gal
(0.73 L) in the reserve tank)
■ Tire
*1: Except U.S. ELITE and Canadian TOURING grade models
*2: U.S. ELITE and Canadian TOURING grade models
Regular
Size
235/60R18 103H
*1
235/55R19 101H
*2
Pressure
psi (kPa [kgf/cm
2
])
35 (240 [2.4])
*1
36 (250 [2.5])
*2
Compact
Spare
Size T135/80D17 103M
Pressure
psi (kPa [kgf/cm
2
])
60 (420 [4.2])
Wheel Size
Regular
18 x 7 1/2J
*1
19 x 7 1/2J
*2
Compact Spare 17 x 4T
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 745 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
746
Information
Identification Numbers
Vehicle Identification Number (VIN), Engine Number,
and Transmission Number
Your vehicle has a 17-digit vehicle identification number (VIN) used to register your
vehicle for warranty purposes, and for licensing and insuring your vehicle.
The locations of your vehicle’s VIN, engine number, and transmission number are
shown as follows:
1Vehicle Identification Number (VIN), Engine Number, and
Transmission Number
The interior vehicle identification number (VIN) is
located under the cover.
Vehicle Identification
Number
Certification Label/
Vehicle Identification
Number
Engine Number
Transmission Number
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 746 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
747
Information
Devices that Emit Radio Waves
Each radio frequency device installed in the vehicle conforms to the requirements
and standards of the regulation listed below:
As required by the FCC:
This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC rules. Operation is
subject to the following two conditions: (1) This device may not
cause harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any
interference received, including interference that may cause
undesired operation.
Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party
responsible for compliance could void the user’s authority to
operate the equipment.
This device complies with Industry Canada licence-exempt RSS standard(s).
Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) this device may not cause
interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference, including interference
that may cause undesired operation of the device.
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 747 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
748
Information
Reporting Safety Defects
In the U.S.
If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could cause a crash or could cause injury or death, you
should immediately inform the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA) in addition to
notifying American Honda Motor Co., Inc.
If NHTSA receives similar complaints, it may open an investigation, and if it finds that a safety defect exists
in a group of vehicles, it may order a recall and remedy campaign. However, NHTSA cannot become involved
in individual problems between you, your dealer, or American Honda Motor Co., Inc.
To contact NHTSA, you may call the Vehicle Safety Hotline toll-free at 1-888-327-4236 (TTY: 1-800-424-
9153); go to http://www.safercar.gov; or write to: Administrator, NHTSA, 1200 New Jersey Avenue, SE.,
Washington, DC 20590. You can also obtain other information about motor vehicle safety from http://
www.safercar.gov.
In Canada
If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could cause a crash or could cause injury or death, you
should immediately inform Honda Canada Inc. and you may also inform Transport Canada.
If Transport Canada receives similar complaints, it may open an investigation, and if it finds that a safety
defect exists in a group of vehicles, it may lead to a recall and remedy campaign. However, Transport Canada
cannot become involved in individual problems between you, your dealer, or Honda Canada Inc.
To contact Transport Canada’s Defect Investigations and Recalls Division, you may call 1-800-333-0510. For
more information on reporting safety defects or about motor vehicle safety, go to http://www.tc.gc.ca/
roadsafety.
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 748 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
749
Continued
Information
Emissions Testing
Testing of Readiness Codes
Your vehicle has readiness codes as part of the onboard self diagnostic system.
Some states use these codes for testing to verify whether your vehicle’s emissions
components are working properly.
The codes may not be read properly if testing is performed just after the battery has
gone dead or been disconnected.
To check if they are set, set the power mode to ON, without starting the engine. The
malfunction indicator lamp will come on for several seconds. If it then goes off, the
readiness codes are set. If it blinks five times, the readiness codes are not set.
If you are required to have your vehicle tested before the readiness codes are ready,
prepare the vehicle for retesting by doing the following:
1. Fill the gas tank to approximately 3/4 full.
2. Park the vehicle and leave the engine off for 6 hours or more.
3. Make sure the ambient temperature is between 40°F and 95°F (4°C and 35°C).
4. Start the engine without touching the accelerator pedal, and let it idle for 20
seconds.
5. Keep the vehicle in
(P. Increase the engine speed to 2,000 rpm, and hold it there
for about 3 minutes.
6. Let the engine idle with your foot off the accelerator for 20 seconds.
1Testing of Readiness Codes
The readiness codes are erased when the battery is
disconnected, and set again only after several days of
driving under a variety of conditions.
If a testing facility determines that the readiness
codes are not set, you may be requested to return at
a later date to complete the test.
If the testing facility determines the readiness codes
are still not set, see a dealer.
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 749 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
750
uuEmissions TestinguTesting of Readiness Codes
Information
7. Select a nearby, lightly traveled major highway where you can maintain a speed
of 50 to 60 mph (80 to 97 km/h) for at least 20 minutes. Drive on the highway in
(D. Do not use cruise control. When traffic allows, drive for 90 seconds without
moving the accelerator pedal. (Vehicle speed may vary slightly; this is okay.) If you
cannot do this for a continuous 90 seconds because of traffic conditions, drive for
at least 30 seconds, then repeat it two more times (for a total of 90 seconds).
8. Drive in city or suburban traffic for at least 10 minutes. When traffic conditions
allow, let the vehicle coast for several seconds without using the accelerator pedal
or the brake pedal.
9. Park the vehicle and leave the engine off for 30 minutes.
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 750 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
751
Continued
Information
Warranty Coverages
■ U.S. Owners
Your new vehicle is covered by these warranties:
New Vehicle Limited Warranty – covers your new vehicle, except for the
emissions control systems and accessories, against defects in materials and
workmanship.
Emissions Control Systems Defects Warranty and Emissions Performance
Warranty – these two warranties cover your vehicle’s emissions control systems.
Time, mileage, and coverage are conditional. Please read your warranty booklet for
exact information.
Seat Belt Limited Warranty – a seat belt that fails to function properly is covered
by a limited warranty. Please read your warranty booklet for details.
Rust Perforation Limited Warranty – all exterior body panels are covered against
rusting from the inside out for the specified time period, regardless of mileage.
Accessory Limited Warranty – Honda accessories are covered under this
warranty. Time and mileage limits depend on the type of accessory and other
factors. Please read your warranty booklet for details.
Replacement Parts Limited Warranty – covers all Honda replacement parts
against defects in materials and workmanship.
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 751 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
752
uuWarranty Coveragesu
Information
Replacement Battery Limited Warranty – provides prorated coverage for a
replacement battery purchased from a dealer.
Replacement Muffler Lifetime Limited Warranty – provides coverage for as
long as the purchaser of the muffler owns the vehicle.
Restrictions and exclusions apply to all these warranties. Please read the Honda
warranty information booklet that came with your vehicle for precise information on
warranty coverages. Your vehicle’s original tires are covered by their manufacturer.
Tire warranty information is in a separate booklet.
■ Canadian Owners
Please refer to the warranty manual that came with your vehicle.
■ EPA Contact Information
An owner may obtain further information concerning emission warranties or report
violations of the terms of the emission warranties by contacting:
Director,
Light-Duty Vehicle Center,
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency,
Attention: Warranty Claim
2000 Traverwood Drive,
Ann Arbor, MI 48105;
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 752 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
753
Information
Authorized Manuals
■ Service Express
For electronic copies of service publications, you can purchase a subscription to
Service Express. Visit www.techinfo.honda.com for pricing and options.
■ For U.S. Owners
Manuals can be purchased from Helm Incorporated. You can order a manual by
phone at 1 (800) 782-4356 (credit card orders only), or online at www.helminc.com.
■ For Canadian Owners
Please contact a dealer to order any manuals that you may require.
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 753 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
754
Information
Customer Service Information
Honda dealership personnel are trained professionals who should be able to deal
with any problems you may encounter with your vehicle. If, however, you are faced
with a problem that they cannot resolve to your satisfaction, contact Honda
Customer Services.
U.S. Owners
American Honda Motor Co., Inc.
Honda Automobile Customer Services
Mail Stop 100-5E-8A
1919 Torrance Blvd.
Torrance, CA 90501-2746
Tel: 1 (800) 999-1009
Canadian Owners
Honda Canada Inc.
Customer Relations
180 Honda Boulevard
Markham, ON
L6C 0H9
Tel: 1-888-9-HONDA-9
Fax: 1-877-939-0909
E-mail: [email protected]
In Puerto Rico and the U.S. Virgin
Islands
Bella International
P.O. Box 190816
San Juan, PR 00919-0816
Tel: 1 (787) 620-7546
1Customer Service Information
When you call or write, please give us the following
information:
• Vehicle Identification Number
2 Vehicle Identification Number (VIN),
Engine Number, and Transmission
Number P. 746
• Date of purchase
• Odometer reading of your vehicle
• Your name, address, and telephone number
• A detailed description of the problem
• Name of the dealer who sold the vehicle to you
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 754 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
Index
755
Index
Index
A
ABS (Anti-lock Brake System).................. 613
AC Power Outlet ...................................... 238
Accessories and Modifications ................ 700
Accessory Power Sockets ......................... 236
Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) Indicator
(Amber)..................................................... 98
Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) Indicator
(Green)................................................ 98, 99
Additives
Coolant .................................................. 659
Engine Oil ............................................... 654
Washer ................................................... 663
Additives, Engine Oil ............................... 654
Adjusting
Armrest .................................................. 227
Front and Second Row Outer and Third Row
Outer Head Restraints Positions............. 224
Front Seats.............................................. 212
Mirrors.................................................... 209
Second Row Seats................................... 215
Steering Wheel ....................................... 208
Third Row Seats ...................................... 220
Agile Handling Assist............................... 598
Air Conditioning System (Climate Control
System)............................................ 251, 256
Changing the Mode........................ 251, 256
Defrosting the Windshield and
Windows ...................................... 252, 258
Dust and Pollen Filter............................... 693
Recirculation/Fresh Air Mode ................... 251
Sensors............................................ 255, 262
Using Automatic Climate Control .... 251, 256
Air Pressure ....................................... 680, 745
Airbags ........................................................ 47
Advanced Airbags ..................................... 53
Airbag Care............................................... 61
Event Data Recorder .................................... 0
Front Airbags (SRS) .................................... 50
Front Knee Airbags .................................... 54
Indicator.............................................. 59, 90
Passenger Front Airbag Off Indicator ......... 60
Sensors...................................................... 47
Side Airbags .............................................. 56
Side Curtain Airbags .................................. 58
AM/FM Radio .................................... 278, 322
Android Auto............................................ 367
Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) .................. 613
Indicator.................................................... 90
Apple CarPlay ........................................... 364
Armrest ..................................................... 227
Audio Remote Controls............................ 268
Audio System ............................................ 264
Adjusting the Sound........................ 276, 316
Audio/Information Screen ................ 272, 290
Auxiliary Input Jack .................................. 266
Display Setup................................... 277, 317
Error Messages ........................................ 371
File Manager ........................................... 310
General Information ................................ 376
Home Screen........................................... 296
How to Delete a File................................ 313
How to Transfer a File ............................. 310
How to Update Wirelessly ....................... 304
How to Update with a USB Device........... 308
Limitations for Manual Operation ............ 318
MP3/WMA/AAC.............. 283, 336, 342, 345
My Honda Music ..................................... 345
Near Field Communication (NFC)............. 360
Playing a CD............................................ 336
Playing Social Playlist ............................... 351
Reactivating ............................................ 267
Recommended CDs................................. 377
Remote Controls ..................................... 268
Security Code.......................................... 267
Selecting an Audio Source....................... 318
Status Area ............................................. 301
System Updates....................................... 304
Theft Protection ...................................... 267
USB Flash Drives...................................... 379
USB Ports ................................................ 265
Wallpaper Setup.............................. 274, 294
Audio/Information Screen ............... 272, 290
Authorized Manuals ................................ 753
Auto Door Locking/Unlocking................. 160
Customize....................................... 138, 468
Auto High-Beam....................................... 197
Indicator.................................................... 90
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 755 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
756
Index
Auto Idle Stop Indicator (Amber) .............. 95
Auto Idle Stop Indicator (Green) ............... 95
Automatic Brake Hold
Indicator.................................................... 86
Automatic Brake Hold System
Indicator.................................................... 86
Automatic Operation (automatic lighting
control).................................................... 193
Automatic Transmission........................... 549
Creeping ................................................. 549
Fluid ........................................................ 661
Kickdown ................................................ 549
Shift Operation ........................................ 552
Shifting.................................................... 550
Auxiliary Input Jack .................................. 266
Average Fuel Economy............................. 125
B
Battery....................................................... 688
Charging System Indicator ................. 87, 722
Jump Starting .......................................... 717
Maintenance (Checking the Battery) ........ 688
Maintenance (Replacing).................. 690, 691
Belts (Seat) .................................................. 38
Beverage Holders...................................... 234
Blank.......................................................... 130
Blind spot information System ................ 603
Bluetooth® Audio ............................. 286, 349
Bluetooth® HandsFreeLink® ............. 476, 501
Blu-ray/DVD Rear Entertainment
System ..................................................... 400
Audio Sources for Front and Rear Seats ... 421
Auxiliary Console Panels .......................... 402
DVD or Blu-ray
TM
Player Error Messages ... 446
Front Control Panel Operation................. 413
HDMI
TM
Port ............................................ 403
How Much Farther?
TM
............................. 420
Media Servers.......................................... 420
Operating the System.............................. 404
Overhead Screen ..................................... 403
Playable Disc Region Codes ..................... 444
Playable Disc Types.................................. 444
Playable Discs .......................................... 422
Playing a Disc in the Rear......................... 418
Playing a DVD/Blu-ray
TM
........................... 407
Playing a Video Using the HDMI
TM
........... 419
Playing an iPod and a USB Flash Drive in the
Rear ...................................................... 418
Playing Apps ........................................... 416
Rear DVD or Blu-ray
TM
Menu ................... 408
Rear System Setup................................... 414
Recommended Discs ............................... 445
Selecting the Audio Source using Front Control
Panel ..................................................... 413
Setting the DVD or Blu-ray
TM
Menu ......... 415
System Controls .............................. 407, 417
System Settings ....................................... 411
Video Accessibility ................................... 405
Wireless Headphones .............................. 401
Booster Seats (For Children)...................... 79
Brake System ............................................ 607
Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) .................. 613
Brake Assist System................................. 614
Fluid ....................................................... 662
Foot Brake .............................................. 610
Indicator (Amber).............................. 85, 725
Indicator (Red) .......................... 84, 724, 725
Parking Brake.......................................... 607
Brightness Control (Instrument Panel) ... 205
Built-in Key............................................... 147
Bulb Replacement .................................... 664
Back-Up Lights/Taillights ......................... 673
Brake, Rear Turn Signal Lights, and Rear Side
Marker/Taillights ................................... 671
Daytime Running Lights .......................... 668
Fog Lights ............................................... 667
Front Side Marker Lights ......................... 670
Front Turn Signal/Parking Lights .............. 669
Headlights .............................................. 664
High-Mount Brake Light.......................... 674
Parking/Daytime Running Lights.............. 668
Rear License Plate Light........................... 674
Side Turn Signal/Emergency Indicator
Lights.................................................... 670
Bulb Specifications................................... 744
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 756 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
757
Index
C
CabinTalk
TM
.............................................. 527
CabinWatch
TM
........................................... 526
Car Wash Mode........................................ 554
Carbon Monoxide Gas ............................... 80
Cargo Hooks............................................. 242
Carrying Cargo ................................. 531, 533
CD Player .................................................. 336
Center Pocket........................................... 233
Certification Label ................................... 746
Changing Bulbs ........................................ 664
Charging System Indicator ................ 87, 722
Child Safety ................................................ 62
Childproof Door Locks ............................ 159
Child Seat ................................................... 62
Booster Seats ............................................ 79
Child Seat for Infants ................................ 64
Child Seat for Small Children .................... 65
Installing a Child Seat with a Lap/Shoulder Seat
Belt ......................................................... 72
Larger Children ......................................... 78
Rear-facing Child Seat............................... 64
Selecting a Child Seat ............................... 66
Using a Tether .......................................... 74
Childproof Door Locks............................. 159
Cleaning the Exterior............................... 697
Cleaning the Interior ............................... 694
Climate Control System.................... 251, 256
Changing the Mode ........................ 251, 256
Defrosting the Windshield and
Windows ....................................... 252, 258
Dust and Pollen Filter............................... 693
Recirculation/Fresh Air Mode ................... 251
Sensors............................................ 255, 262
Using Automatic Climate Control .... 251, 256
Clock.......................................................... 144
Coat Hooks................................................ 241
Collision Mitigation Braking System
TM
(CMBS
TM
) Indicator............................ 99, 100
Compact Spare Tire .......................... 705, 745
Console Box .............................................. 231
Console Compartment with Lid............... 232
Controls..................................................... 143
Coolant (Engine)....................................... 659
Adding to the Radiator ............................ 660
Adding to the Reserve Tank ..................... 659
Overheating ............................................ 719
Temperature Gauge ................................ 119
Creeping (Automatic Transmission) ........ 549
Cruise Control ........................................... 566
Indicator.................................................... 95
Cup Holders .............................................. 234
Customer Service Information ................. 754
Customized Features ........................ 134, 448
D
Daytime Running Lights .......................... 196
Dead Battery............................................. 717
Defaulting All the Settings...................... 472
Defrosting the Windshield and
Windows ......................................... 252, 258
Detachable Anchor .................................... 43
Devices that Emit Radio Waves ............... 747
Dimming
Headlights............................................... 192
Rearview Mirror....................................... 209
Dipstick (Engine Oil)................................. 655
Directional Signals (Turn Signal) ............. 191
Door Mirrors............................................. 210
Doors......................................................... 146
Auto Door Locking .................................. 160
Auto Door Unlocking .............................. 160
Door and Tailgate Open Message.............. 37
Keys........................................................ 146
Locking/Unlocking the Doors from
the Inside .............................................. 156
Locking/Unlocking the Doors from
the Outside ........................................... 149
Lockout Prevention System...................... 155
DOT Tire Quality Grading........................ 682
Driver Information Interface ................... 120
Accessing Content .................................. 122
Warning and Information Messages ........ 102
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 757 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
758
Index
Driving....................................................... 529
Automatic Transmission........................... 549
Braking.................................................... 607
Cruise Control ......................................... 566
Shifting Gear ........................................... 550
Starting the Engine .................................. 542
Driving Position Memory System............. 206
Dust and Pollen Filter ............................... 693
E
Eco Assist® System....................................... 11
Econ Mode
Indicator.................................................... 94
Electric Power Steering (EPS) System
Indicator............................................ 91, 726
Electronic Stability Control (ESC) ............. 596
Emergency................................................. 735
Emergency Engine Stop ........................... 716
Emissions Testing (Readiness Codes) ....... 749
Engine ....................................................... 746
Coolant ................................................... 659
Jump Starting .......................................... 717
Oil ........................................................... 654
Starting ................................................... 542
Engine Coolant ......................................... 659
Adding to the Radiator ............................ 660
Adding to the Reserve Tank ..................... 659
Overheating............................................. 719
Temperature Gauge................................. 119
Engine Oil ................................................. 654
Adding.................................................... 656
Checking................................................. 655
Displaying Maintenance Minder
Information ........................................... 646
Low Oil Pressure Symbol.......................... 722
Recommended Engine Oil ....................... 654
ENGINE START/STOP Button .................... 188
Exhaust Gas Hazard (Carbon Monoxide) .. 80
Exterior Care (Cleaning)........................... 697
Exterior Mirrors ........................................ 210
F
Features .................................................... 263
File Manager............................................. 310
Filters
Dust and Pollen ....................................... 693
Oil........................................................... 657
Flat Tire ..................................................... 705
Floor Mats................................................. 695
Fluids
Automatic Transmission .......................... 661
Brake ...................................................... 662
Engine Coolant ....................................... 659
Windshield Washer ................................. 663
FM/AM Radio.................................... 278, 322
Fog Light Indicator..................................... 93
Folding Down the Rear Seats .................. 221
Foot Brake ................................................ 610
Front Airbags (SRS) .................................... 50
Front Knee Airbags.................................... 54
Front Seat Heaters ................................... 245
Front Seat Heaters and Seat
Ventilation.............................................. 246
Front Seats................................................ 212
Adjusting ................................................ 212
Fuel ..................................................... 26, 637
Economy................................................. 640
Gauge .................................................... 119
Instant Fuel Economy .............................. 125
Low Fuel Indicator..................................... 89
Range ..................................................... 125
Recommendation.................................... 637
Refueling ................................................ 637
Fuel Economy ........................................... 640
Fuel Fill Door ...................................... 26, 638
Fuses ......................................................... 728
Inspecting and Changing ........................ 734
Locations ................................ 728, 730, 733
G
Gasoline (Fuel)
Economy................................................. 640
Gauge .................................................... 119
Information............................................. 637
Instant Fuel Economy .............................. 125
Low Fuel Indicator..................................... 89
Refueling ................................................ 637
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 758 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
759
Index
Gauges...................................................... 119
Gear Position Indicator.............................. 87
Glass (care) ....................................... 694, 699
Glove Box ................................................. 230
Grocery Bag Hook.................................... 242
H
Halogen Bulbs .................................. 664, 667
Handling the Unexpected ....................... 703
HandsFreeLink® (HFL) ...................... 476, 501
Automatic Import of Cellular Phonebook and
Call History ................................... 490, 510
Automatic Transferring ........................... 509
Caller’s ID Information ............................ 488
Displaying Messages ............................... 520
Favorite Contacts .................................... 511
HFL Buttons .................................... 476, 501
HFL Menus...................................... 478, 504
HFL Status Display........................... 477, 503
In Case of Emergency ............................. 524
Limitations for Manual Operation.... 477, 503
Making a Call ................................. 495, 513
Options During a Call...................... 500, 516
Phone Setup ................................... 482, 506
Receiving a Call............................... 499, 516
Receiving a Text Message........................ 518
Ring Tone ....................................... 488, 509
Selecting a Phone ................................... 519
Speed Dial .............................................. 491
To Clear the System................................. 489
To Set Up a Text Message Options........... 517
Hazard Warning Button............................... 4
HD Radio
TM
................................................ 325
HDMI
TM
Port .............................................. 403
Head Restraints......................................... 224
Headlights................................................. 192
Aiming .................................................... 664
Auto High-Beam...................................... 197
Automatic Operation............................... 193
Dimming ......................................... 192, 196
Operating ................................................ 192
Heated Steering Wheel............................ 244
Heated Windshield Button ...................... 204
Heaters (Seat) ................................... 245, 246
HFL (HandsFreeLink®)....................... 476, 501
High Beam Indicator .................................. 92
HomeLink® Universal Transceiver ............ 473
Honda App License Agreement............... 380
HondaLink® ............................................... 353
HondaVAC
TM
............................................. 248
I
Identification Numbers
Engine and Transmission ......................... 746
Vehicle Identification ............................... 746
Illumination Control
Knob ....................................................... 205
Immobilizer System .................................. 181
Indicator.................................................... 93
Indicators .................................................... 84
Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) (Amber)..... 98
Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC)
(Green).............................................. 98, 99
Anti-lock Brake System (ABS)..................... 90
Auto High-Beam ....................................... 90
Auto Idle Stop (Amber).............................. 95
Auto Idle Stop (Green)............................... 95
Automatic Brake Hold ............................... 86
Automatic Brake Hold System ................... 86
Blind spot information System ................. 101
Charging System............................... 87, 722
Collision Mitigation Braking System
TM
(CMBS
TM
)......................................... 99, 100
CRUISE CONTROL ............................. 95, 567
CRUISE MAIN.................................... 95, 566
Econ Mode................................................ 94
Electric Power Steering (EPS) System.. 91, 726
Fog Light................................................... 93
Gear Position............................................. 87
Hazard Warning ........................................ 92
High Beam ................................................ 92
Immobilizer System ................................... 93
Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)
(Amber)................................................... 96
Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS)
(Green).................................................... 96
Lights On .................................................. 93
Low Fuel ................................................... 89
Low Oil Pressure Symbol.......................... 722
Low Tire Pressure/TPMS............. 92, 601, 726
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 759 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
760
Index
Maintenance Minder ............................... 645
Malfunction Indicator Lamp ............... 86, 723
Parking Brake and Brake System
(Amber) ........................................... 85, 725
Parking Brake and Brake System
(Red)........................................ 84, 724, 725
Road Departure Mitigation (RDM).............. 97
Seat Belt Reminder .............................. 39, 89
Security System Alarm ............................... 93
Snow Mode............................................... 94
Supplemental Restraint System ............ 59, 90
System Message ........................................ 94
Transmission System.......................... 88, 727
Turn Signal ................................................ 92
Vehicle Stability Assist (VSA®)
System............................................. 91, 596
VSA® OFF .......................................... 91, 597
Information............................................... 743
Instant Fuel Economy ............................... 125
Instrument Panel ........................................ 83
Brightness Control ................................... 205
Integrated Sunshades............................... 247
Interior Lights ........................................... 228
Interior Rearview Mirror .......................... 209
iPad............................................................ 379
iPhone ....................................................... 379
iPod............................................ 280, 339, 379
J
Jack (Wheel Nut Wrench) ........................ 708
Jump Starting ........................................... 717
K
Key Number Tag....................................... 147
Keyless Lockout Prevention ..................... 155
Keys ........................................................... 146
Lockout Prevention.................................. 155
Number Tag ............................................ 147
Rear Door Won’t Open............................ 159
Remote Transmitter................................. 153
Types and Functions ................................ 146
Kickdown (Automatic Transmission)....... 549
L
Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS) Indicator
(Amber) ..................................................... 96
Lane Keeping Assist System (LKAS) Indicator
(Green) ...................................................... 96
LaneWatch
TM
............................................. 605
Language (HFL) ................................ 477, 503
LATCH (Child Seats).................................... 67
Lights................................................. 192, 664
Automatic ............................................... 193
Bulb Replacement ................................... 664
Daytime Running Lights........................... 196
Fog Lights ............................................... 195
High Beam Indicator.................................. 92
Interior.................................................... 228
Light Switches......................................... 192
Lights On Indicator.................................... 93
Turn Signals ............................................ 191
Load Limits ............................................... 533
Locking/Unlocking ................................... 146
Auto Door Locking/Unlocking ................. 160
Childproof Door Locks ............................ 159
From Inside ............................................. 156
From Outside .......................................... 149
Keys........................................................ 146
Using a Key............................................. 154
Lockout Prevention System ..................... 155
Low Battery Charge ................................. 722
Low Fuel Indicator ..................................... 89
Low Oil Pressure Symbol ......................... 722
Low Remote Signal Strength .................. 148
Lower Anchors ........................................... 67
Luggage (Maximum Load Limit)............. 533
M
Maintenance .................................... 128, 641
Battery.................................................... 688
Brake Fluid.............................................. 662
Cleaning ................................................. 694
Climate Control System .......................... 693
Coolant .................................................. 659
Maintenance Minder
TM
............................ 645
Oil .......................................................... 655
Precautions ............................................. 642
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 760 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
761
Index
Radiator.................................................. 660
Remote Control and Wireless
Headphone ........................................... 691
Remote Transmitter ................................ 690
Replacing Light Bulbs .............................. 664
Safety ..................................................... 643
Service Items........................................... 648
Tires........................................................ 679
Transmission Fluid................................... 661
Under the Hood...................................... 651
Malfunction Indicator Lamp ............. 86, 723
Map Lights................................................ 229
Maximum Load Limit............................... 533
Meters, Gauges ........................................ 119
Mirrors...................................................... 209
Adjusting ................................................ 209
Door ....................................................... 210
Exterior ................................................... 210
Interior Rearview..................................... 209
Modifications (and Accessories).............. 700
Moonroof ................................................. 187
MP3/WMA/AAC................ 283, 336, 342, 345
Multi-View Rear Camera ......................... 635
My Honda Music ...................................... 345
N
Navigation................................................ 126
Near Field Communication (NFC)............ 360
Now Playing ............................................. 130
Numbers (Identification) ......................... 746
O
Odometer.................................................. 121
Oil (Engine) ............................................... 654
Adding .................................................... 656
Checking................................................. 655
Displaying Maintenance Minder
Information ........................................... 646
Low Oil Pressure Symbol.......................... 722
Oil Life..................................................... 128
Recommended Engine Oil........................ 654
Viscosity .................................................. 654
Open Source Licenses ............................... 394
Opening/Closing
Hood....................................................... 652
Moonroof................................................ 187
Power Windows ...................................... 184
Sliding Doors ........................................... 172
Tailgate ................................................... 161
Outside Temperature Display .................. 121
Overheating.............................................. 719
P
Panic Mode ............................................... 183
Parking ...................................................... 624
Parking Brake ........................................... 607
Parking Brake and Brake System Indicator
(Amber) ............................................. 85, 725
Parking Brake and Brake System Indicator
(Red) .......................................... 84, 724, 725
Parking Sensor System ............................. 626
Passenger Front Airbag Off Indicator....... 60
Passing Indicators ..................................... 192
Phone ........................................................ 129
Playing Bluetooth® Audio................ 286, 349
Power Sliding Doors................................. 174
Unable to Close....................................... 739
Power Tailgate ......................................... 163
Unable to Open....................................... 737
Power Windows ....................................... 184
Precautions While Driving
Rain ........................................................ 548
Pregnant Women ....................................... 45
Puncture (Tire).......................................... 705
R
Radiator .................................................... 660
Radio (FM/AM) ................................. 278, 322
Radio (SiriusXM®) ..................................... 326
Radio Data System (RDS) ................. 279, 324
Range ........................................................ 125
RDS (Radio Data System) ................. 279, 324
Readiness Codes (Emissions Testing)....... 749
Rear Defogger/Heated Door Mirror
Button ..................................................... 203
Rear Entertainment System ..................... 400
Rear Seats (Folding Down) ...................... 221
Rearview Mirror ....................................... 209
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 761 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
762
Index
Refueling................................................... 637
Fuel Gauge .............................................. 119
Gasoline .......................................... 637, 744
Low Fuel Indicator ..................................... 89
Regulations ............................... 601, 682, 747
Remote Transmitter.................................. 153
Removing a Second Row Outer Seat....... 218
Removing the Second Row Center
Seat.......................................................... 217
Replacement
Battery............................................. 690, 691
Bulbs ....................................................... 664
Front Wiper Blade Rubber........................ 675
Fuses ....................................... 728, 730, 733
Tires ........................................................ 685
Reporting Safety Defects ......................... 748
Road Departure Mitigation (RDM)
Indicator .................................................... 97
S
Safe Driving................................................. 33
Safety Check................................................ 37
Safety Labels ............................................... 81
Safety Message ............................................. 1
Seat Belts..................................................... 38
Adjusting the Shoulder Anchor .................. 42
Automatic Seat Belt Tensioners.................. 40
Checking................................................... 46
Detachable Anchor .................................... 43
Fastening................................................... 41
Installing a Child Seat with a Lap/Shoulder Seat
Belt ......................................................... 72
Pregnant Women ...................................... 45
Reminder .................................................. 39
Warning Indicator ............................... 39, 89
Seat Heaters...................................... 245, 246
Seats .......................................................... 212
Adjusting ................................................ 212
Front Seats .............................................. 212
Seat Heaters.................................... 245, 246
Second Row Seats ................................... 215
Third Row Seats ...................................... 220
Second Row Seats
Adjusting ................................................ 215
Security System......................................... 181
Immobilizer System Indicator ..................... 93
Security System Alarm Indicator................. 93
Select Buttons..................................... 23, 550
Operation................................................ 552
Selecting a Child Seat................................. 66
Selector Knob (Audio).............................. 271
Settings
Arrange Apps.......................................... 132
Show Tachometer ................................... 133
Shifting (Transmission)............................. 550
Shoulder Anchor ........................................ 42
Show Tachometer .................................... 133
Show/Hide Apps ....................................... 131
Side Airbags................................................ 56
Side Curtain Airbags .................................. 58
Siri Eyes Free ............................................. 363
SiriusXM® Radio ....................................... 326
Sliding Doors ............................................ 172
Power Sliding Doors................................ 174
Sliding the Second Row Magic Slide
TM
Seats........................................................ 219
Smart Entry with Push Button Start
System..................................................... 149
Snow Mode Indicator ................................ 94
Snow Tires ................................................ 687
Social Playlist ............................................ 351
Spare Tire ......................................... 705, 745
Spark Plugs ............................................... 744
Specifications ........................................... 744
Specified Fuel ................................... 637, 744
Speedometer............................................ 120
SRS Airbags (Airbags) ................................ 50
Starting the Engine.................................. 542
Does Not Start ........................................ 714
Jump Starting ......................................... 717
Steering Wheel
Adjusting ................................................ 208
Stopping................................................... 624
Summer Tires............................................ 687
Sunglasses Holder .................................... 243
Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) ....... 50
Switches (Around the Steering
Wheel) ............................................ 4, 5, 188
System Message Indicator ......................... 94
System Updates........................................ 304
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 762 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
763
Index
T
Tachometer .............................................. 120
Tailgate..................................................... 161
Unable to Open ...................................... 737
Temperature
Gauge .................................................... 119
Outside Temperature Display .................. 121
Temperature Gauge ................................ 119
Temperature Sensor ................ 121, 255, 262
Third Row Seat Access ............................. 216
Time (Adjusting) ...................................... 144
Tire Pressure ............................................. 128
Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)
Indicator ........................................... 92, 726
Tires .......................................................... 679
Air Pressure..................................... 680, 745
Checking and Maintaining ...................... 679
Inspection ............................................... 679
Labeling.................................................. 680
Puncture (Flat Tire) .................................. 705
Regulations............................................. 682
Rotation.................................................. 686
Spare Tire ....................................... 705, 745
Summer.................................................. 687
Tire Chains.............................................. 687
Wear Indicators....................................... 684
Winter .................................................... 687
Tools ......................................................... 704
Towing a Trailer....................................... 536
Equipment and Accessories..................... 537
Load Limits ............................................. 536
Towing Your Vehicle ................................ 541
Emergency .............................................. 735
TPMS (Tire Pressure Monitoring System)
Indicator............................................ 92, 726
Transmission ............................................. 550
Automatic ............................................... 549
Fluid ........................................................ 661
Gear Position Indicator .............................. 87
Number................................................... 746
Transmission System
Indicator............................................ 88, 727
Trip Computer .......................................... 124
Trip Meter ................................................. 125
Troubleshooting ....................................... 703
Blown Fuse.............................. 728, 730, 733
Brake Pedal Vibrates .................................. 30
Buzzer Sounds When Opening Door.......... 31
Emergency Towing .................................. 735
Engine Won’t Start .................................. 714
Noise When Braking .................................. 31
Overheating ............................................ 719
Puncture/Flat Tire..................................... 705
Sliding Door Won’t Open .................. 30, 159
Warning Indicators ............................ 84, 722
Tucking away the One-Motion Third Row
Stowing Magic Seat® .............................. 221
Turn Signals .............................................. 191
Indicators (Instrument Panel)...................... 92
U
Units.......................................................... 129
Unlocking the Doors ................................ 149
Unlocking the Front Doors from
the Inside ................................................ 156
USB Flash Drives ....................... 283, 342, 379
USB Ports................................................... 265
Using the Smart Entry with Push Button Start
System ..................................................... 149
V
Vacuum..................................................... 248
Vanity Mirrors............................................... 7
Vehicle Customization ............................. 134
Vehicle Identification Number ................ 746
Vehicle Stability Assist (VSA®).................. 596
Off Button............................................... 597
Off Indicator.............................................. 91
System Indicator........................................ 91
Ventilation................................................ 251
Viscosity (Oil) .................................... 654, 745
Voice Control Operation.......................... 319
Audio Commands ................................... 321
Phone Commands................................... 321
Voice Portal Screen.................................. 320
Voice Recognition ................................... 319
VSA® (Vehicle Stability Assist).................. 596
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 763 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
764
Index
W
Wallpaper.......................................... 274, 294
Warning and Information Messages ....... 102
Warning Indicator On/Blinking................ 722
Warning Labels ........................................... 81
Warnings ................................................... 127
Warranties (Warranty Manual provided
separately)............................................... 751
Watts ......................................................... 744
Wear Indicators (Tire)............................... 684
Wheel Nut Wrench (Jack Handle)............ 708
Wi-Fi Connection ...................................... 358
Window Washers...................................... 200
Adding/Refilling Fluid............................... 663
Switch ..................................................... 200
Windows (Opening and Closing)............. 184
Windshield ................................................ 200
Cleaning.......................................... 694, 699
Defrosting ....................................... 252, 258
Washer Fluid............................................ 663
Wiper Blades ........................................... 675
Wipers and Washers ................................ 200
Winter Tires
Snow Tires............................................... 687
Tire Chains .............................................. 687
Wipers and Washers................................. 200
Checking and Replacing the Front Wiper
Blades.................................................... 675
Checking and Replacing the Rear Wiper
Blade ..................................................... 677
Wireless Charger....................................... 239
Worn Tires ................................................ 679
20 US ODYSSEY-31THR6200.book 764 ページ ２０１９年５月２７日 月曜日 午後４時３５分
owners.honda.com (U.S.)
honda.ca (Canada)
2020 Honda Odyssey Owner’s Manual
© 2019 Honda Motor Co., Ltd. — All Rights Reserved
31THR620
OM-11334
00X31-THR-6200 Printed in U.S.A.
